<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 12, 1996
REGISTRATION NO. 33-99422
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.
(ORIGINATOR OF THE TRUST DESCRIBED HEREIN)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
CALIFORNIA 9999 33-0149603
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY SIC (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
23 PASTEUR ROAD
IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92718
(714) 753-3000
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
------------------------
JAMES R. DOWLAN
PRESIDENT
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.
23 PASTEUR ROAD
IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92718
(714) 753-3000
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
------------------------
COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ANDREW E. KATZ, ESQ. DALE W. LUM, ESQ.
MITCHELL, SILBERBERG & KNUPP LLP BROWN & WOOD
11377 W. OLYMPIC BOULEVARD 555 CALIFORNIA STREET
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90064-1683 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94104-1715
</TABLE>
------------------------
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after this Registration
Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
------------------------
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
=====================================================================================================
PROPOSED PROPOSED
TITLE OF EACH MAXIMUM MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF
CLASS OF SECURITIES AMOUNT TO BE OFFERING PRICE AGGREGATE REGISTRATION
TO BE REGISTERED REGISTERED PER UNIT OFFERING PRICE FEE*
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Auto Receivable Backed Securities....... $261,000,000 100% $261,000,000 $90,000.00
=====================================================================================================
</TABLE>
* Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee on the
basis of the proposed maximum offering price per unit. This amount was
previously paid.
--------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE AS
MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A
FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 2
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
------------------------
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN CAPTIONS IN FORM S-1 AND
HEADINGS IN PROSPECTUS PURSUANT TO SECTION 501(b) OF REGULATION S-K
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM AND CAPTION IN FORM S-1 CAPTION OR LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
- -------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
1. Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
Front Cover Page of Prospectus.................... Forepart of Registration Statement
and Outside Front Cover Page of
Prospectus
2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
Prospectus........................................ Inside Front Cover Page and Outside
Back Cover Page of Prospectus
3. Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
Earnings to Fixed Charges......................... Summary of Prospectus; The Contracts
Pool
4. Use of Proceeds................................... Use of Proceeds
5. Determination of Offering Price................... *
6. Dilution.......................................... *
7. Selling Security Holders.......................... *
8. Plan of Distribution.............................. Underwriting
9. Description of Securities to be Registered........ Summary of Prospectus; Formation of
the Trust; The Contracts Pool; The
Notes; The Certificates; Certain
Information Regarding the
Securities
10. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel............ *
11. Information With Respect to the Registrant........ The Seller
12. Disclosure of Commission Position on
Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities.... *
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Answer negative or item inapplicable.
<PAGE> 3
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
OF ANY SUCH STATE.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JUNE 12, 1996
PROSPECTUS
JUNE , 1996
$525,000,000
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
$ % MONEY MARKET AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1
$ % AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
$ % AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
$ % AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4
$ % AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED CERTIFICATES
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC. (SELLER)
WFS FINANCIAL INC (MASTER SERVICER)
The WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust Auto Receivable Backed Securities will
consist of four Classes of notes (respectively, the "Class A-1 Notes", the
"Class A-2 Notes", the "Class A-3 Notes" and the "Class A-4 Notes" and
collectively, the "Notes") and one Class of certificates (the "Certificates"
and, together with the Notes, the "Securities"). Principal, in the amounts set
forth herein, and interest at the Interest Rates and Pass-Through Rate specified
above for each Class of Notes and the Certificates will be distributed to the
related Securityholders on February 20, May 20, August 20 and November 20 of
each year (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately
succeeding Business Day), beginning August 20, 1996. Distributions on the
Certificates will be subordinated to payments due on the Notes to the extent
described herein. Each Class of Notes and the Certificates will be payable in
full on the Final Distribution Dates specified herein for such Securities.
The WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust (the "Trust") will be formed pursuant
to a Trust Agreement to be entered into among WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc.
(the "Seller"), Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("Financial Security"),
Westcorp Investments, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA), as Owner Trustee.
The Seller is a wholly owned, limited purpose operating subsidiary of WFS
Financial Inc ("WFS"). The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Trust
Agreement and will represent fractional undivided interests in the Trust. The
Notes will be issued and secured pursuant to an Indenture to be entered into
among the Trust, Financial Security and Bankers Trust Company, as Indenture
Trustee, and will represent obligations of the Trust. Financial Security will
issue a financial guaranty insurance policy for the exclusive benefit of the
Notes (the "Note Policy") and a financial guaranty insurance policy for the
exclusive benefit of the Certificates (the "Certificate Policy" and, together
with the Note Policy, the "Policies").
The Trust property will primarily include a pool of retail installment sales
contracts and installment loans secured by new and used automobiles and light
duty trucks (the "Contracts"). The Contracts were primarily originated by motor
vehicle dealers and purchased by WFS. WFS will act as Master Servicer of the
Contracts (in such capacity, the "Master Servicer") and will have certain other
limited obligations with respect thereto. The Notes will be secured by the
assets of the Trust pursuant to the Indenture.
It is a condition of issuance that the Class A-1 Notes be rated A-1+ by
Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc. ("S&P") and
P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's" and, together with S&P, the
"Rating Agencies"), and the Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes
and the Certificates each be rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody's. The ratings by
S&P of the Notes will be issued without regard to the benefit afforded by the
Note Policy. The rating by Moody's of the Class A-1 Notes will be substantially
based upon the issuance of the Note Policy by Financial Security, and the rating
by Moody's of the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes
will be based on the issuance of the Note Policy by Financial Security. The
ratings by each Rating Agency of the Certificates will be based on the issuance
of the Certificate Policy by Financial Security.
Each Class of Notes and the Certificates will be represented by one or more
certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of The Depository
Trust Company ("DTC"). The interests of beneficial owners of the Securities will
be represented by book entries on the records of participating members of DTC.
Definitive Securities will be available only under the limited circumstances
described herein.
THE NOTES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, AND THE CERTIFICATES WILL REPRESENT
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, THE TRUST AND WILL NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR
INTERESTS IN WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC., WESTERN FINANCIAL SAVINGS
BANK, F.S.B., WFS FINANCIAL INC OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE
AFFILIATES, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER
GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
PUBLIC(1) DISCOUNT(2) THE SELLER(1)(3)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Class A-1 Note............................................................. % % %
Per Class A-2 Note............................................................. % % %
Per Class A-3 Note............................................................. % % %
Per Class A-4 Note............................................................. % % %
Per Certificate................................................................ % % %
Total.......................................................................... $ $ $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from June 1, 1996.
(2) See "Underwriting" for indemnification arrangements with the Underwriter.
(3) Before deducting expenses payable by the Seller estimated at $ .
The Securities are offered by the Underwriter subject to prior sale, when,
as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriter, and subject to various
prior conditions, including its right to reject orders in whole or in part. It
is expected that the Securities will be delivered in book-entry form on or about
June , 1996.
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
<PAGE> 4
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICES OF THE NOTES AND THE
CERTIFICATES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
THE FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICIES ARE NOT COVERED BY THE
PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE SECURITY FUND SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW
YORK INSURANCE LAW.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Seller, as originator of the Trust, has filed a registration statement
on Form S-1 (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the
"Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") with respect to the
Securities offered hereby. This Prospectus, which forms a part of the
Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information included in the
Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto. The Registration Statement,
including exhibits thereto, may be inspected and copied at the public reference
facilities maintained by the Commission in Washington, D.C. at Judiciary Plaza,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549 or at the regional
offices of the Commission at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York,
New York 10048. Copies of such material can be obtained at prescribed rates from
the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of
any agreement or other document referred to herein are not necessarily complete
and reference is made to the copy of such agreement or other document filed as
an exhibit or schedule to the Registration Statement and to the exhibits and
schedules filed therewith, each such statement being qualified in all respects
by such reference.
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
The Master Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, will prepare and the Indenture
Trustee and the Owner Trustee will provide to Securityholders of record (which
shall be Cede & Co. as the nominee of DTC unless Definitive Securities are
issued under the limited circumstances described herein) unaudited quarterly and
annual reports concerning the Contracts. See "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Statements to Securityholders" and "-- Evidence as to Compliance."
UNTIL , 1996, ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NOTES OR THE
CERTIFICATES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED
TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
2
<PAGE> 5
SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. See the Index of
Principal Definitions for the location herein of certain capitalized terms.
Trust...................... WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust (the "Trust").
Seller..................... WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc. (the "Seller"), a
wholly owned, limited-purpose operating subsidiary
of WFS Financial Inc. The principal executive
offices of the Seller are located at 23 Pasteur
Road, Irvine, California 92718 and its telephone
number is (714) 753-3000. Prior to May 29, 1996,
the Seller was known as Western Financial Auto
Loans, Inc. See "The Seller."
WFS........................ WFS Financial Inc ("WFS" or, in its capacity as
Master Servicer, the "Master Servicer"), a majority
owned, operating subsidiary of Western Financial
Savings Bank, F.S.B. (the "Bank"), a federally
chartered savings association. The principal
offices of WFS are located at 23 Pasteur Road,
Irvine, California 92718 and its telephone number
is (714) 753-3000. See "WFS."
WII........................ Westcorp Investments, Inc. ("WII"), a California
corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of
Westcorp, a California corporation. Westcorp is the
sole shareholder of the Bank. The principal office
of WII is 23 Pasteur Road, Irvine, California 92718
and its telephone number is (714) 727-1000. See
"WII."
Securities Offered......... The securities offered are as follows:
A. General................. The WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust Auto
Receivable Backed Notes (the "Notes") will
represent obligations of the Trust secured by the
assets of the Trust (other than the Certificate
Distribution Account and the Certificate Policy).
The WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust Auto
Receivable Backed Certificates (the "Certificates"
and, together with the Notes, the "Securities")
will represent fractional undivided interests in
the Trust.
The Trust will issue four Classes of Notes pursuant
to an indenture to be dated as of June 1, 1996 (the
"Indenture"), between the Trust and Bankers Trust
Company, as trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), as
follows: (i) $ aggregate principal amount
of % Money Market Auto Receivable Backed
Notes, Class A-1 (the "Class A-1 Notes" or the
"Money Market Notes"), (ii) $ aggregate
principal amount of % Auto Receivable Backed
Notes, Class A-2 (the "Class A-2 Notes"), (iii)
$ aggregate principal amount of %
Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-3 (the "Class
A-3 Notes") and (iv) $ aggregate principal
amount of % Auto Receivable Backed Notes,
Class A-4 (the "Class A-4 Notes"). Payments of
principal and interest on the Notes will be made in
accordance with the priorities set forth under
"Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Distributions on the Securities."
The Trust will issue $ aggregate principal
amount of % Auto Receivable Backed
Certificates (the "Certificates") pursuant to a
trust agreement to be dated as of June 1, 1996 (the
"Trust Agreement"), among the Seller, Financial
Security Assurance Inc. ("Financial Secur-
3
<PAGE> 6
ity"), WII and The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA), as
trustee (the "Owner Trustee" and, together with the
Indenture Trustee, the "Trustees"). Payments in
respect of the Certificates will be subordinated to
payments on the Notes to the extent described
herein.
Each Class of Notes and the Certificates will be
issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Definitive Securities will be issued only under the
limited circumstances described herein. See
"Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Book-Entry Registration" and
"-- Definitive Securities."
B. Property of the Trust... Each Note will represent an obligation of, and each
Certificate will represent a fractional undivided
interest in, the Trust. The property of the Trust
(the "Trust Property") will primarily include (i) a
pool of retail installment sales contracts and
installment loans (the "Contracts") secured by the
new and used automobiles and light-duty trucks
financed thereby (the "Financed Vehicles"); (ii)
certain monies due under the Contracts on and after
June 1, 1996 (the "Cut-Off Date"); (iii) security
interests in the Financed Vehicles; (iv) a
financial guaranty insurance policy (the "Note
Policy") to be issued by Financial Security for the
exclusive benefit of Noteholders, which will
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee payment
of the Scheduled Payments on each Distribution
Date; (v) a financial guaranty insurance policy
(the "Certificate Policy" and, together with the
Note Policy, the "Policies") to be issued by
Financial Security for the exclusive benefit of
Certificateholders, which will unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantee payment of the Guaranteed
Distributions on each Distribution Date; (vi)
amounts on deposit in the Collection Account, the
Note Distribution Account, the Certificate
Distribution Account, the Spread Account and the
Holding Account, including all Eligible Investments
therein and all income from the investment of funds
therein and all proceeds therefrom; (vii) proceeds
from claims under certain insurance policies in
respect of individual Financed Vehicles or obligors
under the Contracts (the "Obligors"); and (viii)
certain rights under the sale and servicing
agreement to be dated as of June 1, 1996 (the "Sale
and Servicing Agreement"), among the Trust, the
Seller and the Master Servicer. Pursuant to the
Indenture, the Trust Property (other than the
Certificate Distribution Account and the
Certificate Policy) will be held by the Master
Servicer for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee
and Financial Security on behalf of the holders of
the Notes.
C. Distribution Dates...... Distributions of interest and principal on the
Securities will be made on February 20, May 20,
August 20 and November 20 of each year (or, if any
such day is not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding Business Day) (each, a "Distribution
Date"), commencing August 20, 1996. Payments on the
Securities on each Distribution Date will be paid
to the holders of record of the related Securities
on the Business Day immediately preceding such
Distribution Date or, in the event that Definitive
Securities are issued, as of the 15th day of the
month immediately preceding the month in which such
Distribution Date occurs (each, a "Record Date").
A "Business Day" will be any day other than a
Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions in New York, New York or Los
4
<PAGE> 7
Angeles, California are authorized or obligated by
law, executive order or government decree to be
closed.
To the extent not previously paid prior to such
dates, the outstanding principal amount of (i) the
Class A-1 Notes will be payable on 20, 1997
(the "Class A-1 Final Distribution Date"), (ii) the
Class A-2 Notes will be payable on 20,
199 (the "Class A-2 Final Distribution Date"),
(iii) the Class A-3 Notes will be payable on
20, 199 (the "Class A-3 Final
Distribution Date") and (iv) the Class A-4 Notes
will be payable on 20, 200 (the "Class
A-4 Final Distribution Date" and, together with the
Class A-1 Final Distribution Date, the Class A-2
Final Distribution Date and the Class A-3 Final
Distribution Date, the "Note Final Distribution
Dates"). To the extent not previously paid in full
prior to such date, the unpaid principal balance of
the Certificates will be payable on 20,
200 (the "Certificate Final Distribution Date" and,
together with the Note Final Distribution Dates,
the "Final Distribution Dates").
Terms of the Notes......... The principal terms of the Notes will be as
described below:
A. Interest Rates.......... Interest will be borne on (i) the Class A-1 Notes
at the rate of % per annum (the "Class A-1
Rate"), (ii) the Class A-2 Notes at the rate of %
per annum (the "Class A-2 Rate"), (iii) the Class
A-3 Notes at the rate of % per annum (the
"Class A-3 Rate") and (iv) the Class A-4 Notes at
the rate of % per annum (the "Class A-4 Rate"
and, together with the Class A-1 Rate, the Class
A-2 Rate and the Class A-3 Rate, the "Interest
Rates"). Interest on the Notes will be calculated
on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve
30-day months.
B. Interest................ Interest on the outstanding principal amount of
each Class of Notes will accrue at the related
Interest Rate from and including the most recent
Distribution Date on which interest has been paid
(or from and including the Cut-Off Date with
respect to the first Distribution Date) to but
excluding the current Distribution Date (each, an
"Interest Period"). Interest on the Notes for any
Distribution Date due but not paid on such
Distribution Date will be due on the next
Distribution Date, together with, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, interest on such
shortfall at the related Interest Rate. See "The
Notes -- Payments of Interest" and "Certain
Information Regarding the
Securities -- Distributions on the Securities."
C. Principal............... Principal of the Notes will be payable on each
Distribution Date in an amount generally equal to
the Note Principal Distributable Amount for such
Distribution Date, calculated as described under
"Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Distributions on the
Securities -- Deposits to the Distribution
Accounts; Priority of Payments." The Note Principal
Distributable Amount will include an amount equal
to the Accelerated Principal Distributable Amount
for such Distribution Date. On each Distribution
Date, the Note Principal Distributable Amount will
be applied in the following priority: first to
reduce the principal amount of the Money Market
Notes; second, after the principal amount of the
Money Market Notes has been reduced to zero, to
reduce the principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes;
third, after the principal amount of the Class A-2
Notes has been reduced to zero, to reduce the
principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes; and
fourth, after the principal
5
<PAGE> 8
amount of the Class A-3 Notes has been reduced to
zero, to reduce the principal amount of the Class
A-4 Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the
principal amount of a Class of Notes has not been
paid in full prior to its Note Final Distribution
Date, the Note Principal Distributable Amount for
such Note Final Distribution Date will include an
amount sufficient to reduce the unpaid principal
amount of such Class of Notes to zero on such Note
Final Distribution Date. See "The Notes -- Payments
of Principal" and "Certain Information Regarding
the Securities -- Distributions on the
Securities -- Deposits to the Distribution
Accounts; Priority of Payments."
D. Optional Redemption..... In the event of an Optional Purchase, each Class of
outstanding Notes will be redeemed in whole, but
not in part, at a redemption price equal to the
unpaid principal amount of such Class of Notes plus
accrued interest thereon at the related Interest
Rate. See "The Notes -- Optional Redemption."
E. Mandatory Redemption.... Under certain conditions, the Notes may be
accelerated upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default under the Indenture. So long as no Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
under certain circumstances Financial Security will
have the right (in addition to its obligation to
make Scheduled Payments on the Notes in accordance
with the terms of the Note Policy) but not the
obligation, to elect to accelerate the principal of
the Notes and to cause the Master Servicer or the
Trustee to sell or otherwise liquidate the property
of the Trust and to deliver the proceeds to the
Indenture Trustee for distribution in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture. See "The
Notes -- Events of Default."
Terms of the
Certificates............... The principal terms of the Certificates will be as
described below:
A. Interest................ On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee or any
paying agent or paying agents as the Owner Trustee
may designate from time to time (each, a "Paying
Agent") will distribute pro rata to
Certificateholders of record as of the related
Record Date accrued interest at the rate of %
per annum (the "Pass-Through Rate") on the
Certificate Balance as of the immediately preceding
Distribution Date (after giving effect to
distributions of principal to be made on such
immediately preceding Distribution Date) or, in the
case of the first Distribution Date, the Original
Certificate Balance. Interest in respect of a
Distribution Date will accrue from and including
the Cut-Off Date (in the case of the first
Distribution Date), or from and including the most
recent Distribution Date on which interest has been
paid to but excluding the current Distribution
Date. Interest on the Certificates for any
Distribution Date due but not paid on such
Distribution Date will be due on the next
Distribution Date, together with, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, interest on such
shortfall at the Pass-Through Rate. See "The
Certificates -- Distributions of Interest" and
"Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Distributions on the Securities."
The "Certificate Balance" will equal
$ (the "Original Certificate
Balance") on the date of initial issuance of the
Certificates (the "Closing Date") and on any date
thereafter will equal the Original Certificate
Balance reduced by all distributions of principal
previously made in respect of the Certificates.
Distributions on the Certificates will
6
<PAGE> 9
be subordinated to payments of interest and
principal on the Notes as described under "The
Certificates" and "Certain Information Regarding
the Securities -- Distributions on the Securities."
B. Principal............... No principal will be paid on the Certificates until
the Distribution Date on which the principal amount
of the Class A-1, Class A-2 and Class A-3 Notes
have been reduced to zero. On such Distribution
Date and each Distribution Date thereafter,
principal of the Certificates will be payable in an
amount equal to the Certificate Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date,
calculated as described under "Certain Information
Regarding the Securities -- Distributions on the
Securities -- Deposits to the Distribution
Accounts; Priority of Payments." On each
Distribution Date on or after the Distribution Date
on which the Class A-4 Notes have been paid in
full, any Accelerated Principal Distributable
Amount will be included in the Certificate
Principal Distributable Amount. If not paid in full
prior to the Certificate Final Distribution Date,
the remaining Certificate Balance, if any, will be
payable on that date. See "The
Certificates -- Distributions of Principal."
C. Optional Prepayment..... In the event of an Optional Purchase, the
Certificates will be repaid in whole, but not in
part, at a repayment price equal to the Certificate
Balance plus accrued interest thereon at the
Pass-Through Rate. See "The
Certificates -- Optional Prepayment."
Security for the
Securities................. The principal security for the Securities will be
as described below:
A. The Contracts........... The Contracts will consist of retail installment
sales contracts and installment loans, secured by
liens on the Financed Vehicles, purchased from WFS
by the Seller and from the Seller by the Trust,
including the right to receive the payments
thereunder on and after the Cut-Off Date. The
Seller will be required to repurchase certain of
the Contracts under certain circumstances if
certain representations and warranties made by the
Seller are incorrect in a manner that materially
and adversely affects the Securityholders, the
Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or Financial
Security. The Contracts were purchased from new and
used car dealers or originated directly from
consumers by WFS, or, to a lesser extent, by the
Bank and were subsequently assigned to WFS. The
Contracts were originated in California and 20
other states by new and used car dealers not
affiliated with WFS or the Bank, except for a
limited number of Contracts originated directly
from consumers by WFS, or, to a lesser extent, by
the Bank and were subsequently assigned to WFS. The
Contracts will be selected by WFS from its
portfolio of retail installment contracts based
upon the criteria to be specified in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement. As of the Cut-Off Date, the
Aggregate Scheduled Balance will be $525,000,000
(the "Cut-Off Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance")
and the Contracts will have an expected weighted
average annual percentage rate of approximately
15.46% and an expected weighted average remaining
maturity of approximately 56 months. See "The
Contracts Pool." The Contracts will be serviced by
WFS as Master Servicer. See "The Master Servicer."
Approximately 48.6% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Contracts will be Rule of 78's
Contracts and approximately 51.4% will be Simple
7
<PAGE> 10
Interest Contracts, based upon the anticipated
Scheduled Balances of the Contracts as of the
Cut-Off Date.
All net collections received by the Master Servicer
on or in respect of the Contracts, any Advances
made by the Master Servicer and all amounts paid
under the Policies will be deposited in or credited
to the Collection Account or, in certain limited
instances, the Holding Account. On each
Distribution Date the Indenture Trustee will
distribute the amounts on deposit in the Collection
Account with respect to such Distribution Date to
the Note Distribution Account and, to the extent
applicable, the Certificate Distribution Account.
All payments to Noteholders will be made from the
Note Distribution Account and to Certificateholders
from the Certificate Distribution Account. See
"Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- The Accounts and Eligible
Investments" and "-- Distributions on the
Securities."
B. The Spread Account...... The Securityholders will be afforded certain
limited protection, to the extent described herein,
against losses in respect of the Contracts by the
establishment of a segregated trust account in the
name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of
the Securityholders (the "Spread Account"). The
Spread Account will be part of the Trust.
The Spread Account will be created with an initial
deposit by the Seller of $15,750,000 (the "Spread
Account Initial Deposit"). The funds in the Spread
Account will thereafter be supplemented on each
Distribution Date by the deposit of any Excess
Amounts (as defined below), until the cash on
deposit in the Spread Account is at least equal to
the Minimum Funded Amount and the sum of the Funded
Amount and the Overcollateralization Amount is at
least equal to the Specified Spread Account
Balance. "Excess Amounts" in respect of a
Distribution Date will be calculated as described
under "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Distributions on the
Securities -- Deposits to the Distribution
Accounts; Priority of Payments" and will equal the
funds on deposit in the Collection Account in
respect of such Distribution Date, after giving
effect to all distributions required to be made on
such Distribution Date. The Specified Spread
Account Balance, the Minimum Funded Amount and the
Overcollateralization Amount will be calculated as
described under "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Payment Priorities of the Notes and
the Certificates; The Spread Account -- Calculation
of Specified Spread Account Balance." On each
Distribution Date, funds will be withdrawn from the
Spread Account for distribution to Securityholders
to cover any shortfalls in interest and principal
required to be paid on the Securities (before
giving effect to any claim under the Policies).
On any Distribution Date on which the Spread
Account is fully funded, any excess cash on deposit
therein will be released therefrom and upon any
such distribution Securityholders will have no
further rights in, or claims to, such amounts. See
"Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Withdrawals from the Spread Account."
C. The Policies............ On the Closing Date, Financial Security will issue
the Note Policy to the Indenture Trustee and the
Certificate Policy to the Owner Trustee pursuant to
the insurance, indemnity and pledge agreement to be
dated
8
<PAGE> 11
as of June 1, 1996 (the "Insurance Agreement"),
among Financial Security, the Trust, the Seller,
Bankers Trust Company as Collateral Agent for
Financial Security, WII and WFS. Pursuant to the
Note Policy, Financial Security will
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee to the
Noteholders payment of the Scheduled Payments for
each Distribution Date. Pursuant to the Certificate
Policy, Financial Security will unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantee to the Certificateholders
payment of the Guaranteed Distributions for each
Distribution Date. See "The Policies" and
"Financial Security Assurance Inc."
Optional Purchase.......... The Seller may, but will not be obligated to,
purchase all of the Contracts in the Trust, and
thereby cause early retirement of all outstanding
Securities, on any Distribution Date as of which
the Aggregate Scheduled Balance is 5% or less of
the Cut-Off Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance (an
"Optional Purchase"). See "Certain Information
Regarding the Securities -- Termination."
The Master Servicer........ WFS, as Master Servicer, will be obligated pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, subject to the
limitations set forth therein, to service the
Contracts and to repurchase certain of the
Contracts under certain circumstances if certain
representations and warranties made by WFS are
incorrect or if WFS, as Master Servicer, breaches
certain of its servicing obligations under the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, in either case in a manner
that materially and adversely affects such
Contracts. See "The Master Servicer."
Ratings.................... It is a condition of issuance that the Class A-1
Notes be rated A-1+ by Standard & Poor's Ratings
Services, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc. ("S&P")
and P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
("Moody's" and, together with S&P, the "Rating
Agencies"), and the Class A-2, Class A-3 and Class
A-4 Notes and the Certificates each be rated AAA by
S&P and Aaa by Moody's. See "Ratings of the
Securities."
Tax Status................. In the opinion of counsel to the Seller, for both
federal and California income tax purposes, the
Notes will be characterized as debt, and the Trust
will not be characterized as an association (or a
publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation. Each Noteholder, by the acceptance of
a Note, will agree to treat the Notes as
indebtedness, and each Certificateholder, by the
acceptance of a Certificate, will agree to treat
the Trust as a partnership in which the
Certificateholders are partners for federal income
tax purposes. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences" and "Certain California Income Tax
Consequences."
ERISA Considerations....... Subject to the considerations discussed under
"ERISA Considerations," the Notes will be eligible
for purchase by employee benefit plans that are
subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").
Since the Certificates will be subordinated to the
Notes to the extent described herein, employee
benefit plans subject to ERISA will not be eligible
to purchase the Certificates. Any benefit plan
fiduciary considering purchase of the Securities
should, among other things, consult with its
counsel in determining whether all required
conditions have been satisfied. See "ERISA
Considerations."
9
<PAGE> 12
Legal Investment........... The Money Market Notes will be eligible securities
for purchase by money market funds under Rule 2a-7
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.
10
<PAGE> 13
FORMATION OF THE TRUST
GENERAL
The Trust will be a business trust formed under the laws of the State of
Delaware pursuant to the Trust Agreement for the transactions described herein.
After its formation, the Trust will not engage in any activity other than (i)
acquiring, holding and managing the Contracts and the other assets of the Trust
and proceeds therefrom; (ii) issuing the Notes and the Certificates; (iii)
making payments on the Notes and the Certificates; and (iv) engaging in other
activities that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the
foregoing purposes or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.
On the Closing Date, the Seller will establish the Trust by selling and
assigning the Trust Property to the Trust. WFS will act as Master Servicer of
the Contracts and will receive compensation and fees for such services. See "The
Master Servicer -- Servicing Compensation." WFS, as Master Servicer, may retain
physical possession of the original executed Contracts, and certain other
documents or instruments relating to the Contracts, as custodian for the Owner
Trustee pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or may employ one or more
Subservicers as custodians. In order to protect the Trust's ownership interest
in the Contracts, the Seller will file UCC-1 financing statements in the State
of California to give notice of the Trust's ownership of the Contracts. Under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture, WFS will be obligated to
take all necessary steps to preserve and protect the interests of the Trustees
in the Contracts. Neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Owner Trustee will be
responsible for the legality, validity or enforceability of any security
interest in respect of any Contract. WFS will not physically segregate the
Contracts from the other retail installment sales contracts and installment
loans owned or serviced by it and will not stamp the Contracts with notice of
the sale to the Seller or the Trust. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Contracts."
Simultaneously with the issuance of the Securities, Financial Security will
issue the Note Policy to the Indenture Trustee and the Certificate Policy to the
Owner Trustee for the benefit of the related Securityholders. Under the Note
Policy and the Certificate Policy, Financial Security will unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantee to the related Securityholders full and complete payment
of the Scheduled Payments and the Guaranteed Distributions, respectively, for
each Distribution Date. Financial Security will have a lien on the Contracts and
other documents relating to the Contracts subordinate to the interest of the
Securityholders, which lien cannot be executed upon until all required payments
under the Policies have been made. See "The Policies."
After the sale and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust, so long as WFS
acts as Master Servicer, WFS's obligations to the Trust with respect to the
Contracts will be limited to the repurchase of Contracts in the event of a
breach of (i) certain representations and warranties made by it as Master
Servicer or (ii) certain servicing obligations, in either case that materially
and adversely affects such Contracts.
The Trust's principal offices will be in Wilmington, Delaware, in care of
The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA), as Owner Trustee, at the address listed below
under "The Owner Trustee".
CAPITALIZATION
The Trust will initially be capitalized with equity equal to the Original
Certificate Balance. WII will purchase Certificates with an original Certificate
Balance of approximately 1% of the Original Certificate Balance and the
remaining equity interests will be sold to third party investors that are
expected to be unaffiliated with the Seller, the Master Servicer or the Trust.
11
<PAGE> 14
The following table illustrates the capitalization of the Trust as of the
Cut-Off Date, as if the issuance and sale of the Securities had taken place on
such date:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Class A-1 Notes................................................... $
Class A-2 Notes...................................................
Class A-3 Notes...................................................
Class A-4 Notes...................................................
Certificates......................................................
------
Total................................................... $
========
</TABLE>
THE OWNER TRUSTEE
The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA) will be the Owner Trustee under the Trust
Agreement. The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA) is a Delaware corporation and its
Corporate Trust Office is located at 802 Delaware Avenue, Wilmington, Delaware
19801.
The Owner Trustee will have the rights and duties set forth herein under
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- The Trustees" and "-- Duties of
the Trustees."
THE CONTRACTS POOL
Each Contract is a retail installment sales contract originated by a new or
used car dealer located in California or one of the other 20 states listed below
and purchased primarily by WFS or, to a lesser extent, by the Bank (except for a
limited number of Contracts in the form of installment loans originated by
branch offices of WFS or the Bank directly from consumers) and subsequently
assigned to WFS. Each Contract is secured by a Financed Vehicle.
WFS will select the Contracts from its portfolio of fixed-interest rate
retail installment sales contracts or installment loans which are secured by new
and used automobiles or light-duty trucks. The Contracts were underwritten and
purchased by WFS or the Bank or in the ordinary course of its business
operations. It is currently anticipated, based on the Cut-Off Date Aggregate
Scheduled Balance, that not more than approximately 42.3% of the Contracts will
have been originally underwritten by the Branch Division of WFS. Approximately
55.1% of the aggregate principal amount of the Contracts will have been
originated by WFS or the Bank in California and approximately 44.9% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Contracts will have been originated by WFS or
the Bank in states other than California. Each of the Contracts is fully
amortizing and provides for level payments over its term, with the portions of
principal and interest of each such level payment being determined on the basis
of the Rule of 78's or the simple interest (actual number of days) method.
Contracts originated in Oregon, Arizona, Washington, Colorado, Idaho, Utah,
Florida, North Carolina, Georgia, Kansas or Hawaii and all Contracts with
original maturities in excess of 60 months, regardless of their state of
origination, utilize the simple interest method. The amortization of the Rule of
78's Contracts will result in the outstanding principal balance on each such
Contract being in excess of the Scheduled Balance of that Contract. See "Index
of Principal Definitions" for an explanation of the Rule of 78's and Simple
Interest Contracts.
The aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Contracts will be
$525,000,000. Based on the anticipated Cut-Off Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance,
approximately 48.6% of the Contracts will be Rule of 78's Contracts and
approximately 51.4% will be Simple Interest Contracts.
The information concerning the Contracts presented in this Prospectus is
based upon a pool of retail installment sales contracts and installment loans
originated through May 31, 1996. While information as of the Cut-Off Date for
the Contracts that will be actually sold to the Trust may differ somewhat from
the Contract information presented herein, WFS does not expect that the
characteristics of the Contracts that will be sold to the Trust will vary
materially from the information concerning the Contracts presented.
12
<PAGE> 15
For Contracts originated through May 31, 1996, approximately 22.5% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Contracts relate to the purchase of new
vehicles and approximately 77.5% of the Contracts relate to the purchase of used
vehicles. Approximately 65.0% of the aggregate principal amount of these
Contracts consists of contracts secured by automobiles and approximately 35.0%
of the aggregate principal amount consists of contracts secured by light-duty
trucks. These Contracts have an annual percentage rate ("APR") of at least 7.75%
and not more than 30.00%, and the weighted average APR of these Contracts is
approximately 15.46%. These Contracts have remaining maturities of at least 3
months but not more than 84 months and original maturities of at least 6 months
but not more than 84 months. The weighted average original maturity of these
Contracts was 58 months and the weighted average remaining maturity of these
Contracts as of May 31, 1996 was 56 months. It is currently anticipated that not
more than 22.9% of the aggregate principal amount of the Contracts (by Cut-Off
Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance) will have had original maturities of more than
60 months. The average principal amount outstanding per Contract as of May 31,
1996 was $10,832 and the outstanding principal balance of these Contracts as of
May 31, 1996 ranged from $1,000 to $72,820.
DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY APR(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE
OF
AGGREGATE AGGREGATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL
APR RANGE CONTRACTS BALANCE BALANCE
- ------------------------------------------------------- ---------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
7.00% to 7.99%........................................ 48 $ 703,876 0.13%
8.00% to 8.99%........................................ 977 15,224,703 2.90
9.00% to 9.99%........................................ 2,541 38,512,220 7.34
10.00% to 10.99%....................................... 3,623 53,190,839 10.13
11.00% to 11.99%....................................... 3,375 48,389,455 9.22
12.00% to 12.99%....................................... 3,785 50,183,799 9.56
13.00% to 13.99%....................................... 2,761 34,106,200 6.50
14.00% to 14.99%....................................... 2,388 26,913,877 5.13
15.00% to 15.99%....................................... 3,123 30,652,876 5.84
16.00% to 16.99%....................................... 1,882 19,782,761 3.77
17.00% to 17.99%....................................... 2,107 22,557,863 4.30
18.00% to 18.99%....................................... 3,800 42,114,750 8.02
19.00% to 19.99%....................................... 2,318 22,818,861 4.35
20.00% to 20.99%....................................... 5,260 46,627,600 8.87
21.00% and over........................................ 10,481 73,221,261 13.94
---------- ------------ -----------
Total............................................. 48,469 $525,000,941 100.00%
======== =========== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Information as of May 31, 1996 for Contracts originated through May 31,
1996. Contracts having Cut-Off Date Aggregate Scheduled Balances of
$525,000,000 will be included in the Trust.
13
<PAGE> 16
GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF
AGGREGATE AGGREGATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL
CONTRACTS BALANCE BALANCE
---------- ------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
California........................................... 26,944 $289,024,188 55.05%
Texas................................................ 4,674 49,857,594 9.50
Nevada............................................... 2,595 32,508,847 6.19
Oregon............................................... 3,185 32,414,098 6.17
Arizona.............................................. 2,685 30,674,746 5.84
Washington........................................... 2,211 21,142,875 4.03
Colorado............................................. 1,027 12,519,565 2.38
Missouri............................................. 882 11,520,464 2.19
Florida.............................................. 613 6,982,368 1.33
New Mexico........................................... 565 6,024,120 1.15
Idaho................................................ 595 5,135,409 0.98
Utah................................................. 438 4,308,589 0.82
North Carolina....................................... 405 4,271,098 0.81
Georgia.............................................. 325 4,167,969 0.79
Illinois............................................. 399 4,060,011 0.77
Oklahoma............................................. 385 3,449,724 0.67
Kansas............................................... 208 2,728,793 0.52
Indiana.............................................. 154 1,816,834 0.36
Hawaii............................................... 69 1,128,717 0.21
Iowa................................................. 69 794,228 0.15
Wisconsin............................................ 41 470,704 0.09
---------- ------------ -------
Total........................................... 48,469 $525,000,941 100.00%
======== =========== ==========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Information as of May 31, 1996 for Contracts originated through May 31,
1996. Contracts having Cut-Off Date Aggregate Scheduled Balances of
$525,000,000 will be included in the Trust.
UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE CONTRACTS
WFS and its predecessors and affiliates have underwritten and purchased
motor vehicle installment sales contracts and installment loans since 1973. The
retail installment sales contracts and installment loans secured by automobiles
and light-duty trucks included in the Contracts were underwritten through
regional contract purchasing offices ("dealer centers") or through a branch
office. Prior to May 1, 1995, all dealer centers were operated by the Bank.
Effective May 1, 1995, as more fully described under "WFS," all such dealer
centers were transferred to WFS, at which time they became part of the Dealer
Center Division. All contracts purchased or originated after May 1, 1995, with
minor exceptions, were originated by WFS through either the Dealer Center
Division or the Branch Division. See "WFS." Each contract is fully amortizing
and provides for level payments over its term with the portion of principal and
interest of each level payment determined generally on the basis of the sum of
the digits (also known as the Rule of 78's), or on a simple interest basis
otherwise.
The contracts are purchased primarily through the dealer centers and branch
offices as part of WFS' program to provide diversified financial services and
develop multiple relationships with consumers. A limited number of contracts are
originated directly from consumers through the dealer centers or through branch
offices. The purchased contracts are generated by experienced sales managers.
Additional approval by a credit officer is required for purchase through a
dealer center, or by a branch manager, when purchased through a branch office.
Typically, for a contract purchased through a dealer center, a credit officer,
depending on his or her experience and training, will have approval authority
ranging from $15,000 to $30,000. A senior vice president reviews and approves
all such loans in excess of $30,000. Additionally, for contracts purchased
14
<PAGE> 17
through a branch office, a branch manager, depending on his or her experience
and training, will typically have approval authority ranging from $10,000 to
$25,000. A regional vice president or a senior vice president reviews and
approves all such contracts in excess of $25,000.
As noted, a limited number of contracts are originated from consumers
directly by dealer centers and by branch offices. The credit application is
reviewed by a loan officer, the manager of the dealer center or the branch
manager of the originating branch, as the case may be. Depending upon his or her
experience and training, a loan officer or the manager of the dealer center will
typically have approval authority ranging from $10,000 to $20,000 or $10,000 to
$30,000, respectively. A regional vice president reviews and approves all auto
loans in excess of $30,000. The approval process and limits for loans originated
directly from consumers at branch offices is identical to that for contracts
purchased through branch offices from dealers. The underwriting standards for
contracts so originated are the same as for those purchased from new or used car
dealers through the dealer centers or branch offices.
The sales managers at the dealer centers work as product specialists in
generating motor vehicle contracts through franchised new car dealers. The
branch manager of a branch office is responsible for generating motor vehicle
contracts through franchised new car dealers and from reputable used car
dealers. Marketing is accomplished through personal calls to auto dealerships as
well as referrals.
In order to maintain its competitive position in the marketplace, WFS,
through its Dealer Center Division and its Branch Division, emphasizes a fast
approval process and, under normal circumstances, an approval or declination is
given on the same day that the application is received. A sample of all loans
purchased through the dealer centers are reviewed to insure proper documentation
as well as adherence to the dealer center's underwriting guidelines. Similarly,
all loans made or purchased by new branch offices, and a sample of loans made or
purchased through established branch offices, are reviewed and reunderwritten to
insure proper documentation as well as adherence to underwriting standards. The
Dealer Center Division's underwriting standards are stricter than those of the
Branch Division. Substantially all motor vehicle contracts are nonrecourse to
the originating dealer. In the case of new car contracts, the original amount of
the contract does not exceed the sum of the dealer's cost, taxes, license fees,
service warranty cost and, if applicable, premium for credit life or credit
disability insurance, and in some cases, miscellaneous costs. Over-advances
(i.e., advances in excess of the amount specified in the previous sentence) may
be made under certain circumstances to assist a dealer in selling an automobile
or light duty truck by permitting a lower down payment, and in some cases no
down payment, based on the creditworthiness of the applicant. For loans made or
purchased through the dealer centers, such over-advances generally do not exceed
$1,500. For used cars, the original contract does not exceed the wholesale "blue
book" value for the car plus the related expenses and the over-advances just
described. For loans made or purchased through branch offices, WFS offers the
dealers a more flexible program of over-advances on both new and used vehicles,
based on the creditworthiness of the applicant, at a higher rate of interest.
WFS does not have minimum maturity requirements; however, retail
installment sales contracts and installment loans of less than three years
maturity are seldom purchased or made due to low customer demand.
15
<PAGE> 18
DELINQUENCY AND LOAN LOSS INFORMATION
The following tables set forth (i) the delinquency experience in regard to
motor vehicle installment sales contracts purchased and serviced by WFS and its
affiliates, including contracts subsequently sold to WFS Financial Auto Loans,
Inc., and WFS Financial Auto Loans 2, Inc. as of and for the years ended
December 31, 1991 through 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and
(ii) the loss experience for such contracts purchased and serviced by WFS and
its affiliates, including contracts subsequently sold to WFS Financial Auto
Loans, Inc. and WFS Financial Auto Loans 2, Inc. as of and for the years ended
December 31, 1991 through 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996.
There is no assurance that the future delinquency and loss experience of the
Contracts will be similar to that set forth below.
MOTOR VEHICLE INSTALLMENT SALES CONTRACT DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)
(ALL INSTALLMENT SALES CONTRACTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT
DECEMBER
AT MARCH 31, AT DECEMBER 31, AT DECEMBER 31, AT DECEMBER 31, 31,
1996 1995 1994 1993 1992
--------------------- --------------------- --------------------- --------------------- ---------
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER
OF AMOUNT OF AMOUNT OF AMOUNT OF AMOUNT OF
CONTRACTS (2) CONTRACTS (2) CONTRACTS (2) CONTRACTS (2) CONTRACTS
--------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- ---------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Portfolio............... 279,164 $2,426,638 258,665 $2,209,594 201,957 $1,633,177 164,516 $1,233,732 148,467
======= ========== ======= ========== ======= ========== ======= ========== =======
Period of delinquency(4)
31-59 days............ 1,771 $ 14,924 2,180 $ 18,557 1,136 $ 8,510 818 $ 5,239 1,112
60-89 days............ 670 6,127 690 6,143 336 2,616 254 1,849 435
90 days or more....... 363 3,094 308 2,701 145 998 138 983 349
------- ---------- ------- ---------- ------- ---------- ------- ---------- -------
Total contracts
delinquent............ 2,804 $ 24,145 3,178 $ 27,401 1,617 $ 12,124 1,210 $ 8,071 1,896
======= ========== ======= ========== ======= ========== ======= ========== =======
Delinquencies as a
percentage of number
and amount of
contracts
outstanding........... 1.00% 0.99% 1.23% 1.24% 0.80% 0.74% 0.74% 0.65% 1.28%
======= ========== ======= ========== ======= ========== ======= ========== =======
<CAPTION>
AT DECEMBER 31,
1991
---------------------
NUMBER
AMOUNT OF AMOUNT
(2) CONTRACTS (3)
---------- --------- ----------
<S> <<C> <C> <C>
Portfolio............... $1,058,267 141,210 $1,213,793
========== ======= ==========
Period of delinquency(4)
31-59 days............ $ 7,311 1,493 $ 8,556
60-89 days............ 2,803 471 3,438
90 days or more....... 2,504 789 5,300
---------- ------- ----------
Total contracts
delinquent............ $ 12,618 2,753 $ 17,294
========== ======= ==========
Delinquencies as a
percentage of number
and amount of
contracts
outstanding........... 1.19% 1.95% 1.42%
========== ======= ==========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Includes delinquency information relating to those retail installment sales
contracts that are owned by WFS and contracts that were sold to grantor
trusts beginning in 1990, but which are serviced by WFS.
(2) This amount is net of unearned add-on interest.
(3) This amount includes unearned add-on interest.
(4) The period of delinquency is based on the number of days payments are
contractually past due.
MOTOR VEHICLE INSTALLMENT SALES CONTRACTS LOSS EXPERIENCE(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
MARCH 31, --------------------------------------------------------------------
1996 1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Portfolio
At end of period (net of unearned
add-on interest)..................... $2,426,638 $2,209,594 $1,633,177 $1,233,732 $1,058,267 $995,018
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========
Average during period (net of unearned
add-on interest)..................... $2,297,590 $1,886,359 $1,438,582 $1,132,538 $1,025,682 $969,088
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========
Gross chargeoffs of contracts during
period............................... $ 18,425 $ 48,999 $ 27,620 $ 24,612 $ 20,950 $ 15,003
Recoveries during period of contracts
charged off.......................... 5,943 18,715 11,927 7,308 3,226 1,400
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------
Net chargeoffs......................... $ 12,482 $ 30,284 $ 15,693 $ 17,304 $ 17,724 $ 13,603
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========
Net chargeoffs as a percentage of
contracts outstanding during
period............................... 0.54%(2)(3) 1.61%(3) 1.09% 1.53% 1.73% 1.40%
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Includes loan loss information of retail installment sales contracts that
are owned by WFS and contracts that were sold to grantor trusts beginning in
1990, but which are serviced by WFS.
(2) On an annualized basis, this percentage would be 2.17%.
(3) The loan loss experience in 1995 and the first quarter of 1996 was impacted
by a variety of factors, including, in particular, an increase in the
percentage of the outstanding contracts which were originated by the Branch
Division of WFS and by general economic conditions.
16
<PAGE> 19
POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION
The "Note Pool Factor" for each Class of Notes will be a six-digit decimal
which the Master Servicer will compute prior to each Distribution Date with
respect to the Notes indicating the unpaid principal amount of such Class of
Notes, after giving effect to payments to be made on such Distribution Date, as
a fraction of the initial outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes.
The "Certificate Pool Factor" for the Certificates will be a six-digit decimal
which the Master Servicer will compute prior to each Distribution Date
indicating the remaining Certificate Balance after giving effect to
distributions to be made on such Distribution Date, as a fraction of the
Original Certificate Balance. Each Note Pool Factor and the Certificate Pool
Factor will be 1.000000 as of the Closing Date, and thereafter will decline to
reflect reductions in the outstanding principal amount of the applicable Class
of Notes, or the reduction of the Certificate Balance, as the case may be. A
Noteholder's portion of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
related Class of Notes will be the product of (i) the original denomination of
such Noteholder's Note and (ii) the applicable Note Pool Factor at the time of
determination. A Certificateholder's portion of the aggregate outstanding
Certificate Balance will be the product of (i) the original denomination of such
Certificateholder's Certificate and (ii) the Certificate Pool Factor at the time
of determination.
The Noteholders will receive reports on or about each Distribution Date
concerning payments received on the Contracts, the Pool Balance, each Note Pool
Factor and various other items of information, and the Certificateholders will
receive reports on or about each Distribution Date concerning payments received
on the Contracts, the Pool Balance, the Certificate Pool Factor and various
other items of information. In addition, Securityholders of record during any
calendar year will be furnished information for tax reporting purposes not later
than the latest date permitted by law. See "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Statements to Securityholders."
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds from the sale of the Securities (i.e., the proceeds of the
public offering of the Securities minus expenses relating thereto) will be
applied by the Seller to the purchase of the Contracts from WFS.
THE NOTES
GENERAL
The Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture, a form of which has
been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. Copies of the Indenture
(without exhibits) may be obtained by Noteholders upon request in writing to the
Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office. Citations to the relevant
Sections of the Indenture appear below and under "Certain Information Regarding
the Securities" in parentheses. The following summary does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to,
all the provisions of the Notes and the Indenture. Where particular provisions
or terms used in the Notes or the Indenture are referred to, the actual
provisions of such documents (including definitions of terms and Section
references) are incorporated by reference as part of such summaries.
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
Interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Class of Notes will
accrue at the applicable Interest Rate and will be payable to the Noteholders of
such Class on each Distribution Date. Interest accrued but not paid on any
Distribution Date will be due on the immediately succeeding Distribution Date,
together with, to the extent permitted by applicable law, interest on such
shortfall at the related Interest Rate. Interest payments on the Notes will be
made from Net Collections after all accrued and unpaid Trustees' fees and other
administrative fees of the Trust and payment of all applicable servicing
compensation to the Master Servicer (collectively, "Trust Fees and Expenses")
have been paid. See "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Distributions on the Securities -- Deposits to the Distribution
Accounts; Priority of Payments."
17
<PAGE> 20
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
Principal payments will be made to the Noteholders, to the extent described
below, on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the Note Percentage of
the related Principal Distributable Amount, in each case calculated as described
under "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Distributions on the
Securities -- Deposits to the Distribution Accounts; Priority of Payments."
Principal payments on the Notes will be made from Net Collections after all
Trust Fees and Expenses have been paid, and after distribution of the Note
Interest Distributable Amount. See "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Distributions on the Securities -- Deposits to the Distribution
Accounts; Priority of Payments."
Principal payments on the Notes will be applied on each Distribution Date
from the Note Distribution Account as follows: first to the holders of the Class
A-1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been reduced to
zero and in no event later than the Class A-1 Final Distribution Date, second to
the holders of the Class A-2 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-2
Notes has been reduced to zero, third to the holders of the Class A-3 Notes
until the principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes has been reduced to zero, and
fourth to the holders of the Class A-4 Notes until the principal amount of the
Class A-4 Notes has been reduced to zero. The Note Principal Distributable
Amount for each Distribution Date will include an amount equal to the
Accelerated Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date. See
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Deposits to the Distribution
Accounts; Priority of Payments."
After the principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes has been reduced to zero,
the Principal Distributable Amount will be allocated to the Class A-4 Notes and
the Certificates based on a fraction, the numerator of which will be the then
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A-4 Notes and the
denominator of which will be the sum of the then aggregate outstanding principal
amounts of the Class A-4 Notes and the Certificates.
The principal amount of each Class of Notes, to the extent not previously
paid, will be due on the related Note Final Distribution Date for that Class of
Notes.
The actual date on which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any
Class of Notes is paid may be earlier than its Note Final Distribution Date
based on a variety of factors, including the factors described under "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities -- Prepayment Considerations."
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
Each Class of outstanding Notes will be subject to redemption in whole, but
not in part, on any Distribution Date relating to an Optional Purchase. The
redemption price will equal the unpaid principal amount of such Class of Notes
plus accrued interest thereon at the applicable Interest Rate.
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
Bankers Trust Company will be the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee
is a New York corporation and its Corporate Trust Office is located at Four
Albany Street, New York, New York 10006.
The Indenture Trustee will have the rights and duties set forth under
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- The Trustees" and "-- Duties of
the Trustees."
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
"Events of Default" under the Indenture will consist of: (i) a default by
the Trust for five days or more in the payment of any interest on the Notes of
any Class when the same becomes due and payable; (ii) a default by the Trust in
the payment of the principal of or any installment of the principal of the Notes
of any Class when the same becomes due and payable; (iii) a default in the
observance or performance of any covenant or
18
<PAGE> 21
agreement of the Trust made in the Indenture or any representation or warranty
made by the Trust in the Indenture or in any certificate delivered pursuant
thereto or in connection therewith having been incorrect in a material respect
as of the time made, and the continuation of any such default for a period of 30
days after notice thereof is given to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or to
the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the holders of Notes evidencing at least
25% of the voting interest thereof, voting together as a single class; and (iv)
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation relating
to the Trust (each, a "Trust Insolvency"). (Indenture, Section 5.01)
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, so long as an Insurer Default
(as defined below) shall not have occurred and be continuing, Financial Security
will have the right (in addition to its obligation to make Scheduled Payments on
the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Note Policy) but not the
obligation, to elect (i) to accelerate the principal of the Notes and to cause
the Master Servicer or the Trustee to sell or otherwise liquidate the property
of the Trust, in whole or in part on any date or dates following such
acceleration as Financial Security, in its sole discretion, shall elect, and to
deliver the proceeds thereof to the Indenture Trustee for distribution in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture or (ii) to make Scheduled Payments on
the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Note Policy. If an Insurer Default
has occurred and is continuing, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
Trustee may, or if so requested in writing by holders of Notes evidencing at
least 66 2/3% of the voting interests thereof, voting together as a single
class, shall, declare the Notes due and payable at par, together with accrued
interest thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a Trust
Insolvency, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Notes will become immediately due and payable at par, together with accrued
interest thereon. (Indenture, Section 5.02) An "Insurer Default" will consist of
(i) a default by Financial Security of its obligations under either Policy or
(ii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation
relating to Financial Security.
No sale or liquidation of the property of the Trust described in the
immediately preceding paragraph may be made if the proceeds thereof are not
sufficient to pay all outstanding principal of and accrued interest on the
Notes, unless (i) no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing and the
related Event of Default arose as described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iv) of the
second preceding paragraph or (ii) an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing and (a) holders of Notes evidencing 100% of the voting interests
thereof, voting together as a single class, consent to such sale or liquidation,
or (b) (1) the Trustee determines that the property of the Trust will not
continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and
interest on the Notes, (2) the Trustee provides prior written notice of such
sale or liquidation to each Rating Agency, and (3) holders of Notes evidencing
66 2/3% of the voting interests thereof, voting together as a single class,
consent to such sale or liquidation. (Indenture, Section 5.04)
Further, in the event that no Insurer Default has occurred and is
continuing, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, if Financial
Security has not elected to accelerate the principal of the Notes and such Event
of Default is subsequently cured, Financial Security shall not thereafter have
the right to elect to accelerate the principal of the Notes or to cause the
property of the Trust to be sold or liquidated by reason of that Event of
Default and the rights of all parties shall thereupon be restored as though such
Event of Default had not occurred.
Following the occurrence of an Event of Default and provided that (i) no
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) Financial Security has
not elected to accelerate the principal of the Notes, the Indenture Trustee and
the Owner Trustee will continue to submit claims under the Policies for any
shortfalls in Scheduled Payments on the Notes and Guaranteed Distributions on
the Certificates, respectively. (Indenture, Section 5.02 and 5.04) See "The
Policies."
THE CERTIFICATES
GENERAL
The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement, a form of
which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part. Copies of the Trust Agreement
19
<PAGE> 22
(without exhibits) may be obtained by holders of Certificates upon request in
writing to the Owner Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office. Citations to the
relevant Sections of the Trust Agreement appear below and under "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities" in parentheses. The following summary
describes certain terms of the Certificates and the Trust Agreement and does not
purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by,
reference to all of the provisions of the Certificates and the Trust Agreement.
Where particular provisions or terms used in the Trust Agreement are referred
to, the actual provisions (including definitions of terms and Section
references) are incorporated by reference as part of such summaries.
DISTRIBUTIONS OF INTEREST
Interest on the Certificate Balance will accrue at the Pass-Through Rate
and will be payable to Certificateholders on each Distribution Date. Interest
accrued but not paid on any Distribution Date will be due on the immediately
succeeding Distribution Date, together with, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, interest on such amount at the Pass-Through Rate. Interest
distributions with respect to the Certificates will be made from Net Collections
after all Trust Fees and Expenses have been paid and after the Note
Distributable Amount has been distributed. See "Certain Information Regarding
the Securities -- Distributions on the Securities -- Deposits to the
Distribution Accounts; Priority of Payments."
DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL
No principal will be paid on the Certificates until the Distribution Date
on which the principal amount of the Class A-1, Class A-2 and Class A-3 Notes
has been reduced to zero. On such Distribution Date and each Distribution Date
thereafter, the Certificateholders will be entitled to distributions in an
amount equal to the Certificate Percentage of the Principal Distributable
Amount, in each case calculated as described under "Certain Information
Regarding the Securities -- Distributions on the Securities -- Deposits to the
Distribution Accounts; Priority of Payments." Distributions with respect to
principal payments will be made from Net Collections after all Trust Fees and
Expenses have been paid and after the Note Distributable Amount and the
Certificate Interest Distributable Amount has been distributed. On each
Distribution Date on or after the Distribution Date on which the principal
amount of the Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero, the Accelerated Principal
Distributable Amount will be included in the Certificate Principal Distributable
Amount. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Distributions on
the Securities -- Deposits to the Distribution Accounts; Priority of Payments."
If not paid in full prior to the Certificate Final Distribution Date, the
remaining Certificate Balance, if any, will be payable on such Distribution
Date.
The actual date on which the Certificate Balance is reduced to zero may be
earlier than the Certificate Final Distribution Date based on a variety of
factors, including the factors described under "Certain Information Regarding
the Securities -- Prepayment Considerations."
OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT
The Certificates will be subject to prepayment in whole, but not in part,
on any Distribution Date relating to an Optional Purchase. Certificateholders
will receive an amount in respect of the Certificates equal to the Certificate
Balance, together with accrued interest at the Pass-Through Rate. Any such
distribution will effect early retirement of the Certificates. See "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities -- Termination."
MANDATORY PREPAYMENT
As more fully described under "The Notes -- Events of Default," upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have
occurred and be continuing), under certain circumstances Financial Security will
have the right, but not the obligation, to cause the property of the Trust
20
<PAGE> 23
to be sold or liquidated in whole or in part, on any date or dates as Financial
Security, in its sole discretion, shall elect prior to the date on which such
Event of Default is cured. Any such sale or liquidation may cause a full or
partial prepayment of the Certificates.
PAYING AGENTS
Distributions of principal of and interest on the Certificates will be made
by the Owner Trustee or any Paying Agent or Paying Agents as the Owner Trustee
may designate from time to time. The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. will be
designated as the initial Paying Agent with respect to the Certificates. (Trust
Agreement, Section 3.10)
CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
DTC, New York, New York, will act as securities depository for the
Securities. Each Class of Notes and the Certificates will be issued as fully
registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. ("Cede"), the nominee
of DTC. As such, it is anticipated that the only Noteholders or
Certificateholders, as the case may be, will be Cede, as nominee of DTC. Note
Owners will not be recognized by the Indenture Trustee as "Noteholders," as such
term will be used in the Indenture. Certificate Owners will not be recognized by
the Owner Trustee as "Certificateholders," as such term will be used in the
Trust Agreement. Security Owners will only be permitted to exercise the rights
of Securityholders indirectly through DTC and its Participants, as further
described below.
DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the
State of New York, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York
Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation"
within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code (the "UCC") in effect in the
State of New York and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions
of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"). DTC was created to hold securities for its participating members
("Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of its Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement
of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including
the Underwriter), banks, trust companies and clearing corporations. Indirect
access to the DTC system also is available to banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Participant, either directly or indirectly (the "Indirect Participants"). The
rules applicable to DTC and its Participants are on file with the Commission.
Security Owners that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but
desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or an interest in,
Securities may do so only through Participants and Indirect Participants.
Participants will receive a credit for the related Securities on DTC's records.
The ownership interest of each Security Owner will in turn be recorded on the
respective records of Participants and Indirect Participants. Security Owners
will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but Security
Owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the
transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the
Participant or Indirect Participant through which the Security Owner entered
into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the Securities will be
accomplished by entries made on the books of Participants acting on behalf of
Security Owners.
To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Securities deposited by
Participants with DTC will be registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of DTC.
The deposit of Securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede
will effect no change in beneficial ownership. DTC will have no knowledge of the
actual Security Owners and its records will reflect only the identity of the
Participants to whose accounts such Securities are credited, which may or may
not be the Security Owners. Participants and Indirect Participants will remain
responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.
21
<PAGE> 24
Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Participants, by
Participants to Indirect Participants and by Participants and Indirect
Participants to Security Owners will be governed by arrangements among them,
subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from
time to time.
DTC's practice is to credit Participants' accounts on each Distribution
Date in accordance with their respective holdings of Securities shown on DTC's
records unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on
such Distribution Date. Payments by Participants and Indirect Participants to
Security Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary
practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in
bearer form or registered in "street name," and will be the responsibility of
such Participant or Indirect Participant and not of DTC, the Indenture Trustee,
the Owner Trustee, Financial Security or the Seller, subject to any statutory or
regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of
principal of and interest on the Securities to DTC will be the responsibility of
the related Trustee, disbursement of such payments to Participants will be the
responsibility of DTC and disbursement of such payments to Security Owners will
be the responsibility of Participants and Indirect Participants. As a result,
under the book-entry format, Security Owners may experience some delay in their
receipt of payments. DTC will forward such payments to its Participants which
thereafter will forward them to Indirect Participants or Security Owners.
Because DTC can only act on behalf of Participants, who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a Security
Owner to pledge Securities to persons or entities that do not participate in the
DTC system, or otherwise take actions with respect to such Securities, may be
limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for such Securities.
Neither DTC nor Cede will consent or vote with respect to the Securities.
Under its usual procedures, DTC will mail an "Omnibus Proxy" to the Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, as soon as possible after each
applicable record date for such a consent or vote. The Omnibus Proxy will assign
Cede's consenting or voting rights to those Participants to whose accounts the
related Securities will be credited on that record date (identified in a listing
attached to the Omnibus Proxy).
None of the Master Servicer, the Seller, Financial Security, the Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee will have any liability for any aspect of the
records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership
interests of the Securities held by Cede, as nominee for DTC, or for
maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial
ownership interests.
DEFINITIVE SECURITIES
Definitive Securities representing any Class of Notes or the Certificates
will be issued to the related Security Owners rather than to DTC, only if (i)
DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge its responsibilities as depository
with respect to the Securities, and neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Owner
Trustee, as the case may be, nor the Administrator is able to locate a qualified
successor, (ii) the Administrator, at its option, elects to terminate the
book-entry system with respect to the related Securities through DTC or (iii)
after an Event of Default or Servicer Default, Security Owners evidencing not
less than 51% of the voting interests of the related Securities advise the
related Trustee through DTC and its Participants in writing that the
continuation of a book-entry system through DTC or its successor is no longer in
the best interests of the related Security Owners. (Indenture, Section 2.11;
Trust Agreement, Section 3.14)
Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as the case may be,
will be required to notify the related Security Owners, through Participants, of
the availability through DTC of Definitive Securities. Upon surrender by DTC of
the certificates representing all Securities of any affected Class and the
receipt of instructions for re-registration, such Trustee will issue Definitive
Securities to the related Security Owners, who thereupon will become Noteholders
or Certificateholders, as the case may be, for all purposes of the Indenture or
the Trust Agreement, respectively. (Indenture, Section 2.11; Trust Agreement,
Section 3.14)
Distributions on the Definitive Securities will thereafter be made by the
related Trustee directly to holders of such Definitive Securities in accordance
with the procedures described herein and to be set forth in
22
<PAGE> 25
the Indenture and the Trust Agreement. Interest payments and any principal
payments on the Securities on each Distribution Date will be made to holders in
whose names the Definitive Securities were registered at the close of business
on the Record Date with respect to such Distribution Date. Distributions will be
made by check mailed to the address of such holders as they appear on the
register specified in the Trust Agreement or the Indenture, as the case may be.
The final payment on any Securities (whether Definitive Securities or Securities
registered in the name of Cede), however, will be made only upon presentation
and surrender of such Securities at the office or agency specified in the notice
of final distribution to Securityholders. The Owner Trustee or the Indenture
Trustee will mail such notice to registered Securityholders within five Business
Days of receipt from the Master Servicer of notice of termination of the Trust.
(Indenture, Section 2.07; Trust Agreement, Section 9.01)
Definitive Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices
of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee (or any security registrar
appointed thereby), as will be set forth in the Trust Agreement or the
Indenture, as the case may be. No service charge will be imposed for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but such Trustee may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in
connection therewith. (Indenture, Section 2.04; Trust Agreement, Section 3.04)
PAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS
All Net Collections on or in respect of the Contracts will be deposited in
or credited to the Collection Account or, in limited instances, the Holding
Account described under "The Accounts and Eligible Investments." Such "Net
Collections" will include all payments received by the Master Servicer on or in
respect of the Contracts due on or after the Cut-Off Date, net of late payments
in respect of which the Master Servicer has previously made an Advance or
reimbursement to the Master Servicer for Nonrecoverable Advances, and will
include (i) prepayments, Net Liquidation Proceeds and Net Insurance Proceeds;
(ii) any amounts deposited in the Collection Account (a) by the Seller to
purchase Contracts because of certain material defects in the related Contract
Documents or certain breaches in representations or warranties regarding the
Contracts to be made by the Seller in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, in
either case that materially and adversely affect the interests of the
Securityholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or Financial Security,
or (b) by the Master Servicer to purchase Contracts because of certain breaches
in representations and warranties to be made by the Master Servicer in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement or certain breaches by the Master Servicer in servicing
procedures relating to the Contracts, in each case that materially and adversely
affect such Contracts; (iii) any amounts deposited by the Seller in the
Collection Account as a result of exercising its right under certain
circumstances to purchase all of the outstanding Contracts; and (iv) any
Advances that may be made by the Master Servicer in respect of delinquent
Contracts. "Net Liquidation Proceeds" will be proceeds received by the Master
Servicer (net of Liquidation Expenses) upon liquidation of any Defaulted
Contract. "Liquidation Expenses" will be the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
(exclusive of overhead expenses) incurred by the Master Servicer in realizing
upon a defaulted Contract. "Net Insurance Proceeds" will be proceeds paid by any
insurer under a comprehensive and collision or limited dual interest insurance
related to a Contract (other than funds used for the repair of the related
Financed Vehicle or otherwise released to the related Obligor in accordance with
normal servicing procedures), after reimbursement to the Master Servicer of
expenses recoverable under such insurance policy. (Sale and Servicing Agreement,
Section 5.02)
Subject to the remainder of this paragraph, distributions on the Securities
will be made on each Distribution Date out of Net Collections (exclusive of
amounts representing payments due in the Due Period in which such Distribution
Date occurs and any future Due Periods) for the related Due Period plus certain
reinvestment earnings on Eligible Investments and any Advance made by the Master
Servicer as described under "The Master Servicer -- Advances." The amount of
such Net Collections, reinvestment earnings and Advances on each Distribution
Date will be applied as described under "Distributions on the Securities."
Amounts, to the extent available, will be withdrawn from the Spread Account to
cover any shortfalls in distributions to Securityholders. Under the Policies,
Financial Security will be obligated to provide for distribution on the
Securities on each Distribution Date the amount, if any, by which the amount of
such Net Collections and funds available in the Spread Account is less than the
sum of the interest and principal due on
23
<PAGE> 26
the Securities for such Distribution Date and will be obligated to provide for
the payment of Guaranteed Distributions on the Certificates on the Certificate
Final Distribution Date.
THE ACCOUNTS AND ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS
The Collection Account. The Master Servicer will cause all collections made
on or in respect of the Contracts during a Due Period (other than amounts to be
deposited in the Holding Account as described below), net of late payments in
respect of which the Master Servicer has previously made an Advance and
reimbursements to it for Nonrecoverable Advances, to be deposited in or credited
to an account (the "Collection Account") to be established by the Master
Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Collection Account may,
upon prior written approval of Financial Security, be an uninsured general
ledger account or a deposit account at the Bank. Funds in the Collection Account
will be invested in a reinvestment contract (the "Reinvestment Contract") under
which the Bank will be the obligor, so long as the Reinvestment Contract is an
Eligible Investment as described below. The reinvestment earnings on the
Reinvestment Contract for each Distribution Date will be equal to the amount, if
any, by which the related payment of interest for such Distribution Date exceeds
the aggregate amount of interest (adjusted to the Pass-Through Rate) accrued on
the Contracts during the related Due Period. If the Reinvestment Contract does
not qualify as an Eligible Investment, the Indenture Trustee shall invest the
funds on deposit in the Collection Account in one or more other Eligible
Investment or Investments. Payments under the Reinvestment Contract will be
deposited in the Collection Account no later than the fifth Business Day
immediately preceding each Distribution Date. (Sale and Servicing Agreement,
Section 5.01)
If an Event of Default under the Sale and Servicing Agreement has occurred
and is continuing, funds in the Collection Account eligible to be invested in
Eligible Investments will be invested at the direction of the Indenture Trustee.
"Eligible Investments" will be specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and
will be limited to investments which meet the criteria of each Rating Agency as
being consistent with their then-current ratings of the Securities. All income
or other gain from such investments will be promptly deposited in, and any loss
resulting from such investments shall be charged to, the Collection Account.
(Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 5.01)
The Distribution Accounts. The Master Servicer will establish and maintain
with the Indenture Trustee (i) an account, in the name of the Indenture Trustee
on behalf of the Noteholders, in which amounts released from the Collection
Account for distribution to Noteholders will be deposited and from which all
distributions to Noteholders will be made (the "Note Distribution Account") and
(ii) an account, in the name of the Owner Trustee on behalf of the
Certificateholders, in which amounts released from the Collection Account for
distribution to Certificateholders will be deposited and from which all
distributions to Certificateholders will be made (the "Certificate Distribution
Account" and, together with the Note Distribution Account, the "Distribution
Accounts"). (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 5.01; Trust Agreement,
Section 5.01)
The Holding Account. The Master Servicer will establish an account (the
"Holding Account") into which it will deposit during each Due Period payments on
Rule of 78's Contracts that are due in one or more Due Periods subsequent to
such Due Period. Funds in the Holding Account due in the next Due Period will be
transferred to the Collection Account immediately after the next succeeding
Distribution Date. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Sections 5.01 and 5.02)
DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE SECURITIES
General. On or before the fifth Business Day prior to each Distribution
Date (each such date, a "Determination Date"), the Master Servicer will deliver
to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, Financial Security and each Rating
Agency a statement (the "Distribution Date Statement") setting forth, among
other things, the following amounts with respect to the related Due Period and
such Distribution Date: (i) the amount of funds in the Collection Account
allocable to collections on the Contracts in the preceding Due Period (excluding
any Advances and Repurchase Amounts); (ii) the Repurchase Amount of all
Contracts repurchased by the Seller or the Master Servicer during the related
Due Period; (iii) the Advances made by the Master Servicer and the amounts which
the Master Servicer is entitled to be reimbursed for
24
<PAGE> 27
unreimbursed Advances; (iv) the amount of Net Collections; (v) the Note Interest
Distributable Amount; (vi) the Note Principal Distributable Amount; (vii) the
Certificate Interest Distributable Amount; (viii) the Certificate Principal
Distributable Amount; and (ix) the Servicing Fee.
Deposits to the Distribution Accounts; Priority of Payments. On each
Distribution Date, the Master Servicer will allocate amounts on deposit in the
Collection Account with respect to the related Due Period and such Distribution
Date as described below and will instruct the Indenture Trustee to make the
following deposits and distributions in the following amounts and order of
priority:
(i) to the Master Servicer, the Servicing Fee, including any unpaid
Servicing Fees with respect to one or more prior Due Periods;
(ii) to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee, any accrued and
unpaid Trustees' fees, in each case to the extent such fees have not been
previously paid by the Master Servicer;
(iii) to the Note Distribution Account, from Net Collections (after
giving effect to the reduction in Net Collections described in clauses (i)
and (ii) above), the Note Interest Distributable Amount to be distributed
to the holders of the Notes at their respective Interest Rates;
(iv) to the Note Distribution Account, from Net Collections (after
giving effect to the reduction in Net Collections described in clauses (i)
through (iii) above), the Note Principal Distributable Amount to the
holders of the Class A-1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1
Notes has been reduced to zero, second to the holders of the Class A-2
Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes has been reduced to
zero, third to the holders of the Class A-3 Notes until the principal
amount of the Class A-3 Notes has been reduced to zero, and fourth to the
holders of the Class A-4 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-4
Notes has been reduced to zero;
(v) to the Note Distribution Account, if such Distribution Date is a
Note Final Distribution Date, the remaining principal amount of the related
Class of Notes (after giving effect to the reduction in Net Collections
described in clauses (i) through (iv) above) to be distributed to the
holders of such Class of Notes;
(vi) to the Certificate Distribution Account, from Net Collections
(after giving effect to the reduction in Net Collections described in
clauses (i) through (v) above), the Certificate Interest Distributable
Amount to be distributed to the holders of the Certificates;
(vii) to the Certificate Distribution Account, from Net Collections
(after giving effect to the reduction in Net Collections described in
clauses (i) through (vi) above), the Certificate Principal Distributable
Amount to be distributed to the holders of the Certificates;
(viii) to the Certificate Distribution Account, if such Distribution
Date is the Certificate Final Distribution Date, from Net Collections
(after giving effect to the reduction in Net Collections described in
clauses (i) through (vii) above), the Certificate Balance, as such balance
has been reduced by payments thereon in respect of such Distribution Date
to be distributed to the holders of the Certificates;
(ix) to Financial Security, from Net Collections (after giving effect
to the reduction in Net Collections described in clauses (i) through (viii)
above), any amounts owing to Financial Security in respect of all payments,
if any, made under the Policies for which reimbursement has not yet been
made to Financial Security and any unreimbursed fees, expenses or other
amounts owing to Financial Security under the Insurance Agreement
(collectively, "Unreimbursed Insurer Amounts"); and
(x) in the event that the distributions described in clauses (i)
through (ix) above have been funded exclusively from Net Collections, any
Net Collections remaining after distribution of the Accelerated Principal
Distributable Amount as part of the Note Principal Distributable Amount or
the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount, as the case may be ("Excess
Amounts"), will be deposited into the Spread Account, until the amount on
deposit therein equals the Minimum Funded Amount and the sum of the Funded
Amount and the Overcollateralization Amount equals the Specified Spread
25
<PAGE> 28
Account Balance, with any remaining Excess Amounts being distributed as
described under "-- Withdrawals from the Spread Account."
If the Notes are accelerated following an Event of Default, amounts
collected following the sale or liquidation of the property of the Trust will be
distributed in the priority described above. See "The Notes -- Events of
Default."
For the purposes hereof, the following terms will have the following
meanings:
The "Accelerated Principal Distributable Amount" will mean an amount equal
to the sum of one-twelfth of 2.00% of the Aggregate Scheduled Balance as of the
opening of business on the first day of each month of the Due Period relating to
a Distribution Date, after giving effect to distributions pursuant to clauses
(i) through (ix) above without regard to the inclusion of such amount as part of
the Note Principal Distributable Amount or the Certificate Principal
Distributable Amount, as the case may be. The Accelerated Principal
Distributable Amount shall be included in the Note Principal Distributable
Amount until the Class A-4 Notes have been paid in full, and thereafter shall be
included in the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount.
The "Aggregate Scheduled Balance" will equal the sum of the Scheduled
Balances of each outstanding Contract. At the time of initial issuance of the
Securities, the initial aggregate principal amount of the Securities will equal
the Aggregate Scheduled Balance.
The "Aggregate Scheduled Balance Decline" will mean, with respect to a
Distribution Date, the amount by which the Aggregate Scheduled Balance as of the
Distribution Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or as of the
Cut-Off Date in the case of the first Distribution Date) exceeds the Aggregate
Scheduled Balance as of such Distribution Date.
The "Certificate Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount and
the Certificate Interest Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.
The "Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall" will mean, with respect to
any Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Certificate Quarterly
Interest Distributable Amount for the immediately preceding Distribution Date
and any outstanding Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding
Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest on the Certificates
that is actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account on such
preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on such excess, to the extent
permitted by law, at the Pass-Through Rate for the related Interest Period.
The "Certificate Interest Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect to
any Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificate Quarterly Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Certificate Interest
Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date.
The "Certificate Percentage" will mean (i) for each Distribution Date to
and including the Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the Class
A-3 Notes is reduced to zero, zero percent and (ii) for each Distribution Date
on and after the Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the Class
A-3 Notes is reduced to zero, a percentage equal to 100% minus the Note
Percentage for such Distribution Date.
The "Certificate Principal Carryover Shortfall" will mean, as of the close
of any Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Certificate Quarterly
Principal Distributable Amount and any outstanding Certificate Principal
Carryover Shortfall from the immediately preceding Distribution Date, over the
amount in respect of principal that is actually deposited in the Certificate
Distribution Account on such Distribution Date.
The "Certificate Principal Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect to
any Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificate Quarterly Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Certificate Principal
Carryover Shortfall as of the close of the immediately preceding Distribution
Date and, on and after the Distribution Date on which the Class A-4 Notes are
paid in full, the Accelerated Principal Distributable Amount; provided, however,
that the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount shall not exceed the
Certificate Balance. In addition, on the Certificate Final Distribution Date,
the principal required
26
<PAGE> 29
to be deposited into the Certificate Distribution Account will include the
amount necessary to reduce the Certificate Balance to zero.
The "Certificate Quarterly Interest Distributable Amount" will mean, with
respect to any Distribution Date, 90 days of interest (or, in the case of the
first Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the Cut-Off Date to
but excluding such Distribution Date) at the Pass-Through Rate on the
Certificate Balance on the immediately preceding Distribution Date, after giving
effect to all payments of principal on such preceding Distribution Date (or, in
the case of the first Distribution Date, the Original Certificate Balance).
The "Certificate Quarterly Principal Distributable Amount" will mean, with
respect to any Distribution Date, the Certificate Percentage of the Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.
A "Defaulted Contract" will mean, with respect to any Due Period, a
Contract (i) which is, at the end of such Due Period, delinquent in the amount
of at least two monthly payments or (ii) with respect to which the related
Financed Vehicle has been repossessed or repossession efforts have been
commenced.
A "Due Period" will mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
three-month period commencing on the first day of the third month preceding the
month in which such Distribution Date occurs (or from and including the Cut-Off
Date in the case of the first Distribution Date) to the last day of the month
immediately preceding the month in which such Distribution Date occurs.
A "Liquidated Contract" will be a Contract that (i) is the subject of a
Full Prepayment; (ii) is a Defaulted Contract with respect to which the related
Financed Vehicle was repossessed and, after any cure period required by law has
expired, the Master Servicer has charged-off any losses prior to the four-month
period referenced in clause (iv) below; (iii) has been paid in full on or after
its Maturity Date; or (iv) is delinquent as to all or part of four or more
payments of Monthly P&I. Contracts that become Liquidated Contracts pursuant to
clause (ii) or (iv) above and any collections thereon will thereupon no longer
be part of the Trust, although collections thereon will be deposited in the
Collection Account.
The "Note Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the sum of the Note Principal Distributable Amount and the Note Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.
The "Note Interest Carryover Shortfall" will mean, with respect to any
Distribution Date and a Class of Notes, the excess, if any, of the sum of the
Note Interest Distributable Amount for such Class for the immediately preceding
Distribution Date plus any outstanding Note Interest Carryover Shortfall for
such Class on such preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of
interest that is actually deposited in the Note Distribution Account with
respect to such Class on such preceding Distribution Date, plus, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, interest on the amount of interest due but not paid
to Noteholders of such Class on such preceding Distribution Date at the related
Interest Rate for the related Interest Period.
The "Note Interest Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect to any
Distribution Date and a Class of Notes, the sum of the Note Quarterly Interest
Distributable Amount for such Class of Notes for such Distribution Date and the
Note Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Class of Notes for such Distribution
Date.
The "Note Percentage" will mean (i) for each Distribution Date to and
including the Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the Class A-3
Notes is reduced to zero, 100% (ii) on the Distribution Date on which the
principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero, (a) 100% until the
principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes has been reduced to zero and (b) with
respect to any remaining portion of the Principal Distributable Amount, the
percentage calculated as set forth in clause (iii); (iii) for each Distribution
Date after the principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero to and
including the Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the Class A-4
Notes is reduced to zero, a percentage, expressed as a fraction, the numerator
of which is the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A-4 Notes as
of the immediately preceding Distribution Date and the denominator of which is
the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A-4 Notes and
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Certificates as of the
immediately preceding Distribution Date, in each instance after giving
27
<PAGE> 30
effect to all payments of principal (including distributions of any Accelerated
Principal Distributable Amounts) on such preceding Distribution Date; and (iv)
for any Distribution Date thereafter, zero.
The "Note Principal Carryover Shortfall" will mean, as of the close of any
Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Note Quarterly Principal
Distributable Amount and any outstanding Note Principal Carryover Shortfall from
the immediately preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect of
principal that is actually deposited in the Note Distribution Account on such
Distribution Date.
The "Note Principal Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Note Quarterly Principal Distributable Amount
and the Accelerated Principal Distributable Amount, if any, for such
Distribution Date and the Note Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the close of
the immediately preceding Distribution Date; provided, however, that the Note
Principal Distributable Amount with respect to a Class of Notes shall not exceed
the outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Note Principal Distributable Amount on each Note Final
Distribution Date shall not be less than the amount that is necessary (after
giving effect to other amounts to be deposited in the Note Distribution Account
on such Distribution Date and allocable to principal) to reduce the outstanding
principal amount of the related Class of Notes to zero.
The "Note Quarterly Interest Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect
to any Distribution Date, 90 days of interest (or in the case of the first
Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the Cut-Off Date to but
excluding such Distribution Date) at the related Interest Rate for each Class of
Notes on the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of such Class on the
immediately preceding Distribution Date, after giving effect to all payments of
principal to Noteholders of such Class on or prior to such Distribution Date
(or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, on the original principal
amount of such Class of Notes).
The "Note Quarterly Principal Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect
to any Distribution Date, the Note Percentage of the Principal Distributable
Amount for such Distribution Date.
The "Principal Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of (i) the Aggregate Scheduled Balance Decline for
such Distribution Date, plus (ii) the aggregate Scheduled Balances as of such
Distribution Date of all Rule of 78's Contracts that became Liquidated Contracts
pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iv) of the definition of the term "Liquidated
Contract" during the related Due Period.
The "Scheduled Balance" of a Rule of 78's Contract will represent the
present value of the remaining scheduled payments of Monthly P&I due on such
Contract discounted on a monthly basis as described below, while the Scheduled
Balance of a Simple Interest Contract will be its actual principal balance. The
"Monthly P&I" for a Contract will be the installment of principal and interest
due thereunder each month (each such date, a "Due Date") and will be
substantially equal for the term of the Contract. The Scheduled Balance of a
Rule of 78's Contract for the Cut-Off Date and each Due Date will be set forth
in a schedule to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and will be equal to the
present value (determined as discussed below) at each such date of all payments
of Monthly P&I on the Contract that are due after such Due Date. Such present
value will be determined by discounting (on a monthly basis) each payment of
Monthly P&I from the last day of the month in which such payment of Monthly P&I
is due to the first day of the month in which such Due Date occurs using a
discount rate that will produce a present value at the Cut-Off Date equal to
the outstanding principal balance of the Contract as of the Cut-Off Date. The
interest rate borne by each Contract, will at least equal the sum of the
weighted average of the Interest Rates and the Pass-Through Rate on the Closing
Date plus the Servicing Fee Percent.
PAYMENT PRIORITIES OF THE NOTES AND THE CERTIFICATES; THE SPREAD ACCOUNT
General. The rights of the Securityholders to receive distributions with
respect to the Contracts will be subordinated to the rights of the Master
Servicer (to the extent that the Master Servicer has not been reimbursed for any
outstanding Advances and has not been paid all Servicing Fees), the Trustees and
certain other entities (to the extent the Trustees and such other entities have
not received all Trust Fees and Expenses
28
<PAGE> 31
payable to them). In addition, the rights of the Noteholders to receive
distributions with respect to the Contracts will be subject to the priorities
set forth under "-- Distributions on the Securities -- Deposits to the
Distribution Accounts; Priority of Payments," and the rights of the
Certificateholders to receive distributions with respect to the Contracts will
be subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders, in each case to the extent
described above. Such priorities and subordination are intended to enhance the
likelihood of timely receipt by senior Securityholders of the full amount of
interest and principal required to be paid to them, and to afford such senior
Securityholders limited protection against losses in respect of the Contracts.
In the event of delinquencies or losses on the Contracts, the foregoing
protection will be effected both by the preferential right of the Noteholders to
receive, to the extent described herein, current distributions with respect to
the Contracts and by the establishment of the Spread Account. The Spread Account
will be a part of the Trust and will be a segregated trust account in the name
of the Indenture Trustee and the Indenture Trustee will have a perfected
security interest therein and in all amounts deposited in or credited to the
Spread Account as well as all Eligible Investments made with such deposits and
earnings. The Spread Account will be created with an initial deposit by the
Seller on the Closing Date of an amount equal to the Spread Account Initial
Deposit. The Spread Account will thereafter be funded by the deposit therein of
all Excess Amounts, if any, in respect of each Distribution Date.
Amounts held from time to time in the Spread Account will continue to be
held for the benefit of holders of the Securities and Financial Security and may
be invested in Eligible Investments. Investment income on monies on deposit in
the Spread Account will be credited to the Spread Account. Any loss on such
investment will be charged to the Spread Account. (Sale and Servicing Agreement,
Section 5.03)
Calculation of Specified Spread Account Balance. The "Specified Spread
Account Balance" will be calculated as of the last day of each calendar month
(each such day, a "Calculation Day") and will equal % of the Aggregate
Scheduled Balance on such Calculation Day, except that if on any Calculation Day
(i) the Charge-Off Percentage for the three calendar month period ending on such
Calculation Day exceeds % or (ii) the Delinquency Percentage for the three
calendar month period ending on such Calculation Day exceeds %, then the
Specified Spread Account Balance shall equal % of the Aggregate Scheduled
Balance on such Calculation Day (but only for so long as such Charge-Off
Percentage or Delinquency Percentage thresholds continue to be exceeded on any
subsequent Calculation Day). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event can the
Specified Spread Account Balance be greater than $ or less than
$ ; provided, however, it shall not be greater than the outstanding
aggregate principal amount of the Securities if such amount is less than
$ .
The "Charge-Off Percentage" will mean, with respect to any three calendar
month period, the annualized percentage equivalent of the average of the
percentages of charged-off Contracts for each month in such period. For each
month, the percentage of charged-off Contracts shall be the percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate Scheduled
Balance for such month of all Contracts that have become Liquidated Contracts
(as specified in clause (ii) or (iv) of the definition of Liquidated Contracts)
during such month, less any Net Liquidation Proceeds received during such month
(and not reflected in prior periods) with respect to such Contracts or from any
Contracts charged-off in prior periods, and the denominator of which is the
aggregate Scheduled Balances of all outstanding Contracts as of the end of the
immediately preceding month. The "Delinquency Percentage" will mean, with
respect to any three calendar month period, the average of the percentages of
delinquent Contracts for each month in such period. For each month the
percentage of delinquent Contracts shall be the percentage equivalent of a
fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of (i) the aggregate Scheduled
Balance of all outstanding Contracts 61 days or more delinquent (after taking
into account permitted extensions), plus (ii) the aggregate Scheduled Balance of
all Contracts in respect of which the related Financed Vehicles have been
repossessed but have not been liquidated (to the extent the related Contract is
not otherwise reflected in clause (i) above), and the denominator of which is
the aggregate Scheduled Balance of all outstanding Contracts, in each case on
the last day of such calendar month.
29
<PAGE> 32
The Spread Account will be considered fully funded on any Calculation Day
if (i) the Funded Amount equals or exceeds the greater of (A) 3% of the
Aggregate Scheduled Balance on such Calculation Day or (B) 1% of the Cut-Off
Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance (the "Minimum Funded Amount") and (ii) the sum
of the Funded Amount and the Overcollateralization Amount equals or exceeds the
Specified Spread Account Balance. The "Funded Amount" on any Calculation Day
will be the amount of cash on deposit in the Spread Account. The
"Overcollateralization Amount" on any Calculation Day will equal the amount by
which (i) the sum of (A) the Aggregate Scheduled Balance as of such Calculation
Day plus (B) the portion of Net Collections constituting principal payments on
or in respect of the Contracts received during the calendar month in which such
Calculation Day occurs plus (C) amounts on deposit in the Holding Account
constituting principal payments as of such Calculation Day exceeds (ii) the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Securities on such Calculation Date. At
no time after the Closing Date will the Seller, WII, the Master Servicer,
Financial Security or any other entity be required to deposit funds into the
Spread Account.
The Master Servicer may, from time to time after the date of this
Prospectus, and with the approval of Financial Security, request each Rating
Agency to approve a formula for determining the Specified Spread Account Balance
that is different from the formula described above and would result in a
decrease in the amount of the Specified Spread Account Balance, the Minimum
Funded Amount or the Overcollateralization Amount or the manner by which the
Spread Account is funded. If each Rating Agency delivers a letter to the
Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and Financial Security to the effect that
the use of any such new formulation will not in and of itself result in a
qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating of any Class
of Securities (without giving effect to the guaranty under either Policy of
payments owing to the Securityholders), then the Specified Spread Account
Balance, the Minimum Funded Amount or the Overcollateralization Amount, as the
case may be, will be determined in accordance with such new formula. The Sale
and Servicing Agreement will accordingly be amended to reflect such new
calculation without the consent of any Securityholder.
WITHDRAWALS FROM THE SPREAD ACCOUNT
Amounts held from time to time in the Spread Account will continue to be
held for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Certificateholders and Financial
Security. On each Distribution Date funds will be withdrawn from the Spread
Account to the extent that the amount on deposit in the Note Distribution
Account with respect to any Distribution Date is less than the Note
Distributable Amount and will be deposited in the Note Distribution Account. In
addition, after giving effect to such withdrawal, funds will be withdrawn from
the Spread Account to the extent that the amount on deposit in the Certificate
Distribution Account is less than the Certificate Distributable Amount and will
be deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account. See "Payments from the
Spread Account and Under the Policies."
On any Distribution Date on which the Spread Account is fully funded, as
more fully described under "Payment Priorities of the Notes and the
Certificates; The Spread Account -- Calculation of Specified Spread Account
Balance" (after giving effect to all deposits thereto or withdrawals therefrom
on such Distribution Date), the Indenture Trustee will distribute an amount of
cash equal to the lesser of (i) the amount by which the sum of the Funded Amount
and the Overcollateralization Amount exceeds the Specified Spread Account
Balance and (ii) the amount by which the Funded Amount exceeds the Minimum
Funded Amount, first to Financial Security, to the extent of any Unreimbursed
Insurer Amounts, then to the Seller until the Seller has received from the
Spread Account an aggregate amount equal to the Spread Account Initial Deposit
and then to the Seller and WII in the proportions of 99% and 1%, respectively.
Upon any such distributions to Financial Security, the Seller or WII, the
Securityholders will have no further rights in, or claims to, such amounts.
(Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 5.06)
None of Securityholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the
Seller, WII or Financial Security will be required to refund any amounts
properly distributed or paid to them, whether or not there are sufficient funds
on any subsequent Distribution Date to make full distributions to the
Securityholders. The obligations of Financial Security under the Policies will
not be diminished or otherwise affected by any amounts distributed to Financial
Security.
30
<PAGE> 33
PAYMENTS FROM THE SPREAD ACCOUNT AND UNDER THE POLICIES
On each Distribution Date on which the Note Distributable Amount exceeds
the amount then on deposit in the Note Distribution Account, the Noteholders
will be entitled to receive such deficiency (including amounts necessary to
reduce the outstanding principal balance of a given Class of Notes to zero on
the related Note Final Distribution Date), first, from amounts on deposit in the
Spread Account, second, if such amounts are insufficient, from amounts otherwise
payable to Certificateholders in respect of the Certificate Distributable Amount
and third, if such amounts are still insufficient, then from the payment of a
claim under the Note Policy. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 5.05)
On each Distribution Date on which the Certificate Distributable Amount
exceeds the amount then on deposit in the Certificate Distribution Account, the
Certificateholders will be entitled to receive such deficiency (including
amounts necessary to reduce the Certificate Balance to zero on the Certificate
Final Distribution Date), first, from amounts on deposit in the Spread Account,
and second, if such amounts are insufficient, from the payment of a claim under
the Certificate Policy. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 5.05)
STATEMENTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
On or prior to each Distribution Date, the Master Servicer will prepare and
provide to the Indenture Trustee a statement to be delivered to each Noteholder
and to the Owner Trustee a statement to be delivered to each Certificateholder
on such Distribution Date (the "Statement to Securityholders"), setting forth
with respect to the related Distribution Date or Due Period, as applicable,
among other things, the following information:
(i) the amount of the Noteholder's or Certificateholder's distribution
allocable to principal (stated separately for each Class of Notes and the
Certificates);
(ii) the amount of the Noteholder's or Certificateholder's
distribution allocable to interest (stated separately for each Class of
Notes and the Certificates);
(iii) the Aggregate Scheduled Balance as of the close of business on
the last day of such Due Period;
(iv) the amount of the Servicing Fee paid to the Master Servicer with
respect to the related Due Period;
(v) the amount of any Note Interest Carryover Shortfall, Note
Principal Carryover Shortfall, Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall and
Certificate Principal Carryover Shortfall on such Distribution Date and the
change in such amounts from those with respect to the immediately preceding
Distribution Date;
(vi) the Note Pool Factor for each Class of Notes and the Certificate
Pool Factor, in each case as of such Distribution Date; and
(vii) the balance on deposit in the Spread Account on such
Distribution Date, after giving effect to distributions made on such
Distribution Date, and the change in such balance from the immediately
preceding Distribution Date.
Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses (i), (ii), (iv) and (v) above
will be expressed in the aggregate and as a dollar amount per $1,000 of original
principal amount of a Note or the original Certificate Balance of a Certificate,
as the case may be. Copies of such statements may be obtained by Security Owners
by a request in writing addressed to the related Trustee at its Corporate Trust
Office. In addition, within the prescribed period of time for tax reporting
purposes after the end of each calendar year during the term of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee will mail to
each person who at any time during such calendar year shall have been a
Noteholder or a Certificateholder, as the case may be, a statement containing
the sum of the amounts described in clauses (i), (ii), (iv) and (v) above for
the
31
<PAGE> 34
purposes of such holder's preparation of federal income tax returns. See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences." (Sale and Servicing Agreement,
Section 5.07)
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
The Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Sale and Servicing Agreement will
provide that a firm of independent public accountants will furnish to the
Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee and Financial Security, on or before 90
days after the end of each fiscal year of the Master Servicer, beginning with
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, a statement as to compliance by the
Master Servicer during the preceding fiscal year (or since the Closing Date in
the case of the first such statement) with certain standards relating to the
servicing of the Contracts. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 4.11)
The Sale and Servicing Agreement will also provide for delivery to the
Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee and Financial Security, on or before 90
days after the end of each fiscal year of the Master Servicer, commencing with
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, of a certificate signed by two officers
of the Master Servicer stating that the Master Servicer has fulfilled its
obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement throughout the preceding
fiscal year (or since the Closing Date in the case of the first such
certificate) or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such
obligation, describing each such default. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section
4.10)
Copies of such statements and certificates may be obtained by
Securityholders by a request in writing addressed to the related Trustee at its
Corporate Trust Office.
The Indenture. The Trust will be required to file annually with the
Indenture Trustee and Financial Security a written statement as to the
fulfillment of its obligations under the Indenture. (Indenture, Section 3.09)
The Indenture Trustee will be required to mail each year to all related
Noteholders a brief report relating to, among other things, its eligibility and
qualification to continue as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, any amounts
advanced by it under the Indenture, the amount, interest rate and maturity date
of certain indebtedness owing by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee in its
individual capacity, the property and funds physically held by such Indenture
Trustee as such and any action taken by it that materially affects the Notes and
that has not been previously reported. (Indenture, Section 7.04)
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE MASTER SERVICER
The Sale and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Master Servicer may
not resign from its obligations and duties as Master Servicer thereunder except
upon determination that the Master Servicer's performance of such duties is no
longer permissible under applicable law. No such resignation will become
effective until (i) the Indenture Trustee or a successor servicer has assumed
the Master Servicer's servicing obligations and duties under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and (ii) each Rating Agency confirms that the selection of
such successor master servicer will not result in the qualification, reduction
or withdrawal of its then-current rating of any Class of Securities. (Sale and
Servicing Agreement, Section 7.04)
The Sale and Servicing Agreement will further provide that neither the
Master Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees and agents shall
be under any liability to the Trust or the Securityholders for taking any action
or for refraining from taking any action pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that neither the Master
Servicer nor any such person will be protected against any liability that would
otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence
in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations
and duties thereunder. In addition, the Sale and Servicing Agreement will
provide that the Master Servicer will be under no obligation to appear in,
prosecute or defend any legal action that is not incidental to its servicing
responsibilities under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and that, in its
opinion, may cause it to incur any expense or liability. The Master Servicer
may, however, undertake any reasonable action that it may deem necessary or
desirable in respect of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the rights and
duties of the parties thereto and the interests of the Securityholders
thereunder. In any event, the legal expenses and costs of such action and any
liability
32
<PAGE> 35
resulting therefrom will be expenses, costs and liabilities of the Trust, and
the Master Servicer will be entitled to be reimbursed therefor out of funds on
deposit in the Collection Account. Any such indemnification or reimbursement
could reduce the amount otherwise available for distribution to Securityholders.
(Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 7.05)
Any corporation into which the Master Servicer may be merged or
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Master Servicer is a party or any corporation
succeeding to the business of the Master Servicer, or, with respect to the
Master Servicer's obligation as the Master Servicer, will be the successor of
the Master Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. (Sale and Servicing
Agreement, Sections 7.02 and 7.04)
SERVICER DEFAULT
"Servicer Defaults" under the Sale and Servicing Agreement will consist of
(i) a claim being made under either the Note Policy or the Certificate Policy,
(ii) any failure by the Master Servicer to deposit in or credit to the
Collection Account, either Distribution Account, the Spread Account or the
Holding Account any amount required to be so deposited or credited or to make
the required distributions therefrom, which failure continues unremedied for
three Business Days after written notice from the Indenture Trustee, the Owner
Trustee or Financial Security is received by the Master Servicer or discovery by
the Master Servicer; (iii) any failure by the Master Servicer to deliver to
Financial Security, the Indenture Trustee, or the Owner Trustee certain reports
required by the Sale and Servicing Agreement by the fourth Business Day prior to
the related Distribution Date or to perform certain other covenants under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement; (iv) any failure by the Master Servicer or the
Seller duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenant or
agreement in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, which failure materially and
adversely affects the rights of Securityholders, Financial Security, the
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee and which continues unremedied for 30
days after the giving of written notice of such failure (A) to the Master
Servicer or the Seller, as the case may be, by the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee or Financial Security or (B) to the Master Servicer or the Seller, as
the case may be, and to the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee by holders of
Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the voting interests thereof, voting
together as a single class, or, if the Notes have been paid in full, by the
holders of Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the voting interests
thereof or, so long as no default under either Policy has occurred and is
continuing and no insolvency of Financial Security has occurred, by Financial
Security; (v) certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of
assets and liabilities or similar proceedings and certain actions by the Seller
or the Master Servicer indicating its insolvency, reorganization pursuant to
bankruptcy or similar proceedings or inability to pay its obligations (each, an
"Insolvency Event"); and (vi) any material breach of any of the representations
and warranties of the Master Servicer or the Seller (except for any breaches
relating to Contracts repurchased by the Seller or the Master Servicer) that has
a material adverse effect on the Noteholders or the Certificateholders and,
within 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Master
Servicer or the Seller by the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee or by
holders of Notes (voting together as a single class) or Certificates evidencing
not less than 25% of the respective voting interests thereof or, so long as no
default under either Policy has occurred and is continuing and no insolvency of
Financial Security has occurred, by Financial Security. (Sale and Servicing
Agreement, Section 8.01)
RIGHTS UPON SERVICER DEFAULT
As long as a Servicer Default remains unremedied, the Indenture Trustee,
Financial Security or holders of Notes representing not less than 25% of the
voting interests thereof (or, if the Notes have been paid in full and the
Indenture has been discharged in accordance with its terms, by holders of
Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the voting interests thereof),
voting together as a single class, may terminate all the rights and obligations
of the Master Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, whereupon the
Indenture Trustee will succeed, without further action, to all the
responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Master Servicer in its capacity
as such under such agreement and will be entitled to similar compensation
arrangements. If, however, a bankruptcy trustee or similar official has been
appointed for the Master Servicer, and no Servicer Default other than such
appointment has occurred, such trustee or official may have the power to prevent
the
33
<PAGE> 36
Indenture Trustee, Financial Security or the Noteholders (or Certificateholders)
from effecting a transfer of servicing. In the event that the Indenture Trustee
is unwilling or unable so to act, it may appoint or petition a court of
competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor with a net worth of at least
$50,000,000 and whose regular business includes the servicing of motor vehicle
receivables. The Indenture Trustee may make such arrangements for compensation
to be paid, which in no event may be greater than the servicing compensation
paid to the Master Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Notwithstanding such termination, the Master Servicer shall be entitled to
payment of certain amounts payable to it prior to such termination, for services
rendered prior to such termination. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Sections 8.01
and 8.02)
So long as Financial Security is not in default under either Policy it may
direct the actions of the Indenture Trustee upon an Event of Default. (Sale and
Servicing Agreement, Section 8.06)
WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS
The holders of Notes evidencing at least 51% of the voting interests
thereof, voting together as a single class (or, if all of the Notes have been
paid in full and the Indenture has been discharged in accordance with its terms,
the holders of Certificates evidencing not less than 51% of the voting interests
thereof), may, on behalf of all Securityholders, with the consent of Financial
Security, waive any default by the Master Servicer in the performance of its
obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and its consequences, except
a default in making any required deposits to or payments from the Collection
Account, the Holding Account, the Spread Account, the Certificate Distribution
Account or the Note Distribution Account in accordance with that agreement or in
respect of a covenant or provision of that agreement that cannot be modified or
amended without the consent of each Securityholder (in which event the related
waiver will require the approval of holders of all of the Securities). No such
waiver will impair the Securityholders' rights with respect to subsequent
Servicer Defaults. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 8.05)
VOTING INTERESTS
The "voting interests" of the (i) Notes of a Class or Classes will be
allocated among the Noteholders or related Note Owners, as the case may be, in
accordance with the unpaid principal amount of the Notes of such Class or
Classes represented thereby and (ii) Certificates will be allocated among the
Certificateholders or related Certificate Owners, as the case may be, in
accordance with the Certificate Balance represented thereby; except that in
certain circumstances any Securities held by the Seller, WFS or any of their
respective affiliates shall be excluded from such determination.
AMENDMENT
Amendment of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Sale and Servicing
Agreement may be amended, with the consent of Financial Security but without the
consent of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity,
correct or supplement any provision therein which may be inconsistent with any
other provision therein, to add any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising under such agreement which are not inconsistent with the
provisions thereof, to add or provide for any credit enhancement for any Class
of Securities or to permit certain changes with respect to the Specified Spread
Account Balance, the Minimum Funded Amount or the Overcollateralization Amount;
provided, that any such action will not, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory
to the related Trustee, materially and adversely affect the interests of any
such Securityholder; and provided further, that in the case of a change with
respect to the Specified Spread Account Balance, the Minimum Funded Amount or
the Overcollateralization Amount, the Trustee receives a letter from S&P to the
effect that its then-current rating on each Class of Securities will not be
qualified, reduced or withdrawn due to such amendment and the Master Servicer
shall provide Moody's notice of such amendment. (Sale and Servicing Agreement,
Section 10.01)
The Sale and Servicing Agreement may also be amended from time to time with
the consent of the holders of Notes and Certificates evidencing not less than
51% of the respective voting interests thereof, for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
such agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the related
Securityholders of each Class; provided, that no such amendment may (i) except
as described above, increase or reduce in any manner the amount of
34
<PAGE> 37
or accelerate or delay the timing of collections of payments on or in respect of
the Contracts, required distributions on the Notes or the Certificates, or the
Specified Spread Account Balance, the Minimum Funded Amount, the
Overcollateralization Amount or the manner in which the Spread Account is
funded, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the voting interests of which
the holders of any Class of Securities are required to consent to any such
amendment, without the consent of Financial Security and the holders of all of
the relevant Class of Securities. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 10.01)
Amendment of the Trust Agreement. The Trust Agreement may be amended, with
the consent of Financial Security but without the consent of the
Securityholders, to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision
therein which may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, or to add
any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising thereunder
which are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof; provided, that any such
action will not, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the related Trustee,
materially and adversely affect the interests of any such Noteholder or
Certificateholder. (Trust Agreement, Section 11.01)
The Trust Agreement may also be amended from time to time with the consent
of Securityholders evidencing not less than 51% of the respective voting
interests thereof, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such agreement or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders;
provided, that no such amendment may increase or reduce in any manner the amount
of or accelerate or delay the timing of (i) collections of payments on or in
respect of the Contracts or required distributions on the Notes or the
Certificates or any Interest Rate or the Pass-Through Rate or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage of the voting interests of which the holders of any Class
of Securities are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent
of Financial Security and the holders of all of the relevant Class of
Securities. (Trust Agreement, Section 11.01)
Amendment of the Indenture. The Trust and the Indenture Trustee (on behalf
of such Trust) may, without the consent of the Noteholders but with the consent
of Financial Security, enter into one or more supplemental indentures for any of
the following purposes: (i) to correct or amplify the description of the
property subject to the lien of the Indenture or to subject additional property
to the lien of the Indenture; (ii) to provide for the assumption of the Notes
and the Indenture obligations by a permitted successor to the Trust; (iii) to
add additional covenants for the benefit of the related Noteholders or to
surrender any rights or powers conferred upon the Trust; (iv) to convey,
transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to the Indenture Trustee; (v)
to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture or
in any supplemental indenture which may be inconsistent with any other provision
in the Indenture, any supplemental indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement
or certain other agreements; provided, that any action specified in clause (v)
shall not adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder; (vi) to provide for
the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee or to add to
or change any of the provisions of the Indenture as shall be necessary and
permitted to facilitate the administration by more than one trustee; (vii) to
modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of the Indenture in order to comply
with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended; and (viii) to add any
provisions to, change in any manner, or eliminate any of the provisions of, the
Indenture or modify in any manner the rights of Noteholders under such
Indenture; provided that any action specified in clause (viii) shall not, as
evidenced by any opinion of counsel, adversely affect in any material respect
the interests of any Noteholder unless such Noteholder's consent is otherwise
obtained as described below. (Indenture, Section 9.01)
Without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected
thereby, no supplemental indenture may: (i) change the due date of any
installment of principal of or interest on any Note or reduce the principal
amount thereof, the interest rate thereon (or the method by which such interest
or principal is calculated) or the redemption price with respect thereto or
change any place of payment where or the coin or currency in which any such Note
or any interest thereon is payable; (ii) impair the right to institute suit for
the enforcement of provisions of the Indenture regarding payment; (iii) reduce
the percentage of the voting interests of the Notes, the consent of the holders
of which is required for any such supplemental indenture or the consent of the
holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain
provisions of the Indenture or of certain defaults thereunder and their
consequences as provided for in the Indenture; (iv) modify or alter the
provisions of the Indenture regarding the voting of Notes held by the Trust, any
other
35
<PAGE> 38
obligor on such Notes, the Seller, or any of their respective affiliates; (v)
reduce the percentage of the voting interests of the Notes, the consent of the
holders of which is required to direct the Indenture Trustee to sell or
liquidate the property of the Trust if the proceeds of such sale or liquidation
would be insufficient to pay the principal amount and accrued but unpaid
interest on the outstanding Notes; (vi) decrease the percentage of the voting
interests of such Notes required to amend the provisions of the Indenture which
specify the applicable percentage of voting interests of the Notes necessary to
amend such Indenture or certain other related agreements; or (vii) permit the
creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of the
Indenture with respect to any of the collateral for the Notes or, except as
otherwise permitted or contemplated in the Indenture, terminate the lien of such
Indenture on any such collateral or deprive the holder of any such Note of the
security afforded by the lien of such Indenture. (Indenture, Section 9.02)
LIST OF SECURITYHOLDERS
Upon the written request of the Master Servicer, the Owner Trustee will
provide to the Master Servicer within 15 days after receipt of such request, a
list of the names and addresses of all Certificateholders. In addition, three or
more holders of Certificates or holders of Certificates evidencing not less than
25% of the voting interests of the Certificates, upon compliance by such
Certificateholders with certain provisions of the Trust Agreement, may request
that the Owner Trustee afford such Certificateholders access during business
hours to the current list of Certificateholders for purposes of communicating
with other Certificateholders with respect to their rights under the Trust
Agreement. (Trust Agreement, Section 3.07)
Three or more holders of Notes may, by written request to the Indenture
Trustee, obtain access to the list of all Noteholders maintained by such
Indenture Trustee for the purpose of communicating with the other Noteholders
with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes. The
Indenture Trustee may elect not to afford the requesting Noteholders access to
the list of Noteholders if it agrees to mail the desired communication or proxy,
on behalf of and at the expense of the requesting Noteholders, to all
Noteholders. (Indenture, Section 7.02)
Neither the Trust Agreement nor the Indenture will provide for the holding
of any annual or other meetings of Securityholders.
TRUST; INSOLVENCY EVENT
The Trust Agreement will provide that, in the event that WII becomes
insolvent, withdraws or is expelled as the general partner of the Trust or is
terminated or dissolved, the Trust will terminate in 90 days and thereafter
effect redemption of the Notes (if any) and prepayment of the Certificates
following the winding-up of the affairs of the Trust, unless within such 90 day
period holders of Certificates evidencing more than 50% of the voting interests
thereof agree in writing to the continuation of the business of the Trust and to
the appointment of a successor to the general partner, and the Owner Trustee is
able to obtain an opinion of counsel satisfactory to Financial Security to the
effect that the Trust will not thereafter be an association (or publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal or California income tax
purposes. (Trust Agreement, Section 9.02)
The Trust Agreement will provide that the Owner Trustee, each
Certificateholder, the Indenture Trustee and each Noteholder shall agree that
they will not at any time institute, or join in any institution against, the
Trust, the Seller or WII, any bankruptcy proceedings relating to the
Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture or certain other
agreements. (Trust Agreement, Section 11.08)
TERMINATION
The obligations of the Master Servicer, the Seller, the Owner Trustee and
Indenture Trustee with respect to the related Securityholders pursuant to the
Trust Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement or Indenture will terminate upon
the earliest to occur of (i) the maturity or other liquidation of the last
Contract and the disposition of any amounts received upon liquidation of any
property remaining in the Trust, (ii) the payment to such Securityholders of all
amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to such agreement and (iii) the
occurrence of the event described below.
36
<PAGE> 39
In order to avoid excessive administrative expenses, the Seller will be
permitted to purchase the remaining Contracts from the Trust on any Distribution
Date as of which the Aggregate Scheduled Balance is less than 5% of the Cut-Off
Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance at a price equal to the aggregate unpaid
principal balances of the related Contracts, together with accrued interest
thereon to the last Due Date in the Due Period in which such repurchase occurs.
(Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 9.01)
The Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee will give written notice of
termination to each Securityholder of record. The final distribution to each
Securityholder will be made only upon surrender and cancellation of such
holder's Securities at the office or agency of the related Trustee specified in
the notice of termination. Any funds remaining in the Trust, after such Trustee
has taken certain measures to locate a Securityholder and such measures have
failed, will be distributed to a charity designated by the Master Servicer.
Any outstanding Notes will be redeemed concurrently with any Optional
Purchase described above, and the subsequent distribution to the related
Certificateholders of all amounts required to be distributed to them pursuant to
the Trust Agreement will effect early retirement of the Certificates.
PAYMENT IN FULL OF NOTES
Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes and the satisfaction and
discharge of the Indenture, the Owner Trustee will succeed to all the rights of
the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders will succeed to all the rights
of the Noteholders, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, except as otherwise
provided therein. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 9.01)
THE TRUSTEES
A Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Administrator, or its
successor, will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee. The Administrator
may also remove the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, in each case if such
Trustee becomes insolvent or ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the
Trust Agreement or Indenture, as the case may be. In such event, the
Administrator will be obligated to appoint a successor Trustee. Any resignation
or removal of a Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will not become
effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor Trustee. (Trust
Agreement, Section 10.02; Indenture, Section 6.08)
Each Trustee and any of its affiliates may hold Securities in their own
names or as pledgees. For the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of
certain jurisdictions, the Administrator and the Owner Trustee or Indenture
Trustee acting jointly (or in some instances, the Owner Trustee and Indenture
Trustee acting without the Administrator) will have the power to appoint
co-trustees or separate trustees of all or any part of the Trust. In the event
of such an appointment, all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or
imposed upon such Trustee by the Indenture, Sale and Servicing Agreement or
Trust Agreement will be conferred or imposed upon such Trustee and such separate
trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any jurisdiction in which such Trustee
will be incompetent or unqualified to perform certain acts, singly upon such
separate trustee or co-trustee who will exercise and perform such rights,
powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction of such Trustee. (Trust
Agreement, Section 10.05; Indenture, Section 6.10)
The Trust Agreement will further provide that WII will pay the fees of the
Owner Trustee and the Trust will, or will cause the Administrator to, pay the
fees of the Indenture Trustee. The Trust Agreement will further provide that the
Owner Trustee will be entitled to indemnification by the Master Servicer for,
and will be held harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred by
such Trustee not resulting from its own willful misconduct, bad faith or
negligence (other than by reason of a breach of any of its representations or
warranties set forth in such agreement). The Indenture will further provide that
the Indenture Trustee will be entitled to indemnification by the Trust or the
Administrator for any loss, liability or expense incurred by such Trustee not
resulting from its own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. (Trust
Agreement, Section 8.02; Indenture, Section 6.07)
37
<PAGE> 40
DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEES
Neither Trustee will make any representations as to the validity or
sufficiency of the Trust Agreement or Indenture, the Securities issued pursuant
thereto (other than the execution and authentication thereof), or of any
Contracts or related documents, and will not be accountable for the use or
application by the Seller, WII or the Master Servicer of any funds paid to the
Seller, WII or the Master Servicer in respect of such Securities or the related
Contracts, or the investment of any monies by the Master Servicer before such
monies are deposited into the Collection Account. The Trustees will not
independently verify the existence or characteristics of the Contracts. If no
Event of Default or Servicer Default has occurred and is continuing, each
Trustee will be required to perform only those duties specifically required of
it under the Indenture, Trust Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement, as the
case may be. Generally those duties will be limited to the receipt of the
various certificates and reports or other instruments required to be furnished
to such Trustee under such agreements, in which case it will only be required to
examine them to determine whether they conform to the requirements of such
agreements. No Trustee will be charged with knowledge of a failure by the Master
Servicer to perform its duties under the relevant agreements which failure
constitutes an Event of Default or a Servicer Default unless such Trustee
obtains actual knowledge of such failure as specified in such agreements.
No Trustee will be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers vested in it by the Indenture, Trust Agreement or Sale and Servicing
Agreement, as the case may be, or to make any investigation of matters arising
thereunder or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation thereunder or in
relation thereto at the request order or direction of any of the
Securityholders, unless such Securityholders have offered to such Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
that may be incurred therein or thereby. No Securityholder will have any right
under any such agreement to institute any proceeding with respect to such
agreement, unless such holder previously has given to such Trustee written
notice of default and (i) the default arises from the Master Servicer's failure
to remit payments when due or (ii) the holders of Securities evidencing not less
than 25% of the voting interests of all of the related Securities, voting
together as a single class, have made written request upon such Trustee to
institute such proceeding in its own name as Trustee thereunder and have offered
to such Trustee reasonable indemnity and such Trustee for 60 days has neglected
or refused to institute any such proceedings.
THE TRUST; WII LIABILITY
The Trust Agreement will require WII to agree to be liable directly to an
injured party for the entire amount of any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (other than those incurred by a Securityholder in the capacity of an
investor with respect to the Trust) arising out of or based on the arrangement
created by the Trust Agreement as though such arrangement created a partnership
under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act in which WII was a
general partner. (Trust Agreement, Section 2.07)
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
WFS, in its capacity as administrator (the "Administrator"), will enter
into an agreement (the "Administration Agreement") with the Trust, the Seller,
WII and the Indenture Trustee pursuant to which the Administrator will agree, to
the extent provided in the Administration Agreement, to provide the notices and
to perform other administrative obligations required to be provided or performed
by the Trust or the Owner Trustee under the Indenture. As compensation for the
performance of the Administrator's obligations under the Administration
Agreement and as reimbursement for its expenses related thereto, the
Administrator will be entitled to a monthly administration fee (the
"Administration Fee"), which fee will be paid by the Seller.
PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
Because the rate of distribution of principal on the Securities will depend
on the rate of payment on the Contracts (including prepayments, liquidations and
repurchases of Contracts by the Seller or the Master Servicer under certain
conditions, the payment of Accelerated Principal Distributable Amounts and the
sale or liquidation of the property of the Trust under certain conditions
following the occurrence of an Event of
38
<PAGE> 41
Default), the final distribution on each Class of Notes or the Certificates may
occur earlier than the related Final Distribution Date. The right of the Seller
to repurchase all of the Contracts upon certain events prior to the Certificate
Final Distribution Date is described under "-- Termination" and "The Master
Servicer -- Repurchases of Certain Contracts by the Master Servicer and the
Seller."
The law of California and most other states generally requires that retail
installment sales contracts such as the Contracts permit full and partial
prepayment without penalty, although a minimum finance charge may be applicable
in some circumstances. Any prepayments (including certain partial prepayments
not designated as advance payments by the Obligor on the related Contract) can
reduce the average life of the Contracts. The Master Servicer will permit the
sale or other transfer of a Financed Vehicle without accelerating the maturity
of the related Contract if such Contract is assumed by a person satisfying WFS'
then-current underwriting standards. See "The Master Servicer." Partial
prepayments not designated as advance payments by the Obligor on a Contract and
all partial prepayments as to Simple Interest Contracts will affect the average
life of the Contracts because those partial prepayments will be passed through
to Securityholders on the Distribution Date following the Due Period in which
they are received, while those partial prepayments designated as advance
payments for Rule of 78's Contracts only will be held until passed through in
accordance with the original schedule of payments for the related Contract or
until the amount of such partial prepayment equals the remaining principal
amount plus accrued interest due on the related Contract. Any reinvestment risk
resulting from the rate of prepayments of the Contracts and the distribution of
such prepayments to Securityholders will be borne entirely by the
Securityholders.
Purchases by the Seller of Contracts because of certain material defects in
Contract documentation or due to breaches of its respective representations and
warranties in respect thereof, in either case that materially and adversely
affect the interests of Securityholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner
Trustee or Financial Security, and purchases by the Master Servicer of Contracts
due to certain breaches in representations and warranties made by the Master
Servicer or due to certain breaches by the Master Servicer in servicing
procedures, in either case that materially and adversely affect such Contracts
can reduce the average life of the Contracts. Any reduction in the average life
of the Securities will reduce the aggregate amount of interest received by the
Securityholders over the life of the Securities. See "The Master Servicer."
While WFS does not maintain specific records for this purpose, it estimates
that, based on its experience over the past five years, the monthly prepayment
rate on the outstanding principal amount of the retail installment sales
contracts and installment loans secured by automobiles and light duty trucks it
has originated and serviced, for itself or others, has been approximately 1.5%.
However, no assurance can be given that the Contracts will experience this rate
of prepayment or any greater or lesser rate. WFS does not maintain specific
records which would suggest any difference in prepayment rate for Rule of 78's
Contracts as compared with Simple Interest Contracts.
39
<PAGE> 42
THE POLICIES
The following summary of the terms of the Policies does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Note Policy and
the Certificate Policy included as exhibits to the Registration Statement.
THE NOTE POLICY
Simultaneously with the issuance of the Notes, Financial Security will
deliver the Note Policy to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of each
Noteholder. Under the Note Policy, Financial Security will unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantee to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of each
Noteholder the full and complete payment of (i) Scheduled Payments (as defined
below) on the Notes and (ii) the amount of any Scheduled Payment which
subsequently is avoided in whole or in part as a preference payment under
applicable law.
"Scheduled Payments" will mean, with respect to any Distribution Date,
payments which are scheduled to be made on the Notes during the term of the Note
Policy in accordance with the original terms of the Notes when issued and
without regard to any subsequent amendment or modification of the Notes or of
the Indenture except amendments or modifications to which Financial Security has
given its prior written consent in an amount equal to (i) the Note Interest
Distributable Amount and (ii) the Note Principal Distributable Amount. Scheduled
Payments will not include payments which become due on an accelerated basis as a
result of (a) a default by the Trust, (b) any election to pay principal on an
accelerated basis, (c) the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Indenture
or (d) any other cause, unless Financial Security elects, in its sole
discretion, to pay in whole or in part such principal due upon acceleration,
together with any accrued interest to the date of acceleration. In the event
Financial Security does not so elect, the Note Policy will continue to guarantee
Scheduled Payments on the Notes in accordance with their original terms.
Scheduled Payments shall not include any portion of a Note Interest
Distributable Amount due to Noteholders because a notice and certificate in
proper form was not timely Received (as defined below) by Financial Security
unless, in each case, Financial Security elects, in its sole discretion, to pay
such amount in whole or in part. Scheduled Payments shall not include any
amounts due in respect of the Notes attributable to any increase in interest
rate, penalty or other sum payable by the Trust by reason of any default or any
event of default in respect of the Notes, or by reason of any deterioration of
the creditworthiness of the Trust, nor shall Scheduled Payments include, nor
shall coverage be provided under the Note Policy in respect of, any taxes,
withholding or other charge with respect to any Noteholder imposed by any
governmental authority due in connection with the payment of any Scheduled
Payment to a Noteholder.
Payment of claims on the Note Policy made in respect of Scheduled Payments
will be made by Financial Security following Receipt (as defined below) by
Financial Security of the appropriate notice for payment on the later to occur
of (a) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the fourth Business Day following
Receipt of such notice for payment, and (b) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on
the date on which such payment was due on the Notes.
THE CERTIFICATE POLICY
Simultaneously with the issuance of the Certificates, Financial Security
will deliver the Certificate Policy to the Owner Trustee for the benefit of each
Certificateholder. Under the Certificate Policy, Financial Security will
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee to the Owner Trustee for the benefit
of each Certificateholder the full and complete payment of (i) Guaranteed
Distributions (as defined below) with respect to the Certificates and (ii) the
amount of any Guaranteed Distribution which subsequently is avoided in whole or
in part as a preference payment under applicable law.
"Guaranteed Distributions" will mean, with respect to each Distribution
Date, the distributions to be made to Certificateholders (other than to WII) in
an aggregate amount equal to the Certificate Distributable Amount due and
payable on such Distribution Date in accordance with the original terms of the
Certificates when issued and without regard to any amendment or modification of
the Certificates, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Trust Agreement to
which Financial Security has not given its prior written consent.
40
<PAGE> 43
Guaranteed Distributions shall not include, nor shall coverage be provided under
the Certificate Policy in respect of, any taxes, withholding or other charge
imposed with respect to any Certificateholder by any governmental authority.
Payment of claims on the Certificate Policy made in respect of Guaranteed
Distributions will be made by Financial Security following Receipt (as defined
below) by Financial Security of the appropriate notice for payment on the later
to occur of (a) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the fourth Business Day
following Receipt of such notice for payment, and (b) 12:00 noon, New York City
time, on the date on which such payment was due on the Certificates.
OTHER TERMS OF THE POLICIES
If payment of any amount avoided as a preference under applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law is required to be made under
either Policy, Financial Security shall cause such payment to be made on the
later of (a) the date when due to be paid pursuant to the Order referred to
below or (b) the first to occur of (i) the fourth Business Day following Receipt
by Financial Security from the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as the
case may be, of (A) a certified copy of the order (the "Order") of the court or
other governmental body which exercised jurisdiction to the effect that the
Noteholder is required to return principal or interest paid on the Notes during
the term of the Note Policy or the Certificateholder is required to return
principal or interest distributed with respect to the Certificates during the
term of the Certificate Policy, in either case because such distributions were
avoidable as preference payments under applicable bankruptcy law, (B) a
certificate of the Noteholder or Certificateholder, as the case may be, that the
Order has been entered and is not subject to any stay and (C) an assignment duly
executed and delivered by such Noteholder or Certificateholder, as the case may
be, in such form as is reasonably required by Financial Security and provided to
such Securityholder by Financial Security, irrevocably assigning to Financial
Security all rights and claims of such Securityholder relating to or arising
under the related Class of Notes or the Certificates, as the case may be,
against the debtor which made such preference payments or otherwise with respect
to such preference payment, or (ii) the date of Receipt by Financial Security
from the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, of the
items referred to in clauses (A), (B) and (C) above if, at least four Business
Days prior to such date of Receipt, Financial Security shall have Received
written notice from the related Trustee that such items were to be delivered on
such date and such date was specified in such notice. Such payment shall be
disbursed to the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in
bankruptcy named in the Order and not to the related Trustee or any
Securityholder directly (unless a Securityholder has previously paid such amount
to the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy
named in the Order in which case such payment shall be disbursed to the related
Trustee for distribution to such Securityholder upon proof of such payment
reasonably satisfactory to Financial Security). In connection with the
foregoing, and as will be provided in the Indenture and Sale and Servicing
Agreement, Financial Security will have certain rights to direct proceedings
regarding the seeking to avoid payments made on or in respect of the Contracts,
the Notes or the Certificates as preferential.
The terms "Receipt" and "Received," with respect to either Policy, shall
mean actual delivery to Financial Security and to its fiscal agent, if any,
prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on a Business Day and delivery either
on a day that is not a Business Day or after 12:00 noon, New York City time,
shall be deemed to be Receipt on the next succeeding Business Day. If any notice
or certificate given under a Policy by the Indenture Trustee or the Owner
Trustee, as the case may be, is not in proper form or is not properly completed,
executed or delivered, it shall be deemed not to have been Received, and
Financial Security or its fiscal agent shall promptly so advise the Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, and such Trustee may submit an
amended notice.
Under the Policies, "Business Day" will mean any day other than (i) a
Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which banking institutions in The City of
New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be
closed.
Financial Security's obligations under the Note Policy in respect of
Scheduled Payments and under the Certificate Policy in respect of Guaranteed
Distributions shall in each case be discharged to the extent funds
41
<PAGE> 44
are transferred to the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as the case may
be, as provided in the related Policy whether or not such funds are properly
applied by the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee.
Financial Security shall be subrogated to the rights of each Noteholder or
Certificateholder, as the case may be, to receive payments of principal and
interest to the extent of any payment by Financial Security under the related
Policy.
Claims under the Policies will constitute direct, unsecured and
unsubordinated obligations of Financial Security ranking not less than pari
passu with other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of Financial Security
for borrowed money. Claims against Financial Security under each other financial
guaranty insurance policy issued thereby constitute pari passu claims against
the general assets of Financial Security. The terms of the Policies cannot be
modified or altered by any other agreement or instrument, or by the merger,
consolidation or dissolution of the Trust. The Note Policy may not be cancelled
or revoked prior to distribution in full of all Scheduled Payments and the
Certificate Policy may not be canceled or revoked prior to distribution in full
of all Guaranteed Distributions with respect to the Certificates. The Policies
are not covered by the property/casualty insurance security fund specified in
Article 76 of the New York Insurance Law. The Policies are governed by the laws
of the State of New York.
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
GENERAL
Financial Security is a monoline insurance company incorporated in 1984
under the laws of the State of New York. Financial Security is licensed to
engage in financial guaranty insurance business in all 50 states, the District
of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
Financial Security and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of
writing financial guaranty insurance, principally in respect of securities
offered in domestic and foreign markets. In general, financial guaranty
insurance consists of the issuance of a guaranty of scheduled payments of an
issuer's securities -- thereby enhancing the credit rating of those
securities -- in consideration for the payment of a premium to the insurer.
Financial Security and its subsidiaries principally insure asset-backed,
collateralized and municipal securities. Asset-backed securities are generally
supported by residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables,
securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value.
Collateralized securities include public utility first mortgage bonds and
sale/leaseback obligation bonds. Municipal securities consist largely of general
obligation bonds, special revenue bonds and other special obligations of state
and local governments. Financial Security insures both newly issued securities
sold in the primary market and outstanding securities sold in the secondary
market that satisfy Financial Security's underwriting criteria.
Financial Security is a wholly owned subsidiary of Financial Security
Assurance Holdings Ltd. ("Holdings"), a New York Stock Exchange listed company.
Major shareholders of Holdings include Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc.,
US WEST Capital Corporation and The Tokio Marine and Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. No
shareholder of Holdings is obligated to pay any debt of Financial Security or
any claim under any insurance policy issued by Financial Security or to make any
additional contribution to the capital of Financial Security.
The principal executive offices of Financial Security are located at 350
Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, and its telephone number at that location
is (212) 826-0100.
REINSURANCE
Pursuant to an intercompany agreement, liabilities on financial guaranty
insurance written or reinsured from third parties by Financial Security or any
of its domestic operating insurance company subsidiaries are reinsured among
such companies on an agreed-upon percentage substantially proportional to their
respective capital, surplus and reserves, subject to applicable statutory risk
limitations. In addition, Financial Security reinsures a portion of its
liabilities under certain of its financial guaranty insurance policies with
other reinsurers under various quota share treaties and on a
transaction-by-transaction basis. Such reinsurance is utilized by Financial
Security as a risk management device and to comply with certain statutory and
rating
42
<PAGE> 45
agency requirements; it does not alter or limit Financial Security's obligations
under any financial guaranty insurance policy.
RATINGS OF CLAIMS-PAYING ABILITY
Financial Security's claims-paying ability is rated "Aaa" by Moody's and
"AAA" by S&P, Nippon Investors Service Inc. and Standard & Poor's (Australia)
Pty. Ltd. Such ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies,
are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold securities and are subject to
revision or withdrawal at any time by such rating agencies. See "Ratings of the
Securities."
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the capitalization of Financial Security and
its wholly owned subsidiaries on the basis of generally accepted accounting
principles as of March 31, 1996 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, 1996
--------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C>
Unearned Premium Reserve (net of prepaid reinsurance premiums)........ $ 340,226
--------------
Shareholder's Equity:
Common Stock........................................................ 15,000
Additional Paid-In Capital.......................................... 681,470
Unrealized Loss on Investments
(net of deferred income taxes)................................... (737)
Accumulated Earnings................................................ 83,444
--------------
Total Shareholder's Equity............................................ 779,177
--------------
Total Unearned Premium Reserve and Shareholder's Equity............... $1,119,403
===========
</TABLE>
For further information concerning Financial Security, see the Consolidated
Financial Statements of Financial Security and Subsidiaries, and the notes
thereto, included at page A-2 et seq. of this Prospectus. Copies of the
statutory quarterly and annual statements filed with the State of New York
Insurance Department by Financial Security are available upon request to the
State of New York Insurance Department.
INSURANCE REGULATION
Financial Security is licensed and subject to regulation as a financial
guaranty insurance corporation under the laws of the State of New York, its
state of domicile. In addition, Financial Security and its insurance
subsidiaries are subject to regulation by insurance laws of the various other
jurisdictions in which they are licensed to do business. As a financial guaranty
insurance corporation licensed to do business in the State of New York,
Financial Security is subject to Article 69 of the New York Insurance Law which,
among other things, limits the business of each such insurer to financial
guaranty insurance and related lines, requires that each such insurer maintain a
minimum surplus to policyholders, establishes contingency, loss and unearned
premium reserve requirements for each such insurer, and limits the size of
individual transactions ("single risks") and the volume of transactions
("aggregate risks") that may be underwritten by each such insurer. Other
provisions of the New York Insurance Law, applicable to non-life insurance
companies such as Financial Security, regulate, among other things, permitted
investments, payment of dividends, transactions with affiliates, mergers,
consolidations, acquisitions or sales of assets and incurrence of liability for
borrowings.
THE MASTER SERVICER
The Contracts will be serviced by WFS in its capacity as Master Servicer.
While WFS may or may not use a Subservicer in servicing the Contracts, WFS is
referred to as the Master Servicer herein.
WFS, as Master Servicer, will be obligated pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, subject to the limitations set forth therein, to service
the Contracts and to repurchase certain of the Contracts under certain
43
<PAGE> 46
circumstances if certain representations and warranties made by WFS are
incorrect or if WFS, as Master Servicer, breaches certain of its servicing
obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, in either case in a manner
that materially and adversely affects the Securityholders. WFS, as Master
Servicer, may perform its servicing duties through one or more subservicers
(each, a "Subservicer"), provided that the employment of a Subservicer shall not
relieve the Master Servicer from any liability of the Master Servicer under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.
If WFS uses a Subservicer, WFS, as Master Servicer, will enter into a
subservicing agreement with that Subservicer. Such subservicing agreements must
not be inconsistent with the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The
Master Servicer may terminate a subservicing agreement and either service the
related Contracts directly or enter into a new subservicing agreement for such
Contracts with a Subservicer that need not be an affiliate of the Master
Servicer. Notwithstanding any subservicing agreement, the Master Servicer will
remain obligated and liable to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the
Securityholders for servicing and administering the Contracts in accordance with
the Sale and Servicing Agreement as if the Master Servicer alone were servicing
the Contracts. References herein to actions required or permitted to be taken by
the Master Servicer include such actions by a Subservicer. (Sale and Servicing
Agreement, Section 4.01)
COLLECTION OF PAYMENTS
The Master Servicer will service the Contracts and will provide certain
accounting and reporting services with respect to the Contracts and the
Securities. The Master Servicer must take all actions necessary to maintain
continuous perfection of the security interests granted by the Obligors in the
Financed Vehicles. The Master Servicer will be obligated to service the
Contracts in accordance with the customary and usual servicing procedures
employed by financial institutions that service retail installment sales
contracts and/or installment loan agreements secured by motor vehicles and, to
the extent more exacting, the procedures used for such contracts owned by the
Master Servicer. In its judgment, the Master Servicer may reduce the APR of a
delinquent Contract (but not below the sum of the Pass-Through Rate and the
Servicing Fee Percent), may reduce the principal balance and may extend the
scheduled maturity of a delinquent Contract for up to 90 days in the aggregate
past the originally scheduled date of the last payment on such Contract, so long
as the Master Servicer makes an appropriate Advance as will be required in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Sections 4.01 and
4.02)
The Master Servicer shall deposit in or credit to the Collection Account or
the Holding Account, within two Business Days of receipt, all Net Collections
received on or in respect of the Contracts (except that as to Contracts serviced
by a Subservicer, such proceeds shall be deposited within three Business Days of
receipt by the Subservicer). The Master Servicer will also deposit in or credit
to the Collection Account or the Holding Account, within two Business Days of
receipt, all Net Liquidation Proceeds and Net Insurance Proceeds, after
deducting therefrom the amount of any outstanding and unreimbursed Advances.
(Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 4.01) See "Certain Information Regarding
the Securities -- The Accounts and Eligible Investments."
ADVANCES
The Master Servicer will be obligated to advance delinquent payments of
Monthly P&I on individual Rule of 78's Contracts and to advance 30 days of
interest at the sum of the Pass-Through Rate and the Servicing Fee Percent for
each month of delinquency in that Due Period on individual Simple Interest
Contracts (each, an "Advance") to the extent that any such Advance, if made,
would not, in the good faith judgment of the Master Servicer, constitute a
Nonrecoverable Advance. A "Nonrecoverable Advance" will be an Advance previously
made or to be made by the Master Servicer which, in the good faith judgment of
the Master Servicer, may not be ultimately recoverable by the Master Servicer
from Liquidation Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds or otherwise. Concurrently with
the furnishing of the related Distribution Date Statement to the Indenture
Trustee and the Owner Trustee, the Master Servicer will deposit in the
Collection Account all Advances, if any, in respect of the related Due Period.
The Master Servicer will not be entitled to any interest on Advances when it is
reimbursed for Advances. The amount of Advances deposited in the
44
<PAGE> 47
Collection Account for any Distribution Date may be net of amounts otherwise
payable to the Master Servicer on such Distribution Date. (Sale and Servicing
Agreement, Section 5.04)
In making Advances, the Master Servicer will be endeavoring to maintain a
regular flow of interest and principal payments to the Securityholders rather
than to guarantee or insure against losses. Advances will be reimbursed to the
Master Servicer out of recoveries on the related Contracts (e.g., late payments
by the Obligor, Net Liquidation Proceeds and Net Insurance Proceeds) or, to the
extent any portion of an Advance is determined to be a Nonrecoverable Advance,
out of unrelated installments of Monthly P&I or prepayment proceeds.
INSURANCE ON FINANCED VEHICLES
Each Obligor on a Contract is required to maintain insurance covering
physical damage to the Financed Vehicle of such Obligor in an amount not less
than the lesser of its maximum insurable value or the unpaid principal balance
under such Contract; provided, however, that the Master Servicer will not be
obligated to enforce this requirement when the principal balance of a Contract
is less than $4,000. The Master Servicer or a Subservicer is required to be
named as a loss payee under the policy of insurance obtained by the Obligor. In
addition, to the extent required by applicable law, the policy of insurance will
be delivered to the Master Servicer or Subservicer, as appropriate. The Financed
Vehicle is required to be insured against loss and damage due to fire, theft,
transportation, collision and other risks covered by comprehensive coverage. The
Master Servicer shall maintain a limited dual interest insurance policy in
respect of each Financed Vehicle that provides coverage for physical damage to,
or loss of, a Financed Vehicle; provided, however, that the Master Servicer
shall not be required to maintain such insurance in respect of any Financed
Vehicle as to which the related Contract has an unpaid principal balance of less
than $4,000. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 4.04) Since Obligors may
choose their own insurers to provide the required coverage, the specific terms
and conditions of their policies vary. If the Obligor fails to obtain or
maintain the required insurance, the Master Servicer will be obligated, except
in certain limited circumstances, to obtain such insurance and may add the
premium for such insurance to the balance due on the Contract to the extent
permitted by applicable law. The Scheduled Balance of a Contract will not
include any amount for such premium, and payments by an Obligor in respect of
such financed premium will not be applied to distributions on the Securities.
SERVICER DETERMINATION AND REPORTS TO TRUSTEES
The Master Servicer will perform certain monitoring and reporting functions
for the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and Financial Security, including
the preparation and delivery to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and
Financial Security of each Statement to Securityholders and an additional report
covering the aggregate amount, if any, paid by or due from it or the Seller for
the purchase of Contracts which it or the Seller has become obligated to
purchase and the net amount of funds which have been deposited in or credited to
the Collection Account or Holding Account. (Sale and Servicing Agreement,
Section 4.09)
REPURCHASES OF CERTAIN CONTRACTS BY THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE SELLER
The Seller will have the option to purchase the remaining Contracts, and
thereby cause early retirement of the Securities, on any Distribution Date as of
which the Aggregate Scheduled Balance is less than 5% of the Cut-Off Date
Aggregate Scheduled Balance. See "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Termination." In addition, the Seller will be required to
repurchase certain Contracts under certain circumstances if certain
representations and warranties made by the Seller are incorrect and materially
and adversely affect the interests of the Securityholders, the Indenture
Trustee, the Owner Trustee or Financial Security. The Master Servicer will be
required to purchase a Contract if it breaches certain of its servicing
obligations with respect to such Contract such that the Contract is materially
and adversely affected. Any such repurchase must be effected at a price (the
"Repurchase Amount") equal to the outstanding principal balance of such Contract
plus accrued interest thereon to the last Due Date in the Due Period in which
such repurchase occurs. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Sections 3.02, 4.07 and
9.01)
45
<PAGE> 48
SERVICING COMPENSATION
The Master Servicer will be entitled to compensation for the performance of
its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Master Servicer
shall be entitled to receive for each Contract from the Monthly P&I paid on or
in respect of such Contract an amount (the "Servicing Fee") equal to one-twelfth
of 1.00% per annum (the "Servicing Fee Percent") of the Scheduled Balance of
such Contract for the related month in respect of which the Monthly P&I for such
month has been collected or advanced. As additional compensation, the Master
Servicer or its designee shall be entitled to retain all late payment charges,
extension fees (the Master Servicer will determine when an extension is to be
granted, subject to the limitations described under "Collection of Payments")
and similar items paid in respect of the Contracts. The Master Servicer or its
designee will receive as additional servicing compensation the amount, if any,
by which the outstanding principal balance of a Contract that is prepaid in full
prior to its maturity exceeds the Scheduled Balance of such Contract. The Master
Servicer shall pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its servicing
activities under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and shall not be entitled to
reimbursement of such expenses except to the extent they constitute Liquidation
Expenses or expenses recoverable under an applicable insurance policy. (Sale and
Servicing Agreement, Section 4.08)
The Servicing Fee will compensate the Master Servicer for performing the
functions of a third party servicer of the Contracts as an agent for the
Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee, including collecting and posting all
payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors, investigating delinquencies,
sending payment statements and reporting tax information to Obligors, paying
costs of collections and policing the collateral. The Servicing Fee will also
compensate the Master Servicer for administering the Contracts, including making
Advances, accounting for collections, furnishing quarterly and annual statements
to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee with respect to distributions and
generating federal income tax information and certain taxes, accounting fees,
outside auditor fees, data processing costs and other costs incurred in
connection with administering the Contracts.
REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED CONTRACTS
The Master Servicer will liquidate any Contract that comes into and
continues in default and as to which no satisfactory arrangements can be made
for collection of delinquent payments. Such liquidation may be through
repossession or sale of the Financed Vehicle securing such Contract or
otherwise. In connection with such repossession or other conversion, the Master
Servicer will follow such procedures as are normal and usual for holders of
motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and installment loans. In this
regard, the Master Servicer may sell the Financed Vehicle at a repossession or
other sale. (Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 4.03)
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
GENERAL
The Contracts are "chattel paper" as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code
as in effect in California and the other states in which the Contracts are
originated ("UCC"). Pursuant to the UCC, an ownership interest in chattel paper
may be perfected by possession of the chattel paper or filing a UCC-1 financing
statement with the Secretary of State or other central filing office in the
appropriate state as required by the applicable UCC.
WFS and the Seller will take or cause to be taken such action as is
required to perfect the Trust's rights in the Contracts and will represent and
warrant that the Trust, subject to the interest of Financial Security under the
Insurance Agreement pursuant to which the Policies will be issued, has good
title, free and clear of liens and encumbrances, to each Contract on the Closing
Date. Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, WFS, as Master Servicer (or one or
more Subservicers), will have custody of the Contracts following the sale of the
Contracts to the Trust and will hold the Contracts as bailee for the benefit of
the Trust. However, the Contracts will not be physically marked to indicate the
ownership interest thereof by the Trust. UCC-1 financing statements will be
filed with the California Secretary of State to perfect by filing and give
notice of
46
<PAGE> 49
the Trust's ownership interest in the Contracts. If, through inadvertence or
otherwise, any of the Contracts were sold to another party who purchased such
Contracts in the ordinary course of its business and took possession of such
Contracts, the purchaser would acquire an interest in the Contracts superior to
the interests of the Trust if the purchaser acquired the Contracts in good
faith, for value and without actual knowledge of the Trust's ownership interest
in the Contracts. The Master Servicer will agree in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement to take all necessary action to preserve and protect the Trust's
ownership interest in the Contracts. The Seller will represent and warrant that
each Contract is secured by a Financed Vehicle. Notwithstanding the failure of
the Trust to have obtained a valid, first priority ownership interest in a
Contract, Financial Security will remain unconditionally and irrevocably
obligated on its guarantee of Scheduled Payments payable to Noteholders and
Guaranteed Distributions payable to Certificateholders on each Distribution
Date. See "The Policies."
SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE FINANCED VEHICLES
All of the Financed Vehicles were registered in the State of California or
another of the states listed above under "The Contracts Pool" at the time of
origination of the related Contracts. Perfection of security interests in motor
vehicles is generally governed by state certificate of title statutes or by the
motor vehicle registration laws of the state in which each vehicle is located.
Security interests in vehicles registered in the State of California (the state
in which the largest number of Financed Vehicles is located) may be perfected by
depositing with the California Department of Motor Vehicles a properly endorsed
certificate of title showing the secured party as legal owner or an application
for an original registration together with an application for registration of
the secured party as legal owner. Security interests in vehicles registered in
most other states are perfected, generally, in a similar manner. The Seller will
represent and warrant to the Trust in the Sale and Servicing Agreement that all
steps necessary to obtain a perfected first priority security interest with
respect to the Financed Vehicles securing the Contracts have been taken. If the
Master Servicer fails, because of clerical error or otherwise, to effect or
maintain such notation for a Financed Vehicle, the Trust may not have a first
priority security interest in such Financed Vehicle.
All retail installment sales contracts purchased by WFS or the Bank name
WFS or the Bank, as the case may be, as obligee or assignee and as the secured
party. WFS also takes all actions necessary under the laws of the state in which
the related vehicles are located to perfect its security interest in such
vehicles, including, where applicable, having a notation of its lien recorded on
the related certificate of title and obtaining possession of the certificates of
title.
The Seller will sell the Contracts and assign its security interests in the
Financed Vehicles to the Trust and Financial Security. However, because of the
administrative burden and expense, neither the Trust nor Financial Security will
amend any certificate of title to identify the Trust or Financial Security as
the new secured party nor will the certificates of title be delivered to the
Trustee. Accordingly, WFS or the Bank, as the case may be, will continue to be
named as the secured party on the certificates of title for the Financed
Vehicles relating to Contracts originated by it. Under the law of California and
most other states, the assignment of the Contracts is an effective conveyance of
a security interest without amendment of any lien noted on a vehicle's
certificate of title, and the new secured party succeeds thereby to the
assignor's rights as secured party. However, there exists a risk in not
identifying the Trust as the new secured party on the certificates of title
that, through fraud or negligence, the security interest of the Trust in one or
more Financed Vehicles could be released.
In the absence of fraud or forgery by the Financed Vehicle owner or
administrative error by state recording officials, notation of the lien of WFS
or the Bank on the certificates of title should be sufficient to protect the
Trust against the rights of subsequent purchasers of a Financed Vehicle or
subsequent lenders who take a security interest in such Financed Vehicle. If
there are any Financed Vehicles as to which WFS or the Bank has failed to
perfect the security interest assigned to the Trust, such security interest
would be subordinate to, among others, subsequent purchasers of the Financed
Vehicles and holders of perfected security interests.
47
<PAGE> 50
In the event that the owner of a Financed Vehicle relocates to a state
other than the state in which the Financed Vehicle is registered, under the laws
of most states the perfected security interest in the Financed Vehicle would
continue for four months after such relocation and thereafter, in most
instances, until the owner registers the Financed Vehicle in such state. A
majority of states, including California, generally require surrender of a
certificate of title to initially register in that state a vehicle originally
registered in another state. Therefore, the Master Servicer on behalf of the
Trust must surrender possession, if it holds the certificate of title to such
Financed Vehicle, for the Financed Vehicle owner to effect the registration. If
the Financed Vehicle owner moves to a state that provides for notation of lien
on the certificate of title to perfect the security interests in the Financed
Vehicle, WFS or the Bank, absent clerical errors or fraud, would receive notice
of surrender of the certificate of title if WFS' or the Bank's lien is noted
thereon. Accordingly, WFS or the Bank will have notice and the opportunity to
reperfect the security interest in the Financed Vehicle in the state of
relocation. If the Financed Vehicle owner moves to a state which does not
require surrender of a certificate of title for registration of a motor vehicle,
registration in that state could defeat perfection. In the ordinary course of
servicing its portfolio of motor vehicle loans, WFS takes steps to effect such
reperfection upon receipt of notice of reregistration or information from the
obligor as to relocation. Similarly, when an Obligor under a Contract sells a
Financed Vehicle, the Master Servicer must surrender possession of the
certificate of title or will receive notice as a result of its lien noted
thereon and accordingly will have an opportunity to require satisfaction of the
related Contract before release of the lien. Under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Master Servicer, at its cost, will be obligated to maintain the
continuous perfection of security interests in the Financed Vehicles.
Under the law of California and most other states, liens for unpaid taxes
and possessory liens for storage of and repairs performed on a motor vehicle
take priority even over a perfected security interest in such vehicle. The
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, also grants priority to certain
federal tax liens over the lien of a secured party. The laws of certain states
and federal law permit the confiscation of motor vehicles by governmental
authorities under certain circumstances if used in unlawful activities, which
may result in the loss of a secured party's perfected security interest in a
confiscated vehicle. The Seller will represent in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement that, as of the Closing Date, the security interest in each Financed
Vehicle is prior to all other present liens upon and security interests in such
Financed Vehicle. However, liens for repairs or taxes could arise at any time
during the term of a Contract. No notice will be given to the Trustees, the
Master Servicer or Securityholders in the event such a lien or confiscation
arises and any such lien or confiscation arising after the Closing Date would
not give rise to the Seller's repurchase obligations under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.
ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCED VEHICLES
The Master Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, may take action itself or
through one or more Subservicers to enforce its security interest with respect
to defaulted Contracts by repossession and resale of the Financed Vehicles
securing such defaulted Contracts. In addition to the provisions of the UCC,
under California law the Contracts originated in California are subject to the
provisions of its Rees-Levering Motor Vehicle Sales and Finance Act (the
"Rees-Levering Act"). Contracts originated in other states are subject to retail
installment sales laws and similar laws of those states. The provisions of the
Rees-Levering Act and similar laws of other states control in the event of a
conflict with the provisions of the UCC. Under the UCC and laws applicable in
most states, a creditor can, without prior notice to the debtor, repossess a
motor vehicle securing a loan by voluntary surrender, by "self-help"
repossession without breach of peace, and by judicial process. The Rees-Levering
Act and similar laws of other states place restrictions on repossession sales,
including notice to the debtor of the intent to sell and of the debtor's right
to redeem the vehicle. In addition, the UCC requires commercial reasonableness
in the conduct of the sale.
In the event of repossession and resale of a Financed Vehicle, the Master
Servicer for the benefit of the Trust would be entitled to be paid out of the
sale proceeds before such proceeds could be applied to the payment of the claims
of unsecured creditors or the holders of subsequently perfected security
interests or, thereafter, to the debtor.
48
<PAGE> 51
Under the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession
and resale of the motor vehicle securing such debtor's loan. However, some
states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments. Under
California law the proceeds from the resale of the motor vehicle securing the
debtor's loan are required to be applied first to the expenses of resale and
repossession, and if the remaining proceeds are not sufficient to repay the
indebtedness, the creditor may seek a deficiency judgment for the balance. The
priority of application of proceeds of sale as to repossessed vehicles under the
Contracts originated in most other states is similar.
Certain other statutory provisions, including federal and state bankruptcy
and insolvency laws, may limit or delay the ability of a creditor to repossess
and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment.
In the event that deficiency judgments are not satisfied or are satisfied
at a discount or are discharged in whole or in part in bankruptcy proceedings,
including proceedings under Chapter 13 of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as
amended, the loss will be borne by the Trust.
OTHER MATTERS
The so-called "holder-in-due-course" rule of the Federal Trade Commission
is intended to defeat the ability of the transferor of a consumer credit
contract which is the seller of goods which give rise to the transaction (and
certain related lenders and assignees) to transfer such contract free of notice
of claims by the debtor thereunder. The effect of this rule is to subject the
assignee of such a contract to all claims and defenses which the debtor could
assert against the seller of goods. Liability under this rule, which would be
applicable to the Trust and Financial Security, is limited to amounts paid under
a Contract; however, the Obligor may also assert the rule to set off remaining
amounts due as a defense against a claim brought by the Trustee against such
Obligor.
The courts have imposed general equitable principles on repossession and
litigation involving deficiency balances. These equitable principles may have an
effect of relieving an Obligor from some or all of the legal consequences of a
default.
Numerous other federal and state consumer protection laws, regulations and
rules impose requirements applicable to the origination and servicing of the
Contracts, including the Truth-in-Lending Act (and Federal Reserve Board
Regulation Z), the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act,
the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (and Federal
Reserve Board Regulation B), the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, state adaptations of the National Consumer Act and
of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and the California Rees-Levering Act and
motor vehicle retail installment sale acts in other states, and similar laws and
rules. Also, the laws of certain states impose finance charge ceilings and other
restrictions on consumer transactions and require contract disclosures in
addition to those required under federal law. These requirements impose specific
statutory liabilities upon creditors who fail to comply with their provisions.
In some cases, this liability could affect the ability of an assignee such as
the Trustee to enforce consumer finance contracts such as the Contracts. The
Seller will represent and warrant in the Sale and Servicing Agreement that each
of the Contracts, and the sale of the Financed Vehicles sold thereunder,
complied with all material requirements of such laws.
REPURCHASE OBLIGATION
Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will make
representations and warranties relating to validity, subsistence, perfection and
priority of the security interest in each Financed Vehicle as of the Closing
Date. Accordingly, if any defect exists in the perfection of the security
interest in any Financed Vehicle as of the Closing Date, including any defect
arising from the violation of laws or rules, and such defect materially and
adversely affects the interests of the Securityholders, the Indenture Trustee,
the Owner Trustee or Financial Security, such defect would constitute a breach
of a representation and warranty under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and, if
uncured, would create an obligation of the Seller to repurchase such Contract
unless the breach is cured. Additionally, in the Sale and Servicing Agreement
the Master Servicer will make certain representations, warranties and
affirmative covenants regarding, among other things, the maintenance
49
<PAGE> 52
of the security interest in each Financed Vehicle, the breach of which would
create an obligation of the Master Servicer to repurchase any affected Contract
unless the breach is cured.
THE SELLER
The Seller is a wholly owned, limited-purpose operating subsidiary of WFS
which was incorporated under the laws of the State of California on October 24,
1985. The principal office of the Seller is 23 Pasteur Road, Irvine, California
92718.
The Seller was organized principally for the purpose of purchasing retail
installment sales contracts and installment loans from the Bank in connection
with its activities as a finance subsidiary of the Bank. Effective May 1, 1995,
ownership of the Seller was transferred to WFS and it is now a limited purpose
operating subsidiary of WFS. The Seller has not and will not engage in any
activity other than (i) acquiring, owning, holding, selling, transferring,
assigning, pledging or otherwise dealing in installment sales contracts and
installment loans secured by automobiles and light-duty trucks or (ii)
authorizing, issuing, selling and delivering one or more series of obligations
consisting of one or more classes of bonds or pass-through certificates
collateralized by installment sales contracts and installment loans secured by
automobiles and light-duty trucks, which bonds or pass-through certificates are
rated in the highest available category by at least one nationally recognized
statistical rating agency.
The Seller's Articles of Incorporation limit the activities of the Seller
to the above purposes and to any activities incidental to and necessary for such
purposes.
BREACH OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DEFECTIVE CONTRACT DOCUMENTATION
In the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will make certain
representations and warranties with respect to each Contract as of the Closing
Date, including but not limited to, perfection, validity, enforceability of and
the absence of liens prior to the security interest granted pursuant to each
Contract, title of the Trust in and to such Contracts, validity and
enforceability of the Contracts as against the related Obligor, and collision
and comprehensive insurance coverage related to each Financed Vehicle. (Sale and
Servicing Agreement, Section 3.01) If (i) any of such representations and
warranties is found to have been incorrect as of the time it was made or any
document evidencing or securing a Contract is found to be defective or not to be
contained in the Contract files, and (ii) the same materially and adversely
affects the interest of the Certificateholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner
Trustee or Financial Security in and to such Contract, the Seller must cure the
defect or eliminate or otherwise cure the circumstances or condition in respect
of which such representation or warranty is incorrect within 90 days of the
discovery thereof. If the defect is not cured within such 90-day period, the
Seller must purchase the Contract affected by the defect at a price equal to the
outstanding principal amount of such Contract plus accrued interest thereon to
the last Due Date in the Due Period in which such repurchase occurs. (Sale and
Servicing Agreement, Section 3.02)
WFS
GENERAL
WFS is an auto finance company incorporated in California in 1988. WFS was
formerly known as Westcorp Financial Services, Inc. ("Westcorp Financial"), a
wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and a licensed consumer finance company.
Prior to May 1, 1995, the auto finance activities described in this Prospectus
were conducted separately by the Bank, through its auto finance division, and by
Westcorp Financial. Effective May 1, 1995, the Bank's auto finance division was
combined with the consumer auto finance activities of Westcorp Financial, with
Westcorp Financial then changing its corporate name to WFS Financial Inc. The
Bank's former auto finance division now operates as the "Dealer Center
Division." WFS' pre-existing auto finance operation now operates as the "Branch
Division." In August 1995, WFS completed an initial public offering of 19.7% of
its common stock. WFS is now a majority owned operating subsidiary of the Bank.
50
<PAGE> 53
Based upon over 20 years of experience in the auto finance business, WFS
believes that two different marketing, underwriting and collection approaches
are required to purchase and service motor vehicle retail installment sales
contracts across the full spectrum of prime credit quality contracts.
Accordingly, the Dealer Center Division provides financing for the upper half of
the prime credit spectrum and the Branch Division provides financing for the
lower half of such spectrum. The combination of the Dealer Center Division with
the Branch Division permits WFS to service the full spectrum of the prime
quality motor vehicle loan market, while permitting each division to continue to
service its traditional individual niche within that market as well as
increasing WFS' overall penetration through cross marketing opportunities.
WFS is an operating subsidiary of the Bank. As an operating subsidiary, WFS
is subject to regulation and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision
("OTS") and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). At March 31,
1996, WFS had total assets of $610 million, total liabilities of $492 million
and stockholder's equity of $118 million. As of March 31, 1996, WFS' net loan
portfolio totalled approximately $306 million.
WFS' revenues are derived principally from contractual servicing fees, the
retained interest on contracts sold for which servicing is retained, interest on
contracts not sold and fee income including late fees, deferment fees,
documentation fees and other fees, interest charged on its loan portfolio and,
to a lesser extent, gain on other investments. Interest on borrowings and
general and administrative costs are WFS' major expense items.
The principal executive offices of WFS are located at 23 Pasteur Road,
Irvine, California 92718.
BUSINESS ACTIVITIES
WFS is engaged principally in the business of purchasing retail installment
sales contracts secured by automobiles and light duty trucks from new and used
car dealers and making loans to the public. WFS currently conducts its
operations through its principal office and 14 dealer centers and 87 branch
offices.
WII
Westcorp Investments, Inc. ("WII"), is a limited-purpose, wholly owned
subsidiary of Westcorp, a California corporation. WII was incorporated in
California on February 9, 1996, for the purpose of purchasing an ownership
interest in the Trust and similar trusts. WII is limited by its Articles of
Incorporation from engaging in any business activities not incidental or
necessary to its stated purpose.
The principal executive office of WII is located at 23 Pasteur Road,
Irvine, California 92718 and its telephone number is (714) 727-1000.
THE BANK
GENERAL
The Bank is a federally chartered savings association the principal office
of which is located in Irvine, California. As of March 31, 1996, the Bank had
total assets of $3.1 billion, total deposits of $1.8 billion and stockholder's
equity of $258 million on a generally accepted accounting principles basis. The
Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Westcorp. Westcorp is a broadly based
financial services holding company which operates principally through the Bank,
its wholly owned subsidiary, and through WFS.
As a federally chartered savings association, the Bank is subject to
regulation and supervision by the OTS and the FDIC. The Bank is a member of the
Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco.
The principal executive offices of Westcorp and the Bank are located at 23
Pasteur Road, Irvine, California 92718 and their telephone number is (714)
727-1000.
BUSINESS ACTIVITIES
The Bank is engaged principally in the business of attracting deposits
from, and making real estate secured loans to the public. The Bank currently
operates 25 retail banking offices and 8 mortgage banking
51
<PAGE> 54
offices located throughout California, and in Nevada, Colorado and Arizona, and
through a majority owned subsidiary operates 17 mortgage banking offices in
California, Arizona, Oregon, Hawaii and Nevada. Funds for lending are obtained
from deposits, borrowings, payments on existing loans and contracts and sales of
loans and contracts.
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following is a general discussion of certain federal income tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Securities. This
summary is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions currently in
effect, all of which are subject to change. The discussion does not deal with
all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of
which may be subject to special rules. In addition, this summary is generally
limited to investors who will hold the Securities as "capital assets"
(generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
Investors should consult their own tax advisors to determine the federal,
state, local and other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Securities. Prospective investors should note that no rulings
have been or will be sought from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") with
respect to any of the federal income tax consequences discussed below, and no
assurance can be given that the IRS will not take contrary positions. Moreover,
there are no cases or IRS rulings on transactions similar to those described
herein with respect to the Trust, involving both debt and equity interests
issued by a trust with terms similar to those of the Notes and the Certificates.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors in determining
the federal, state, local, foreign and any other tax consequences to them of the
purchase, ownership and disposition of the Securities.
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF TRUSTS
In the opinion of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP, special tax counsel to
the Seller, the Trust will not be an association (or a publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. This
opinion will be based on the assumption that the terms of the Trust Agreement
and related documents will be complied with, and on such counsel's conclusions
that (i) the Trust will not have certain characteristics necessary for a
business trust to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation and
(ii) the nature of the income of the Trust will exempt it from the rule that
certain publicly traded partnerships are taxable as corporations.
If the Trust were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes,
it would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable income. The Trust's
taxable income would include all its income on the related Contracts, which may
be reduced by its interest expense on the Notes. Any such corporate income tax
could materially reduce cash available to make payments on the Notes and
distributions on the Certificates, and Certificateholders could be liable for
any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust.
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES
Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness. The Seller will agree, and the
Noteholders will agree by their purchase of Notes, to treat the Notes as debt
for federal income tax purposes. Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP, special tax
counsel to the Seller, will render an opinion that the Notes will be classified
as debt for federal income tax purposes. The discussion below assumes this
characterization of the Notes is correct.
OID. The discussion below assumes that all payments on the Notes are
denominated in U.S. dollars. Moreover, the discussion assumes that the interest
formula for the Notes meets the requirements for "qualified stated interest"
under Treasury regulations relating to original issue discount ("OID"), and that
any OID on the Notes (i.e., any excess of the principal amount of the Notes over
their issue price) does not exceed a de minimis amount (i.e., 1/4% of their
principal amount multiplied by the number of full years included in their term),
all within the meaning of such OID regulations.
52
<PAGE> 55
Interest Income on the Notes. Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be considered issued
with OID. The stated interest thereon will be taxable to a Noteholder as
ordinary interest income when received or accrued in accordance with such
Noteholder's method of tax accounting. Under the OID regulations, a holder of a
Note issued with a de minimis amount of OID must include such OID in income, on
a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Note. A purchaser who
buys a Note for more or less than its principal amount will generally be
subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market discount rules of
the Code.
However, because a failure to pay interest currently on the Notes is not a
default and does not give rise to a penalty, under the OID regulations the Notes
might be viewed as having been issued with OID. This interpretation would not
significantly affect accrual basis holders of Notes, although it would somewhat
accelerate taxable income to cash basis holders by in effect requiring them to
report interest income on the accrual basis.
Sale or Other Disposition. If a Noteholder sells a Note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note. The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular Noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the Note, increased by any market discount, acquisition discount, OID
and gain previously included by such Noteholder in income with respect to the
Note and decreased by the amount of bond premium (if any) previously amortized
and by the amount of principal payments previously received by such Noteholder
with respect to such Note. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if
the Note was held as a capital asset, except for gain representing accrued
interest and accrued market discount not previously included in income. Capital
losses generally may be used only to offset capital gains.
Foreign holders. Interest payments made (or accrued) to a Noteholder who is
a nonresident alien, foreign corporation or other non-United States person (a
"foreign person") generally will be considered "portfolio interest," and
generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax and
withholding tax, if the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business within the United States by the foreign person and the
foreign person (i) is not actually or constructively a "10 percent shareholder"
of the Trust or the Seller (including a holder of 10% of outstanding Notes or
Certificates) or a "controlled foreign corporation" with respect to which the
Trust or the Seller is a "related person" within the meaning of the Code and
(ii) provides the Trustee or other person who is otherwise required to withhold
U.S. tax with respect to the Notes with an appropriate statement (on Form W-8 or
a similar form), signed under penalty of perjury, certifying that the beneficial
owner of the Note is a foreign person and providing the foreign person's name
and address. If a Note is held through a securities clearing organization or
certain other financial institutions, the organization or institution may
provide the relevant signed statement to the withholding agent; in that case,
however, the signed statement must be accompanied by a Form W-8 or substitute
form provided by the foreign person that owns the Note. If such interest is not
portfolio interest, then it will be subject to United States federal income and
withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an
applicable tax treaty.
Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other
taxable disposition of a Note by a foreign person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the foreign person and (ii) in the case of an individual foreign
person, the foreign person is not present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year.
Backup Withholding. Each holder of a Note (other than an exempt holder such
as a corporation, tax exempt organization, qualified pension and profit sharing
trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who provides
certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to provide, under
penalty of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name, address, correct
federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the holder is not
subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt Noteholder fail to provide the
required certification, the Trust will be required to withhold 31% of the amount
otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld amount to the IRS as a
credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.
53
<PAGE> 56
Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes. If, contrary to the opinion
of special tax counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the
Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the Notes might be
treated as equity interests in the Trust. If so treated, the Trust might be
taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences described above (and the
resulting taxable corporation would not be able to reduce its taxable income by
deductions for interest expense on Notes recharacterized as equity).
Alternatively, and most likely in the view of special tax counsel, the Trust
might be treated as a publicly traded partnership that would not be taxable as a
corporation because it would meet certain qualifying income tests. Nonetheless,
treatment of the Notes as equity interests in such a publicly traded partnership
could have adverse tax consequences to certain holders. For example, income to
certain tax-exempt entities (including pension funds) would be "unrelated
business taxable income", income to foreign holders generally would be subject
to U.S. tax and U.S. tax return filing and withholding requirements, and
individual holders might be subject to certain limitations on their ability to
deduct their share of Trust expenses.
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES
Treatment of Trust as a Partnership. The Seller and the Master Servicer
will agree, and the related Certificateholders will agree by their purchase of
Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of federal and
state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part
by income, with the assets of the partnership being the assets held by the
Trust, the partners of the partnership being the Certificateholders, and the
Notes being debt of the partnership. However, the proper characterization of the
arrangement involving the Trust, the Certificates, the Notes, the Seller and the
Master Servicer is not certain because there is no authority on transactions
closely comparable to that contemplated herein.
A variety of alternative characterizations are possible. For example,
because the Certificates have certain features characteristic of debt, the
Certificates might be considered debt of the Seller or the Trust. Any such
characterization would not result in materially adverse tax consequences to
Certificateholders as compared to the consequences from treatment of the
Certificates as equity in a partnership, described below. The following
discussion assumes that the Certificates represent equity interests in a
partnership and that all payments on the Certificates are denominated in U.S.
dollars.
Partnership Taxation. As a partnership, the Trust will not be subject to
federal income tax. Rather, each Certificateholder will be required to
separately take into account such holder's allocated share of income, gains,
losses, deductions and credits of the Trust. The Trust's income will consist
primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the related Contracts
(including appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium)
and any gain upon collection or disposition of such Contracts. The Trust's
deductions will consist primarily of interest accruing with respect to the
Notes, servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection or
disposition of Contracts.
The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code, Treasury regulations and the partnership agreement (i.e., the
Trust Agreement and related documents). The Trust Agreement will provide, in
general, that the Certificateholders will be allocated taxable income of the
Trust for each month equal to the sum of (i) the interest that accrues on the
Certificates in accordance with their terms for such month, including interest
accruing at the Pass-Through Rate for such month and interest on amounts
previously due on the Certificates but not yet distributed; (ii) any Trust
income attributable to discount on the related Contracts that corresponds to any
excess of the principal amount of the Certificates over their initial issue
price; (iii) prepayment premium payable to the Certificateholders for such
month; and (iv) any other amounts of income payable to the Certificateholders
for such month. Such allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the Trust
of premium on Contracts that corresponds to any excess of the issue price of
Certificates over their principal amount. All remaining taxable income of the
Trust will be allocated to the Seller and WII, in the proportion of 99% and 1%,
respectively. Based on the economic arrangement of the parties, this approach
for allocating Trust income should be permissible under applicable Treasury
regulations, although no assurance can be given that the IRS would not require a
greater amount of income to be allocated to Certificateholders. Moreover, even
under the foregoing method of allocation, Certificateholders may be allocated
income equal to the entire Pass-Through Rate plus the other items described
above, even though the Trust might not have sufficient cash to make current cash
distributions of such amount. Thus, cash basis
54
<PAGE> 57
holders will in effect be required to report income from the Certificates on the
accrual basis and Certificateholders may become liable for taxes on Trust income
even if they have not received cash from the Trust to pay such taxes. In
addition, because tax allocations and tax reporting will be done on a uniform
basis for all Certificateholders but Certificateholders may be purchasing
Certificates at different times and at different prices, Certificateholders may
be required to report on their tax returns taxable income that is greater or
less than the amount reported to them by the Trust.
All of the taxable income allocated to a Certificateholder that is a
pension, profit sharing or employee benefit plan or other tax-exempt entity
(including an individual retirement account) will constitute "unrelated business
taxable income" generally taxable to such a holder under the Code.
An individual taxpayer's share of expenses of the Trust (including fees to
the Master Servicer but not interest expense) would be miscellaneous itemized
deductions. Such deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or in
part and might result in such holder being taxed on an amount of income that
exceeds the amount of cash actually distributed to such holder over the life of
the Trust.
The Trust intends to make all tax calculations relating to income and
allocations to Certificateholders on an aggregate basis. If the IRS were to
require that such calculations be made separately for each Contract, the Trust
might be required to incur additional expense but it is believed that there
would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.
Discount and Premium. It is believed that the Contracts will not be issued
with OID, and, therefore, the Trust should not have OID income. However, the
purchase price paid by the Trust for the related Contracts may be greater or
less than the remaining principal balance of the Contracts at the time of
purchase. If so, the Contracts will have been acquired at a premium or discount,
as the case may be. As indicated above, the Trust will make this calculation on
an aggregate basis, but might be required to recompute it on a Contract-by-
Contract basis.
If the Trust acquires the Contracts at a market discount or premium, it
will elect to include any such discount in income currently as it accrues over
the life of such Contracts or to offset any such premium against interest income
on such Contracts. As indicated above, a portion of such market discount income
or premium deduction may be allocated to Certificateholders.
Section 708 Termination. Under Section 708 of the Code, the Trust will be
deemed to terminate for federal income tax purposes if 50% or more of the
capital and profits interests in the Trust are sold or exchanged within a
12-month period. If such a termination occurs, the Trust will be considered to
distribute its assets to the partners, who would then be treated as
recontributing those assets to the Trust, as a new partnership. The Trust will
not comply with certain technical requirements that might apply when such a
constructive termination occurs. As a result, the Trust may be subject to
certain tax penalties and may incur additional expenses if it is required to
comply with those requirements. Furthermore, the Trust might not be able to
comply due to lack of data.
Disposition of Certificates. Generally, capital gain or loss will be
recognized on a sale of Certificates in an amount equal to the difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificates sold.
A Certificateholder's tax basis in a Certificate will generally equal the
holder's cost increased by the holder's share of Trust income (includible in
income) and decreased by any distributions received with respect to such
Certificate. In addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount
realized on a sale of a Certificate would include the holder's share of the
Notes and other liabilities of the Trust. A holder acquiring Certificates at
different prices may be required to maintain a single aggregate adjusted tax
basis in such Certificates, and, upon sale or other disposition of some of the
Certificates, allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates
sold (rather than maintaining a separate tax basis in each Certificate for
purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).
Any gain on the sale of an Certificate attributable to the holder's share
of unrecognized accrued market discount on the related Contracts would generally
be treated as ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to special tax
reporting requirements. The Trust does not expect to have any other assets that
would give
55
<PAGE> 58
rise to such special reporting requirements. Thus, to avoid those special
reporting requirements, the Trust will elect to include market discount in
income as it accrues.
If a Certificateholder is required to recognize an aggregate amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees. In general, the Trust's
taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items for a
particular calendar month will be apportioned among the Certificateholders in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing Certificates may
be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and tax basis)
attributable to periods before the actual transaction.
The use of such a monthly convention may not be permitted by existing
regulations. If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest), taxable income or losses
of the Trust might be reallocated among the Certificateholders. The Seller will
be authorized to revise the Trust's method of allocation between transferors and
transferees to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.
Section 754 Election. In the event that a Certificateholder sells its
Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a
higher (lower) basis in the Certificates than the selling Certificateholder had.
The tax basis of the Trust's assets will not be adjusted to reflect that higher
(or lower) basis unless the Trust were to file an election under Section 754 of
the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that would be
involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements, the Trust will not make such election. As a
result, Certificateholders might be allocated a greater or lesser amount of
Trust income than would be appropriate based on their own purchase price for
Certificates.
Administrative Matters. The Trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete and accurate books of the Trust. Such books will be maintained for
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year of
the Trust will be the calendar year. The Trustee will file a partnership
information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each taxable year of the
Trust and will report each Certificateholder's allocable share of items of Trust
income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The Trust will
provide the Schedule K-l information to nominees that fail to provide the Trust
with the information statement described below and such nominees will be
required to forward such information to the beneficial owners of the
Certificates. Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent with
the information return filed by the Trust or be subject to penalties unless the
holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.
Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds Certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust with
a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial owners
and the Certificates so held. Such information includes (i) the name, address
and taxpayer identification number of the nominee and (ii) as to each beneficial
owner (a) the name, address and identification number of such person, (b)
whether such person is a United States person, a tax-exempt entity, a foreign
government or an international organization, or any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of either of the foregoing, and (c) certain information on
Certificates that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such person throughout
the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the Trust information as
to themselves and their ownership of Certificates. A clearing agency registered
under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any such
information statement to the Trust. The information referred to above for any
calendar year must be furnished to the Trust on or before the following January
31. Nominees, brokers and financial institutions that fail to provide the Trust
with the information described above may be subject to penalties.
WII will be designated as the tax matters partner for the Trust in the
Trust Agreement and, as such, will be responsible for representing the
Certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS. The Code provides for
administrative examination of a partnership as if the partnership were a
separate and distinct taxpayer.
56
<PAGE> 59
Generally, the statute of limitations for partnership items does not expire
before three years after the date on which the partnership information return is
filed. Any adverse determination following an audit of the return of the Trust
by the appropriate taxing authorities could result in an adjustment of the
returns of the Certificateholders, and, under certain circumstances, a
Certificateholder may be precluded from separately litigating a proposed
adjustment to the items of the Trust. An adjustment could also result in an
audit of a Certificateholder's returns and adjustments of items not related to
the income and losses of the Trust.
Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders. It is not clear whether the
Trust would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the United
States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S.
persons because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue under facts
substantially similar to those described herein. Although it is not expected
that the Trust would be engaged in a trade or business in the United States for
such purposes, the Trust will withhold as if it were so engaged in order to
protect the Trust from possible adverse consequences of a failure to withhold.
The Trust expects to withhold on the portion of its taxable income that is
allocable to foreign Certificateholders pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code, as
if such income were effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business, at a rate
of 35% for foreign holders that are taxable as corporations and 39.6% for all
other foreign holders. These rates may be increased by proposed tax legislation.
Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the issuance of other
administrative pronouncements may require the Trust to change its withholding
procedures. In determining a holder's withholding status, the Trust may rely on
IRS Form W-8, IRS Form W-9 or the holder's certification of nonforeign status
signed under penalty of perjury.
Each foreign holder might be required to file a U.S. individual or
corporate income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the branch
profits tax) on its share of the Trust's income. Each foreign holder must obtain
a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to the
Trust on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate crediting of the taxes
withheld. A foreign holder generally would be entitled to file with the IRS a
claim for refund with respect to taxes withheld by the Trust, taking the
position that no taxes were due because the Trust was not engaged in a U.S.
trade or business. However, interest payments made (or accrued) to a
Certificateholder who is a foreign person generally will be considered
guaranteed payments to the extent such payments are determined without regard to
the income of the Trust. If these interest payments are properly characterized
as guaranteed payments, then the interest will not be considered "portfolio
interest". As a result, Certificateholders will be subject to United States
federal income tax and withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless reduced or
eliminated pursuant to an applicable treaty. In such case, a foreign holder
would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of the taxes in excess
of the taxes that should be withheld with respect to the guaranteed payments.
Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates will be subject to a "backup" withholding tax
of 31% if, in general, the Certificateholder fails to comply with certain
identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt recipient under
applicable provisions of the Code.
CERTAIN CALIFORNIA INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
In the opinion of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP, special tax counsel to
the Seller, the Trust will not be an association taxable as a corporation for
California income tax purposes. This opinion will be based on the assumption
that the terms of the Trust Agreement and related documents will be complied
with, and such counsel's conclusions that the Trust will not have certain
characteristics necessary for a business trust to be classified as an
association taxable as a corporation. Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP will
further render an opinion that Certificateholders and Noteholders who are not
residents of or otherwise subject to tax in California will not, solely by
reason of their acquisition of an interest in the Certificates or any Class of
Notes, respectively, be subject to California income, franchise, excise or
similar taxes with respect to interest on the Certificates or any Class of
Notes, respectively, or with respect to any of the other Trust Property.
Investors should consult their own tax advisors to determine the state,
local and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Securities.
57
<PAGE> 60
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
OVERVIEW
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),
imposes certain restrictions on employee benefit plans subject to ERISA
("Plans") and on persons who are parties in interest or disqualified persons
("parties in interest") with respect to such Plans which would affect purchases
of Securities by or on behalf of Plans. Certain employee benefit plans, such as
governmental plans and church plans (if no election has been made under Section
410(d) of the Code), are not subject to the requirements of ERISA and assets of
such plans may be invested in Certificates without regard to the ERISA
considerations described below, subject to the provisions of other applicable
federal and state law, including, for any such government or church plan
qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from taxation under
Section 501(a) of the Code, the prohibited transaction rules set forth in
Section 503 of the Code.
Investments by Plans are subject to ERISA's general fiduciary requirements,
including the requirement of investment prudence and diversification,
requirements respecting delegation of investment authority and the requirement
that a Plan's investment be made in accordance with the documents governing the
Plan.
PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS
Section 406 of ERISA prohibits parties in interest with respect to a Plan
from engaging in certain transactions involving a Plan and its assets unless a
statutory or administrative exemption applies to the transaction. Section 4975
of the Code and Section 502(i) of ERISA impose certain excise taxes on such
prohibited transactions. Securities purchased by a Plan would be assets of the
Plan. Under regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, the Contracts in
certain circumstances may also be deemed to be assets of each Plan that
purchases Securities. If this were so, persons that cause a Plan to acquire
Securities or that sponsor or insure the related Contracts or manage, control or
service the Contracts may be subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions
of ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 of the Code
in the absence of a statutory or administrative exemption.
THE NOTES
The Notes may be purchased by a Plan subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of
the Code. A fiduciary of a Plan must determine that the purchase of a Note is
consistent with its fiduciary duties under ERISA and does not result in a
nonexempt prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section
4975 of the Code.
The Notes may not be purchased with the assets of a Plan if the Seller, the
Master Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or any of their
affiliates (i) has investment or administrative discretion with respect to such
Plan assets; (ii) has authority or responsibility to give, or regularly gives,
investment advice with respect to such Plan assets, for a fee and pursuant to an
agreement or understanding that such advice (a) will serve as a primary basis
for investment decisions with respect to such Plan assets and (b) will be based
on the particular investment needs for such Plan; or (iii) is an employer
maintaining or contributing to such Plan.
THE CERTIFICATES
The Certificates may not be acquired by (i) an employee benefit plan (as
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title I
of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code (other than a
governmental plan described in Section 4975(g)(2) of the Code) or (iii) any
entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's
investment in the entity or which uses plan assets to acquire Certificates. By
its acceptance of a Certificate or a beneficial interest therein, each
Certificateholder or Certificate Owner will be deemed to have represented and
warranted that it is not subject to the foregoing limitation.
Due to the complexities of the foregoing rules and the penalties imposed
upon persons involved in prohibited transactions, it is important that the
fiduciary of an employee benefit plan considering the purchase
58
<PAGE> 61
of Certificates consult with its counsel regarding the applicability of the
prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code to such investment.
Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 95-60 was issued by the
Department of Labor on July 12, 1995 in response to the United States Supreme
Court decision John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co. v. Harris Trust and
Savings Bank, 114 S.Ct. 517 (1993), in which the Court held that assets held in
an insurance company's general account may be deemed to be "plan assets" for
ERISA purposes under certain circumstances. Subject to certain conditions, PTCE
95-60 provides general relief from the prohibited transaction rules that would
otherwise be applicable to assets held in an insurance company's general
account. Prospective insurance company purchasers should consult with their
counsel to determine whether the decision in John Hancock, as modified by PTCE
95-60, affects their ability to make purchases of the Certificates.
UNDERWRITING
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation (the "Underwriter") has
agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting
Agreement among the Seller, WFS and the Underwriter, to purchase from the Trust
the entire principal amount of each Class of Notes and the Certificates. The
Underwriter currently intends, but will not be obligated, to make a market in
the Securities. However, there can be no assurance that the Underwriter will
make such a market, that a secondary market will develop or, if it does develop,
that it will provide the related Securityholders with liquidity of investment or
will continue for the life of the related Security.
The Seller has been advised by the Underwriter that it proposes initially
to offer the Notes to the public at the respective public offering prices set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at such prices
less a concession not in excess of % of the principal amount of the Class
A-1 Notes, % of the principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes, % of the
principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes and % of the principal amount of
the Class A-4 Notes. The Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a
discount not in excess of % of the principal amount of the Class A-1
Notes, % of the principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes, % of the
principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes and % of the principal amount of
the Class A-4 Notes on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial public
offering, the public offering prices of the Notes and such concessions and
discounts may be changed.
The Seller has been advised by the Underwriter that it proposes initially
to offer the Certificates to the public at the public offering price set forth
on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at such prices less
a concession not in excess of % of the principal amount thereof. The
Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess
of % of the principal amount of the Certificates. After the initial public
offering, the public offering price of the Certificates and such concessions and
discounts may be changed.
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Underwriter's obligations
thereunder are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to
various other conditions.
The Seller and WFS have agreed to indemnify the Underwriter against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under applicable securities laws, or
contribute to payments the Underwriter may be required to make in respect
thereof.
RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES
It is a condition of issuance that the Class A-1 Notes be rated A-1+ by S&P
and P-1 by Moody's, and the Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes
and the Certificates each be rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody's. The ratings by
S&P of the Notes will be issued without regard to the benefit afforded by the
Note Policy. The rating by Moody's of the Class A-1 Notes will be substantially
based on the issuance of the Note Policy by Financial Security, and the rating
by Moody's of the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes
will be based on the issuance of the Note Policy by Financial Security. The
ratings
59
<PAGE> 62
by each Rating Agency of the Certificates will be based on the issuance of the
Certificate Policy by Financial Security. Although the ratings of the Notes by
S&P do not take into account the benefit of the Note Policy, the Notes will have
the benefit of the Note Policy.
There is no assurance that any such rating will continue for any period of
time or that it will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by the assigning
rating agency if, in its judgment, circumstances (including, in the case of the
Certificates and, with respect to Moody's in the case of the Class A-2 Notes,
the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes, as a result of any change in the
claims-paying ability of Financial Security) so warrant. A revision or
withdrawal of such rating may have an adverse effect on the market price of the
Notes and the Certificates. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy,
sell or hold the Securities.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters with respect to the Securities, including certain
federal and California income tax matters, will be passed upon for the Seller by
Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP, Los Angeles, California. Brown & Wood, San
Francisco, California will act as counsel for the Underwriter. Certain legal
matters relating to the Policies will be passed upon for Financial Security by
Bruce E. Stern, Esq., General Counsel, Financial Security or an Associate
General Counsel of Financial Security and by Rogers & Wells, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated balance sheets of Financial Security Assurance Inc. and
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the related consolidated
statements of income, changes in shareholder's equity and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, have been included herein
in reliance on the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent certified
public accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.
60
<PAGE> 63
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
--------
<S> <C>
A. 1995 YEAR END FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Accountants........................................... A-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994................ A-2
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 1995,
1994
and 1993.................................................................. A-3
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder's Equity for the Years
Ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.......................................... A-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993............................................................. A-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31,
1995,
1994 and 1993............................................................. A-6-A-24
B. 1996 QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1996 (unaudited) and
December 31, 1995......................................................... A-25
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited)....................................... A-26
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited)....................................... A-27
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months
Ended
March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited)....................................... A-28
</TABLE>
The New York State Insurance Department recognizes only statutory
accounting practices for determining and reporting the financial condition and
results of operations of an insurance company, for determining its solvency
under the New York Insurance Law, and for determining whether its financial
condition warrants the payment of a dividend to its stockholders. No
consideration is given by the New York State Insurance Department to financial
statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
in making such determinations.
61
<PAGE> 64
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Shareholder and Board of Directors
of Financial Security Assurance Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Financial
Security Assurance Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and
the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholder's equity,
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,1995.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Financial
Security Assurance Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the
Company, in 1993, adopted the method of accounting and reporting for certain
investments in debt and equity securities prescribed by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 115.
New York, New York
January 17, 1996
A-1
<PAGE> 65
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------
1995 1994
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Bonds at market value (amortized cost of $1,006,084 and
$659,894)........................................................ $1,036,382 $ 627,026
Short-term investments............................................. 14,568 88,951
Cash equivalents................................................... 35,277 13,457
---------- ----------
Total investments........................................ 1,086,227 729,434
Cash............................................................... 555 2,663
Deferred acquisition costs......................................... 132,951 91,839
Prepaid reinsurance premiums....................................... 133,548 121,668
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses........................... 61,532 55,491
Receivable for securities sold..................................... 2,326 17,592
Other assets....................................................... 59,499 36,222
---------- ----------
TOTAL ASSETS............................................. $1,476,638 $1,054,909
========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
Unearned premiums.................................................. $ 463,897 $ 334,569
Losses and loss adjustment expenses................................ 111,759 91,130
Deferred federal income taxes...................................... 43,205 10,222
Ceded reinsurance balances payable................................. 13,664 5,676
Payable for securities purchased................................... 9,516 56,112
Amounts withheld on account for others............................. 1,004 974
Accrued expenses and other liabilities............................. 43,607 27,250
---------- ----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES........................................ 686,652 525,933
---------- ----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Common stock (1,000 shares authorized; 750 and 800 shares issued
and outstanding; par value of $20,000 and $18,750 per share)..... 15,000 15,000
Additional paid-in capital......................................... 681,470 497,506
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments (net of deferred income tax
provision (benefit) of $10,604 and ($11,504)).................... 19,694 (21,364)
Accumulated earnings............................................... 73,822 37,834
---------- ----------
TOTAL SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY............................... 789,986 528,976
---------- ----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY............... $1,476,638 $1,054,909
========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
are an integral part of these statements.
A-2
<PAGE> 66
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
-------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES:
Net premiums written (net of premiums ceded of $33,166,
$28,692 and $62,403, of which $20,582, $15,999 and
$42,541 were ceded to affiliates)................... $ 77,576 $ 77,757 $ 65,006
Increase in unearned premiums.......................... (8,229) (12,003) (1,629)
-------- --------- ---------
Premiums earned (net of premiums ceded of $38,013,
$35,051 and $32,736)................................ 69,347 65,754 63,377
Net investment income.................................. 47,083 45,282 47,547
Net realized gains (losses)............................ 5,032 (3,829) 18,352
Other income........................................... 4,722 732 (2,057)
-------- --------- ---------
TOTAL REVENUES................................. 126,184 107,939 127,219
-------- --------- ---------
EXPENSES:
Losses and loss adjustment expenses:
Related to merger................................... 15,400
Other (net of reinsurance recoveries of $9,101,
$56,895 and $18,628, of which $7,111, $50,839 and
$12,632 were ceded to affiliates)................. 6,258 3,024 84,054
Amortization and write-off of goodwill................. 81,598
Restructuring charge................................... 85,409
Policy acquisition costs............................... 16,888 15,057 15,575
Other operating expenses............................... 12,352 11,574 23,768
-------- --------- ---------
TOTAL EXPENSES................................. 50,898 29,655 290,404
-------- --------- ---------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES........................ 75,286 78,284 (163,185)
-------- --------- ---------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes:
Current................................................ 23,353 13,338 (9,991)
Deferred............................................... (3,055) 4,682 (28,806)
-------- --------- ---------
Total provision (benefit).............................. 20,298 18,020 (38,797)
-------- --------- ---------
NET INCOME (LOSS).............................. $ 54,988 $ 60,264 $(124,388)
======== ========= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
are an integral part of these statements.
A-3
<PAGE> 67
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONAL UNREALIZED
COMMON PAID-IN GAINS ON RETAINED
STOCK CAPITAL INVESTMENTS EARNINGS TOTAL
------- ---------- ----------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1992......... $15,000 $ 475,171 $ 119,458 $ 609,629
Net loss for the year.............. (124,388) (124,388)
Net change in unrealized gains on
investments (net of deferred
income taxes of $18,788)......... $ 34,892 34,892
Capital contribution (net of
$11,960 which was subsequently
written off)..................... 100,835 100,835
Stock repurchase................... (78,500) (78,500)
------- ---------- ----------- --------- ---------
BALANCE, December 31, 1993......... 15,000 497,506 34,892 (4,930) 542,468
Net income for the year............ 60,264 60,264
Dividends paid on common stock..... (17,500) (17,500)
Net change in unrealized losses on
investments (net of deferred
income tax benefit of $30,292)... (56,256) (56,256)
------- ---------- ----------- --------- ---------
BALANCE, December 31, 1994......... 15,000 497,506 (21,364) 37,834 528,976
Net income......................... 54,988 54,988
Dividends paid on common stock..... (19,000) (19,000)
Net change on unrealized gains on
investments (net of deferred
income taxes of $22,108)......... 41,058 41,058
Capital contribution of CGIC....... 233,964 233,964
Stock repurchase................... (50,000) (50,000)
------- ---------- ----------- --------- ---------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995......... $15,000 $ 681,470 $ 19,694 $ 73,822 $ 789,986
======= ======== ======== ========= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
are an integral part of these statements.
A-4
<PAGE> 68
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
-------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Premiums received, net................................................. $ 85,481 $ 58,191 $ 79,166
Policy acquisition and other operating expenses paid, net.............. (40,243) (29,623) (26,257)
Restructuring charge................................................... (85,409)
Recoverable advances received (paid)................................... (9,419) (939) 953
Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid............................... (4,954) (5,124) (43,345)
Net investment income received......................................... 40,160 41,429 43,627
Federal income taxes received (paid)................................... (17,295) (14,358) 1,738
Interest and liquidity fees paid....................................... (1,525) (2,145) (4,766)
Other.................................................................. 2,552 (4,314) 4,627
-------- -------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities........... 54,757 43,117 (29,666)
-------- -------- ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sales of bonds........................................... 603,545 790,517 522,261
Proceeds from maturities of bonds...................................... 606 55 3,700
Purchases of bonds..................................................... (685,984) (758,254) (448,997)
Purchases of property and equipment.................................... (958) (937) (749)
Cash and cash equivalents of contributed subsidiary.................... 39,215
Net decrease (increase) in short-term investments...................... 77,531 (56,648) (24,802)
-------- -------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities........... 33,955 (25,267) 51,413
-------- -------- ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Stock repurchase....................................................... (50,000) (78,500)
Dividends paid......................................................... (19,000) (17,500)
Capital contribution................................................... 59,040
-------- -------- ---------
Net cash used for financing activities......................... (69,000) (17,500) (19,460)
-------- -------- ---------
Net increase in cash................................................... 19,712 350 2,287
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year......................... 16,120 15,770 13,483
-------- -------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year............................... $ 35,832 $ 16,120 $ 15,770
======== ======== =========
</TABLE>
In addition to the cash and cash equivalents received from the contribution of
the subsidiary, the Company also received net assets of $194,749.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net cash flows from operating
activities:
Net income (loss)........................................................ $ 54,988 $ 60,264 $(124,388)
Losses paid by U S WEST................................................ 63,326
Decrease (increase) in accrued investment income....................... 14 1,773 (121)
Increase in unearned premiums and related foreign exchange
adjustment.......................................................... 8,141 12,585 1,468
Decrease (increase) in deferred acquisition costs...................... (10,305) (9,847) 3,092
Increase (decrease) in current federal income taxes payable............ 6,057 (1,020) (8,253)
Increase (decrease) in unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses...... 14,587 (376) (22,665)
Increase (decrease) in amounts withheld for others..................... 30 (24,675) 24,012
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes.......................... (3,055) 4,682 (28,806)
Net realized losses (gains) on investments............................. (5,032) 3,829 (18,352)
Amortization and write-off of goodwill................................. 81,598
Depreciation and accretion of bond discount............................ (5,564) (4,082) (3,835)
Change in other assets and liabilities................................. (5,104) (16) 3,258
-------- -------- ---------
Cash provided by (used for) operating activities......................... $ 54,757 $ 43,117 $ (29,666)
======== ======== =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
are an integral part of these statements.
A-5
<PAGE> 69
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
1. ORGANIZATION AND OWNERSHIP
Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the Company), a wholly owned subsidiary
of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. (the Parent), is an insurance
company domiciled in the State of New York. The Company is engaged in providing
financial guaranty insurance on asset-backed financings and municipal
obligations. The Company's underwriting policy is to insure asset-backed and
municipal obligations that would otherwise be investment grade without the
benefit of the Company's insurance. The asset-backed obligations insured by the
Company are generally issued in structured transactions and are backed by pools
of assets such as residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables,
securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value.
The municipal obligations insured by the Company consist primarily of general
obligation bonds that are supported by the issuers' taxing power and special
revenue bonds and other special obligations of the states and local governments
that are supported by the issuers' ability to impose and collect fees and
charges for public services or specific projects. Financial guaranty insurance
written by the Company guarantees payment when due of scheduled payments on an
issuer's obligation. In the case of a payment default on an insured obligation,
the Company is generally required to pay the principal, interest or other
amounts due in accordance with the obligation's original payment schedule or, at
its option, to pay such amounts on an accelerated basis.
The Company expects to continue to emphasize a diversified insured
portfolio characterized by insurance of both asset-backed and municipal
obligations, with a broad geographic distribution and a variety of revenue
sources and transaction structures. The Company's insured portfolio consists
primarily of asset-backed and municipal obligations originated in the United
States, but the Company has also written and continues to pursue business in
Europe and the Pacific Rim.
At December 31, 1993, the Parent was owned 92.5% by U S WEST and 7.5% by
Tokio Marine. The Parent completed an initial public offering of common shares
on May 13, 1994. In connection with the initial public offering, the Parent, U S
WEST and Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc. (Fund American) entered into
certain agreements providing, among other things, certain rights of Fund
American to acquire additional shares of the Parent from the Parent and U S
WEST. At December 31, 1994, the Parent was owned 60.9% by U S WEST, 7.7% by Fund
American, 7.4% by Tokio Marine and 24.0% by the public and employees.
On December 20, 1995, a subsidiary of the Parent merged (the Merger) with
Capital Guaranty Corporation (CGC). The Merger provided for each CGC share to be
exchanged for 0.6716 share of the Parent's common stock and cash of $5.69. The
Parent issued in the aggregate 6,051,661 common shares and aggregate cash
consideration of $51,300,000. In conjunction with the Merger, the Parent
contributed (the Contribution) the common stock of Capital Guaranty Insurance
Company (CGIC), a subsidiary of CGC, to the Company. As a result of the
Contribution, the Company's net assets increased by $233,964,000. Net premiums
written by CGIC in 1995 prior to the Contribution were $26,070,000. At December
31, 1995, the Parent was owned 50.3% by U S WEST, 7.8% by Fund American, 6.1% by
Tokio Marine and 35.8% by the public and employees.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), which differ in certain
material respects from the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by
insurance regulatory authorities (see Note 6). The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of
A-6
<PAGE> 70
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
contingent assets and liabilities in the Company's consolidated balance sheets
at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
in the consolidated statements of income during the years ended December
31,1995, 1994 and 1993. Such estimates and assumptions include, but are not
limited to, losses and loss adjustment expenses and the deferral and
amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs. Actual results may differ
from those estimates. Significant accounting policies under GAAP are as follows:
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Financial Security Assurance of Maryland Inc.
(which was named Capital Guaranty Insurance Corporation until the Merger),
Financial Security Assurance International Inc., Financial Security Assurance of
Oklahoma, Inc. and Financial Security Assurance (U.K.) Limited (collectively,
the Subsidiaries). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated. Certain prior-year balances have been reclassified to conform with
the 1995 presentation. The Merger, and the related Contribution to the Company,
were accounted for on a purchase accounting basis. In view of the short period
between the date of the Contribution, December 20, 1995, and the year-end, the
date of the Contribution for accounting purposes is considered to be December
31, 1995. As a result, the accounting for the Contribution has no effect on the
Company's consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 1995,
except for the recording of $15,400,000 in losses and loss adjustment expenses
to increase the Company's general reserve to provide for the insured portfolio
assumed by the Company as a result of the Contribution (see Note 17).
INVESTMENTS
In 1993, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." Pursuant to SFAS 115, investments in
debt securities designated as available for sale are carried at market value
rather than the previous method, which was at the lower of amortized cost or
market value. Any resulting unrealized gain or loss is reflected as a separate
component of shareholders' equity, net of applicable deferred income taxes. All
of the Company's long-term investments are classified as available for sale.
Investments in debt securities designated as available for sale are carried
at market value. Any resulting unrealized gain or loss is reflected as a
separate component of shareholder's equity, net of applicable deferred income
taxes. All of the Company's long-term investments are classified as available
for sale.
Bond discounts and premiums are amortized on the effective yield method
over the remaining terms of the securities acquired. For mortgage-backed
securities, and any other holdings for which prepayment risk may be significant,
assumptions regarding prepayments are evaluated periodically and revised as
necessary. Any adjustments required due to the resultant change in effective
yields are recognized in current income. Short-term investments, which are those
investments with a maturity of more than three months but less than one year at
time of purchase, are carried at market value, which approximates cost. Realized
gains or losses on sale of investments are determined on the basis of specific
identification. Investment income is recorded as earned.
Cash equivalents represent amounts deposited in money market funds and
investments with a maturity at time of purchase of three months or less.
A-7
<PAGE> 71
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
PREMIUM REVENUE RECOGNITION
Gross and ceded premiums are earned in proportion to the amount of risk
outstanding over the expected period of coverage. Unearned premiums and prepaid
reinsurance premiums represent that portion of premium which is applicable to
coverage of risk to be provided in the future on policies in force. When an
insured issue is retired or defeased prior to the end of the expected period of
coverage, the remaining unearned premium and prepaid reinsurance premium, less
any amount credited to a refunding issue insured by the Company, are recognized.
LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES
A case basis reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses is
recorded at the present value of the estimated loss when, in management's
opinion, the likelihood of a future loss is probable and determinable at the
balance sheet date. The estimated loss on a transaction is discounted using
current risk-free rates.
The general reserve is calculated by applying a loss factor to the total
net par amount outstanding of the Company's insured obligations outstanding over
the term of such insured obligations and discounting the result at risk-free
rates. The loss factor used for this purpose has been determined based upon an
independent rating agency study of bond defaults and the Company's portfolio
characteristics and history. The general reserve is available to be applied
against future additions or accretions to existing case basis reserves or to new
case basis reserves to be established in the future.
Management of the Company periodically evaluates its estimates for losses
and loss adjustment expenses and establishes reserves that management believes
are adequate to cover the ultimate net cost of claims; the reserves are
necessarily based on estimates, and there can be no assurance that the ultimate
liability will not differ from such estimates. The Company will, on an ongoing
basis, monitor these reserves and may periodically adjust such reserves based on
the Company's actual loss experience, its future mix of business, and future
economic conditions.
DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
Deferred acquisition costs comprise those expenses that vary with and are
primarily related to the production of business, including commissions paid on
reinsurance assumed, compensation and related costs of underwriting and
marketing personnel, certain rating agency fees, premium taxes and certain other
underwriting expenses, reduced by ceding commission income on premiums ceded to
reinsurers. Deferred acquisition costs and the cost of acquired business are
amortized over the period in which the related premiums are earned.
Recoverability of deferred acquisition costs is determined by considering
anticipated losses and loss adjustment expenses.
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
The provision for income taxes consists of an amount for taxes currently
payable and a provision for tax consequences deferred to future periods
reflected at current income tax rates.
Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted SFAS No. 109, "Accounting
for Income Taxes." The new standard did not materially affect the Company's
financial position or results of operations as federal income taxes were
previously accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 96.
A-8
<PAGE> 72
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
GOODWILL
At the time of the acquisition of the Parent by U S WEST in December 1989,
the commercial real estate portion of the Company's business was a major factor
in valuing the Company's franchise and determining the purchase price for the
Parent. Since that time, weaknesses in the general commercial real estate market
caused the Company to withdraw from that market and, through December 31, 1993,
it incurred approximately $113,000,000 of losses. These losses had a negative
impact on the Company's performance in the marketplace and have impaired the
Company's franchise value. In connection with U S WEST's intention, announced in
1993 (see Note 15), to divest its ownership of the Parent, U S WEST wrote off
the remaining goodwill recorded in connection with its acquisition of the Parent
to reflect its investment in the Parent at net realizable value. Accordingly,
the Company's financial statements reflect the write-off of goodwill that had
represented the excess of the purchase price paid by U S WEST over the Parent's
net tangible and identifiable intangible assets at the time of the acquisition
by U S WEST. Goodwill was previously being amortized on a straight line basis
over 25 years.
3. INVESTMENTS
Bonds at amortized cost of $11,969,000 and $41,893,000 at December 31, 1995
and 1994, respectively, were on deposit with state regulatory authorities as
required by insurance regulations.
Consolidated net investment income consisted of the following (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Long-term bonds............................... $43,114 $46,517 $48,620
Equity securities............................. 20
Short-term investments and cash equivalents... 5,705 778 769
Investment expenses........................... (1,736) (2,013) (1,862)
------- ------- -------
Net investment income......................... $47,083 $45,282 $47,547
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The credit quality of the investment portfolio at December 31, 1995, was as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENT OF
RATING INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
---------------------------- --------------------
<S> <C>
AAA......................... 71.2%
AA.......................... 22.3
A........................... 5.7
BBB......................... 0.8
</TABLE>
A-9
<PAGE> 73
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
The amortized cost and estimated market value of long-term bonds were as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROSS GROSS ESTIMATED
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED MARKET
DECEMBER 31, 1995 COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE
- --------------------------------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of
U.S. government corporations and
agencies................................... $ 44,873 $ 2,231 $ -- $ 47,104
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions............................... 635,872 20,112 (330) 655,654
Foreign securities........................... 28,691 1,909 (17) 30,583
Mortgage-backed securities................... 262,936 5,949 (51) 268,834
Corporate securities......................... 1,254 51 1,305
Asset-backed securities...................... 32,458 444 32,902
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total.............................. $1,006,084 $ 30,696 $ (398) $1,036,382
========= ======== ======== =========
DECEMBER 31, 1994
- ---------------------------------------------
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of
U.S. government corporations and
agencies................................... $ 6,734 $ 85 $ (35) $ 6,784
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions............................... 380,178 1,950 (24,778) 357,350
Foreign securities........................... 16,536 (519) 16,017
Mortgage-backed securities................... 176,978 88 (9,153) 167,913
Asset-backed securities...................... 79,468 (506) 78,962
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total.............................. $ 659,894 $ 2,123 $ (34,991) $ 627,026
========= ======== ======== =========
</TABLE>
Unrealized gains (losses) consisted of (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1995 1994
------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Long-term bonds:
Gains......................................................... $30,696 $ 2,123
Losses........................................................ (398) (34,991)
------- --------
Unrealized gains (losses), net............................. $30,298 $(32,868)
======= ========
</TABLE>
The change in net unrealized gains (losses) consisted of (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Long-term bonds...................................... $63,166 $(86,564) $32,937
Short-term investments............................... 16 (16)
------- -------- -------
Change in net unrealized gains (losses)......... $63,166 $(86,548) $32,921
======= ======== =======
</TABLE>
A-10
<PAGE> 74
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
The amortized cost and estimated market value of long-term bonds at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, by contractual maturity, are shown below (in
thousands). Actual maturities could differ from contractual maturities because
borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without
call or prepayment penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1995 DECEMBER 31, 1994
------------------------- -----------------------
ESTIMATED ESTIMATED
AMORTIZED MARKET AMORTIZED MARKET
COST VALUE COST VALUE
---------- ---------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less...................... $ 2,776 $ 2,778 $ 1,501 $ 1,493
Due after one year through five years........ 25,735 26,075 19,701 19,232
Due after five years through ten years....... 157,161 162,573 36,140 36,453
Due after ten years.......................... 525,018 543,220 346,106 322,973
Mortgage-backed securities (stated maturities
of 16 to 30 years)......................... 262,936 268,834 176,978 167,913
Asset-backed securities (stated maturities of
2 to 5 years).............................. 32,458 32,902 79,468 78,962
---------- ---------- --------- ---------
Total.............................. $1,006,084 $1,036,382 $ 659,894 $ 627,026
========= ========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of long-term bonds during 1995, 1994 and 1993 were
$587,516,000, $808,143,000 and $522,248,000, respectively. Gross gains of
$12,346,000, $13,919,000 and $19,211,000 and gross losses of $7,314,000,
$17,748,000 and $859,000 were realized on sales in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively.
4. DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
Acquisition costs deferred for amortization against future income and the
related amortization charged to expenses are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, beginning of period............................... $ 91,839 $ 81,992 $ 85,084
-------- -------- --------
Costs deferred during the period:
Ceding commission income................................. (9,836) (8,476) (18,567)
Assumed commission expense............................... 55 84 82
Premium taxes............................................ 2,537 2,589 2,963
Compensation and other acquisition costs................. 34,437 30,707 28,005
-------- -------- --------
Total............................................ 27,193 24,904 12,483
-------- -------- --------
Costs amortized during the period.......................... (16,888) (15,057) (15,575)
-------- -------- --------
Balance of contributed subsidiary.......................... 30,807
-------- -------- --------
Balance, end of period..................................... $132,951 $ 91,839 $ 81,992
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
5. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
As a result of certain events that occurred in the fourth quarter of 1993,
the Company recognized non-recurring charges of approximately $7,158,000. These
charges were: (i) the acceleration of the amortization of deferred general
liquidity facility fees of $2,105,000 and legal fees of $203,000; (ii) a
$2,900,000 accrual for salary and related benefits primarily due to a settlement
for terminated employees in the Company's Profit
A-11
<PAGE> 75
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
Participation Plan; and (iii) $1,950,000 primarily relating to the acceleration
of deferred acquisition expenses (net of amortization) as a result of the
non-recurring charges.
Total salary expense and related benefits included in other operating
expenses were $10,976,000, $9,187,000 and $14,953,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
6. STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
GAAP for the Company differs in certain significant respects from
accounting practices prescribed or permitted by insurance regulatory
authorities. The principal differences result from the following statutory
accounting practices:
- Up front premiums on municipal business are recognized as earned when
related risk has expired rather than over the expected coverage period;
- Acquisition costs are charged to operations as incurred rather than as
related premiums are earned;
- A contingency reserve is computed based on the following statutory
requirements (rather than establishing a general loss reserve):
a. For all policies written prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal to
50% of cumulative earned premiums less permitted reductions, plus;
b. For all policies written on or after July 1, 1989, an amount equal
to the greater of 50% of premiums written for each category of insured
obligation or a designated percent of principal guaranteed for that
category. These amounts are provided each quarter as either 1/60th or
1/80th of the total required for each category, less permitted reductions;
- Certain assets designated as "non-admitted assets" are charged directly
to statutory surplus but are reflected as assets under GAAP;
- Federal income taxes are provided only on taxable income for which income
taxes are currently payable;
- Accruals for deferred compensation are not recognized;
- Purchase accounting adjustments are not recognized;
- Incurred losses are reduced by recoveries under the U S WEST LOC (see
Note 14);
- Bonds are carried at amortized cost.
A-12
<PAGE> 76
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
A reconciliation of the Company's net income (loss) for the calendar years
1995, 1994 and 1993 and shareholder's equity at December 31, 1995, 1994 and
1993, prepared on a GAAP basis, to the amounts reported on a statutory basis, is
as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1994 1993
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net Income (Loss):
GAAP BASIS...................................... $ 54,988 $ 60,264 $(124,388)
Premium revenue recognition..................... (4,805) (5,425) (6,229)
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred.... 10,871 (13,908) 83,677
Deferred acquisition costs...................... (10,305) (9,847) 3,092
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)......... (3,055) 4,682 (28,806)
Amortization of bonds........................... 1,195 520 69
Amortization and write-off of goodwill.......... 81,598
Accrual of deferred compensation................ 5,663 (9,062) 2,323
Other........................................... (1,580) (274) 2,251
-------- -------- ---------
STATUTORY BASIS................................. $ 52,972 $ 26,950 $ 13,587
======== ======== =========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Shareholder's Equity:
GAAP BASIS...................................... $ 789,986 $ 528,976 $ 542,468
Premium revenue recognition..................... (46,248) (29,891) (24,466)
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves....... 31,798 20,927 34,835
Deferred acquisition costs...................... (132,951) (91,839) (81,992)
Contingency reserve............................. (183,967) (121,414) (97,098)
Unrealized loss (gain) on investments, net of
tax........................................... (30,298) 32,868 (34,892)
Deferred income taxes........................... 43,205 10,222 17,044
Accrual of deferred compensation................ 5,653 9,062
Other........................................... (16,492) (5,475) (8,011)
--------- --------- ---------
STATUTORY BASIS (SURPLUS)....................... $ 460,686 $ 344,374 $ 356,950
========= ========= =========
SURPLUS PLUS CONTINGENCY RESERVE................ $ 644,653 $ 465,788 $ 454,048
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
7. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
For periods prior to May 13, 1994, the date of initial public offering when
the Parent became less than 80% owned by U S WEST, the Parent, the Company and
its Subsidiaries joined with U S WEST and its subsidiaries in filing a
consolidated federal income tax return. For the Company, under a written tax
sharing agreement with U S WEST, the allocation of income taxes was based upon
separate return calculations which provided that benefits or liabilities created
by the Company will be allocated to the Company regardless of whether the
benefits were usable or additional liabilities were incurred in the U S WEST tax
returns. For periods subsequent to May 12, 1994, the Parent and all members of
its group elected to file consolidated federal tax returns. The calculation of
each member's tax benefit or liability by the Company will be controlled by a
tax sharing agreement that will base the allocation of such benefit or liability
upon a separate return calculation.
A-13
<PAGE> 77
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
The cumulative balance sheet effects of deferred tax consequences are (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------
1995 1994
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred acquisition costs............................. $ 46,533 $ 32,144
Unearned premium adjustments........................... 2,905 1,964
Contingency reserve.................................... 11,542
Unrealized capital gains............................... 14,950
Market discounts....................................... 900 1,991
------- --------
Total deferred tax liabilities............... 76,830 36,099
------- --------
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves.............. (11,129) (7,195)
Deferred compensation.................................. (5,529) (2,791)
Tax credits............................................ (3,795) (1,135)
Tax and loss bonds..................................... (11,116)
Unrealized capital losses.............................. (11,504)
Capital loss carryforward.............................. (1,878)
Other, net............................................. (2,056) (1,374)
------- --------
Total deferred tax assets.................... (33,625) (25,877)
------- --------
Total deferred income taxes............................ $ 43,205 $ 10,222
======= ========
</TABLE>
No valuation allowance was necessary at December 31, 1995 or 1994. On
August 10, 1993, federal legislation was enacted that increased the corporate
tax rate from 34% to 35% effective January 1, 1993. The higher tax rate
increased the Company's deferred tax liability by $715,000 at the date of
enactment.
A reconciliation of the effective tax rate with the federal statutory rate
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------
1995 1994 1993
----- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax at statutory rate............................... 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
Tax-exempt interest................................. (8.3) (12.0) 6.7
Amortization and write-off of goodwill.............. (17.5)
Other............................................... 0.3 (0.5)
---- ---- ----
Provision for income taxes.......................... 27.0% 23.0% 23.7%
==== ==== ====
</TABLE>
8. DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
Under New York Insurance Law, the Company may pay a dividend without the
prior approval of the Superintendent of the New York State Insurance Department
only from earned surplus subject to the maintenance of a minimum capital
requirement, and the dividend, which together with all dividends declared or
distributed by it during the preceding twelve months, may not exceed the lesser
of 10% of its policyholders' surplus shown on its last filed statement, or
adjusted net investment income, as defined, for such twelve-month period. As of
December 31, 1995, the Company had $46,779,000 available for the payment of
dividends over the next twelve months. However, as a customary condition for
approving the application of Fund American for a change in control of the
Company, the prior approval of the Superintendent of the New York State
Insurance Department is required for any payment of dividends by the Company to
the Parent for a period of
A-14
<PAGE> 78
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
two years following such changed control. Such approval was provided for the
payment of dividends by the Company to the Parent in 1995 and 1994 in the
ordinary course of business.
9. CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS AND ADDITIONAL CLAIMS-PAYING RESOURCES
The Company has a credit arrangement aggregating $150,000,000 at December
31, 1995, which is provided by commercial banks and intended for general
application to transactions insured by the Company and the Subsidiaries. At
December 31, 1995, there have been no borrowings under this arrangement. In
addition, there are credit arrangements assigned to specific insured
transactions. In August 1994, the Company entered into a facility agreement with
Canadian Global Funding Corporation and Hambros Bank Limited. Under the
agreement, the Company can arrange financing for transactions subject to certain
conditions. The amount of this facility was $186,911,000, of which $100,911,000
was unutilized at December 31, 1995.
10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company maintains both a qualified and a non-qualified non-contributory
defined contribution pension plan for the benefit of all eligible employees. The
Company's contributions are based upon a fixed percentage of employee
compensation. Pension expense, which is funded as accrued, amounted to
$1,784,000, $1,888,000 and $2,108,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively. Of these amounts, $1,144,000, $1,266,000 and
$1,449,000 have been deferred as policy acquisition costs during the respective
periods.
The Company has an employee retirement savings plan for the benefit of all
eligible employees. The plan permits employees to contribute a percentage of
their salaries up to limits prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS
Code, Section 401(k)). The Company's contributions are discretionary, and none
have been made.
During 1991, the Company established the Profit Participation Plan as
along-term incentive compensation plan for the benefit of certain of its
employees. Prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering (see Note 15),
the Parent adopted a Supplemental Restricted Stock Plan. Pursuant to this plan,
awards of outstanding units to existing employees under the Profit Participation
Plan were valued at $0.20 per dollar of award ($0.70 per dollar of award in the
case of 1994 regular units granted thereunder) and, at the election of each
outstanding employee, were exchanged for restricted shares of the Parent's
common stock valued at the initial public offering price of $20.00 per share.
All employees of the Company, including all senior executives, exchanged their
outstanding interests in the Profit Participation Plan for restricted shares of
the Parent's common stock at the public offering price under the Supplemental
Restricted Stock Plan. In settlement of an accrued balance of $7,126,000 in such
Profit Participation Plan, the Company purchased 356,345 shares of restricted
stock from the Parent and awarded the shares to employees. The stock is
restricted because ownership of the shares by employees requires continued
employment; the shares vest ratably over a three-year period on July 1, 1994,
1995 and 1996.
Pursuant to the 1993 Equity Participation Plan adopted prior to the Initial
Public Offering, 1,810,780 shares of the Parent's common stock, subject to
anti-dilutive adjustment, were reserved for awards of options and restricted
shares of common stock to employees for the purpose of providing, through the
grant of long-term incentives, a means to attract and retain key personnel and
to provide to participating officers and other key employees long-term
incentives for sustained high levels of performance. Shares available under the
1993 Equity Participation Plan were increased from 1,810,780 to 2,110,780 in May
1995. The 1993 Equity Participation Plan also contains provisions that permit
the Compensation Committee to pay all or a portion of
A-15
<PAGE> 79
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
an employee's bonuses in the form of shares of the Parent's common stock
credited to the employees at a 15% discount from current market value and paid
to employees five years from the date of award. Up to an aggregate of 10,000,000
shares may be allocated to such equity bonuses. Common stock to pay equity bonus
awards will be acquired by the Parent through open-market purchases by a trust
established for such purpose.
During 1994, the Parent granted to officers and employees, in respect of
future performance, non-qualified options to purchase an aggregate of 1,099,000
shares of the Parent's common stock, of which 39,000 were forfeited and
1,060,000 were still outstanding at December 31, 1994, substantially all of
which have an exercise price of $20.00 per share. (As described below, 1,025,500
of these options will be converted to performance plan shares.) The foregoing
options will vest, subject to continuation of employment and other terms of the
option grants, at the rate of 20% per year, for five one-year periods, with the
first period ending on July 1, 1994. Such options expire ten years after the
effective dates of their grant. In the fourth quarter of 1994, holders of
outstanding stock options under the 1993 Equity Participation Plan were offered
the right to exchange such stock options for an equal number of performance
shares under such Plan. Giving effect to such exchange, at December 31, 1995,
there would have been outstanding 1,111,000 performance shares and options to
purchase 67,000 shares of common stock.
The Company estimates the final cost of these performance shares at their
payout date and accrues for this expense over the performance period. In tandem
with this accrual, the Parent records the pre-tax amount in stockholders' equity
as deferred compensation.
On November 10, 1994, the Parent announced the appointment of an
independent trustee authorized to purchase shares of the Parent's common stock
in open market transactions, at times and prices determined by the trustee.
These purchases are intended to fund future obligations relating to equity
bonuses, performance shares and stock options under the 1993 Equity
Participation Plan. The Parent also repurchased stock from its employees in
satisfaction of withholding taxes on shares distributed under its restricted
stock plan. During 1995, the total number of shares acquired by the Parent were
591,714 at a cost of $14,444,000 compared with 182,562 shares at a cost of
$3,730,000 in 1994.
The Company does not currently provide post-retirement benefits, other than
pensions to its employees, nor does it provide post-employment benefits to
former employees.
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company leases office space and equipment under non-cancelable
operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2005.
Future minimum rental payments are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
1996.......................................... $ 1,651
1997.......................................... 1,907
1998.......................................... 1,907
1999.......................................... 1,907
2000.......................................... 1,918
Thereafter.................................... 8,741
-------
Total.................................... $18,031
=======
</TABLE>
A-16
<PAGE> 80
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 was
$3,493,000, $3,430,000 and $3,743,000, respectively (net of sublease income of
$0, $0 and $16,000 for the respective periods).
During the ordinary course of business, the Company and its Subsidiaries
have become parties to certain litigation. Management believes that these
matters will be resolved with no material financial impact on the Company.
12. REINSURANCE
The Company reinsures portions of its risks with affiliated (see Note 14)
and unaffiliated reinsurers under quota share treaties and on a facultative
basis. The Company's principal ceded reinsurance program consists of three quota
share treaties. One treaty covers all of the Company's approved regular lines of
business, except municipal obligation insurance. Under this treaty in 1995, the
Company ceded 14.5% of each covered policy, up to a maximum of $29,000,000
insured principal per policy. At its sole option, the Company could have
increased, and in certain instances did increase, the ceding percentage to
21.75% up to $43,500,000 of each covered policy. A second treaty covers the
Company's municipal obligation insurance business. Under this treaty in 1995,
the Company ceded 14% of each covered policy that is classified by the Company
as providing municipal bond insurance as defined by Article 69 of the New York
Insurance Law up to a limit of $37,333,000 per single risk, which is defined by
revenue source. At its sole option, the Company could have increased, and in
certain instances did increase, the ceding percentage to 30% up to $80,000,000
per single risk. Under the third treaty in 1995, the Company ceded 5% or 15%
(depending on the type of obligation) of its retention (i.e., after cessions of
policies under the municipal obligation insurance treaty) covering substantially
all teaching hospital and higher education risks, up to limits that range from
$7,500,000 to $30,000,000 per single risk. At its sole option, the Company could
have increased, and in certain instances did increase, the ceding percentage
from 5%to 15% or from 15% to 30% (depending on the type of obligation) of its
retention, subject to the same limits. Each of the three treaties allows the
Company to withhold a ceding commission to defray their expenses.
In the event (which management considers to be highly unlikely) that any or
all of the reinsuring companies were unable to meet their obligations to the
Company, the Company would be liable for such defaulted amounts. The Company has
also assumed reinsurance of municipal obligations from unaffiliated insurers.
Amounts reinsured were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Written premiums ceded........................................ $33,166 $28,692 $62,403
Written premiums assumed...................................... 1,684 1,973 401
Earned premiums ceded......................................... 38,013 35,051 32,736
Earned premiums assumed....................................... 2,759 7,059 1,546
Loss and loss adjustment expense payments ceded............... 3,060 1,483 32,299
Loss and loss adjustment expense payments assumed............. 3 3 3
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses ceded............ 9,101 56,895 18,628
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses assumed.......... 81 137 47
</TABLE>
A-17
<PAGE> 81
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------
1995 1994
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Principal outstanding ceded....................................... $14,355,664 $12,116,420
Principal outstanding assumed..................................... 2,347,122 824,296
Unearned premium reserve ceded.................................... 133,548 121,668
Unearned premium reserve assumed.................................. 5,027 6,050
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves ceded................... 61,532 55,491
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves assumed................. 670 593
</TABLE>
13. OUTSTANDING EXPOSURE AND COLLATERAL
The Company's policies insure the scheduled payments of principal and
interest on asset-backed and municipal obligations. The principal amount insured
(in millions) as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 (net of amounts ceded to other
insurers of $6,093 and $5,975 of asset-backed and $8,263 and $6,141 of
municipal, respectively) and the terms to maturity are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1995 DECEMBER 31, 1994
-------------------------- --------------------------
TERMS TO MATURITY ASSET-BACKED MUNICIPAL ASSET-BACKED MUNICIPAL
- ------------------------------------------- ------------ --------- ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
0 to 5 Years............................... $ 5,931 $ 3,293 $ 5,510 $ 2,308
5 to 10 Years.............................. 3,679 4,713 2,129 3,071
10 to 15 Years............................. 1,183 4,299 1,070 2,711
15 to 20 Years............................. 423 6,986 386 2,770
20 Years and Above......................... 5,847 9,625 3,780 4,488
------------ --------- ------------ ---------
Total............................ $ 17,063 $28,916 $ 12,875 $15,348
========== ======= ========== =======
</TABLE>
The principal amount ceded as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the terms
to maturity are as follows (in millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1995 DECEMBER 31, 1994
-------------------------- --------------------------
TERMS TO MATURITY ASSET-BACKED MUNICIPAL ASSET-BACKED MUNICIPAL
- ------------------------------------------- ------------ --------- ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
0 to 5 Years............................... $2,297 $ 1,103 $2,470 $ 794
5 to 10 Years.............................. 1,503 1,775 1,640 1,203
10 to 15 Years............................. 403 1,020 446 906
15 to 20 Years............................. 126 1,514 104 1,044
20 Years and Above......................... 1,764 2,851 1,315 2,194
------------ --------- ------------ ---------
Total............................ $6,093 $ 8,263 $5,975 $ 6,141
========== ======= ========== =======
</TABLE>
A-18
<PAGE> 82
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
The Company limits its exposure to losses from writing financial guarantees
by underwriting investment-grade obligations, by diversifying its portfolio and
by maintaining rigorous collateral requirements on asset-backed obligations. The
principal amounts of insured obligations in the asset-backed insured
portfolio,net of amounts ceded, are collateralized by the following types of
collateral (in millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NET OF AMOUNTS
CEDED CEDED
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
------------------- -----------------
TYPES OF COLLATERAL 1995 1994 1995 1994
- ---------------------------------------------------- ------- ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Residential mortgages............................... $ 6,740 $ 4,836 $1,909 $1,736
Consumer receivables................................ 5,105 2,479 1,320 658
Government securities............................... 1,651 2,017 263 500
Pooled corporate obligations........................ 1,819 1,686 732 701
Commercial mortgage portfolio:
Commercial real estate............................ 148 156 640 734
Corporate secured................................. 98 118 801 1,118
Investor-owned utility obligations.................. 821 786 292 331
Other asset-backed obligations...................... 681 797 136 197
------- ------- ------ ------
Total asset-backed obligations............ $17,063 $12,875 $6,093 $5,975
======= ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
The asset-backed insured portfolio, which aggregated $23.2 billion
principal before reinsurance at December 31, 1995, was collateralized by assets
with an estimated fair value of $28.0 billion. At December 31, 1994, it
aggregated $18.9 billion principal before reinsurance and was collateralized by
assets with an estimated fair value of $23.4 billion. Such estimates of the
collateral's fair value, which is reduced as exposure expires are based upon
information at the inception of the insurance policy. At December 31, 1995, the
estimated fair value of collateral and reserves over the principal insured
averaged from 100% for commercial real estate to 164% for corporate secured
obligations. At December 31, 1994, the estimated fair value of collateral and
reserves over the principal insured averaged from 100% for commercial real
estate to 168% for corporate secured obligations. Collateral for specific
transactions is generally not available to pay claims related to other
transactions. The amounts of losses ceded to reinsurers is determined net of
collateral.
The principal amount of insured obligations in the municipal insured
portfolio, net of amounts ceded, included the following types of issues (in
millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NET OF AMOUNTS
CEDED CEDED
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
------------------- -----------------
TYPES OF ISSUES 1995 1994 1995 1994
- ------------------------------------------------------ ------- ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
General obligation bonds.............................. $ 8,738 $ 3,809 $1,764 $1,252
Housing revenue bonds................................. 1,674 1,622 685 606
Municipal utility revenue bonds....................... 3,873 2,169 1,107 794
Health care revenue bonds............................. 2,587 1,594 1,718 1,359
Tax-supported bonds (non-general obligation).......... 7,090 3,482 1,741 1,201
Transportation revenue bonds.......................... 1,365 720 293 253
Other municipal bonds................................. 3,589 1,952 955 676
------- ------- ------ ------
Total municipal obligations................. $28,916 $15,348 $8,263 $6,141
======= ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
A-19
<PAGE> 83
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
In its asset-backed business, the Company considers geographic
concentration as a factor in underwriting insurance covering securitizations of
pools of such assets as residential mortgages or consumer receivables. However,
after the initial issuance of an insurance policy relating to such
securitization, the geographic concentration of the underlying assets may not
remain fixed over the life of the policy. In addition, in writing insurance for
other types of asset-backed obligations, such as securities primarily backed by
government or corporate debt, geographic concentration is not deemed by the
Company to be significant given other more relevant measures of diversification
such as issuer or industry.
The Company seeks to maintain a diversified portfolio of insured municipal
obligations designed to spread its risk across a number of geographic areas. The
following table sets forth, by state, those states in which municipalities
located therein issued an aggregate of 2% or more of the Company's net par
amount outstanding of insured municipal securities as of December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CEDED PAR
PERCENT OF TOTAL AMOUNT
NUMBER MUNICIPAL NET PAR OUTSTANDING
STATE OF ISSUES AMOUNT OUTSTANDING -------------
---------------------------------- --------- NET PAR ------------------ (IN MILLIONS)
AMOUNT
OUTSTANDING
-------------
(IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
California........................ 437 $ 4,692 16.2% $ 762
Florida........................... 167 1,981 6.8 779
New York.......................... 245 2,743 9.5 1,197
Pennsylvania...................... 212 1,641 5.7 511
New Jersey........................ 228 1,345 4.7 370
Louisiana......................... 116 882 3.1 395
Michigan.......................... 139 897 3.1 330
Minnesota......................... 131 866 3.0 33
Massachusetts..................... 98 777 2.7 280
Illinois.......................... 209 775 2.7 100
Texas............................. 276 1,449 5.0 329
All Other States.................. 1,344 8,722 30.1 2,095
Non-U.S........................... 38 2,146 7.4 1,082
----- ------- ---- ------
Total................... 3,640 $28,916 100.0% $ 8,263
===== ======= ==== ======
</TABLE>
14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Allocable expenses are shared by the Company and its Parent on a basis
determined principally by estimates of respective usage as stated in an expense
sharing agreement. The agreement is subject to the provisions of the New York
Insurance Law. Amounts included in other assets at December 31, 1995 and 1994
are $3,322,000 and $2,750,000, respectively, for unsettled expense allocations
due from the Parent.
The Company ceded premiums of $13,061,000, $6,609,000 and $14,152,000 to
Tokio Marine for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
The amounts included in prepaid reinsurance premiums at December 31, 1995 and
1994, for reinsurance ceded to Tokio Marine were $33,382,000 and
$29,920,000,respectively. Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses ceded to
Tokio Marine was $323,000 and $86,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.
The Company ceded premiums of $7,522,000, $9,390,000 and $28,389,000 on a
quota share basis to affiliates of U S WEST for the years ended December
31,1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, of which $629,000, $1,838,000 and
$18,360,000, respectively, were ceded to Commercial Reinsurance Company
A-20
<PAGE> 84
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
(Commercial Re) (see Note 15). The amounts included in prepaid reinsurance
premiums for reinsurance ceded to these affiliates were $39,918,000 and
$46,215,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, of which $10,720,000
and $14,382,000, respectively, were ceded to Commercial Re. The amounts of
reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses ceded to these affiliates at December
31, 1995 and 1994 were $55,024,000 and $49,953,000, respectively, of which
$42,918,000 and $39,725,000, respectively, were ceded to Commercial Re. The
Commercial Re reinsurance agreement was subject to, and received, the
non-disapproval of the State of New York Insurance Department due to its nature
as an affiliate transaction. The Company has taken credit for the reinsurance
ceded to Commercial Re.
14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS -- (CONTINUED)
On November 25, 1992, U S WEST executed a $100,000,000 ten-year irrevocable
letter of credit (the LOC) in favor of the Company. To the extent that losses
and loss adjustment expenses incurred by the Company after December 31, 1992,
exceeded by $25,000,000 in the aggregate the case basis reserves, if any,
established as of December 31, 1992, for any insurance policies covered by the
terms of the letter of credit, the Company could draw under the LOC to cover
such excess losses and loss adjustment expenses.
In the second quarter of 1993, the LOC was amended to eliminate the
$25,000,000 deductible and to provide for the reinstatement of the initial
$38,000,000 of drawings thereunder. The LOC could be drawn upon when losses and
loss adjustment expenses paid by the Company on commercial mortgage transactions
exceeded the case basis reserves at December 31, 1992.
In the second quarter of 1993, the Company incurred losses of approximately
$63,000,000 for claims on certain commercial mortgage transactions insured by
the Company. In the third quarter of 1993, the Company increased its general
reserve by $18,400,000 to reflect the potential for loss in the commercial
mortgage portfolio and recorded a reinsurance recoverable due to the protection
against loss provided by the LOC. While these losses were charged to the
Company's results of operations, the Company's capital position was unaffected
since such losses were covered by the LOC, drawings against which have been
accounted for as a capital contribution and a non-cash financing activity, net
of the related tax effect, under generally accepted accounting principles. In
late June and early July 1993, the insured commercial mortgage transactions for
which case basis reserves had been established were refinanced with
Company-insured obligations. In connection with such refinancings, the Company
paid losses of approximately $34,800,000 and U S WEST paid losses of
approximately $63,000,000 through drawings under the LOC. After giving effect to
such drawings, the amount available for future drawing under the LOC was
reinstated to $75,000,000. In December 1993, the Company completed the
Restructuring (see Note 15) and terminated the LOC; therefore, the $18,400,000
reinsurance recoverable, recorded to offset the $18,400,000 increase in the
general reserve at such date, and the related capital contribution ($11,960,000
net of tax) were written off.
15. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND RESTRUCTURING
In the second quarter of 1993, U S WEST announced its intention to divest
itself of its non-telecommunications businesses in order to redeploy its capital
into its telecommunications businesses. U S WEST implemented the initial stage
of the divestiture of its interest in the Parent through the initial public
offering of Parent shares on May 13, 1994.
In December 1993, in anticipation of such initial public offering, the
Parent took certain steps (the Restructuring) to reduce its risk of loss from
commercial mortgage transactions previously insured by the Company. As part of
the Restructuring, in December 1993 U S WEST purchased an additional 3,000,000
shares of the Parent's common stock at $19.68 per share, the GAAP book value per
share as of November 30,
A-21
<PAGE> 85
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
1993, as adjusted for the Restructuring. Pursuant to the Restructuring, (i) the
Company and U S WEST terminated the LOC (see Note 14); (ii) the Company
redeemed, for approximately $78,500,000, shares of their common stock held by
the Parent; (iii) the Parent contributed the proceeds of the stock redemption to
Commercial Re, a newly formed reinsurance company; (iv) the Parent distributed
all of the outstanding shares of Commercial Re to the existing shareholders of
the Parent in proportion to their ownership interests in the Parent at the time;
and (v) the Company paid approximately $103,308,000, less a ceding commission of
approximately $5,370,000, as a premium to Commercial Re to assume approximately
64.4% of the Company's exposure, on a weighted average basis, on commercial
mortgage transactions previously insured by the Company. In addition, the
Company cedes to Commercial Re a percentage of the future installments (less a
ceding commission) on such transactions.
In connection with the Restructuring, in 1993 the Company recognized a
pre-tax loss of approximately $85,409,000 (approximately $55,516,000 after
taxes) due to the amount by which the reinsurance premium paid to Commercial Re
exceeded the carrying amount of the related unearned premium reserve. The tax
benefit of $29,893,000 was paid by U S WEST to the Company at the date of the
Restructuring. The tax-sharing and tax-deconsolidation agreements require the
Company to repay U S WEST the tax benefit relating to the pre-tax loss as it is
utilized by the Company.
16. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The following estimated fair values have been determined by the Company
using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies.
However, considerable judgment is necessary to interpret the data to develop the
estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not
necessarily indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current
market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation
methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
Long-term bonds -- The carrying amount of long-term bonds represents fair
value. The fair value of long-term bonds is based upon quoted market price.
Short-term investments -- The carrying amount is fair value, which
approximates cost due to the short maturity of these instruments.
Cash and cash equivalents, receivable for investments sold and payable for
investments purchased -- The carrying amount approximates fair value because of
the short maturity of these instruments.
Unearned premiums, net of prepaid reinsurance premiums -- The carrying
amount of unearned premiums, net of prepaid reinsurance premiums, represents the
Company's future premium revenue, net of reinsurance, on policies where the
premium was received at the inception of the insurance contract. The fair value
of unearned premiums net of prepaid reinsurance premiums is an estimate of the
premiums that would be paid under a reinsurance agreement with a third party to
transfer the Company's financial guaranty risk, net of that portion of the
premium retained by the Company to compensate it for originating and servicing
the insurance contract.
Installment premiums -- Consistent with industry practice, there is no
carrying amount for installment premiums since the Company will receive premiums
on an installment basis over the term of the insurance contract. Similar to
unearned premiums, the fair value of installment premiums is the estimated
present value of the future contractual premium revenues that would be paid
under a reinsurance agreement with a third party to transfer the Company's
financial guaranty risk, net of that portion of the premium retained by the
Company to compensate it for originating and servicing the insurance contract.
A-22
<PAGE> 86
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
Losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance recoverable on
unpaid losses -- The carrying amount is fair value, which is the present value
of the expected cash flows for specifically identified claims and potential
losses in the Company's insured portfolio.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1995 DECEMBER 31, 1994
------------------------- -----------------------
CARRYING ESTIMATED CARRYING ESTIMATED
AMOUNT FAIR VALUE AMOUNT FAIR VALUE
---------- ---------- -------- ----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Long-term bonds............................ $1,036,382 $1,036,382 $627,026 $ 627,026
Short-term investments..................... 14,568 14,568 88,95 88,951
Cash and cash equivalents.................. 35,832 35,832 16,120 16,120
Receivable for securities sold............. 2,326 2,326 17,592 17,592
Liabilities:
Unearned premiums, net of prepaid
reinsurance premiums.................... 330,349 263,618 212,901 169,954
Losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of
reinsurance recoverable on unpaid
losses.................................. 50,227 50,227 35,639 35,639
Payable for investments purchased.......... 9,516 9,516 56,112 56,112
Off-balance-sheet instruments:
Installment premiums....................... 82,212 68,952
</TABLE>
17. LIABILITY FOR LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES
The Company's liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses consists of
the case basis and general reserves. Activity in the liability for losses and
loss adjustment expenses is summarized as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at January 1......................... $ 91,130 $36,094 $72,430
Less reinsurance recoverable................. 55,491 79 13,750
-------- ------- -------
Net balance at January 1..................... 35,639 36,015 58,680
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses:
Current year............................... 3,000 3,024 2,368
Prior years................................ 3,258
Related to contribution.................... 15,400 18,360
Paid losses and loss adjustment expenses:
Current year............................... (3,397)
Prior years................................ (7,070) (3) (43,393)
-------- ------- -------
Net balance December 31...................... 50,227 35,639 36,015
Plus reinsurance recoverable................. 61,532 55,491 79
-------- ------- -------
Balance at December 31.................. $111,759 $91,130 $36,094
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
In 1992, the Company set up initial case basis reserves on certain
commercial mortgage transactions and established a general reserve. During 1993,
losses of $84,054,000 were incurred, of which $63,699,000 were
A-23
<PAGE> 87
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
incurred in commercial real estate transactions, $63,326,000 of which were paid
directly by U S WEST under the LOC (see Note 14). During 1993, FSA also
increased its general reserve by $20,355,000 primarily in recognition of the
potential for loss in the commercial mortgage portfolio it retained after the
Restructuring (see Note 15). In 1994, the Company increased its general reserve
by $3,024,000 for origination of new business and transferred $16,932,000 of the
general reserve to its case basis reserves for projected losses on certain
transactions, the majority of which are in its discontinued commercial mortgage
portfolio. Giving effect to this transfer, the Company's unallocated general
reserve totaled $20,928,000 at December 31, 1994.
During 1995, the Company increased its general reserve by $6,300,000, of
which $3,000,000 was for originations of new business and $3,300,000 was to
reestablish the general reserve for transfers from general reserves to case
basis reserves. In December 1995, the Company transferred $9,700,000 from its
general reserve to case basis reserves associated predominantly with certain
residential mortgage and timeshare receivables transactions. Also in December
1995, the Company recognized a one-time increase of $15,400,000 to the general
reserve to provide for the insured portfolio it had assumed as a result of the
Contribution in a manner consistent with the Company's reserving methodology.
Prior to the Merger, CGIC did not maintain a general reserve. Giving effect to
all the 1995 events, the unallocated general reserve totaled $31,798,000 at
December 31, 1995.
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses are discounted at
risk-free rates. The amount of discount taken was approximately $15,276,000,
$14,588,000 and $8,963,000 at December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
18. NON-RECURRING CHARGES
As a result of certain events that occurred in the fourth quarter of 1993,
the Company recognized a non-recurring charge of approximately $9,970,000 before
taxes ($6,481,000 after taxes) against 1993 fourth quarter operations. This
charge primarily related to (i) a $2,812,000 write-down to net realizable value
of the Company's interest, received as additional consideration in connection
with an insured transaction, in the residual cash flow of the assets
collateralizing the insured transaction; (ii) the acceleration of the
amortization of deferred general liquidity facility fees of $2,105,000 and legal
fees of $203,000; (iii) a $2,900,000 accrual for salary and related benefits
primarily due to a settlement for terminated employees in the Company's Profit
Participation Plan; and (iv) $1,950,000 primarily relating to the acceleration
of deferred acquisition expenses (net of amortization) as a result of the
non-recurring charges.
A-24
<PAGE> 88
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
1996 1995
---------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Bonds at market value (amortized cost of $1,045,913 and
$1,006,084)...................................................... $1,044,779 $1,036,382
Cash equivalents................................................... 74,315 49,845
---------- ------------
Total investments........................................ 1,119,094 1,086,227
Cash............................................................... 1,876 555
Deferred acquisition costs......................................... 131,404 132,951
Prepaid reinsurance premiums....................................... 139,014 133,548
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses........................... 62,126 61,532
Receivable for securities sold..................................... 2,298 2,326
Other assets....................................................... 76,418 59,499
---------- ------------
TOTAL ASSETS............................................. $1,532,230 $1,476,638
========= ==========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
Unearned premiums.................................................. $ 479,240 $ 463,897
Losses and loss adjustment expenses................................ 114,024 111,759
Deferred federal income taxes...................................... 31,879 43,205
Ceded reinsurance balances payable................................. 13,575 13,664
Payable for securities purchased................................... 70,021 9,516
Accrued expenses and other liabilities............................. 44,314 44,611
---------- ------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES........................................ 753,053 686,652
---------- ------------
Common stock (1,000 shares authorized; 750 shares issued and
outstanding; par value of $20,000 per share)..................... 15,000 15,000
Additional paid-in capital......................................... 681,470 681,470
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments (net of deferred income tax
provision (benefit) of ($397) and $10,604)....................... (737) 19,694
Accumulated earnings............................................... 83,444 73,822
---------- ------------
TOTAL SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY............................... 779,177 789,986
---------- ------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY......................... $1,532,230 $1,476,638
========= ==========
</TABLE>
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
A-25
<PAGE> 89
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
--------------------
1996 1995
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Net premiums written (net of premiums ceded of $18,441 and $7,236).... $ 34,139 $19,557
Increase in unearned premiums......................................... (11,405) (4,342)
Premiums earned (net of premiums ceded of $12,979 and $7,893)......... 22,734 15,215
Net investment income................................................. 15,224 11,918
Net realized gains (losses)........................................... 1,534 (4,801)
Other income.......................................................... 1 177
-------- -------
TOTAL REVENUES................................................ 39,493 22,509
-------- -------
Expenses:
Losses and loss adjustment expenses (net of reinsurance recoveries of
$560 and $999)..................................................... 1,625 1,700
Policy acquisition costs.............................................. 7,655 3,601
Other operating expenses.............................................. 3,660 2,922
-------- -------
TOTAL EXPENSES................................................ 12,940 8,223
-------- -------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES.............................................. 26,553 14,286
Provision for income taxes.............................................. 6,931 3,611
-------- -------
NET INCOME.................................................... $ 19,622 $10,675
======== =======
</TABLE>
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
A-26
<PAGE> 90
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
-----------------------
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Premiums received, net............................................. $ 35,371 $ 15,755
Policy acquisition and other operating expenses paid, net.......... (33,104) (13,084)
Recoverable advances paid.......................................... (8,100) (4,159)
Loss and LAE recovered (paid), net................................. 105 (291)
Net investment income received..................................... 16,613 11,937
Federal income taxes paid.......................................... (1,799)
Interest paid...................................................... (339) (407)
Other, net......................................................... 5,044 (2,054)
--------- ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities.................. 13,791 7,697
--------- ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sales of bonds....................................... 179,715 145,776
Purchases of bonds................................................. (157,486) (31,720)
Purchases of property and equipment................................ (540) (330)
Net decrease in short-term securities.............................. (24,159) (119,805)
--------- ---------
Net cash used for investing activities..................... (2,470) (6,079)
--------- ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid..................................................... (10,000) (4,000)
--------- ---------
Net cash used for financing activities..................... (10,000) (4,000)
--------- ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash...................................... 1,321 (2,382)
Cash at beginning of period.......................................... 555 2,663
--------- ---------
Cash at end of period................................................ $ 1,876 $ 281
========= =========
</TABLE>
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
A-27
<PAGE> 91
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
1. ORGANIZATION AND OWNERSHIP
Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the Company), a wholly owned subsidiary
of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. (the Parent), is an insurance
company domiciled in the State of New York. The Company is primarily engaged in
the business of providing financial guaranty insurance on asset-backed
financings and municipal obligations.
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been
prepared by the Company and are unaudited. In the opinion of management, all
adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to
present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows at
March 31, 1996 and for all periods presented have been made.
Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial
statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
have been condensed or omitted. These statements should be read in conjunction
with the Company's December 31, 1995 consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto. The year-end condensed balance sheet was derived from audited financial
statements, but does not include all disclosures required by generally accepted
accounting principles. The results of operations for the periods ended March 31,
1996 and 1995 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the
full year.
Certain amounts in the 1995 financial statements have been reclassed to
conform to the 1996 presentation.
In the first quarter of 1996, the Company has recharacterized its cash
equivalents as short term investments. The amount of cash equivalents
recharacterized were $22.3 million and $35.3 million, as of March 31, 1996 and
December, 31, 1995, respectively.
3. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
FSA on April 30, 1996, entered into an agreement with a AAA/Aaa rated
international bank for a $125.0 million credit facility which expires on January
31, 2003. This facility is a seven-year stand-by irrevocable limited recourse
line-of-credit which will provide liquidity to FSA in the event claims from
municipal obligations exceed specified limits. Repayment of any amounts drawn
under the line will be limited primarily to the amount of recoveries of losses
related to policy obligations.
A-28
<PAGE> 92
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL DEFINITIONS
Set forth below is a list of certain of the more significant capitalized
terms used in this Prospectus and the pages on which the definitions of such
terms may be found.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----
<S> <C>
Accelerated Principal Distributable Amount............................................ 26
Administrator......................................................................... 38
Administration Agreement.............................................................. 38
Administration Fee.................................................................... 38
Advance............................................................................... 44
Aggregate Scheduled Balance........................................................... 26
Aggregate Scheduled Balance Decline................................................... 26
APR................................................................................... 13
Bank.................................................................................. 3
Business Day.......................................................................... 4
Calculation Day....................................................................... 29
Cede.................................................................................. 21
Certificate Balance................................................................... 6
Certificate Distributable Amount...................................................... 26
Certificate Distribution Account...................................................... 24
Certificate Final Distribution Date................................................... 5
Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall.............................................. 26
Certificate Interest Distributable Amount............................................. 26
Certificate Percentage................................................................ 26
Certificate Policy.................................................................... 1,4
Certificate Pool Factor............................................................... 17
Certificate Principal Carryover Shortfall............................................. 26
Certificate Principal Distributable Amount............................................ 26
Certificate Quarterly Interest Distributable Amount................................... 27
Certificate Quarterly Principal Distributable Amount.................................. 27
Certificateholders.................................................................... 18
Certificates.......................................................................... 1,3
Charge-Off Percentage................................................................. 29
Class A-1 Final Distribution Date..................................................... 5
Class A-1 Notes....................................................................... 1,3
Class A-1 Rate........................................................................ 5
Class A-2 Final Distribution Date..................................................... 5
Class A-2 Notes....................................................................... 1,3
Class A-2 Rate........................................................................ 5
Class A-3 Final Distribution Date..................................................... 5
Class A-3 Notes....................................................................... 1,3
Class A-3 Rate........................................................................ 5
Class A-4 Final Distribution Date..................................................... 5
Class A-4 Notes....................................................................... 1,3
Class A-4 Rate........................................................................ 5
Closing Date.......................................................................... 6
Code.................................................................................. 52
Collection Account.................................................................... 24
Commission............................................................................ 2
Contracts............................................................................. 1,4
Cut-Off Date.......................................................................... 4
Cut-Off Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance.............................................. 7
Defaulted Contract.................................................................... 27
</TABLE>
B-1
<PAGE> 93
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----
<S> <C>
Delinquency Percentage................................................................ 30
Determination Date.................................................................... 24
Distribution Accounts................................................................. 24
Distribution Date..................................................................... 4
Distribution Date Statement........................................................... 24
DTC................................................................................... 1
Due Date.............................................................................. 28
Due Period............................................................................ 27
Eligible Investments.................................................................. 24
ERISA................................................................................. 9,58
Event of Default...................................................................... 18
Excess Amounts........................................................................ 8,25
Exchange Act.......................................................................... 21
Final Distribution Dates.............................................................. 5
Financed Vehicles..................................................................... 4
Financial Security.................................................................... 1,3
Funded Amount......................................................................... 30
Guaranteed Distributions.............................................................. 40
Holding Account....................................................................... 24
Indenture............................................................................. 3
Indenture Trustee..................................................................... 3
Indirect Participants................................................................. 21
Insolvency Event...................................................................... 33
Insurance Agreement................................................................... 8
Insurer Default....................................................................... 19
Interest Period....................................................................... 5
Interest Rates........................................................................ 5
Liquidated Contracts.................................................................. 27
Liquidation Expenses.................................................................. 23
Master Servicer....................................................................... 1,3
Minimum Funded Amount................................................................. 30
Money Market Notes.................................................................... 3
Monthly P&I........................................................................... 28
Moody's............................................................................... 1,9
Net Collections....................................................................... 23
Net Insurance Proceeds................................................................ 23
Net Liquidation Proceeds.............................................................. 23
Nonrecoverable Advance................................................................ 44
Note Distributable Amount............................................................. 27
Note Distribution Account............................................................. 24
Note Final Distribution Date.......................................................... 5
Note Interest Carryover Shortfall..................................................... 27
Note Interest Distributable Amount.................................................... 27
Note Percentage....................................................................... 27
Note Policy........................................................................... 1,4
</TABLE>
B-2
<PAGE> 94
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----
<S> <C>
Note Pool Factor...................................................................... 17
Note Principal Carryover Shortfall.................................................... 28
Note Principal Distributable Amount................................................... 28
Note Quarterly Interest Distributable Amount.......................................... 28
Note Quarterly Principal Distributable Amount......................................... 28
Noteholders........................................................................... 18
Notes................................................................................. 1,3
Obligors.............................................................................. 4
Optional Purchase..................................................................... 9
Original Certificate Balance.......................................................... 6
Overcollateralization Amount.......................................................... 30
Owner Trustee......................................................................... 4
Participants.......................................................................... 21
Pass-Through Rate..................................................................... 6
Paying Agent.......................................................................... 6
Policies.............................................................................. 1,4
Principal Distributable Amount........................................................ 28
Rating Agency......................................................................... 1,9
Record Date........................................................................... 4
Reinvestment Contract................................................................. 24
Repurchase Amount..................................................................... 45
Rule of 78's.............. Contract that provides for the payment by the Obligor of a
specified total amount of payments, payable in equal
monthly installments, which total represents the principal
amount financed plus add-on interest in an amount of 78's,
the amount of a payment allocable to interest on a
Contract is determined by multiplying the total amount of
add-on interest payable over the term of the Contract by a
fraction derived as described below. The fraction used in
the calculation of add-on interest earned each month under
a Rule of 78's Contract has as its denominator a number
equal to the sum of a series of numbers representing the
number of each monthly payment due under the Contract. For
example, with a Contract providing for 12 payments, the
denominator of each month's fraction will be 78, the sum
of a series of numbers from 1 to 12. The numerator of the
fraction for a given month is the number of payments
remaining before giving effect to the payment to which the
fraction is being applied. Accordingly, in the example of
a twelve payment Contract, the fraction for the first
payment is 12/78, for the second payment 11/78, for the
third payment 10/78, and so on through the final payment,
for which the fraction is 1/78. The applicable fraction is
then multiplied by the total add-on interest payment over
the entire term of the Contract, and the resulting amount
is the amount of add-on interest earned that month. The
difference between the amount of the monthly payment by
the Obligor and the amount of earned add-on interest
calculated for the month is applied to principal
reduction. Under the law of Texas, a similar procedure is
permitted for calculating the amount of add-on interest
earned, except the fraction is derived by using the sum of
the monthly payments rather than the sum of the number of
months (the "sum of the balances"). As a Contract using
either the Rule of 78's or the sum of the balances method
to compute interest earned is payable in equal monthly
payments, the mathematical result is substantially
identical under either system. Accordingly, for purposes
of convenience, the term "Rule of 78's" is used herein in
referring to Contracts with add-on interest regardless of
which system is used to calculated interest earned.
S&P................................................................................... 1,9
Sale and Servicing Agreement.......................................................... 4
</TABLE>
B-3
<PAGE> 95
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----
<S> <C>
Scheduled Balance..................................................................... 28
Scheduled Payments.................................................................... 40
Securities............................................................................ 1,3
Seller................................................................................ 1,3
Servicer Default...................................................................... 33
Servicing Fee......................................................................... 46
Servicing Fee Percent................................................................. 46
Simple Interest Contract .. A Contract as to which interest is calculated each day on
the basis of the actual principal balance of such
Contract on such day.
Specified Spread Account Balance...................................................... 29
Spread Account........................................................................ 8
Spread Account Initial Deposit........................................................ 8
Statement to Securityholders.......................................................... 31
Subservicer........................................................................... 44
Trust................................................................................. 1,3
Trust Agreement....................................................................... 3
Trust Insolvency...................................................................... 19
Trust Fees and Expenses............................................................... 17
Trust Property........................................................................ 4
Trustees.............................................................................. 4
UCC....................................................................................21,46
Underwriter........................................................................... 59
Unreimbursed Insurer Amounts.......................................................... 25
WFS................................................................................... 1,3
WII.....................................................................................3,51
</TABLE>
B-4
<PAGE> 96
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS, OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, IN CONNECTION
WITH THE OFFERING MADE HEREBY, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE SELLER,
THE UNDERWRITER OR ANY OTHER PERSON. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN
THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO OR SOLICITATION OF ANY PERSON IN ANY
JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION.
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY OFFER OR SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION SET
FORTH HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
Available Information.................. 2
Reports to Securityholders............. 2
Summary of Prospectus.................. 3
Formation of the Trust................. 11
The Contracts Pool..................... 12
Delinquency and Loan Loss
Information.......................... 16
Pool Factors and Trading Information... 17
Use of Proceeds........................ 17
The Notes.............................. 17
The Certificates....................... 19
Certain Information Regarding the
Securities........................... 21
The Policies........................... 40
Financial Security Assurance Inc....... 42
The Master Servicer.................... 43
Certain Legal Aspects of the
Contracts............................ 46
The Seller............................. 50
WFS.................................... 50
WII.................................... 51
The Bank............................... 51
Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences......................... 52
Certain California Income Tax
Consequences......................... 57
ERISA Considerations................... 58
Underwriting........................... 59
Ratings of the Securities.............. 59
Legal Matters.......................... 60
Experts................................ 60
Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements........................... 61
Report of Independent Accountants...... A-1
Index of Principal Definitions......... B-1
- ---------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
$525,000,000
WFS FINANCIAL
1996-B OWNER TRUST
$
% MONEY MARKET
AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED
NOTES, CLASS A-1
$
% AUTO RECEIVABLE
BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
$
% AUTO RECEIVABLE
BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
$
% AUTO RECEIVABLE
BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4
$
% AUTO RECEIVABLE
BACKED CERTIFICATES
--------------------
PROSPECTUS
--------------------
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
, 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 97
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
Expenses in connection with the offering of the Securities being registered
hereby are estimated as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Registration Fee................................................... $90,000
Printing and Engraving............................................. *
Trustees' Fees..................................................... *
Accounting Fees.................................................... *
Legal Fees and Expenses............................................ *
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses......................................... *
Rating Agency Fees................................................. *
Miscellaneous Fees................................................. *
-------
Total.................................................... $ *
=======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* To be supplied by amendment.
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Section 317(b) of the California Corporations Code (the "Corporations
Code") provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any "proceeding" (as defined in
Section 317(a) of the Corporations Code), other than an action by or in the
right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the
fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of
the corporation (collectively, an "Agent"), against expenses, judgments, fines,
settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection
with such proceeding if the Agent acted in good faith and in a manner the Agent
reasonably believed to be in the best interest of the corporation and, in the
case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct
was unlawful.
Section 317(c) of the Corporations Code provides that a corporation shall
have power to indemnify any Agent who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right
of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that
such person is or was an Agent, against expenses actually and reasonably
incurred by the Agent in connection with the defense or settlement of such
action if the Agent acted in good faith and in a manner such Agent believed to
be in the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders.
Section 317(c) further provides that no indemnification may be made
thereunder for any of the following: (i) in respect of any matter as to which an
Agent shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless the court
in which such proceeding is or was pending shall determine that such Agent is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses, (ii) of amounts paid
in settling or otherwise disposing of a pending action without court approval
and (iii) of expenses incurred in defending a pending action which is settled or
otherwise disposed of without court approval.
Section 317(d) of the Corporations Code requires that an Agent be
indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred to the extent the
Agent has been successful on the merits in the defense of proceedings referred
to in subdivisions (b) or (c) of Section 317.
Except as provided in Section 317(d), and pursuant to Section 317(e),
indemnification under Section 317 shall be made by the corporation only if
specifically authorized and upon a determination that indemnification is proper
in the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of
conduct, by any of the following: (i) a majority vote of a quorum consisting of
directors who are not parties to the proceeding, (ii) if such a quorum of
directors is not obtainable, by independent legal counsel in a written
II-1
<PAGE> 98
opinion, (iii) approval of the shareholders, provided that any shares owned by
the Agent may not vote thereon, or (iv) the court in which such proceeding is or
was pending.
Pursuant to Section 317(f) of the Corporations Code, the corporation may
advance expenses incurred in defending any proceeding upon receipt of an
undertaking by the Agent to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined
that the Agent is not entitled to be indemnified.
Section 317(h) provides, with certain exceptions, that no indemnification
shall be made under Section 317 where it appears that it would be inconsistent
with a provision of the corporation's articles, bylaws, a shareholder resolution
or an agreement which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification, or where it
would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in
approving a settlement.
Section 317(i) authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of an Agent for liabilities arising by reason of the Agent's status,
whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the Agent
against such liability under the provisions of Section 317.
Registrant's Bylaws (the "Bylaws") provide for the indemnification of
officers and directors of the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by the
Corporations Code, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements, and other
amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding
arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer or director
of the Registrant, and further provides for the advance to such officer or
director of expenses incurred by such officer or director in any such proceeding
to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Bylaws also provide that
Registrant's Board of Directors may provide for the indemnification of, or
advancement of expenses to, other Agents. Registrant's Articles of Incorporation
provide that the liability of directors of the Registrant shall be eliminated to
the fullest extent permissible under California law, but contain no specific
provisions with respect to the indemnification of, or advancement of expenses
to, Agents.
Reference is also made to Section 7 of the Underwriting Agreement among
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, the Registrant and WFS (see
Exhibit 1.1), which provides for indemnification of the Registrant under certain
circumstances.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
Not applicable.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
A. EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc.
3.2 Bylaws of WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc.
4.1 Form of Trust Agreement among WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc., as Seller,
Westcorp Investments, Inc., Financial Security Assurance Inc. and The Chase
Manhattan Bank (USA), as Owner Trustee (including form of Certificates)
4.2 Form of Indenture among WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust, Financial Security
Assurance Inc. and Bankers Trust Company, as Indenture Trustee (including
forms of Notes)
5.1 Opinion of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP with respect to legality*
8.1 Opinion of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP with respect to tax matters*
10.1 Form of Reinvestment Contract
10.2 Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement*
10.3 Form of Insurance Agreement
10.4 Form of Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy (Notes)
</TABLE>
II-2
<PAGE> 99
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
10.5 Form of Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy (Certificates)
10.6 Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.7 Form of Administration Agreement among WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust,
Western Financial Savings Bank, F.S.B., and Bankers Trust Company, as
Indenture Trustee
23.1 Consent of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP (included as part of Exhibit
5.1)*
23.2 Consent of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP (included as part of Exhibit
8.1)*
23.3 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P.*
24.1 Power of Attorney (see Page II-4)
25.1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Indenture Trustee
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* To be supplied by amendment.
B. FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Not applicable.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows:
(a) To provide to the Underwriter at the closing date specified in the
Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the Underwriter to provide prompt delivery to
each purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors, officers
and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the
opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of such Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
(c) For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the
information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Act will be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(d) For purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each
post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed
to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to
be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-3
<PAGE> 100
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irvine
and State of California, on the 11th day of June, 1996.
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.,
as originator of
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
By: /s/ JAMES R. DOWLAN
-------------------------------------
James R. Dowlan
President
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints
Joy Schaefer, James R. Dowlan and Harriet Burns Feller and each of them, his or
her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of
substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and
all capacities to sign and to file any and all amendments, including
post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, granting to said attorney-in-fact full power and
authority to perform any other act on behalf of the undersigned required to be
done in connection therewith.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by
the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- --------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ JAMES R. DOWLAN President and Chief Executive June 11, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- Officer, Director (Principal
James R. Dowlan Executive Officer)
/s/ LEE A. WHATCOTT Chief Financial Officer June 11, 1996
- --------------------------------------------- (Principal Financial and
Lee A. Whatcott Accounting Officer)
/s/ W. LEE THYER Director June 11, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
W. Lee Thyer
/s/ JOY SCHAEFER Director June 11, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Joy Schaefer
* Director June 11, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
James R. May
* Director June 11, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------
Jeffrey B. Davis
By: /s/ JAMES R. DOWLAN
- ---------------------------------------------
James R. Dowlan
Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE> 101
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
NUMBERED
EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----
<C> <S> <C>
1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.............................................
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc.................
3.2 Bylaws of WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc....................................
4.1 Form of Trust Agreement among WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc., as Seller,
Westcorp Investments, Inc., Financial Security Assurance Inc. and The Chase
Manhattan Bank (USA), as Owner Trustee (including form of Certificates)....
4.2 Form of Indenture among WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust, Financial
Security Assurance Inc. and Bankers Trust Company, as Indenture Trustee
(including forms of Notes).................................................
5.1 Opinion of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP with respect to legality*......
8.1 Opinion of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP with respect to tax matters*...
10.1 Form of Reinvestment Contract..............................................
10.2 Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement*......................................
10.3 Form of Insurance Agreement................................................
10.4 Form of Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy (Notes)........................
10.5 Form of Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy (Certificates).................
10.6 Form of Indemnification Agreement..........................................
10.7 Form of Administration Agreement among WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust,
Western Financial Savings Bank, F.S.B., and Bankers Trust Company, as
Indenture Trustee..........................................................
23.1 Consent of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP (included as part of Exhibit
5.1)*......................................................................
23.2 Consent of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP (included as part of Exhibit
8.1)*......................................................................
23.3 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P.*......................................
24.1 Power of Attorney (see Page II-4)..........................................
25.1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Indenture Trustee............
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* To be supplied by amendment.
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 1.1
Brown & Wood
Draft of
6/10/96
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
---------------
_____% MONEY MARKET AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1
---------------
_____% AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
---------------
_____% AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
---------------
_____% AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4
---------------
_____% AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED CERTIFICATES
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC., SELLER
WFS FINANCIAL INC, MASTER SERVICER
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
June __, 1996
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
277 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10172
Dear Sirs:
WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc., a California corporation (the
"Company"), proposes to sell to you as provided in Section 2 hereof $__________
aggregate principal amount of _____% Money Market Auto Receivable Backed Notes,
Class A-1 (the "Class A-1 Notes"), $__________ aggregate principal amount of
_____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A- 2 (the "Class A-2 Notes"),
$__________ aggregate principal amount of _____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes,
Class A-3 (the "Class A-3 Notes"), $__________ aggregate principal amount of
_____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-4 (the "Class A-4 Notes" and,
together with the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class A-3 Notes,
<PAGE> 2
the "Notes") and $__________ aggregate principal amount of _____% Auto
Receivable Backed Certificates (the "Certificates" and, together with the Notes,
the "Securities"). The Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of
June 1, 1996 (the "Indenture"), among the WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust (the
"Trust") and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"). Each
Note will represent an obligation of the Trust. The Trust will be created and
the Certificates will be issued pursuant to a trust agreement dated as of June
1, 1996 (the "Trust Agreement"), among the Company, Westcorp Investments, Inc.
("WII"), Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("Financial Security") and The Chase
Manhattan Bank (USA), as Owner Trustee. Each Certificate will evidence a
fractional undivided interest in the Trust. Financial Security will issue a
financial guaranty insurance policy for the exclusive benefit of the Notes (the
"Note Policy") and a financial guaranty insurance policy for the exclusive
benefit of the Certificates (the "Certificate Policy" and, together with the
Note Policy, the "Policies").
The assets of the Trust will include, among other things, (i) a pool of
retail installment sale contracts and installment loans (the "Contracts")
secured by new and used automobiles and light-duty trucks financed thereby (the
"Financed Vehicles"), (ii) certain monies due under the Contracts on and after
May 31, 1996, (iii) security interests in the Financed Vehicles, (iv) the
Policies, (v) amounts on deposit in certain accounts and (vi) certain rights
under the sale and servicing agreement dated as of June 1, 1996 (the "Sale and
Servicing Agreement"), among the Trust, the Company and WFS Financial Inc
("WFS"), as Master Servicer. Pursuant to the Indenture, the Trust property will
be held by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the holders of the Notes. Pursuant
to the administration agreement dated as of June 1, 1996 (the "Administration
Agreement"), among the Company, WII, WFS, as administrator (in such capacity,
the "Administrator"), the Trust and the Indenture Trustee, the Administrator
will perform certain administrative obligations under the Indenture. Capitalized
terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings
ascribed thereto in the Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as the
case may be. The Securities are more fully described in a Registration Statement
(as such term is defined in Section 1 hereof) which the Company has furnished to
you.
1. Registration Statement and Prospectuses. The Company has prepared
and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") in
accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the
"Act"), a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-99422), including a
form of prospectus, relating to the Securities, which may be amended. The
registration statement, as amended at the time when it becomes effective,
including all information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration
statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A(b) under the Act,
and including the exhibits thereto, is hereinafter referred to as the
"Registration Statement" and the form of prospectus relating to the Securities,
as first filed with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule
424(b) under the Act, or (if no such filing is required) as included in the
Registration Statement, is hereinafter referred to as the "Prospectus".
2
<PAGE> 3
2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase. The Company agrees to sell to you,
and upon the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements of the
Company and WFS herein contained and subject to all the terms and conditions of
this Agreement you agree to purchase from the Company, on the Closing Date
referred to in Section 4 hereof, the Securities at a purchase price of, in the
case of (i) the Class A-1 Notes, __________% of the principal amount thereof;
(ii) the Class A-2 Notes, __________% of the principal amount thereof; (iii) the
Class A-3 Notes, __________% of the principal amount thereof; (iv) the Class A-4
Notes, __________% of the principal amount thereof; (v) the Class A-5 Notes,
__________% of the principal amount thereof; and (vi) the Certificates,
__________% of the principal amount thereof, in each case plus accrued interest
at the related Interest Rate or the Pass-Through Rate, as the case may be, from
__________, 1996 to but not including the Closing Date.
3. Terms of Public Offering. The Company is advised by you that you
propose (i) to make a public offering of the Securities as soon after the
effective date of the Registration Statement as in your judgment is advisable
and (ii) initially to offer each Class of Notes and the Certificates upon the
terms set forth in the Prospectus.
4. Delivery and Payment. Delivery of the Securities shall be made at
your office at 277 Park Avenue - 9th Floor, New York, New York 10172 at 10:00
A.M., New York City time, on June __, 1996 (such time and date are referred to
herein as the "Closing Date"). Payment for the Securities shall be made at the
offices of Western Financial Savings Bank, F.S.B (the "Bank"), 23 Pasteur Road,
Irvine, California 92718. The Closing Date and the location of the delivery of
and payment for the Securities may be varied by agreement between you and the
Company.
Each Class of Notes and the Certificates will be initially represented
by one or more certificates in definitive form registered in the name of Cede &
Co., the nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") (the "DTC
Certificates"). The certificates evidencing the DTC Certificates shall be made
available to you for inspection not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time,
on the business day immediately preceding the Closing Date. The Securities shall
be delivered to you on the Closing Date for your account against payment of the
purchase price therefor by either (i) certified or official bank check or checks
payable in New York Clearing House (next day) funds to the order of the Company
or (ii) wire transfer (same day funds), as you and the Company shall agree.
Pursuant to Rule 15c6-1(d) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "Exchange Act"), the parties hereto have agreed that the Closing
Date will be not less than five business days following the date hereof.
5. Agreements of the Company. The Company agrees with you:
(a) To use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to
become effective at the earliest possible time.
3
<PAGE> 4
(b) To advise you promptly and, if requested by you, to confirm such
advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective and
when any post-effective amendment to it becomes effective, (ii) of any request
by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or
supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the
issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement or of the suspension of qualification of any of the
Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any
proceeding for either such purpose, and (iv) of the happening of any event
during the period referred to in paragraph (e) below which, in the judgment of
the Company, makes the Registration Statement or the Prospectus contain an
untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not
misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Company will make every
reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the
earliest possible time.
(c) To furnish to you two signed copies of the Registration Statement
as first filed with the Commission and of each amendment to it, including all
exhibits, and to furnish to you such number of conformed copies of the
Registration Statement as so filed and of each amendment to it, without
exhibits, as you may reasonably request.
(d) Not to file any amendment or supplement to the Registration
Statement, whether before or after the time when it becomes effective, or to
make any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus of which you shall not
previously have been advised or to which you shall reasonably object and to
prepare and file with the Commission promptly upon your request, any amendment
to the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus which may be
necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of any of the
Securities by you, and to use our best efforts to cause the same to become
promptly effective.
(e) Promptly after the Registration Statement becomes effective, and
from time to time thereafter for such period as in the opinion of your counsel a
prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by you or
a dealer, to furnish to you and each dealer as many copies of the Prospectus
(and of each amendment or supplement to the Prospectus) as you or such dealer
may reasonably request.
(f) If during the period specified in Section 5(e) hereof any event
shall occur as a result of which, in the opinion of the Company or your counsel
it becomes necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is
delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if it is necessary to amend or
supplement the Prospectus to comply with any law, forthwith to prepare and file
with the Commission an appropriate amendment or supplement to the Prospectus so
that the statements in the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, will not,
in the light of the circumstances when it is so delivered, be misleading, or so
that the Prospectus will comply with law, and to furnish to you and to such
dealers as you shall specify, such number of copies thereof as you or such
dealers may reasonably request.
4
<PAGE> 5
(g) Prior to any public offering of the Securities, to cooperate with
you and your counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the
Securities for offer and sale by you and by dealers under the securities or Blue
Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request, to continue such
qualification in effect so long as reasonably required for distribution of the
Securities and to file such consents to service of process or other documents as
may be necessary in order to effect such registration or qualification; provided
that the Company shall not be required to register or qualify as a foreign
corporation or to take any action which would subject it to service of process
in suits, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the offer and
sale of the Securities, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.
(h) As soon as practicable, but not later than 16 months after the
"effective date" of the Registration Statement, to cause the Trust to make
generally available to holders of the Securities an earnings statement of the
Trust covering a 12 month period beginning not later than the first day of the
Trust's fiscal quarter next following the "effective date" of the Registration
Statement. Such statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the
Act.
(i) So long as any of the Securities remain outstanding, promptly to
furnish to you (i) the annual statements of compliance, annual independent
certified public accountants' reports and annual opinions of counsel furnished
to the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, as soon as such statements,
reports and opinions are furnished to the Indenture Trustee or the Owner
Trustee, (ii) all documents of the Company or the Trust required to be
distributed to Securityholders or filed with the Commission pursuant to the
Exchange Act or any order of the Commission thereunder and (iii) such other
information concerning the Company, the Trust or WFS as you may reasonably
request.
(j) To pay all costs, expenses, fees and taxes incident to (i) the
preparation, printing, filing and distribution under the Act of the Registration
Statement as first filed (including all financial statements and exhibits), each
preliminary prospectus and all amendments and supplements to any of them prior
to or during the period specified in Section 5(e) hereof, (ii) the printing and
delivery of the Prospectus and all amendments or supplements to it during the
period specified in paragraph (e), (iii) the reproducing and delivery of this
Agreement, any dealer agreement, Preliminary and Supplemental Blue Sky
Memoranda, legal investment memoranda and all other agreements, memoranda,
correspondence and other documents printed and delivered in connection with the
offering of the Securities (including in each case the disbursements of your
counsel relating to such reproducing and delivery), (iv) the registration or
qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue
Sky laws of the jurisdictions referenced in Section 5(g) hereof (including in
each case the fees and disbursements of your counsel relating to such
registration or qualification and memoranda relating thereto), (v) any filings
and clearance with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in
connection with the public offering of any of the Securities, (vi) any fees paid
to rating agencies in connection with the
5
<PAGE> 6
rating of the Securities, and (vii) the performance by the Company of its other
obligations under this Agreement.
(k) To use its best efforts to do and perform all things required or
necessary to be done and performed under this Agreement by the Company prior to
the Closing Date and to satisfy all conditions precedent to the delivery of the
Securities. To the extent, if any, that the ratings provided with respect to the
Securities by any Rating Agency (as such term is defined in Section 8(m) hereof)
that initially rates the Securities is conditional upon the furnishing of
documents or the taking of any other actions by the Company, the Company shall
furnish such documents and take such other actions.
(l) If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to any of the
provisions hereof (otherwise than by notice given by you pursuant to Section 9
hereof) or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its
obligations hereunder, to reimburse you for all out-of-pocket expenses
(including the fees and expenses of your counsel) reasonably incurred by you in
connection herewith.
(m) To apply the net proceeds from the offering in the manner set forth
under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus.
6. Representations and Warranties of the Company and WFS.
(a) The Company represents and warrants to you that:
(i) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the Registration
Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or
filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, complied, when so filed, in
all material respects with the Act, and the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus fully comply, and any supplements or amendments thereto
will fully comply, in all material respects with the provisions of the
Act, and the Registration Statement and the Prospectus at all times
will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, except that the
representations and warranties in this subparagraph shall not apply to
statements or omissions in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
or any preliminary prospectus made in reliance upon information
furnished to the Company in writing by you expressly for use therein or
to that part of the Registration Statement which shall constitute the
Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of the Indenture Trustee on
Form T-1 (the "Form T-1") under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (the "1939 Act").
(ii) The Securities conform to the description thereof contained
in the Prospectus and are duly and validly authorized and (i) when the
Certificates have been executed, authenticated and delivered in
accordance with the Trust Agreement and delivered to and paid for by
you as provided herein, will be entitled to the benefits and security
afforded by the Trust Agreement and will constitute legal, valid and
binding
6
<PAGE> 7
obligations of the Trust enforceable in accordance with their terms and
the terms of the Trust Agreement, and (ii) when the Notes have been
executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the Indenture
and delivered to and paid for by you as provided herein, will be
entitled to the benefits and security afforded by the Indenture and
will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Trust
enforceable in accordance with their terms and the terms of the
Indenture, in each case subject to applicable bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to
general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is
sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
(iii) The execution and delivery by the Company of the
Administration Agreement, the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the indemnification agreement dated as
of June 1, 1996 (the "Indemnification Agreement"), among the Company,
WFS, Financial Security and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation, the insurance, indemnity and pledge agreement dated as of
June 1, 1996 (the "Insurance Agreement" and, together with the
Administration Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement, the Indenture,
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement, the "Basic
Documents"), among the Trust, the Company, WFS, WII, Financial Security
and the Indenture Trustee, and this Agreement are within the corporate
power of the Company and have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action on the part of the Company; and neither the issuance
and sale of the Securities to you, nor the execution and delivery by
the Company of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which it is a
party, nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein
and therein contemplated, nor compliance by the Company with the
provisions hereof or thereof, will conflict with or result in a breach
of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under,
the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or any
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to
which the Company is now a party or by which it is bound, or any order
of any court or government agency or authority entered in any
proceeding to which the Company was or is now a party or by which it is
bound.
(iv) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly
existing in good standing under the laws of the State of California and
is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in
good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character
of its properties or the nature of its activities makes such
qualification necessary, except such jurisdictions, if any, in which
the failure to be so qualified will not have a material adverse effect
on either the business or properties of the Company; the Company holds
all material licenses, certificates and permits from all governmental
authorities necessary for the conduct of its business as described in
the Prospectus; and the Company has the corporate power and authority
to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the
Prospectus.
7
<PAGE> 8
(v) Each of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which the
Company is a party, when executed and delivered as contemplated
thereby, will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
Company and will constitute, when so executed and delivered, a legal,
valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Company in
accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally, subject to general principles of equity
(regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity
or at law) and, in the case of this Agreement and the Indemnification
Agreement, except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder and
thereunder may be limited by applicable law; each of the Basic
Documents conforms to the description thereof contained in the
Prospectus; and the Indenture has been duly qualified under the 1939
Act.
(vi) At the Closing Date, the Company will have good and
marketable title to the Contracts listed in Schedule A to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, free and clear of any lien, mortgage, pledge,
charge, security interest or other encumbrance (subject to the security
interest afforded to Financial Security under the Insurance Agreement);
and the Company's assignment and delivery of the Contract Documents to
the Trust will vest in the Trust the full legal title purported to be
conveyed thereby (subject to the security interest afforded to
Financial Security under the Insurance Agreement).
(vii) The Trust's assignment of the Trust Estate to the Indenture
Trustee pursuant to the Indenture will vest in the Indenture Trustee,
for the benefit of the Noteholders, a first priority perfected security
interest therein, subject to no prior lien, mortgage, pledge, charge,
security interest or other encumbrance, except that such security
interest will be subject to the security interest afforded to Financial
Security under the Insurance Agreement.
(viii) The representations and warranties made by the Company in
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and in the Officers' Certificate of
the Company delivered pursuant to the Basic Documents to which the
Company is a party will be true and correct at the Closing Date.
(ix) Since March 31, 1996, there has been no material adverse
change or development involving a prospective material adverse change
in or affecting particularly the condition, financial or otherwise, of
the Company, or the earnings, affairs or business prospects of the
Company whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business,
except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus.
(b) WFS represents and warrants to you that the representations and
warranties of the Company set forth in paragraph (a) above are true and correct,
and to the further effect that:
8
<PAGE> 9
(i) WFS has been duly incorporated and is validly existing in good
standing under the laws of the State of California and is duly
qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good
standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of its
properties or the nature of its activities makes such qualification
necessary, except such jurisdictions, if any, in which the failure to
be so qualified will not have a material adverse effect on either the
business or properties of WFS; WFS holds all material licenses,
certificates and permits from all governmental authorities necessary
for the conduct of its business as described in the Prospectus; and WFS
has the corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct
its business as described in the Prospectus.
(ii) The execution and delivery by WFS of this Agreement and the
Basic Documents to which it is a party are within the corporate power
of WFS and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the
part of WFS; and neither the execution and delivery by WFS of this
Agreement and the Basic Documents to which it is a party, nor the
consummation by WFS of the transactions herein and therein
contemplated, nor compliance by WFS with the provisions hereof and
thereof, will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms
or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the articles of
incorporation or bylaws of WFS or any indenture, mortgage, deed of
trust or other agreement or instrument to which WFS is now a party or
by which it is bound, or any order of any court or government agency or
authority entered in any proceeding to which WFS was or is now a party
or by which it is bound.
(iii) Each of this Agreement and each Basic Document to which WFS
is a party has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by WFS and
constitutes a valid and binding agreement of WFS, enforceable against
WFS in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally, subject to general principles of equity
(regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity
or at law) and, in the case of this Agreement and the Indemnification
Agreement, except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder and
thereunder may be limited by applicable law.
(iv) The Contracts transferred to the Company from WFS on the
Closing Date were free and clear of all liens (including tax liens),
mortgages, pledges, charges, security interests and other encumbrances
at the time of such transfer (subject to the security interest afforded
to Financial Security under the Insurance Agreement).
(v) WFS has the power and authority to own its properties, to
conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to enter into
and perform its obligations under each of the Basic Documents to which
it is a party.
(vi) Since March 31, 1996, there has been no adverse change or
development involving a prospective adverse change in or affecting
particularly the
9
<PAGE> 10
condition, financial or otherwise, of WFS, or the earnings, affairs or
business prospects of WFS whether or not arising in the ordinary course
of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus.
7. Indemnification.
(a) The Company and WFS jointly and severally agree to indemnify and
hold harmless you and each person, if any, who controls you within the meaning
of Section 15 of the Act, or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against
any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments caused by any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus (if used within the period set forth in
Section 5(e) hereof and as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have
furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus,
or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
judgments are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue
statement or omission based upon information furnished in writing to the Company
by you expressly for use therein.
(b) In case any action shall be brought against you or any person
controlling you, based upon any preliminary prospectus, the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto and with
respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or WFS, you shall
promptly notify the Company or WFS in writing and the Company and WFS shall
assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel and payment of
all fees and expenses. You or any such controlling person shall have the right
to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense
thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at your expense or
such controlling person's expense unless (i) the employment of such counsel has
been specifically authorized in writing by the Company and WFS, (ii) the Company
and WFS have failed to assume the defense and employ counsel or (iii) the named
parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both you or
such controlling person and the Company or WFS, as the case may be, and you or
such controlling person shall have been advised by such counsel that there may
be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or
additional to those available to the Company or WFS, as the case may be (in
which case the Company and WFS shall not have the right to assume the defense of
such action on behalf of you or such controlling person, it being understood,
however, that the Company and WFS shall not, in connection with any one such
action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same
jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be
liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of
attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for you and controlling persons,
which firm shall be designated in writing by you and that all such fees and
expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred). The Company and WFS shall
not be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without the written
consent of the Company and WFS but, if settled with the written consent of the
Company and WFS, the Company and WFS agree that each person so consenting agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless you and any such controlling person from and
against any loss
10
<PAGE> 11
or liability by reason of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without
the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any
pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or
could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such
indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of
such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter
of such proceeding.
(c) You agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, WFS, their
directors, their officers who sign the Registration Statement and any person
controlling the Company and WFS to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity
from the Company and WFS to you but only with reference to information relating
to you furnished in writing by you expressly for use in the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus. In case any action
shall be brought against the Company, any of its directors, any such officer or
any such controlling person based on the Registration Statement, the Prospectus
or any preliminary prospectus and in respect of which indemnity may be sought
against you, you shall have the rights and duties given to the Company or WFS
(except that if the Company or WFS shall have assumed the defense thereof you
shall not be required to do so, but may employ separate counsel therein and
participate in the defense thereof but the fees and expenses of such counsel
shall be at your expense), and the Company, its directors, any such officers,
any such controlling person and WFS shall have the rights and duties given to
you by Section 7(b) hereof.
(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable
to an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or judgments referred to therein, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of
indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities and judgments (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
the relative benefits received by the Company and WFS on the one hand and you on
the other hand from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation
provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred
to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and WFS and
you in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and WFS
and you shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds
from the offering of the Securities (before deducting expenses) received by the
Company and WFS, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received
by you, bear to the total price to the public of the Securities, in each case as
set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault
of the Company and WFS and you shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Company, WFS or you and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
11
<PAGE> 12
The Company, WFS and you agree that it would not be just and equitable
if contribution pursuant to Section 7(d) were determined by pro rata allocation
or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The
amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set
forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified
party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, you shall not be required to
contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which
the Securities underwritten by you and distributed to the public was offered to
the public exceeds the amount of any damages which you have otherwise been
required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within
the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from
any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
8. Conditions. Your obligations to purchase the Securities under this
Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:
(a) All the representations and warranties of the Company and WFS
contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the Closing Date with
the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date.
(b) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later
than 6:30 P.M., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement or at such
later date and time as you may approve in writing, and at the Closing Date no
stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have
been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been commenced or
shall be pending before or contemplated by the Commission.
(c) Since March 31, 1996, there shall not have been any material
adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse
change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, affairs or
business prospects, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business,
of the Company or WFS. On the Closing Date, you shall have received (i) a
certificate dated the Closing Date, signed by the President or a Vice President
of the Company, confirming the matters set forth in paragraphs (a) (as to the
Company's representations and warranties only), (b) and (c) of this Section 8
(as to the Company only), and (ii) a certificate dated the Closing Date, signed
by the President or a Vice President of WFS, confirming the matters set forth in
paragraphs (a) and (c) of this Section. Such officers may in each certificate
rely upon the best of their information and belief as to proceedings
contemplated.
(d) You shall have received the opinion of Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp
LLP, counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date and satisfactory to your
counsel, to the effect that:
12
<PAGE> 13
(i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of California, with
corporate power and authority to own its properties, to conduct its
business as described in the Prospectus and to enter into and perform
its obligations under this Agreement and each of the Basic Documents to
which it is a party, and is duly qualified and in good standing as a
foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the location of its
properties or the character of its operations makes such qualification
necessary, except such jurisdictions, if any, in which the failure to
be so qualified will not have a material adverse effect on either the
business or properties of the Company.
(ii) The statements in the Prospectus set forth under the captions
"Summary of Prospectus", "The Notes", "The Certificates", "The
Contracts Pool" and "Certain Information Regarding the Securities",
insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of
the Notes, the Certificates or the Basic Documents, provide a fair
summary of such provisions, and the statements in the Prospectus under
the captions "Summary of Prospectus--Tax Status", "--ERISA
Considerations", "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts", "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences", "Certain California Income Tax
Consequences" and "ERISA Considerations", to the extent such statements
constitute matters of law or legal conclusions with respect thereto,
have been prepared or reviewed by such counsel and are correct in all
material respects.
(iii) For federal income tax purposes, the Notes will be
considered debt, the Trust will not be an association taxable as a
corporation and the Trust will not be a publicly traded partnership
taxable as a corporation. The trust fund created by the Trust Agreement
will not, for California income tax purposes, be classified as an
association taxable as a corporation, and Certificateholders and
Noteholders who are not residents of or otherwise subject to tax in
California will not, solely by reason of their acquisition of an
interest in any Class of Notes or the Certificates, be subject to
California income, franchise, excise or similar taxes with respect to
interest on any Class of Notes or the Certificates or with respect to
any of the other Trust property.
(iv) Each of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement has
been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
(v) Each Basic Document (other than the Indemnification Agreement)
to which the Company is a party has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution
and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitutes the valid, legal
and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company,
in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws now or
hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
generally, and except that no opinion is expressed as to the
availability of remedies of specific performance, injunction or other
forms of equitable relief, all of which may be subject to certain tests
of equity jurisdiction, equitable defenses and the discretion of the
court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
13
<PAGE> 14
(vi) Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of
each Basic Document to which the Trust is a party by the Owner Trustee,
on behalf of the Trust, and by each other party thereto (other than the
Company) each such Basic Document constitutes the valid, legal and
binding obligation of the Trust enforceable against the Trust in
accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws now or
hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
generally, and except that no opinion is expressed as to the
availability of remedies of specific performance, injunction or other
forms of equitable relief, all of which may be subject to certain tests
of equity jurisdiction, equitable defenses and the discretion of the
court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
(vii) The Certificates, when executed and authenticated in
accordance with the Trust Agreement and delivered and paid for pursuant
to this Agreement, will be validly issued and outstanding and entitled
to the benefits of the Trust Agreement.
(viii) The Notes, when executed and authenticated in accordance
with the Indenture and delivered and paid for pursuant to this
Agreement, will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will
constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Trust, entitled
to the benefits of the Indenture, and enforceable in accordance with
their terms and the terms of the Indenture (subject to the security
interest afforded to Financial Security under the Insurance Agreement),
subject, with respect to each of the Indenture and the Notes, to
applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, and except that no
opinion is expressed as to the availability of remedies of specific
performance, injunction or other forms of equitable relief, all of
which may be subject to certain tests of equity jurisdiction, equitable
defenses and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding
therefor may be brought.
(ix) As to each security interest in a Financed Vehicle created by
a Contract, no filing or other action is necessary to perfect or
continue the perfected status of such security interest as against
creditors of or transferees from the obligor under such Contract, so
long as such Financed Vehicle is not removed from the State of
California for a period longer than four months, or before the end of
such four-month period, WFS perfects such security interest under
applicable law; provided that (A) no opinion is rendered as to a
security interest in a Financed Vehicle as to which neither a properly
endorsed certificate of title naming WFS or an affiliate or predecessor
of WFS as legal owner nor an application for an original registration
together with an application for registration of WFS or an affiliate or
predecessor of WFS as legal owner, has been deposited with the
California Department of Motor Vehicles, and (B) no opinion is given as
to the enforceability of the security interest in a Financed Vehicle as
against a subsequent owner of a Financed Vehicle or a holder or
assignee of a certificate of title relating to such Financed Vehicle
through fraudulent or negligent transfer of such certificate of title.
14
<PAGE> 15
(x) The Sale and Servicing Agreement, together with the filing
referred to in this subsection creates and perfects the ownership
interest of the Trust in the Contracts which is a valid first priority
ownership interest (subject to the security interest afforded to
Financial Security under the Insurance Agreement); a financing
statement with respect to the Contracts has been filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of California pursuant to the
California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended, and with the Secretary
of State of the State of Delaware, pursuant to the Delaware Uniform
Commercial Code, as amended; and no other filings in any jurisdiction
or any other actions are necessary to perfect the ownership interest of
the Trustee in the Contracts against any third parties.
(xi) The Indenture constitutes a grant by the Trust to the
Indenture Trustee of a valid security interest in the Contracts, the
security interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the Contracts, and
the proceeds of each of the foregoing (subject to the security interest
afforded to Financial Security under the Insurance Agreement), which
security interest has been perfected by the filing of financing
statements with the Secretary of State of the State of California and
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, each as pursuant to
the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such state. No filing or
other action, other than the filing of the financing statements
referred to above, is necessary to perfect and maintain the interest or
the security interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Contracts, the
security interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the Contracts and
the proceeds of each of the foregoing against third parties (subject to
the security interest afforded to Financial Security under the
Insurance Agreement).
(xii) The Company's assignment and delivery of the Contracts to
the Trust will vest in the Trust all of the Company's right, title and
interest therein, subject to no prior lien, mortgage, security
interest, pledge, adverse claim, charge or other encumbrance, except
that such security interest will be subject to subject to the security
interest afforded to Financial Security under the Insurance Agreement.
(xiii) The Trust's assignment of the Contracts to the Indenture
Trustee pursuant to the Indenture will vest in the Indenture Trustee,
for the benefit of the Noteholders, a first priority perfected security
interest therein, subject to no prior lien, mortgage, security
interest, pledge adverse claim, charge or other encumbrance.
(xiv) The Registration Statement has become effective under the
Act, and, to the best of the knowledge of such counsel, no stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been
issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are
pending or contemplated.
(xv) No order, consent or other authorization or approval of any
court, public board or governmental body is legally required for the
performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement or
any of the Basic Documents to which the Company is a party, except such
as have been obtained under the Act, such as may be
15
<PAGE> 16
required under the Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with
the purchase and distribution of the Securities by you, such as have
been obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision and such other
approvals (specified in such opinion) as have been obtained.
(xvi) Neither the consummation of the transactions contemplated in
this Agreement or any Basic Document to which the Company is a party,
nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with,
result in a breach of, or constitute a default under the articles of
incorporation or bylaws of the Company or the terms of (A) any
indenture or other agreement or instrument known to such counsel and to
which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or is bound, or
(B) any judgment, order or decree known to such counsel to be
applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court,
regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator
having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries,
except, in the case of clauses (A) and (B), for defaults, breaches or
violations that do not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse
affect on the Company.
(xvii) To the best knowledge of such counsel, there is no legal or
governmental proceeding pending or threatened to which the Trust or the
Company is, or is threatened to be, a party or of which the business or
property of the Trust or the Company is, or is threatened to be, the
subject that is material to the business or financial condition of the
Trust or the Company and is not disclosed in the Prospectus.
(xviii) There is no contract or other document known to such
counsel of a character required to be described in the Prospectus or to
be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that is not
described or filed as required.
(xix) Neither the Trust nor the Company is an "investment company"
and neither is "controlled" by an "investment company", as such terms
are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(xx) The Company has obtained all material licenses, permits and
other governmental authorizations which are necessary to the conduct of
its business; such licenses, permits and other governmental
authorizations are in full force and effect, and the Company is in all
material respects complying therewith; and the Company is otherwise in
compliance with all laws, rules, regulations and statutes of any
jurisdiction to which it is subject, except where non-compliance would
not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
(xxi) Except as to the financial statements and other financial
and statistical data included therein, as to which such counsel need
not express any opinion, such counsel (A) is of the opinion the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any supplements or
amendments thereto (except for the financial statements and other
financial or statistical data included therein and the Form T-1) comply
as to form in all
16
<PAGE> 17
material respects with the Act and the 1939 Act and (B) believes that
the Registration Statement (except for the financial statements and
other financial or statistical data included therein, the information
regarding Financial Security included therein and the Form T-1), at the
time the Registration Statement became effective, did not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading and the Prospectus (except for the financial
statements and other financial or statistical data included therein and
the information regarding Financial Security included therein) at the
date hereof and at the Closing Date did not and does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact and did not and does not omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading.
(xxii) The Indenture has been duly qualified under the 1939 Act
and the Trust Agreement is not required to be qualified under the 1939
Act.
(e) You shall have received the opinion of Harriet Burns Feller, Esq.,
General Counsel of WFS, General Counsel of the Bank and General Counsel of WII,
dated the Closing Date and satisfactory to your counsel, to the effect that:
(i) Each of WFS and WII has been duly incorporated and is
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
California, with corporate power and authority to own its properties,
to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to enter
into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each of the
Basic Documents to which it is a party, and is duly qualified and in
good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which
the location of its properties or the character of its operations makes
such qualification necessary, except such jurisdictions, if any, in
which the failure to be so qualified will not have a material adverse
effect on either the business or properties of WFS or WII, as the case
may be.
(ii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by WFS.
(iii) Each Basic Document to which each of WFS or WII is a party
has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by WFS or WII, as the
case may be, and each Basic Document other than the Indemnification
Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of WFS or
WII, as the case may be, enforceable against WFS or WII, as the case
may be, in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof
may be subject to or limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization
or other laws, provisions or principles now or hereafter in effect
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally except that no
opinion is expressed as to the availability of remedies of specific
performance, injunction or other forms of equitable relief, all of
which may be subject to certain tests of equity jurisdiction, equitable
defenses and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding
therefor may be brought.
17
<PAGE> 18
(iv) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or
governmental agency or body is required for the performance by each of
WFS or WII of its respective obligations under this Agreement and any
of the Basic Documents to which it is a party, except such as have been
obtained.
(v) Neither the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and each of the Basic Documents to which
WFS or WII is a party nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or
thereof will conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a
default under, the respective articles of incorporation or bylaws of
WFS or WII, as the case may be, or the terms of (A) any indenture or
other agreement or instrument known to such counsel and to which WFS or
WII, as the case may be, or any of its subsidiaries is a party or is
bound or (B) any judgment, order or decree known to such counsel to be
applicable to WFS or any of its subsidiaries or WII, as the case may
be, of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental
body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over WFS or any of its
subsidiaries or WII, as the case may be, except, in the case of clauses
(A) and (B), for defaults, breaches or violations that do not, in the
aggregate, have an adverse material effect on WFS or WII, as the case
may be.
(vi) To the best knowledge of such counsel, there is no legal or
governmental proceeding pending or threatened to which WFS or WII, as
the case may be, is, or is threatened to be, a party or of which its
business or property is, or is threatened to be, the subject that would
have a material adverse effect on the ability of WFS or WII, as the
case may be, to perform its obligations under any of the Basic
Documents to which it is a party.
(vii) Each of WFS and WII has obtained all material licenses,
permits and other governmental authorizations which are necessary to
the conduct of its business; such licenses, permits and other
governmental authorizations are in full force and effect, and is in all
material respects complying therewith; and each of WFS and WII is
otherwise in compliance with all laws, rules, regulations and statutes
of any jurisdiction to which it is subject, except where non-compliance
would not have a material adverse effect on WFS or WII, as the case may
be.
(viii) The Bank has been duly organized and is validly existing
and in good standing as a Federal association pursuant to the laws of
the United States of America, with the authority within its charter to
own its properties, to conduct its business as described in the
Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under the
Reinvestment Contract dated as of June 1, 1996, between the Bank and
the Indenture Trustee and that certain Sale and Assignment dated June
1, 1996, from the Bank to WFS of the Contracts (collectively, the "Bank
Agreements").
(ix) Each of the Bank Agreements has been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by the Bank and constitutes a legal, valid and
binding instrument enforceable against the Bank in accordance with its
terms, except as enforceability thereof may be
18
<PAGE> 19
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws,
provisions or principles now or hereafter in effect affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally or the rights of creditors
of savings and loan associations the accounts of which are insured by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and except that no opinion is
expressed as to the availability of remedies of specific performance,
injunction or other forms of equitable relief, all of which may be
subject to certain tests of equity jurisdiction, equitable defenses and
the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be
brought.
(x) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or
governmental agency or body is required for the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by the Bank Agreements except such as have
been obtained under the Act and such as have been obtained from the
Office of Thrift Supervision.
(xi) Neither the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by the Bank Agreements, nor the fulfillment of the terms
thereof, will conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a
default under the Charter or bylaws of the Bank or (i) the terms of any
indenture or other agreement or instrument known to the undersigned to
be applicable to the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) any
judgment, order or decree known to the undersigned to be applicable to
the Bank or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator having
jurisdiction over the Bank or any of its subsidiaries, except in the
case of clauses (i) and (ii), for defaults, breaches or violations that
do not in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Bank.
(xii) The Bank is in compliance with all applicable state and
federal laws regarding its continued operation, including those
pertaining to the origination of the Contracts, other than those laws
the Bank's non-compliance with which would not materially affect its
ability to perform its obligations under the Bank Agreements or, in the
case of the origination of the Contracts, would not cause the Contracts
to be unenforceable.
(f) You shall have received from Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp LLP,
counsel for the Company, a letter dated the Closing Date to the effect that you
may rely upon each opinion rendered by such counsel to either Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. in connection with the
rating of any of the Securities, as if each such opinion were addressed to you.
(g) You shall have received the opinion of Bruce E. Stern, Esq.,
General Counsel for Financial Security, dated the Closing Date and satisfactory
to your counsel.
(h) You shall have received the opinion addressed to you and to WFS
from Richards, Layton & Finger, counsel to the Owner Trustee, dated the Closing
Date and satisfactory in form and substance to your counsel and to counsel to
the Company, to the effect that:
19
<PAGE> 20
(i) The Owner Trustee has been duly incorporated and is validly
existing as a banking corporation in good standing under the laws of
the State of Delaware.
(ii) The Owner Trustee has full corporate trustee power and
authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the Trust
Agreement and, on behalf of the Trust, under the Indenture, the Sale
and Servicing Agreement and the Administration Agreement.
(iii) The execution and delivery of the Trust Agreement and, on
behalf of the Trust, of the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Certificates and the Notes
and the performance by the Owner Trustee of its obligations under the
Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and
the Administration Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action of the Owner Trustee and each has been duly executed
and delivered by the Owner Trustee.
(iv) The Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
Indenture and the Administration Agreement constitute valid and binding
agreements of the Owner Trustee, enforceable against the Owner Trustee
in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement of remedies,
(A) to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, generally,
and (B) to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
(v) The execution and delivery by the Owner Trustee of the Trust
Agreement and, on behalf of the Trustee, of the Indenture, the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and the Administration Agreement do not require any
consent, approval or authorization of, or any registration or filing
with, any Delaware or United Sates Federal governmental authority
having jurisdiction over the trust power of the Owner Trustee, other
than those consents, approvals or authorizations as have been obtained
and the filing of the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State
of the State of Delaware.
(vi) The Notes have been duly authorized, executed and issued by
the Trust.
(vii) The Certificates have been duly authorized, executed and
issued by the Trust.
(viii) The execution and delivery by the Owner Trustee of the
Trust Agreement and, on behalf of the Trust, the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Indenture and the Administration Agreement, and the
performance by the Owner Trustee of its obligations thereunder do not
conflict with, result in a breach or violation of or constitute a
default under, the Articles of Association or By-laws of the Owner
Trustee.
20
<PAGE> 21
(i) You shall have received an opinion addressed to you and to WFS,
dated as of the Closing Date, of Richards, Layton & Finger, special Delaware
counsel to the Trust, in form and substance satisfactory to your counsel and
counsel to WFS, to the effect that:
(i) The Trust has been duly formed and is validly existing as a
business trust pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware, 12 Del.
C. Section 3801, et seq..
(ii) The Trust Agreement authorizes the Trust to execute and
deliver the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the
Administration Agreement, to issue the Certificates and Notes and to
grant the trust estate to the Indenture Trustee as security for the
Notes.
(iii) Assuming that the Certificates have been duly authorized,
executed and issued by the Trust, when delivered to the Underwriter and
paid for by the Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement, the
Certificates have been validly issued and are entitled to the benefits
of the Trust Agreement.
(iv) Except for the timely filing in the future of continuation
statements with respect to the financing statements, no other filing is
required in the State of Delaware in order to make effective the lien
of the Indenture. Insofar as the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code, 6
Del. C. Section 9-101 et seq. (the "UCC"), applies (without regard to
conflict of laws principles) and, assuming that the security interests
in that portion of the trust estate that consists of general
intangibles, accounts or chattel paper, as defined under the UCC, have
been duly created and have attached, the Indenture Trustee has a
perfected security interest in such general intangibles, accounts or
chattel paper and, assuming that the UCC search accurately lists all
the financing statements filed naming the Trust as debtor and
describing any portion of the trust estate consisting of such general
intangibles, accounts or chattel paper, the security interest of the
Indenture Trustee will be prior to the security interest of all other
creditors, except that such security interest will be subject to the
security interest afforded to Financial Security under the Insurance
Agreement, and excluding purchase money security interest under Section
9-312 (4) of the UCC, and temporarily perfected security interest
pursuant to Section 9-306 (3) of the UCC (as to the priority of
temporarily unrecorded security interests in proceeds), subject to
customary and usual exceptions.
(v) No creditor of the Seller or any Certificateholder shall have
any right to obtain possession or, or otherwise legal or equitable
remedies with respect to, the property of the Trust.
(vi) Assuming that the Sale and Servicing Agreement conveys good
title to the Trust Property referred to therein to the Trust as a true
sale and not as a security arrangement, the Trust rather than the
Seller is the owner of the Trust Property.
21
<PAGE> 22
(j) You shall have received an opinion addressed to you and to WFS from
White & Case, counsel to the Indenture Trustee, dated the Closing Date and
satisfactory in form and substance to you and your counsel, and to WFS and its
counsel, to the effect that:
(i) The Indenture Trustee has been duly incorporated and is
validly existing as a banking corporation under the laws of the State
of New York.
(ii) The Indenture Trustee, at the time of its execution and
delivery of the Indenture, had full power and authority to execute and
deliver the Indenture and has full power and authority to perform its
obligations thereunder.
(iii) The Indenture has been duly and validly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Indenture Trustee and, assuming due authorization,
execution and delivery thereof by the Trustee, constitutes the valid
and binding obligation of the Indenture Trustee enforceable against the
Indenture Trustee in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement
thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws relating
to or affecting creditors' rights or by general principles of equity.
(iv) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, there are no
actions, proceedings or investigations pending or threatened against or
affecting the Indenture Trustee before or by any court, arbitrator,
administrative agency or other governmental authority which, if
adversely decided, would materially and adversely affect the ability of
the Indenture Trustee to carry out the transactions contemplated in the
Indenture.
(v) No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration,
declaration or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body of
the United States of America or any state thereof was or is required
for the execution, delivery or performance by the Indenture Trustee of
the Indenture.
(k) You shall have received the opinion of Brown & Wood, your counsel,
dated the Closing Date, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Notes, the
Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other related matters as you may
reasonably require, and the Company and WFS shall have furnished to such counsel
such documents as they may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them
to pass upon such matters.
(l) You shall have received letters in form and substance satisfactory
to you, addressed to you and dated the date hereof and the Closing Date from
Ernst & Young, independent public accountants for the Company, substantially in
the forms heretofore approved by you.
(m) At the Closing Date each Class of Notes and the Certificates shall
have been rated in the highest category by at least one nationally recognized
rating agency without regard to the benefit afforded the Notes under the Note
Policy and such ratings shall be in full force and effect and subsequent to the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date, there
shall not have been any downgrading, nor any notice given by any
22
<PAGE> 23
"nationally recognized statistical rating organization," as such term is defined
for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act (a "Rating Agency"), to the public
or the Company of any intended or potential downgrading or of a possible change
that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating
accorded any of the Company's securities by any Rating Agency.
(n) You shall have received the Indemnification Agreement executed by
all parties thereto.
(o) You shall have received an opinion from special Nevada counsel to
the Company, dated the Closing Date and satisfactory to your counsel, to the
effect that the Contracts originated in Nevada are enforceable and comply with
applicable federal and state consumer protection laws.
9. Effective Date of Agreement and Termination. This Agreement shall
become effective upon the later of (i) execution of this Agreement and (ii)
receipt of notification of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement by
the Company or you.
This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date
by you by written notice to the Company if any of the following has occurred:
(i) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, any adverse change or development
involving a prospective adverse change in or affecting particularly the
condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company or WFS or the earnings,
affairs or business prospects of the Company or WFS, whether or not arising in
the ordinary course of business, which would, in your reasonable judgment, make
the offering or delivery of any Class of Notes or the Certificates
impracticable, (ii) any outbreak of hostilities or other national or
international calamity or crisis or material change in economic conditions, if
the effect of such outbreak, calamity, crisis or change on the financial markets
of the United States or elsewhere would, in your reasonable judgment, make the
offering or delivery of any Class of Notes or the Certificates impracticable,
(iii) suspension of trading in securities on the New York Stock Exchange or the
American Stock Exchange or limitation on prices (other than limitations on hours
or numbers of days of trading) for securities on any such Exchange, (iv) the
enactment, publication, decree or other promulgation of any federal or state
statute, regulation, rule or order of any court or other governmental authority
which in your reasonable opinion materially and adversely affects, or will
materially and adversely affect, the business or operations of the Company, (v)
declaration of a banking moratorium by either federal or New York State
authorities or (vi) the taking of any action by any federal, state or local
government or agency in respect of its monetary or fiscal affairs which in your
reasonable opinion has a material adverse effect on the financial markets in the
United States.
10. Miscellaneous. Notices given pursuant to any provision of this
Agreement shall be addressed as follows: (i) if to the Company, to Harriet Burns
Feller, Esq. at her office at 23 Pasteur Road, Irvine, California 92718, (ii) if
to WFS, to Harriet Burns Feller, Esq. at her office at 23 Pasteur Road, Irvine,
California 92718 or (iii) if to you, at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation at 277 Park Avenue - 9th Floor, New York, New York 10172,
23
<PAGE> 24
Attention: Investment Banking Department, or in any case to such other address
as the person to be notified may have requested in writing.
The respective indemnities, contribution agreements, representations,
warranties and other statements of WFS, the Company, their respective officers
and directors and of you set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall
remain operative and in full force and effect, and will survive delivery of and
payment for the Securities, regardless of (i) any investigation, or statement as
to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of you or by or on behalf of the
Company, its officers or directors or any controlling person of the Company or
WFS, (ii) acceptance of the Securities and payment for them hereunder and (iii)
termination of this Agreement.
If this Agreement shall be terminated by you because of any failure or
refusal on the part of the Company or WFS to comply with the terms or to fulfill
any of the conditions of this Agreement, or pursuant to any other provision
hereof (other than by notice given to the Company with respect to clauses (ii)
through (vi) of Section 9 hereof), the Company and WFS agree to reimburse you
for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel)
reasonably incurred by you.
Except as otherwise provided, this Agreement has been and is made
solely for the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company and WFS, you,
any controlling persons referred to herein and their respective successors and
assigns, all as and to the extent provided in this Agreement, and no other
person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. The
term "successors and assigns" shall not include a purchaser of any of the
Securities from you merely because of such purchase.
This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York.
This Agreement may be signed in various counterparts which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.
24
<PAGE> 25
Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement
among the Company, WFS and you.
Very truly yours,
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.
By:
----------------------------------------
Name: James R. Dowlan
Title: President
WFS FINANCIAL INC
By:
----------------------------------------
Name: Joy Schaefer
Title: President
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
By:
------------------------------
Name: Alan H. Mentle
Title: Vice President
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 3.1
RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
WESTERN FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.
-----------------------------------------------
James R. Dowlan and Joan C. Van Winkle certify that:
They are the President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of
Western Financial Auto Loans, Inc., a California corporation (the
"Corporation").
The Articles of Incorporation of this Corporation (the "Articles") are
hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
"FIRST: The name of this Corporation is
WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc.
SECOND: (a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the purpose of
this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a
corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of
California other than the banking business, the trust company business
or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the
California Corporations Code.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, the purposes of this
Corporation are limited to the following (and activities incidental to
and necessary to accomplish the same): to act as originator of one or
more series of grantor or owner trusts ("Trusts") owning retail
installment sales contracts and installment loans secured by new and
used automobiles and light-duty trucks.
THIRD: The Corporation is authorized to issue only one class
of shares of stock, which shall be common stock; and the total number
of shares that this Corporation is authorized to issue shall be Ten
Thousand (10,000).
FOURTH: Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles
of Incorporation and any provision of law, the Corporation shall not do
any of the following:
(a) Without the unanimous affirmative vote of the members of
the Board of Directors of the Corporation (which must include the vote
of all duly appointed Independent Directors (as hereafter defined), (i)
dissolve or liquidate pursuant to Corporations Code Section 1900(b), in
whole or in part, or institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt
or insolvent, (ii) consent to the institution of bankruptcy or
insolvency proceedings against it, (iii) file a petition seeking or
consenting to reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or
state law relating to bankruptcy, (iv) consent to the appointment of a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
1
<PAGE> 2
sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Corporation or any
substantial part of its property, (v) make a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors, (vi) admit in writing its inability to pay its
debts as they become due, or (vii) take any corporate action in
furtherance of the actions set forth in clauses (i) through (vi) of
this paragraph, provided, however, that no director may be required by
any shareholder of the Corporation to consent to the institution of
bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Corporation so long as
it is solvent; or
(b) Without the unanimous affirmative vote of the members of
the Board of Directors of the Corporation, merge or consolidate with
any other corporation, company or entity;
(c) So long as any outstanding debt of the Corporation or the
securities issued by any Trust of which the Corporation is the
originiator are rated by any nationally recognized statistical rating
organization, the Corporation shall not issue notes or otherwise incur
debt unless (i) the Corporation has made a written request to the
related nationally recognized statistical rating organization to issue
notes or incur borrowings which notes or borrowings are rated by the
related nationally recognized statistical rating organization the same
as or higher than the rating afforded such rated debt or securities, or
(ii) such notes or borrowings (A) are fully subordinated (and shall
provide for payment only after payment in respect of all outstanding
rated debt or securities) or are nonrecourse against any assets of the
Corporation other than the assets pledged to secure such notes or
borrowings, (B) do not constitute a claim against the Corporation in
the event such assets are insufficient to pay such notes or borrowings,
and (C) where such notes or borrowings are secured by the rated debt or
securities, are fully subordinated (and provide for payment only after
payment in respect of all outstanding rated debt and securities) to
such rated debt and securities; or
(d) Engage in any business except as permitted under Article
SECOND of these Articles of Incorporation.
FIFTH: The Corporation shall at all times, except as noted
hereafter, have at least two directors (each an "Independent Director")
who is not (i) a director, officer or employee of any affiliate of the
Corporation; (ii) a person related to any officer or director of any
affiliate of the Corporation; (iii) a holder (directly or indirectly of
more than 10% of any voting securities of any affiliate of the
Corporation; or (iv) a person related to a holder (directly or
indirectly) of more than 10% of any voting securities of any affiliate
of the Corporation. In the event of the death, incapacity, resignation
or removal of all Independent Directors, the Board of Directors of the
Corporation shall promptly appoint an Independent Director for each
Independent Director whose death, incapacity, resignation or removal
caused the related vacancy on the Board of Directors; provided,
however, that the Board of Directors shall not vote on any matter
unless and until at least two Independent Directors have been duly
appointed to serve on the Board of Directors.
SIXTH: The Corporation shall at all times, except as noted
hereafter, have at least one executive officer (an "Independent
Officer") who is not (i) a director,
2
<PAGE> 3
officer or employee of any affiliate of the Corporation; (ii) a person
related to any officer or director of any affiliate of the Corporation;
(iii) a holder (directly or indirectly) of more than 10% of any voting
securities of any affiliate of the Corporation; or (iv) a person
related to a holder (directly or indirectly) of more than 10% of any
voting securities of any affiliate of the Corporation. In the event of
the death, incapacity, resignation or removal of the Independent
Officer, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall promptly
appoint an Independent Officer for the Independent Officer whose death,
incapacity, resignation or removal caused the related vacancy.
SEVENTH: The Corporation shall insure at all times that (a) it
maintains separate corporate records and books of account from those of
Western Financial Savings Bank, F.S.B. (the "Bank") and its affiliates,
and (b) none of the Corporation's assets will be commingled with those
of the Bank or any of their affiliates.
EIGHTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter,
change or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in any
manner now or hereafter provided herein or by statute; and, all rights,
preferences and privileges onferred by these Articles upon
shareholders, directors or any other person are granted subject to such
right; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not amend, alter,
change or repeal any provision of Articles SECOND and FOURTH through
EIGHTH (the "Restricted Articles") without the unanimous vote of the
full Board of Directors and provided, further, that the Corporation
shall not amend or change any Article so as to be inconsistent with the
Restricted Articles.
NINTH: The liability of the Directors of the Corporation for
monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible
under California law.
TENTH: This Corporation is authorized to provide
indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the California
Corporations Code) through bylaw provisions, agreements with agents,
vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess
of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the
California Corporations Code, subject only to the applicable limits set
forth in Section 204 of the California Corporations Code with respect
to actions for breach of duty to the corporation and its shareholders."
The foregoing amendment and restatement of the Articles of
Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation.
The foregoing amendment and restatement of the Articles of
Incorporation has been duly approved by the required vote of the shareholders of
the Corporation in accordance with Section 902 of the California Corporations
Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote
with respect to the amendment and restatement of the Articles of Incorporation
is 1000. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment and restatement
of the Articles of Incorporation equaled or exceeded the vote required. The
percentage vote required to approve the amendment and restatement of the
Articles of Incorporation was 50.1%.
3
<PAGE> 4
We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State
of California that the matters set forth in this Certificate are true of our own
knowledge.
Executed at Irvine, California on May ___, 1996.
------------------------------------------
James R. Dowlan, President
------------------------------------------
Joan C. Van Winkle, Assistant Secretary
4
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 3.2
RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Principal Executive Office
Section 1.01. The corporation shall have its principal executive office
in Irvine, California, and may have offices at such other places, both within
and without the State of California, as the Board of Directors may from time to
time designate.
Different or Additional Offices
Section 1.02. The Board of Directors may from time to time change the
location of the principal executive office or remove or establish branches or
subordinate offices as the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS
Place of Meetings
Section 2.01. All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the
principal executive office of the corporation in the State of California, or at
any other place, within or without this State, as may be designated for that
purpose from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Time of Annual Meeting
Section 2.02. All meetings of shareholders for the election of
directors shall be held in Irvine, California, at such place as may be fixed
from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either
within or without the State of California as shall be designated from time to
time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Annual
meetings of shareholders shall be held on the Third Monday of June if not a
legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following at
10:00 a.m., or at such other date and time as shall be designated from time to
time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which
they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors and transact such
other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
Notice of Shareholders' Meetings
Section 2.03. Written notice of all meetings of shareholders, stating
the place, day, and hour of the meeting and a description of the general nature
of each matter intended to be presented for shareholder action at the meeting,
shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat not less than ten
nor more than 60 days before the date thereof. The notice of any
1
<PAGE> 2
meeting at which directors are to be elected shall also include the names of
nominees intended to be presented for election by management. Notice of
adjourned meetings is not necessary if the time and place thereof are announced
at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken unless (a) the meeting is
adjourned for more than 45 days or (b) after the adjournment, a new record date
for the adjourned meeting is fixed.
Special Meetings
Section 2.04. Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or
purposes whatsoever may be called at any time by the President, by the Board of
Directors, or by one or more of the shareholders entitled to cast not less than
ten percent of the votes at the meeting.
Quorum
Section 2.05. The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote constitutes a quorum for the transaction
of business.
Voting
Section 2.06. Only persons in whose names shares appear on the stock
records of the corporation at the close of business on the business day next
preceding either the day on which notice of the meeting is given or, if notice
is waived, the day on which the meeting is held shall be entitled to vote at the
meeting, unless some other day is fixed by the Board of Directors for the
determination of shareholders of record. Any record date so fixed shall be not
more than 60 days nor less than ten days prior to the date of the meeting. Each
shareholder is entitled to one vote for each share held by him on the record
date, except that for the election of directors each shareholder shall be
entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected
multiplied by the number of shares which he is entitled to vote, provided that
no shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes unless the name of the
candidate (or candidates) for whom the votes would be cast has been placed in
nomination prior to the voting and any shareholder has given notice at the
meeting, prior to the voting, of his intention to cumulate his votes. Voting for
the election of directors may be by voice unless any shareholder demands a
ballot vote before the voting begins.
Proxies
Section 2.07. Every person entitled to vote shares may do so by written
proxy executed by the person or his agent and filed with the Secretary of the
corporation.
Consent of Absentees
Section 2.08. No defect in the call or notice of a meeting of
shareholders shall affect the validity of any action taken at the meeting if a
quorum was present and each shareholder not present at the meeting in person or
by proxy signs a written waiver of notice, a consent to the holding of the
meeting, or an approval of the minutes, either before or after the meeting. All
such waivers, consents, or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records
or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
2
<PAGE> 3
Action Without Meeting
Section 2.09. Action may be taken by the shareholders, without a
meeting, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed
by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of
votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting.
Except as provided in section 3.04 hereof, directors may not be elected by
written consent except by unanimous written consent. Unless the consents of all
shareholders entitled to vote have been solicited, notice of any approval or
action taken pursuant to this section shall be given in accordance with section
603(b) of the Corporations Code of the State of California (the "Corporations
Code").
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Powers
Section 3.01. All corporate powers of the corporation shall be
exercised by, or under authority of, and the business and affairs of the
corporation shall be controlled by, the Board of Directors, subject, however, to
such limitations as are imposed by law, the articles of incorporation, or these
bylaws, as to actions to be authorized or approved by the shareholders. The
Board of Directors may, by contract or otherwise, give general, limited, or
special power and authority to the officers, employees, or agents of the
corporation to transact the general business, or any special business, of the
corporation, and may give powers of attorney to agents of the corporation to
transact any special business requiring such authorization.
Number of Directors
Section 3.02. The authorized number of directors of this corporation
shall be five until changed by an amendment to the articles of incorporation or
by a bylaw amending this section, subject to the limitations of section 212(a)
of Corporations Code, duly adopted by the vote of the holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares entitled to vote.
Qualification-Independent Director; Election; Term
Section 3.03.
(1) Of the authorized number of directors provided in Section
3.02 herein, the corporation shall at all times, except as noted hereafter, have
at least two directors (each an "Independent Director") who is not (i) a
director, officer or employee of any affiliate of the corporations; (ii) a
person related to any officer or director of any affiliate of the corporation;
(iii) a holder (directly or indirectly) of more than 10% of any voting
securities of any affiliate of the corporation; or (iv) a person related to a
holder (directly or indirectly) of more than 10% of any voting securities of any
affiliate of the corporation. In the event of the death, incapacity, resignation
or removal of all Independent Directors, the Board of Directors shall promptly
appoint an Independent Director for each Independent Director whose death,
incapacity, resignation or removal caused the related vacancy on the Board of
Directors; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall not vote on any
matter unless and until at least two Independent Directors have been duly
appointed to serve on the Board of Directors.
3
<PAGE> 4
(2) At each annual meeting of the stockholders, all directors
shall be elected to hold office until the next annual meeting and until their
successors are elected and qualified.
Vacancies
Section 3.04. Except for a vacancy created by the removal of a
director, vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the
remaining directors, whether or not less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining
director. The shareholders, by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote, may elect a director at any time to fill any vacancy not
filled by the remaining directors.
Place of Meetings
Section 3.05. All meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at
the principal executive office of the corporation in the State of California or
at such other places, within or without that State, as may be designated from
time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Regular Meetings
Section 3.06. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be
held, without notice, immediately following each annual meeting of the
shareholders at the same place as the annual meeting or at such other place as
may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Special Meetings - Call and Notice
Section 3.07. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may only be
called by the President, the Secretary, or any two directors. Notice of a
special meeting, stating the time, date, and place thereof, shall be mailed not
less than four days prior to the meeting, or telegraphed, personally delivered,
or telephoned, not less than 48 hours prior to the meeting.
Quorum
Section 3.08. The presence of a majority of the authorized number of
directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any
meeting of the Board of Directors. Every act or decision done or made by a
majority of the directors present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of
Directors, unless a greater number is required by law or by the articles of
incorporation.
Board Action by Conference Telephone
Section 3.09. Directors may participate in a meeting through the use of
conference telephone as long as all directors can hear one another. Telephonic
participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Board Action Without Meeting
Section 3.10. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board
of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of
Directors shall individually or collectively consent in writing to the action.
4
<PAGE> 5
Consent of Absentees
Section 3.11. No defect in the call or notice of a meeting will affect
the validity of any action taken at the meeting if a quorum was present and each
director not present at the meeting signs a written waiver of notice, a consent
to the holding of the meeting, or an approval of the minutes of the meeting,
either before or after the meeting. All waivers, consents, or approvals shall be
filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
Adjournment - Notice
Section 3.12. A majority of the directors present, whether or not
consisting of a quorum, may adjourn any meeting of directors to another time and
place. Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be
given to absent directors if the time and place is fixed at the meeting
adjourned, unless the meeting is adjourned for more than 24 hours.
Compensation
Section 3.13. Directors and members of committees may receive
compensation, if any, for their services, and reimbursement for expenses, in an
amount fixed or determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IV
EXECUTIVE, PRICING, AND OTHER COMMITTEES
Designation of Executive and Pricing Committees
Section 4.01. The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a
majority of the authorized number of directors, designate an Executive Committee
consisting of two or more directors, and may, by resolution adopted by a
majority of the authorized number of directors, designate a Pricing Committee
consisting of two or more directors. Each member of the Executive Committee or
Pricing Committee shall continue in office until his successor shall be
designated, or until he shall cease to be a director, or until his death,
resignation or removal, or until the dissolution of the Executive Committee or
Pricing Committee, as the case may be.
Powers
Section 4.02. Except as may be provided by law or by the resolution
designating such committee, the Executive Committee, if designated, shall have
and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management
of the business and affairs of the corporation, and shall have power to
authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may
require it. Except as may be provided by law or by the resolution designating
such committee, the Pricing Committee, if designated, shall have and may
exercise all of the powers of the board of directors in the management of the
financial affairs of the corporation, expressly including the power to fix and
determine the terms and conditions of any series of trusts or bonds issued by
the corporation and to take any other action deemed necessary in connection with
the authorization, execution, authentication and delivery of any series of
Notes, Certificates, or Bonds, and shall have the power to authorize the seal of
the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Executive
5
<PAGE> 6
Committee nor the Pricing Committee shall have power to amend the articles of
incorporation, to adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation, to recommend to
the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all, or substantially all of the
corporation's property and assets, or to recommend to the stockholders a
dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution.
Meetings of Committees
Section 4.03. The Executive Committee may provide for the holding of
regular meetings at such times and places (within or without the State of
California) as it may from time to time determine by resolution duly adopted at
any meeting of the Executive Committee. A special meeting of the Executive
Committee may be called at any time by the President or by any two members of
the Executive Committee. No notice of any special or regular meeting of the
Executive Committee need be given. Except as expressly provided herein, meetings
of all committees shall be conducted in the manner set forth as to directors
meetings in Article III.
Quorum
Section 4.04. At the meetings of the Executive Committee or the Pricing
Committee, the presence in person of a majority of the designated members of the
Executive Committee or the Pricing Committee, as the case may be, shall be
deemed necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business at any meeting of such committee. Every act or decision done or made by
a majority of the members present shall be the act of the Executive Committee or
the Pricing Committee, as the case may be.
Other Committees
Section 4.05. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, by a
resolution duly adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors,
designate one or more other committees, each consisting of two or more directors
who will serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and shall have any may
exercise such powers, and shall perform such duties, as may be delegated to it
by resolution of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, AND AGENTS
Section 5.01. The corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted by
the Corporations Code, indemnify its officers and directors against expenses,
judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably
incurred in connection with any proceeding arising by reason of the fact that
any such person is or was an officer or director of the corporation, and shall
advance to such officer or director expenses incurred in defending any such
proceeding to the maximum extent permitted by law. For purposes of this section,
a "director" or "officer" of the corporation shall mean any person who is a
director or officer of the corporation, or is serving at the request of the
corporation as a director or officer of another corporation or other enterprise.
The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, provide by resolution for the
indemnification of, or advancement of expenses to, other corporate "agents", as
that term is used in section 317(a) of the Corporations Code, and may likewise
refuse to provide for their indemnification or advancement of expenses except to
the extent any such indemnification is mandatory thereunder.
6
<PAGE> 7
ARTICLE VI
OFFICERS
Titles and Appointment
Section 6.01. This corporation shall have a president, a secretary, and
a chief financial officer, each of whom shall be chosen by and hold office at
the pleasure of the board of directors. Any two or more offices may be held by
the same person. Officers may be, but need not necessarily be, selected from the
members of the board of directors or from the shareholders. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the corporation shall at all times, except as noted hereafter, have
at least one executive officer (an "Independent Officer") who is not (i) a
director, officer or employee of any affiliate of the corporation; (ii) a person
related to any officer or director of any affiliate of the corporation; (iii) a
holder (directly or indirectly) of more than 10% of any voting securities of any
affiliate of the corporation; or (iv) a person related to a holder (directly or
indirectly) of more than 10% of any voting securities of any affiliate of the
corporation. In the event of the death, incapacity, resignation or removal of
the Independent Officer, the Board of Directors shall promptly appoint an
Independent Officer for the Independent Officer whose death, incapacity,
resignation or removal caused the related vacancy.
President
Section 6.02. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the
corporation, shall perform all duties commonly incident to that office, and
shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meetings of the
Board of Directors.
Vice-President
Section 6.03 The Vice-President, or the Vice-Presidents in the order of
their seniority, may assume and perform the duties of the President in the
absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of the President
is vacant, and shall perform such other duties incident to his office or as are
assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President.
Secretary
Section 6.04. The Secretary shall ensure that all notices are duly
given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law,
shall keep, at the principal executive office, the minutes of all proceedings of
meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors, and shall perform such
other duties as are incident to his office or as are assigned to him by the
Board of Directors or the President.
Chief Financial Officer
Section 6.05. The Chief Financial Officer shall receive and have
custody of all funds and securities of the corporation, shall keep adequate and
correct accounts of the corporation's properties and business transactions, and
shall perform such other duties as are incident to his office or as are assigned
to him by the Board of Directors or the President.
7
<PAGE> 8
ARTICLE VII
ISSUANCE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES
Certificates for Paid and Unpaid Shares
Section 7.01. Certificates for shares of the corporation shall be
issued when fully paid, and may be issued prior to full payment under such
restrictions as the Board of Directors may deem proper; provided, however, that
any certificate evidencing partly paid shares shall state on its face the total
amount of consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon.
Share Certificates
Section 7.02. The certificates shall be in the form provided by the
Board of Directors and shall fully comply with the provisions of the Corporation
Code. The certificates shall be signed by the President or a Vice-President, and
by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary.
Replacement of Certificates
Section 7.03. No new certificates shall be issued until the former
certificate for the shares represented thereby shall have been surrendered and
canceled, except in the case of lost, stolen, or destroyed certificates for
which the Board of Directors may order new certificates to be issued upon such
terms, conditions, and guarantees as the Board of Directors may see fit to
impose, including the filing of sufficient indemnity.
Transfer of Shares
Section 7.04. Subject to any legends or restrictions imposed under the
Corporate Securities Law of 1968, section 418 of the Corporations Code, the
federal securities laws, the bylaws, and any agreement between the corporation
and the issuee, the shares of the corporation may be transferred by endorsement
by the signature of the owner or his authorized agent and the delivery of the
certificate, but such transfer is not valid, except as to the parties thereto,
until entered upon the books of the corporation so as to show the names of the
parties by whom and to whom transferred, the number of the certificate, and the
number or designation of the shares and the date of the transfer, and until the
old certificates are surrendered and canceled.
Restriction on Ownership and Transfer of Shares
Section 7.05. The stock of this corporation shall be available for
purchase only by, and nontransferable other than to, domestic and federal
savings and loan associations having their home offices in California. All
certificates of stock issued by this corporation shall bear on the face and back
of each certificate the restrictions set forth in the first sentence of this
section 7.05.
8
<PAGE> 9
ARTICLE VIII
RECORDS AND REPORT
Inspection of Books and Records
Section 8.01. All books and records provided for by the Corporations
Code shall be open to inspection of the directors and shareholders to the extent
expressly provided by the Corporations Code, and not otherwise.
Annual Report
Section 8.02. The requirement of Section 1501(a) of the Corporations
Code to effect that shareholders of the corporation shall be provided with an
annual report is expressly waived to the fullest extent allowed by law.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
Section 9.01. The Bylaws may be amended or repealed and new or
additional bylaws may be adopted, as follows:
(1) By the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote; or
(2) Subject to such right of shareholders, by a majority vote
of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that after the issuance
of shares a bylaw specifying or changing the authorized number of
directors may only be adopted by the shareholders.
THIS IS TO CERTIFY: That I am the duly elected, qualified and acting
Assistant Secretary of said corporation and that the foregoing Amendments to the
Bylaws were adopted as set forth herein on June 7, 1996.
----------------------------------------
Joan C. Van Winkle, Assistant Secretary
9
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 4.1
Brown & Wood
Draft of
6/10/96
===============================================================================
TRUST AGREEMENT
among
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.,
as Depositor,
WESTCORP INVESTMENTS, INC.,
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
and
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA),
as Owner Trustee
Dated as of June 1, 1996
===============================================================================
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01. Capitalized Terms.................................................................... 1
Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions........................................................ 5
Section 1.03. Usage of Terms....................................................................... 5
Section 1.04. Section References................................................................... 5
Section 1.05. Accounting Terms..................................................................... 5
ARTICLE TWO
ORGANIZATION
Section 2.01. Name................................................................................. 6
Section 2.02. Office............................................................................... 6
Section 2.03. Purposes and Powers.................................................................. 6
Section 2.04. Appointment of Owner Trustee......................................................... 7
Section 2.05. Initial Capital Contribution of Owner Trust Estate................................... 7
Section 2.06. Declaration of Trust................................................................. 7
Section 2.07. Liability of the Company............................................................. 7
Section 2.08. Title to Trust Property.............................................................. 8
Section 2.09. Situs of Trust....................................................................... 8
Section 2.10. Representations and Warranties of the Depositor and the Company...................... 8
Section 2.11. Federal Income Tax Allocations....................................................... 10
ARTICLE THREE
TRUST CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF INTERESTS
Section 3.01. Initial Ownership.................................................................... 12
Section 3.02. The Trust Certificates............................................................... 12
Section 3.03. Authentication and Delivery of Trust Certificates.................................... 12
Section 3.04. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Trust Certificates.......................... 13
Section 3.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Trust Certificates.............................. 13
Section 3.06. Persons Deemed Owners................................................................ 14
Section 3.07. Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and Addresses............................ 14
Section 3.08. Maintenance of Office or Agency...................................................... 14
Section 3.09. Temporary Trust Certificates......................................................... 15
Section 3.10. Appointment of Paying Agent.......................................................... 15
Section 3.11. Ownership by the Company of Trust Certificates....................................... 16
Section 3.12. Book-Entry Certificates.............................................................. 16
</TABLE>
(i)
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
Section 3.13. Notices to Clearing Agency........................................................... 17
Section 3.14. Definitive Trust Certificates........................................................ 17
ARTICLE FOUR
ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE
Section 4.01. Prior Notice to Owners with Respect to Certain Matters............................... 18
Section 4.02. Action by Owners with Respect to Certain Matters..................................... 18
Section 4.03. Action by Owners with Respect to Bankruptcy.......................................... 19
Section 4.04. Restrictions on Owners' Power........................................................ 19
Section 4.05. Majority Control..................................................................... 19
ARTICLE FIVE
APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS;
CERTAIN DUTIES
Section 5.01. Establishment of Trust Account....................................................... 20
Section 5.02. Application of Trust Funds........................................................... 20
Section 5.03. Method of Payment.................................................................... 21
Section 5.04. No Segregation of Moneys; No Interest................................................ 21
Section 5.05. Accounting and Reports to the Noteholders, Owners, the Internal Revenue
Service and Others................................................................... 21
Section 5.06. Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner............................................ 21
ARTICLE SIX
AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE
Section 6.01. General Authority.................................................................... 22
Section 6.02. General Duties....................................................................... 22
Section 6.03. Action Upon Instruction.............................................................. 22
Section 6.04. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions................... 23
Section 6.05. No Action Except Under Specified Documents or Instructions........................... 24
Section 6.06. Restrictions......................................................................... 24
ARTICLE SEVEN
CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE
Section 7.01. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties...................................................... 25
Section 7.02. Furnishing of Documents.............................................................. 26
Section 7.03. Representations and Warranties....................................................... 26
</TABLE>
(ii)
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
Section 7.04. Reliance; Advice of Counsel.......................................................... 27
Section 7.05. Not Acting in Individual Capacity.................................................... 27
Section 7.06. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Trust Certificates, Notes or Contracts.................. 27
Section 7.07. Owner Trustee May Own Trust Certificates and Notes................................... 28
ARTICLE EIGHT
COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE
Section 8.01. Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses.................................................... 29
Section 8.02. Indemnification...................................................................... 29
Section 8.03. Payments to the Owner Trustee........................................................ 29
ARTICLE NINE
TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT
Section 9.01. Termination of Trust Agreement....................................................... 30
Section 9.02. Dissolution upon Bankruptcy of the Company........................................... 31
ARTICLE TEN
SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES
Section 10.01. Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee........................................... 32
Section 10.02. Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee.............................................. 32
Section 10.03. Successor Owner Trustee.............................................................. 33
Section 10.04. Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee............................................. 33
Section 10.05. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee........................................ 33
ARTICLE ELEVEN
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 11.01. Supplements and Amendments........................................................... 36
Section 11.02. No Legal Title to Trust Estate in Owners............................................. 37
Section 11.03. Limitations on Rights of Others...................................................... 37
Section 11.04. Notices.............................................................................. 37
Section 11.05. Severability of Provisions........................................................... 38
Section 11.06. Counterparts......................................................................... 38
Section 11.07. Successors and Assigns............................................................... 38
Section 11.08. No Petition.......................................................................... 38
Section 11.09. No Recourse.......................................................................... 38
Section 11.10. Headings............................................................................. 39
</TABLE>
(iii)
<PAGE> 5
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
Section 11.11. Governing Law........................................................................ 39
Section 11.12. Depositor Payment Obligation......................................................... 39
Section 11.13. Insurer Default or Insolvency........................................................ 39
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A - Form of Certificate Depository Agreement.................................................... A-1
Exhibit B - Form of Certificate of Trust................................................................ B-1
Exhibit C - Form of Trust Certificate................................................................... C-1
</TABLE>
(iv)
<PAGE> 6
TRUST AGREEMENT dated as of June 1, 1996, among WFS FINANCIAL AUTO
LOANS, INC., a California corporation, as depositor (the "Depositor"), WESTCORP
INVESTMENTS, INC., a California corporation, as holder of the Company Trust
Certificate (the "Company"), FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC., a New York
corporation ("Financial Security"), and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA), a
Delaware corporation, as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee").
WHEREAS, in connection herewith, the Depositor is willing to assume
certain obligations pursuant hereto;
WHEREAS, in connection herewith, the Company is willing to purchase the
Company Trust Certificate (as defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this
Agreement and to assume certain obligations pursuant hereto; and
WHEREAS, Financial Security is willing to issue a financial guaranty
insurance policy in respect of certain payments made on the trust certificates
to be issued pursuant to this Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01. Capitalized Terms. Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, whenever used in this Agreement the following words and phrases,
unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:
"Administration Agreement" means the administration agreement, dated as
of the date hereof, among the Trust, the Company, the Depositor, the Indenture
Trustee and WFS, as administrator.
"Agreement" means this Trust Agreement, as the same may be amended and
supplemented from time to time.
"Applicants" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
3.07.
"Benefit Plan" means (i) an employee benefit plan (as such term is
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title I
of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or (iii) any
entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's
investment in the entity.
"Book-Entry Trust Certificate" means a beneficial interest in the Trust
Certificates, the ownership of which shall be evidenced, and transfers of which
shall be made, through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section
3.12.
<PAGE> 7
"Business Trust Statute" means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware
Code, 12 Del. Code Section 3801 et seq., as the same may be amended from time to
time.
"Certificate Depository Agreement" means the agreement dated June __,
1996, among the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Administrator and DTC, as the
initial Clearing Agency, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto,
relating to the Trust Certificates, other than the Company Trust Certificate, as
the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.
"Certificate Distribution Account" means the account established and
maintained as such pursuant to Section 5.01.
"Certificate of Trust" means the Certificate of Trust filed for the
Trust pursuant to Section 3810(a) of the Business Trust Statute, substantially
in the form of Exhibit B hereto.
"Certificate Owner" means, with respect to a Book-Entry Trust
Certificate, the Person who is the owner of such Book-Entry Trust Certificate,
as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person
maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect
participant, in either case in accordance with the rules of such Clearing
Agency) and shall mean, with respect to a Definitive Trust Certificate, the
related Certificateholder.
"Certificate Register" and "Certificate Registrar" mean the register
maintained and the registrar (or any successor thereto) appointed pursuant to
Section 3.04.
"Certificateholder" or "Holder" means the Person in whose name a Trust
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register, except that, solely for
the purposes of giving any consent, waiver, request or demand pursuant to this
Agreement, the interest evidenced by any Trust Certificate registered in the
name of the Depositor, the Company, WFS or any of their respective Affiliates
shall not be taken into account in determining whether the requisite percentage
necessary to effect any such consent, waiver, request or demand in respect of
the Trust Certificates shall have been obtained.
"Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing
agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.
"Clearing Agency Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other
financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing
Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the
Clearing Agency.
"Closing Date" means June __, 1996.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
2
<PAGE> 8
"Company" means Westcorp Investments, Inc., a California corporation,
in its capacity as Owner of the Company Trust Certificate hereunder, and its
successors.
"Company Trust Certificate" means the Trust Certificate purchased by
the Company on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.11, having an initial
principal balance equal to $__________.
"Definitive Trust Certificates" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in Section 3.12.
"Depositor" means WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc. in its capacity as
depositor hereunder, and its successors.
"DTC" means The Depository Trust Company, and its successors.
"ERISA" means the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Expenses" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
8.02.
"Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 8.02.
"Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of the date hereof among the
Trust and Bankers Trust Company, as Indenture Trustee.
"Instructing Party" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.03(a).
"Insurer" means Financial Security Assurance, Inc., and its successors.
"Note Depository Agreement" means the agreement dated June __, 1996,
among the Trust, the Indenture Trustee, the Administrator and DTC, as the
initial Clearing Agency, relating to the Notes, as the same may be amended and
supplemented from time to time.
"Notes" means the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3
Notes and the Class A-4 Notes, in each case issued pursuant to the Indenture.
"Original Certificate Balance" means $525,000,000.00
"Owner" means each Holder of a Trust Certificate.
"Owner Trustee" means The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA), a Delaware
banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee
under this Agreement, and any successor Owner Trustee hereunder.
3
<PAGE> 9
"Owner Trustee Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Owner
Trustee at which its corporate trust business shall be administered, which
initially shall be The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA), Trust Division, 802 Delaware
Avenue, 13th Floor, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, with a copy to The Chase
Manhattan Bank, N.A., 4 MetroTech Center, 3rd Floor, Brooklyn, New York 11245,
Attn: Corporate Trust, or such other office at such other address as the Owner
Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Certificateholders,
the Master Servicer, the Depositor, the Company and the Insurer.
"Paying Agent" means any paying agent or co-paying agent appointed
pursuant to Section 3.10.
"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation,
estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.
"Record Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the day
immediately preceding such Distribution Date or, if Definitive Trust
Certificates are issued, the 15th day of the month preceding the month in which
such Distribution Date occurs.
"Sale and Servicing Agreement" means the sale and servicing agreement,
dated as of the date hereof, among the Trust, as Issuer, the Depositor, as
Seller and WFS, as Master Servicer, as the same may be amended or supplemented
from time to time.
"Secretary of State" means the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware.
"Seller" means WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc., in its capacity as
seller under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and its successors.
"Treasury Regulations" means regulations, including proposed or
temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code. References herein to specific
provisions of proposed or temporary regulations shall include analogous
provisions of final Treasury Regulations or other successor Treasury
Regulations.
"Trust" means the trust established by this Agreement.
"Trust Certificates" means the trust certificates evidencing the
beneficial interest of an Owner in the Trust, substantially in the form of
Exhibit C hereto.
"Trust Estate" means all right, title and interest of the Trust in and
to the property and rights assigned to the Trust pursuant to Article Two of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, all funds on deposit from time to time in the
Trust Accounts and the Certificate Distribution Account and all other property
of the Trust from time to time, including any rights of the Owner Trustee and
the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Administration
Agreement.
"Underwriter" means Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation.
4
<PAGE> 10
"WFS" means WFS Financial Inc, and its successors.
Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions. Capitalized terms used
that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto
in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the
Indenture.
Section 1.03. Usage of Terms. With respect to all terms in this
Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words
importing any gender include the other genders; references to "writing" include
printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a visible
form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all
amendments, modifications and supplements thereto or any changes therein entered
into in accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this
Agreement; references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns;
and the term "including" means "including without limitation".
Section 1.04. Section References. All section references, unless
otherwise indicated, shall be to Sections in this Agreement.
Section 1.05. Accounting Terms. All accounting terms used but not
specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States.
5
<PAGE> 11
ARTICLE TWO
ORGANIZATION
Section 2.01. Name. The Trust created hereby shall be known as "WFS
Financial 1996-B Owner Trust", in which name the Owner Trustee may conduct the
activities of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on
behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.
Section 2.02. Office. The office of the Trust shall be in care of the
Owner Trustee at the Owner Trustee Corporate Trust Office or at such other
address in Delaware as the Owner Trustee may designate by written notice to the
Owners, the Depositor and the Insurer.
Section 2.03. Purposes and Powers.
(a) The sole purpose of the Trust is to conserve the Trust Estate and
collect and disburse the periodic income therefrom for the use and benefit of
the Owners, and in furtherance of such purpose to engage in the following
ministerial activities:
(i) to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Trust
Certificates pursuant to this Agreement and to sell the Notes and the
Trust Certificates;
(ii) with the proceeds of the sale of the Notes and the Trust
Certificates, to purchase the Contracts, to fund the Spread Account and
to pay the organizational, start-up and transactional expenses of the
Trust and to pay the balance to the Depositor pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement;
(iii) to assign, grant, transfer, pledge, mortgage and convey
the Trust Estate pursuant to the Indenture and to hold, manage and
distribute to the Owners pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement
any portion of the Trust Estate released from the Lien of, and remitted
to the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture;
(iv) to enter into and perform its obligations under the Basic
Documents to which it is to be a party;
(v) to engage in those activities, including entering into
agreements, that are necessary to accomplish the foregoing or are
incidental thereto or connected therewith; and
(vi) subject to compliance with the Basic Documents, to engage
in such other activities as may be required in connection with
conservation of the Trust Estate and the making of distributions to the
Owners and the Noteholders.
The Trust shall not engage in any activities other than in connection with the
foregoing. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Owner
Trustee to engage in any business operations or any activities other than those
set forth in the introductory sentence of
6
<PAGE> 12
this Section. Specifically, the Owner Trustee shall have no authority to engage
in any business operations, or acquire any assets other than those specifically
included in the Trust Estate under Section 1.01, or otherwise vary the assets
held by the Trust. Similarly, the Owner Trustee shall have no discretionary
duties other than performing those ministerial acts set forth above necessary to
accomplish the purpose of this Trust as set forth in the introductory sentence
of this Section.
Section 2.04. Appointment of Owner Trustee. The Depositor hereby
appoints the Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date
hereof, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein, and the
Owner Trustee hereby accepts such appointment.
Section 2.05. Initial Capital Contribution of Owner Trust Estate. The
Depositor hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the Owner
Trustee, as of the date hereof, the sum of $1. The Owner Trustee hereby
acknowledges receipt in trust from the Depositor, as of the date hereof, of the
foregoing contribution, which shall constitute the initial Trust Estate and
shall be deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account. The Depositor shall
pay organizational expenses of the Trust as they may arise or shall, upon the
request of the Owner Trustee, promptly reimburse the Owner Trustee for any such
expenses paid by the Owner Trustee.
Section 2.06. Declaration of Trust. The Owner Trustee hereby declares
that it will hold the Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to the conditions
set forth herein for the sole purpose of conserving the Trust Estate and
collecting and disbursing the periodic income therefrom for the use and benefit
of the Owners, subject to the obligations of the Trust under the Basic
Documents. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a
business trust under the Business Trust Statute and that this Agreement
constitute the governing instrument of such business trust. It is the intention
of the parties hereto that, solely for income and franchise tax purposes, the
Trust shall be treated as a partnership, with the assets of the partnership
being the Contracts and other assets held by the Trust, the partners of the
partnership being the Certificateholders (including the Company) and the Notes
being debt of the partnership. The parties agree that, unless otherwise required
by appropriate tax authorities, the Trust will file or cause to be filed annual
or other necessary returns, reports and other forms consistent with the
characterization of the Trust as a partnership for such tax purposes. Effective
as of the date hereof, the Owner Trustee shall have all rights, powers and
duties set forth herein and in the Business Trust Statute for the sole purpose
and to the extent necessary to accomplish the purpose of this Trust as set forth
in the introductory sentence of Section 2.03.
Section 2.07. Liability of the Company.
(a) The Company shall be liable directly to and will indemnify any
injured party or any other creditor of the Trust for all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities and expenses of the Trust to the extent that the Company
would be liable if the Trust were a partnership under the Delaware Revised
Uniform Limited Partnership Act in which the Company were a general partner;
provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable for any losses incurred
by a Certificateholder in the capacity of an investor in the Trust Certificates
or a Noteholder in the
7
<PAGE> 13
capacity of an investor in the Notes. In addition, any third party creditors of
the Trust (other than in connection with the obligations described in the
immediately preceding sentence for which the Company shall not be liable) shall
be deemed third party beneficiaries of this paragraph. The obligations of the
Company under this paragraph shall be evidenced by the Trust Certificates
described in Section 3.11, which for purposes of the Business Trust Statute
shall be deemed to be a separate class of Trust Certificates from all other
Trust Certificates issued by the Trust; provided that the rights and obligations
evidenced by all Trust Certificates, regardless of class, shall, except as
provided in this Section, be identical.
(b) No Owner, other than to the extent set forth in Section 2.07(a),
shall have any personal liability for any liability or obligation of the Trust.
Section 2.08. Title to Trust Property. Legal title to the Trust Estate
shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a separate legal entity except
where applicable law in any jurisdiction requires title to any part of the Trust
Estate to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case title shall be
deemed to be vested in the Owner Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a separate
trustee, as the case may be.
Section 2.09. Situs of Trust. The Trust will be located and
administered in the State of Delaware. All bank accounts maintained by the Owner
Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall be located in the State of California, the
State of Delaware or the State of New York. The Trust shall not have any
employees in any state other than Delaware; provided, however, that nothing
herein shall restrict or prohibit the Owner Trustee from having employees within
or without the State of Delaware. Payments will be received by the Trust only in
Delaware and payments will be made by the Trust only from Delaware. The only
office of the Trust will be at the Owner Trustee Corporate Trust Office.
Section 2.10. Representations and Warranties of the Depositor and the
Company.
(a) The Depositor hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee
and the Insurer that:
(i) The Depositor is duly organized and validly existing as a
corporation organized and existing and in good standing under the laws
of the State of California, with power and authority to own its
properties and to conduct its business and had at all relevant times,
and has, power, authority and legal right to acquire and own the
Contracts.
(ii) The Depositor is duly qualified to do business as a
foreign corporation in good standing and has obtained all necessary
licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or
lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such
qualifications.
(iii) The Depositor has the power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; the Depositor has
full power and authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and
assigned to and deposited with the Owner
8
<PAGE> 14
Trustee on behalf of the Trust as part of the Trust Estate and has duly
authorized such sale and assignment and deposit with the Owner Trustee
on behalf of the Trust by all necessary corporate action; and the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly
authorized by the Depositor by all necessary corporate action.
(iv) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with,
result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor
constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under,
the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Depositor, or any
indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Depositor is a
party or by which it is bound; nor result in the creation or imposition
of any Lien upon any of the properties of the Depositor pursuant to the
terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than
pursuant to the Basic Documents); nor violate any law or any order,
rule or regulation applicable to the Depositor of any court or of any
federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Depositor or
its properties.
(v) There are no proceedings or investigations pending, or to
the Depositor's best knowledge threatened, before any court, regulatory
body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality
having jurisdiction over the Depositor or its properties: (A) asserting
the invalidity of this Agreement, any of the other Basic Documents or
the Trust Certificates, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the
Trust Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Basic Documents, (C)
seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely
affect the performance by the Depositor of its obligations under, or
the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, any of the other
Basic Documents or the Trust Certificates or (D) involving the
Depositor and which might adversely affect the federal income tax or
other federal, state or local tax attributes of the Trust Certificates.
(b) The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee and
the Insurer that:
(i) The Company is duly organized and validly existing as a
corporation organized and existing and in good standing under the laws
of the State of California, with power and authority to own its
properties and to conduct its business and had at all relevant times,
and has, power, authority and legal right to acquire and own the
Contracts.
(ii) The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses
and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of
property or the conduct of its business requires such qualifications.
9
<PAGE> 15
(iii) The Company has the power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; and the execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by
the Company by all necessary corporate action.
(iv) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with,
result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor
constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under,
the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, or any
indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a
party or by which it is bound; nor result in the creation or imposition
of any Lien upon any of the properties of the Company pursuant to the
terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than
pursuant to the Basic Documents); nor violate any law or any order,
rule or regulation applicable to the Company of any court or of any
federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Company or
its properties.
(v) There are no proceedings or investigations pending, or to
the Company's best knowledge threatened, before any court, regulatory
body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality
having jurisdiction over the Company or its properties: (A) asserting
the invalidity of this Agreement, any of the other Basic Documents or
the Trust Certificates, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the
Trust Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Basic Documents, (C)
seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely
affect the performance by the Company of its obligations under, or the
validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, any of the other Basic
Documents or the Trust Certificates or (D) involving the Company and
which might adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal,
state or local tax attributes of the Trust Certificates.
Section 2.11. Federal Income Tax Allocations.
(a) Net income of the Trust for any calendar quarter as determined for
federal income tax purposes (and each item of income, gain, loss and deduction
entering into the computation thereof) shall be allocated:
(i) among the Certificate Owners as of the first Record Date
following the end of such quarter, in proportion to their ownership of
the principal amount of Trust Certificates on such date, net income in
an amount up to the sum of (A) the Certificate Interest Distributable
Amount for such quarter, (B) interest on the excess, if any, of the
Certificate Interest Distributable Amount for the preceding
Distribution Date over the amount in respect of interest that is
actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account on such
preceding Distribution Date, to the extent permitted by law, at the
Pass-Through Rate from such preceding Distribution Date through the
current Distribution Date, (C) the portion of the market discount on
the Contracts accrued during such quarter that is allocable to the
excess, if any, of the initial
10
<PAGE> 16
aggregate principal amount of the Trust Certificates over their initial
aggregate issue price and (D) any other amounts of income payable to
the Certificateholders for such quarter; such sum to be reduced by any
amortization by the Trust of premium on Contracts that corresponds to
any excess of the issue price of Trust Certificates over their
principal amount; and
(ii) to the Depositor and the Company in the proportion of 99%
and 1%, respectively, to the extent of any remaining net income.
(b) If the net income of the Trust for any calendar quarter is
insufficient for the allocations described in Section 2.11(a)(i), subsequent net
income shall first be allocated to make up such shortfall before being allocated
as provided in Section 2.11(a)(ii). Net losses of the Trust, if any, for any
calendar quarter as determined for federal income tax purposes (and each item of
income, gain, loss and deduction entering into the computation thereof) shall be
allocated to the Depositor and the Company in the proportion of 99% and 1%,
respectively, to the extent the Depositor and the Company are reasonably
expected to bear the economic burden of such net losses, and any remaining net
losses shall be allocated among the Certificate Owners as of the first Record
Date following the end of such quarter in proportion to their ownership of the
principal amount of Trust Certificates on such Record Date. The Depositor and
the Company are authorized to modify the allocations in this paragraph if
necessary or appropriate, in its sole discretion, for the allocations to fairly
reflect the economic income, gain or loss to the Depositor and the Company or to
the Certificate Owners, or as otherwise required by the Code.
11
<PAGE> 17
ARTICLE THREE
TRUST CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF INTERESTS
Section 3.01. Initial Ownership. Upon the formation of the Trust by the
contribution by the Depositor pursuant to Section 2.05 and until the issuance of
the Trust Certificates, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary of the
Trust.
Section 3.02. The Trust Certificates. The Trust Certificates shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto. The Trust Certificates shall be
issuable in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof; provided, however, that the Trust Certificates issued to the
Company pursuant to Section 3.11 may be issued in such denomination as required
to include any residual amount. The Trust Certificates shall be executed by the
Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile signature of an
authorized officer of the Owner Trustee under the Owner Trustee's seal imprinted
thereon and attested on behalf of the Owner Trustee by the manual or facsimile
signature of the President or any Vice President and shall be deemed to have
been validly issued when so executed. Trust Certificates bearing the manual or
facsimile signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures
were affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Owner Trustee shall be valid
and binding obligations of the Trust, notwithstanding that such individuals or
any of them have ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and
delivery of such Trust Certificates or did not hold such offices at the date of
such Trust Certificates. All Trust Certificates shall be dated the date of their
authentication.
Section 3.03. Authentication and Delivery of Trust Certificates. The
Owner Trustee shall cause to be authenticated and delivered upon the order of
the Depositor, in exchange for the Contracts and the other assets of the Trust,
simultaneously with the sale, assignment and transfer to the Trust of the
Contracts, and the constructive delivery to the Owner Trustee of the Contract
Files and the other assets of the Trust, Trust Certificates duly authenticated
by the Owner Trustee, in authorized denominations equaling in the aggregate the
Original Certificate Balance evidencing the entire ownership of the Trust and
Notes issued by the Owner Trustee and authenticated by the Indenture Trustee in
aggregate principal amount of, in the case of the (i) Class A-1 Notes,
$__________, (ii) Class A-2 Notes, $__________, (iii) Class A-3 Notes,
$__________, and (iv) Class A-4 Notes, $__________. No Trust Certificate shall
be entitled to any benefit under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose,
unless there appears on such Trust Certificate a certificate of authentication
substantially in the form set forth in the form of Trust Certificate attached
hereto as Exhibit C, executed by the Owner Trustee or its authenticating agent,
by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Trust Certificate shall be
conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Trust Certificate has been
duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Upon issuance, authorization and
delivery pursuant to the terms hereof, the Trust Certificates will be entitled
to the benefits of this Agreement.
12
<PAGE> 18
Section 3.04. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Trust
Certificates.
(a) The Certificate Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, a
Certificate Register, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may
prescribe. The Certificate Register shall provide for the registration of Trust
Certificates and transfers and exchanges of Trust Certificates as provided
herein. The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., as agent for the Owner Trustee, is
hereby initially appointed Certificate Registrar for the purpose of registering
Trust Certificates and transfers and exchanges of Trust Certificates as herein
provided. In the event that, subsequent to the Closing Date, the Owner Trustee
notifies the Master Servicer that it is unable to act as Certificate Registrar,
the Master Servicer shall appoint another bank or trust company, having an
office or agency located in The City of New York, agreeing to act in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to it, and otherwise acceptable
to the Owner Trustee, to act as successor Certificate Registrar hereunder.
(b) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Trust
Certificate at the Owner Trustee Corporate Trust Office, the Owner Trustee shall
execute, authenticate and deliver (or shall cause its authenticating agent to
authenticate and deliver), in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Trust Certificates in authorized denominations of a
like aggregate principal amount.
(c) At the option of a Certificateholder, Trust Certificates may be
exchanged for other Trust Certificates in authorized denominations of a like
aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Trust Certificates to be
exchanged at any such office or agency. Whenever any Trust Certificates are so
surrendered for exchange, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall
execute, authenticate and deliver (or shall cause its authenticating agent to
authenticate and deliver) the Trust Certificates that the Certificateholder
making the exchange is entitled to receive. Every Trust Certificate presented or
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a
written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the
Certificate Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly
authorized in writing.
(d) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Trust Certificates, but the Owner Trustee may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection with any transfer or exchange of Trust Certificates.
(e) The Trust Certificates may not be acquired by or for the account of
a Benefit Plan. By accepting and holding a Trust Certificate, the Holder thereof
shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan
nor will it hold such Trust Certificate for the account of a Benefit Plan.
(f) All Trust Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be cancelled and subsequently destroyed by the Owner Trustee.
Section 3.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Trust Certificates.
If (i) any mutilated Trust Certificate is surrendered to the Certificate
Registrar, or the Certificate
13
<PAGE> 19
Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or
theft of any Trust Certificate, and (ii) there is delivered to the Certificate
Registrar and the Owner Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by
them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice that such
Trust Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Owner Trustee
on behalf of the Trust shall execute and the Owner Trustee or its authenticating
agent shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Trust Certificate, a new Trust Certificate
of like tenor and fractional undivided interest. In connection with the issuance
of any new Trust Certificate under this Section, the Owner Trustee may require
the payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Any duplicate Trust
Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute complete and
indefeasible evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally issued,
whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Trust Certificate shall be found at
any time.
Section 3.06. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentation of a
Trust Certificate for registration of transfer, the Owner Trustee, the
Certificate Registrar and any of their respective agents may treat the Person in
whose name any Trust Certificate is registered as the owner of such Trust
Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Section 5.02
and for all other purposes whatsoever, and none of the Owner Trustee, the
Certificate Registrar, any Paying Agent or any of their respective agents shall
be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 3.07. Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and
Addresses. The Owner Trustee shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the
Master Servicer, the Insurer and the Depositor, within 15 days after receipt by
the Certificate Registrar of a written request therefor from the Master
Servicer, the Insurer or the Depositor, a list, in such form as the Master
Servicer or the Depositor may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of
the Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date. If three or more
Certificateholders, or one or more Holders of Trust Certificates evidencing not
less than 25% of the percentage interests of the Trust Certificates (hereinafter
referred to as "Applicants"), apply in writing to the Owner Trustee, and such
application states that the Applicants desire to communicate with other
Certificateholders with respect to their rights hereunder or under the Trust
Certificates and such application is accompanied by a copy of the communication
that such Applicants propose to transmit, then the Owner Trustee shall, within
five Business Days after the receipt of such application, afford such Applicants
access, during normal business hours, to the current list of Certificateholders.
Every Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a Trust Certificate, agrees
with the Master Servicer, the Depositor and the Owner Trustee that none of the
Master Servicer, the Depositor or the Owner Trustee shall be held accountable by
reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses
of the Certificateholders hereunder, regardless of the source from which such
information was derived.
Section 3.08. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Chase Manhattan
Bank, N.A., as agent for the Owner Trustee, shall maintain in The City of New
York, an office or offices or agency or agencies where Trust Certificates may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Owner Trustee in respect of the Trust Certificates and
this Agreement may be served. The Owner Trustee hereby designates
14
<PAGE> 20
the Owner Trustee Corporate Trust Office as its office for such purposes. The
Owner Trustee shall give prompt written notice to the Depositor, the Master
Servicer and to Certificateholders of any change in the location of the
Certificate Register or any such office or agency.
Section 3.09. Temporary Trust Certificates. Pending the preparation of
definitive Trust Certificates, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, may
execute, authenticate and deliver, temporary Trust Certificates that are
printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any
authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Trust
Certificates in lieu of which they are issued. If temporary Trust Certificates
are issued, the Depositor will cause definitive Trust Certificates to be
prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Trust
Certificates, the temporary Trust Certificates shall be exchangeable for
definitive Trust Certificates upon surrender of the temporary Trust Certificates
at the office or agency to be maintained as provided in Section 3.08, without
charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more
temporary Trust Certificates, the Owner Trustee shall execute and authenticate
and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Trust
Certificates in authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary
Trust Certificates shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits
hereunder as definitive Trust Certificates.
Section 3.10. Appointment of Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall make
distributions to Certificateholders from the Certificate Distribution Account
pursuant to Section 5.02(a) and shall report the amounts of such distributions
to the Owner Trustee. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to
withdraw funds from the Certificate Distribution Account for the purpose of
making the distributions referred to above. The Owner Trustee may revoke such
power and remove the Paying Agent if the Owner Trustee determines in its sole
discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations
under this Agreement in any material respect. The Paying Agent initially shall
be The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., and any co-paying agent chosen by the Paying
Agent that is acceptable to the Owner Trustee. Each Paying Agent shall be
permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days' written notice to the Owner
Trustee. In the event that The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. shall no longer be the
Paying Agent, the Owner Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent
(which shall be a bank or trust company). The Owner Trustee shall cause such
successor Paying Agent or any additional Paying Agent appointed by the Owner
Trustee to execute and deliver to the Owner Trustee an instrument in which such
successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent shall agree with the Owner
Trustee that, as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent or additional Paying
Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the
Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders entitled
thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Certificateholders. The Paying
Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Owner Trustee and upon removal of
a Paying Agent such Paying Agent shall also return all funds in its possession
to the Owner Trustee. The provisions of Sections 7.01, 7.03, 7.04 and 8.01 shall
apply to the Owner Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as the
Owner Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable, to any
other paying agent appointed hereunder. Any reference in this Agreement to the
Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires
otherwise. If the long term debt rating of the Paying Agent shall not be at
15
<PAGE> 21
least Baa3 from Moody's and BBB- from Standard & Poor's, the Rating Agencies
shall be given notice of such lower long term debt rating.
Section 3.11. Ownership by the Company of Trust Certificates. The
Company shall on the Closing Date purchase from the Underwriter Trust
Certificates representing at least 1% of the Original Certificate Balance and
shall thereafter retain beneficial and record ownership of Trust Certificates
representing at least 1% of the Certificate Balance. Any attempted transfer of
any Trust Certificate that would reduce such interest of the Company below 1% of
the Certificate Balance shall be void. The Owner Trustee shall cause any Trust
Certificate issued to the Company on the Closing Date (and any Trust Certificate
issued in exchange therefor) to contain a legend stating "THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE
IS NONTRANSFERABLE".
Section 3.12. Book-Entry Certificates. The Trust Certificates upon
original issuance will be issued in the form of one or more typewritten
certificates representing the Book-Entry Trust Certificates, to be delivered to
DTC, the initial Clearing Agency, by, or on behalf of, the Trust; provided,
however, that one Definitive Trust Certificate (as defined below) may be issued
to the Company pursuant to Section 3.11. The certificate or certificates
delivered to DTC evidencing such Trust Certificates shall initially be
registered on the Certificate Register in the name of CEDE & CO., the nominee of
the initial Clearing Agency, and no Certificate Owner (other than the Company)
will receive a definitive certificate representing such Certificate Owner's
interest in the Trust Certificates, except as provided in Section 3.14. Unless
and until definitive, fully registered Trust Certificates (the "Definitive Trust
Certificates") have been issued to Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 3.14:
(i) the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and
effect;
(ii) the Depositor, the Master Servicer, the Certificate
Registrar and the Owner Trustee, subject to the provisions and
limitations of Sections 2.03 and 2.06, may deal with the Clearing
Agency for all purposes (including the making of distributions on the
Trust Certificates) as the authorized representative of the Certificate
Owners;
(iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section
conflict with any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of
this Section shall control;
(iv) the rights of Certificate Owners shall be exercised only
through the Clearing Agency (or through procedures established by the
Clearing Agency) and shall be limited to those established by law and
agreements between such Certificate Owners and the Clearing Agency
and/or the Clearing Agency Participants; pursuant to the Certificate
Depository Agreement, unless and until Definitive Trust Certificates
are issued pursuant to Section 3.14, the Clearing Agency will make
book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive
and transmit distributions of principal and interest on the Trust
Certificates to such Clearing Agency Participants; and
16
<PAGE> 22
(v) whenever this Agreement requires or permits actions to be
taken based upon instructions or directions of Holders of Trust
Certificates evidencing a specified percentage of the percentage
interests thereof, the Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent
such percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to
such effect from Certificate Owners and/or Clearing Agency Participants
owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the
beneficial interest in Trust Certificates and has delivered such
instructions to the Owner Trustee.
Section 3.13. Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever notice or other
communication to the Certificateholders is required hereunder, unless and until
Definitive Trust Certificates shall have been issued to Certificate Owners
pursuant to Section 3.14, the Owner Trustee and the Master Servicer shall give
all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to Holders of
the Trust Certificates to the Clearing Agency.
Section 3.14. Definitive Trust Certificates. If (i)(A) the
Administrator advises the Owner Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is
no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as
described in the Certificate Depository Agreement and (B) the Trustee or the
Administrator is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Administrator,
at its option, advises the Owner Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate
the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency, or (iii) after the occurrence
of an Event of Default or a Servicer Default, Certificate Owners representing
beneficial interests aggregating not less than 51% of the Certificate Balance
advise the Owner Trustee and the Clearing Agency through the Clearing Agency
Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the
Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the Certificate Owners,
then the Clearing Agency shall notify all Certificate Owners and the Owner
Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of
Definitive Trust Certificates to Certificate Owners requesting the same. Upon
surrender to the Owner Trustee by the Clearing Agency of the certificates
evidencing the Book-Entry Trust Certificates, accompanied by registration
instructions from the Clearing Agency for registration, the Owner Trustee shall
issue the Definitive Trust Certificates and deliver such Definitive Trust
Certificates in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. Neither
the Depositor, the Certificate Registrar nor the Owner Trustee shall be liable
for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and
shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of
Definitive Trust Certificates, the Owner Trustee shall recognize the Holders of
the Definitive Trust Certificates as Certificateholders hereunder. The Owner
Trustee shall not be liable if the Owner Trustee or the Administrator is unable
to locate a qualified successor Clearing Agency. The Definitive Trust
Certificates shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in
any manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Owner Trustee, as evidenced by its
execution thereof.
17
<PAGE> 23
ARTICLE FOUR
ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE
Section 4.01. Prior Notice to Owners with Respect to Certain Matters.
Subject to the provisions and limitations of Section 4.04, with respect to the
following matters, the Owner Trustee shall not take action unless at least 30
days before the taking of such action, the Owner Trustee shall have notified the
Certificateholders in writing of the proposed action and the Owners shall not
have notified the Owner Trustee in writing prior to the 30th day after such
notice is given that such Owners have withheld consent or provided alternative
direction:
(a) the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Trust
(except claims or lawsuits brought in connection with the collection of
the Contracts) and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit
brought by or against the Trust (except with respect to the
aforementioned claims or lawsuits for collection of the Contracts);
(b) the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the
Certificate of Trust (unless such amendment is required to be filed
under the Business Trust Statute);
(c) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture
in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required;
(d) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture
in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is not required
and such amendment materially adversely affects the interest of the
Owners;
(e) the amendment, change or modification of the
Administration Agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or to amend or
supplement any provision in a manner or add any provision that would
not materially adversely affect the interests of the Owners; or
(f) the appointment pursuant to the Indenture of a successor
Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee or pursuant to this
Agreement of a successor Certificate Registrar, or the consent to the
assignment by the Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Indenture Trustee or
Certificate Registrar of its obligations under the Indenture or this
Agreement, as applicable.
Section 4.02. Action by Owners with Respect to Certain Matters. Subject
to the provisions and limitations of Section 4.04, the Owner Trustee shall not
have the power, except upon the direction of the Owners and with the prior
written consent of the Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing), to (a) remove the Administrator pursuant to Section
8 of the Administration Agreement, (b) appoint a successor Administrator
pursuant to Section 8 of the Administration Agreement, (c) remove the Master
Servicer pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, (d)
except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, sell the Contracts after
the termination of the Indenture, (e) initiate any claim, suit or proceeding by
the Trust or compromise any claim, suit or
18
<PAGE> 24
proceeding brought by or against the Trust, (f) authorize the merger or
consolidation of the Trust with or into any other business trust or entity
(other than in accordance with Section 3.10 of the Indenture) or (g) amend the
Certificate of Trust. The Owner Trustee shall take the actions referred to in
the preceding sentence only upon written instructions signed by the Owners.
Section 4.03. Action by Owners with Respect to Bankruptcy. The Owner
Trustee shall not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in
bankruptcy relating to the Trust without the prior written consent of the
Insurer and the unanimous prior approval of all Owners and the delivery to the
Owner Trustee by each such Owner of a certificate certifying that such Owner
reasonably believes that the Trust is insolvent.
Section 4.04. Restrictions on Owners' Power. The Owners shall not
direct the Owner Trustee to take or to refrain from taking any action if such
action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation of the Trust or the Owner
Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents or would be contrary
to the purpose of this Trust as set forth in Section 2.03, nor shall the Owner
Trustee be obligated to follow any such direction, if given.
Section 4.05. Majority Control. Except as expressly provided herein,
any action that may be taken by the Owners under this Agreement may be taken by
the Holders of Trust Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance. Except as expressly provided herein, any written notice of
the Owners delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective if signed by
Holders of Trust Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance at the time of the delivery of such notice.
19
<PAGE> 25
ARTICLE FIVE
APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS;
CERTAIN DUTIES
Section 5.01. Establishment of Trust Account. The Owner Trustee, for
the benefit of the Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain in the name
of the Trust an Eligible Account (the "Certificate Distribution Account"),
bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are
held for the benefit of the Certificateholders.
The Owner Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all
funds on deposit from time to time in the Certificate Distribution Account and
in all proceeds thereof. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
Certificate Distribution Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of
the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders. If, at any time,
the Certificate Distribution Account ceases to be an Eligible Account, the Owner
Trustee (or the Depositor on behalf of the Owner Trustee, if the Certificate
Distribution Account is not then held by the Owner Trustee or an Affiliate
thereof) shall within ten Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30
calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency or the Insurer may consent)
establish a new Certificate Distribution Account as an Eligible Account and
shall transfer any cash and/or any investments to such new Certificate
Distribution Account.
Section 5.02. Application of Trust Funds.
(a) On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee will distribute to
Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, amounts deposited in the Certificate
Distribution Account pursuant to Sections 5.02, 5.05 and 5.06 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement with respect to such Distribution Date.
(b) On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee shall send to each
Certificateholder the statement or statements provided to the Owner Trustee by
the Master Servicer pursuant to Section 5.07 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement
with respect to such Distribution Date.
(c) In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust's
payment (or allocations of income) to an Owner, such tax shall reduce the amount
otherwise distributable to the Owner in accordance with this Section. The Owner
Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise
distributable to the Owners sufficient funds for the payment of any tax that is
legally owed by the Trust (but such authorization shall not prevent the Owner
Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate proceedings, and withholding
payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending the outcome of such
proceedings). The amount of any withholding tax imposed with respect to an Owner
shall be treated as cash distributed to such Owner at the time it is withheld by
the Trust and remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. If there is a
possibility that withholding tax is payable with respect to a distribution, the
Owner Trustee may in its sole discretion withhold such amounts in accordance
with this paragraph (c).
20
<PAGE> 26
Section 5.03. Method of Payment. Subject to Section 9.01(c) respecting
the final payment upon retirement of each Certificate, distributions required to
be made to each Certificateholder of record on the related Record Date shall be
made by check mailed to such Certificateholder at the address of such Holder
appearing in the Certificate Register (or, if DTC, its nominee or a Clearing
Agency is the relevant Certificateholder, by wire transfer of immediately
available funds or pursuant to other arrangements), the amount to be distributed
to such Certificateholder pursuant to such Holder's Certificates.
Section 5.04. No Segregation of Moneys; No Interest. Subject to
Sections 5.01 and 5.02, moneys received by the Owner Trustee hereunder need not
be segregated in any manner except to the extent required by law or the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and may be deposited under such general conditions as may be
prescribed by law, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any interest
thereon.
Section 5.05. Accounting and Reports to the Noteholders, Owners, the
Internal Revenue Service and Others. The Owner Trustee shall (a) maintain (or
cause to be maintained) the books of the Trust on a calendar year basis and the
accrual method of accounting, (b) deliver to each Owner, as may be required by
the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, such information as may be
required (including Schedule K-1) to enable each Owner to prepare its federal
and state income tax returns, (c) file such tax returns relating to the Trust
(including a partnership information return, IRS Form 1065) and make such
elections as from time to time may be required or appropriate under any
applicable state or federal statute or any rule or regulation thereunder so as
to maintain the Trust's characterization as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes, (d) cause such tax returns to be signed in the manner required by law
and (e) collect or cause to be collected any withholding tax as described in and
in accordance with Section 5.02(c) with respect to income or distributions to
Owners. The Owner Trustee shall elect under Section 1278 of the Code to include
in income currently any market discount that accrues with respect to the
Contracts. The Owner Trustee shall not make the election provided under Section
754 of the Code.
Section 5.06. Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner.
(a) The Company shall sign on behalf of the Trust the tax returns of
the Trust.
(b) The Company shall be designated the "tax matters partner" of the
Trust pursuant to Section 6231(a)(7)(A) of the Code and applicable Treasury
Regulations.
21
<PAGE> 27
ARTICLE SIX
AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE
Section 6.01. General Authority. Subject to the provisions and
limitations of Sections 2.03 and 2.06, the Owner Trustee is authorized and
directed to execute and deliver the Basic Documents to which the Trust is to be
a party and each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to or
contemplated by the Basic Documents to which the Trust is to be a party and any
amendment or other agreement, as evidenced conclusively by the Owner Trustee's
execution thereof. In addition to the foregoing, the Owner Trustee is
authorized, but shall not be obligated, to take all actions required of the
Trust pursuant to the Basic Documents. The Owner Trustee is further authorized
from time to time to take such action as the Administrator recommends with
respect to the Basic Documents.
Section 6.02. General Duties. Subject to the provisions and limitations
of Sections 2.03 and 2.06, it shall be the duty of the Owner Trustee to
discharge (or cause to be discharged through the Administrator or such agents as
shall be appointed with the consent of the Insurer) all of its responsibilities
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which the
Trust is a party and to administer the Trust in the interest of the Owners,
subject to the Basic Documents and in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall on behalf of
the Trust file and prove any claim or claims that may exist against the Company
in connection with any claims paying procedure as part of an insolvency or
receivership proceeding involving the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have discharged its duties and
responsibilities hereunder and under the Basic Documents to the extent the
Administrator has agreed in the Administration Agreement to perform any act or
to discharge any duty of the Owner Trustee hereunder or under any Basic
Document, and the Owner Trustee shall not be held liable for the default or
failure of the Administrator to carry out its obligations under the
Administration Agreement.
Section 6.03. Action Upon Instruction.
(a) Subject to Article Four, in accordance with the terms of the Basic
Documents, the Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred
and be continuing) or the Owners (if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and
be continuing) (the "Instructing Party") may by written instruction direct the
Owner Trustee in the management of the Trust. Such direction may be exercised at
any time by written instruction of the Instructing Party pursuant to Article
Four.
(b) The Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action
hereunder or under any other Basic Document if the Owner Trustee shall have
reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such action
is likely to result in liability on the part of the Owner Trustee or is contrary
to the terms hereof or of any other Basic Document or is otherwise contrary to
law.
22
<PAGE> 28
(c) Whenever the Owner Trustee is unable to decide between alternative
courses of action permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or under
any other Basic Document, the Owner Trustee shall promptly give notice (in such
form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Instructing Party
requesting instruction as to the course of action to be adopted, and to the
extent the Owner Trustee acts in good faith in accordance with any written
instruction of the Instructing Party received, the Owner Trustee shall not be
liable on account of such action to any Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not
have received appropriate instruction within ten days of such notice (or within
such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may
be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to,
take or refrain from taking such action not inconsistent with this Agreement and
the other Basic Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the
Owners, and shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.
(d) In the event that the Owner Trustee is unsure as to the application
of any provision of this Agreement or any other Basic Document or any such
provision is ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in
conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this
Agreement permits any determination by the Owner Trustee or is silent or is
incomplete as to the course of action that the Owner Trustee is required to take
with respect to a particular set of facts, the Owner Trustee may give notice (in
such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Instructing
Party requesting instruction and, to the extent that the Owner Trustee acts or
refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any such instruction
received, the Owner Trustee shall not be liable, on account of such action or
inaction, to any Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not have received
appropriate instruction within ten days of such notice (or within such shorter
period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary
under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain
from taking such action not inconsistent with this Agreement or the other Basic
Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Owners, and shall
have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.
Section 6.04. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in
Instructions. The Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage,
make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of or
otherwise deal with the Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or refrain from
taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby
to which the Owner Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms
of this Agreement or in any document or written instruction received by the
Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 6.03; and no implied duties or obligations
shall be read into this Agreement or any other Basic Document against the Owner
Trustee. The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility for filing any financing
or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise
perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to
it hereunder or to prepare or file any Commission filing for the Trust or to
record this Agreement or any other Basic Document. The Owner Trustee
nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense, promptly take all
action as may be necessary to discharge any liens on any part of the Trust
Estate that result from actions by, or claims against, the Owner Trustee that
are not related to the ownership or the administration of the Trust Estate.
23
<PAGE> 29
Section 6.05. No Action Except Under Specified Documents or
Instructions. The Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of
or otherwise deal with any part of the Trust Estate except (i) in accordance
with the powers granted to and the authority conferred upon the Owner Trustee
pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) in accordance with the other Basic Documents
and (iii) in accordance with any document or instruction delivered to the Owner
Trustee pursuant to Section 6.03.
Section 6.06. Restrictions. The Owner Trustee shall not take any action
(i) that is inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section
2.03 or (ii) that, to the actual knowledge of the Owner Trustee, would result in
the Trust's becoming taxable as a corporation for federal or state income tax
purposes. The Owners shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take action that
would violate the provisions of this Section.
24
<PAGE> 30
ARTICLE SEVEN
CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE
Section 7.01. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties. The Owner Trustee
accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder
with respect to such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement. The Owner
Trustee also agrees to disburse all moneys actually received by it constituting
part of the Trust Estate upon the terms of the Basic Documents and this
Agreement. The Owner Trustee shall not be answerable or accountable hereunder or
under any other Basic Document under any circumstances, except (i) for its own
willful misconduct or negligence or (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any
representation or warranty contained in Section 7.03 expressly made by the Owner
Trustee. In particular, but not by way of limitation (and subject to the
exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):
(a) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made by a responsible officer of the Owner Trustee;
(b) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any
action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the
instructions of the Administrator or any Owner;
(c) no provision of this Agreement or any other Basic Document
shall require the Owner Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise
incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights
or powers hereunder or under any Basic Document if the Owner Trustee
shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such
funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured or provided to it;
(d) under no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be liable
for indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the Basic
Documents, including the principal of and interest on the Notes;
(e) the Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for or in
respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or for the due
execution hereof by the Depositor or the Insurer or for the form,
character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any of the
Trust Estate, or for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of
the Basic Documents, other than the certificate of authentication on
the Trust Certificates, and the Owner Trustee shall in no event assume
or incur any liability, duty, or obligation to any Noteholder or to any
Owner, other than as expressly provided for herein or expressly agreed
to in the Basic Documents;
(f) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or
misconduct of the Administrator, WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc., as
Seller or Depositor, the Insurer, the Indenture Trustee or the Master
Servicer under any of the Basic Documents or otherwise and the Owner
Trustee shall have no obligation or liability to perform the
obligations of the Trust under this Agreement or the other Basic
Documents that are
25
<PAGE> 31
required to be performed by the Administrator under the Administration
Agreement, the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or the Master
Servicer or WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc. as Seller or Depositor under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement; and
(g) the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise
any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to
institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or
otherwise or in relation to this Agreement or any other Basic Document,
at the request, order or direction of the Instructing Party, unless
such Instructing Party has offered to the Owner Trustee security or
indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and
liabilities that may be incurred by the Owner Trustee therein or
thereby. The right of the Owner Trustee to perform any discretionary
act enumerated in this Agreement or in any other Basic Document shall
not be construed as a duty, and the Owner Trustee shall not be
answerable for other than its negligence or willful misconduct in the
performance of any such act.
Section 7.02. Furnishing of Documents. The Owner Trustee shall furnish
to the Owners promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor, duplicates or
copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates, financial
statements and any other instruments furnished to the Owner Trustee under the
Basic Documents.
Section 7.03. Representations and Warranties. The Owner Trustee hereby
represents and warrants to the Depositor, the Owners and the Insurer that:
(a) It is a banking corporation duly organized and validly
existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. It
has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and
perform its obligations under this Agreement.
(b) It has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize
the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement, and this Agreement
will be executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly
authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.
(c) Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this
Agreement, nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated
hereby nor compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions hereof
will contravene any federal or Delaware law, governmental rule or
regulation governing the banking or trust powers of the Owner Trustee
or any judgment or order binding on it, or constitute any default under
its charter documents or bylaws or any indenture, mortgage, contract,
agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its
properties may be bound or result in the creation or imposition of any
lien, charge or encumbrance on the Trust Estate resulting from actions
by or claims against the Owner Trustee individually which are unrelated
to this Agreement or the other Basic Documents.
26
<PAGE> 32
Section 7.04. Reliance; Advice of Counsel.
(a) The Owner Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon
any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order,
certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or paper believed by it to
be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties. The
Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of
directors or other governing body of any corporate party as conclusive evidence
that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in
full force and effect. As to any fact or matter the method of determination of
which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all
purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice
president or by the treasurer or other authorized officers of the relevant
party, as to such fact or matter and such certificate shall constitute full
protection to the Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by
it in good faith in reliance thereon.
(b) In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in
the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement or the other
Basic Documents, the Owner Trustee (i) may act directly or through its agents or
attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them, and the Owner
Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct or misconduct of such agents or
attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Owner
Trustee with reasonable care, and (ii) may consult with counsel, accountants and
other skilled persons to be selected with reasonable care and employed by it.
The Owner Trustee shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in
good faith by it in accordance with the written opinion or advice of any such
counsel, accountants or other such persons and not contrary to this Agreement or
any other Basic Document.
Section 7.05. Not Acting in Individual Capacity. Except as provided in
this Article Seven, in accepting the trusts hereby created, The Chase Manhattan
Bank (USA) acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its individual
capacity, and all Persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee by reason
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Basic Document
shall look only to the Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction thereof.
Section 7.06. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Trust Certificates, Notes or
Contracts. The recitals contained herein and in the Trust Certificates (other
than the signature and countersignature of the Owner Trustee and the certificate
of authentication on the Trust Certificates) shall be taken as the statements of
the Depositor, and the Owner Trustee assumes no responsibility for the
correctness thereof. The Owner Trustee makes no representations as to the
validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, any other Basic Document or the Trust
Certificates (other than the signature and countersignature of the Owner Trustee
and the certificate of authentication on the Trust Certificates) or the Notes,
or of any Contract or related documents. The Owner Trustee shall at no time have
any responsibility or liability for or with respect to the legality, validity
and enforceability of any Contract, or the perfection and priority of any
security interest created by any Contract in any Financed Vehicle or the
maintenance of any such perfection and priority, or for or with respect to the
sufficiency of the Trust Estate or its ability to generate the payments to be
distributed to Certificateholders
27
<PAGE> 33
under this Agreement or the Noteholders under the Indenture, including, without
limitation, the existence, condition and ownership of any Financed Vehicle; the
existence and enforceability of any insurance thereon; the existence and
contents of any Contract on any computer or other record thereof; the validity
of the assignment of any Contract to the Trust or of any intervening assignment;
the completeness of any Contract; the performance or enforcement of any
Contract; the compliance by the Depositor, the Insurer or the Master Servicer
with any warranty or representation made under any Basic Document or in any
related document or the accuracy of any such warranty or representation; or any
action of the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee or the Master Servicer or any
subservicer taken in the name of the Owner Trustee.
Section 7.07. Owner Trustee May Own Trust Certificates and Notes. The
Owner Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Trust Certificates or Notes and may deal with the Depositor, the
Insurer, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee and the Master Servicer in
banking transactions with the same rights as it would have if it were not Owner
Trustee.
28
<PAGE> 34
ARTICLE EIGHT
COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE
Section 8.01. Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses. The Owner Trustee
shall receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been
separately agreed upon before the date hereof between the Depositor and the
Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the
Depositor for its other reasonable expenses hereunder, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses and disbursements of such agents, representatives,
experts and counsel as the Owner Trustee may employ in connection with the
exercise and performance of its rights and its duties hereunder.
Section 8.02. Indemnification. The Company shall be liable as primary
obligor for, and shall indemnify the Owner Trustee and its successors, assigns,
agents and servants (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") from and against,
any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims, actions
and suits, and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements
(including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever
(collectively, "Expenses") which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or
asserted against the Owner Trustee or any Indemnified Party in any way relating
to or arising out of this Agreement, the other Basic Documents, the Trust
Estate, the administration of the Trust Estate or the action or inaction of the
Owner Trustee hereunder, except only that the Company shall not be liable for or
required to indemnify an Indemnified Party from and against Expenses arising or
resulting from any of the matters described in the third sentence of Section
7.01. The indemnities contained in this Section shall survive the resignation or
termination of the Owner Trustee or the termination of this Agreement. In the
event of any claim, action or proceeding for which indemnity will be sought
pursuant to this Section, the Owner Trustee's choice of legal counsel shall be
subject to the approval of the Depositor, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
Section 8.03. Payments to the Owner Trustee. Any amounts paid to the
Owner Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be deemed not to be a part of the
Trust Estate immediately after such payment.
29
<PAGE> 35
ARTICLE NINE
TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT
Section 9.01. Termination of Trust Agreement.
(a) This Agreement (other than Article Eight) and the Trust shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) final
distribution by the Owner Trustee of all moneys or other property or proceeds of
the Trust Estate in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and Article Five, (ii) the expiration of 21 years from the
death of the survivor of the descendants of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late
Ambassador of the United States to the Court of St. James's, living on the date
hereof and (iii) the time provided in Section 9.02. The bankruptcy, liquidation,
dissolution, death or incapacity of any Owner, other than the Company as
described in Section 9.02, shall not (i) operate to terminate this Agreement or
the Trust, (ii) entitle such Owner's legal representatives or heirs to claim an
accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court for a partition or
winding up of all or any part of the Trust or Trust Estate or (iii) otherwise
affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Owner Trustee to make draws
upon the Certificate Policy shall survive the termination of the Trust until the
end of any preference period associated with the termination of the Trust.
(b) Except as provided in Section 9.01(a), neither the Depositor, the
Company, the Insurer nor any Owner shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the
Trust.
(c) Notice of any termination of the Trust, specifying the Distribution
Date upon which Certificateholders shall surrender their Trust Certificates to
the Paying Agent for payment of the final distribution and cancellation, shall
be given by the Owner Trustee by letter to Certificateholders mailed within five
Business Days of receipt of notice of such termination from the Master Servicer
given pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, stating
(i) the Distribution Date upon or with respect to which final payment of the
Trust Certificates shall be made upon presentation and surrender of the Trust
Certificates at the office of the Paying Agent therein designated, (ii) the
amount of any such final payment and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise
applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable, payments being made only
upon presentation and surrender of the Trust Certificates at the office of the
Paying Agent therein specified. The Owner Trustee shall give such notice to the
Certificate Registrar (if other than the Owner Trustee) and the Paying Agent at
the time such notice is given to Certificateholders. Upon presentation and
surrender of the Trust Certificates, the Paying Agent shall cause to be
distributed to Certificateholders amounts distributable on such Distribution
Date pursuant to Section 5.02. In addition, the Owner Trustee shall notify the
Rating Agencies upon the final payment of the Trust Certificates.
(d) In the event that all of the Certificateholders shall not surrender
their Trust Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date
specified in the above mentioned written notice, the Owner Trustee shall give a
second written notice to the remaining
30
<PAGE> 36
Certificateholders to surrender their Trust Certificates for cancellation and
receive the final distribution with respect thereto. If within one year after
the second notice all the Trust Certificates shall not have been surrendered for
cancellation, the Owner Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an
agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining Certificateholders
concerning surrender of their Trust Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be
paid out of the funds and other assets that shall remain subject to this
Agreement. Any funds remaining in the Trust after exhaustion of such remedies
shall be distributed by the Owner Trustee to the Depositor.
(e) Upon the winding up of the Trust and its termination, the Owner
Trustee shall cause the Certificate of Trust to be cancelled by filing a
certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3810 of the Business Trust Statute.
Section 9.02. Dissolution upon Bankruptcy of the Company. In the event
that an Insolvency Event shall occur with respect to the Company, the Trust will
terminate unless within 90 days after the occurrence of such Insolvency Event,
(i) the Holders of Trust Certificates representing more than 50% of the
Certificate Balance agree in writing to continue the business of the Trust and
to the appointment of a Person to hold the Company Trust Certificate and to
assume the liabilities incident thereto, and (ii) the Owner Trustee requests and
obtains the opinion of counsel from counsel acceptable to the Insurer to the
effect that a failure to terminate the Trust upon the occurrence of such
Insolvency Event (and the transfer, if any, of the Company Trust Certificate),
in light of the vote of the Holders of Trust Certificates referred to in
subparagraph (i) above, will not cause the Trust to be treated as an association
(or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal or
California income tax purposes. Promptly after the occurrence of any Insolvency
Event with respect to the Company, (a) the Company shall give the Insurer, the
Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee written notice of such Insolvency Event,
(b) the Owner Trustee shall, upon the receipt of such written notice from the
Company, give prompt written notice to the Certificateholders, the Insurer and
the Indenture Trustee, of the occurrence of such event and (c) the Indenture
Trustee shall, upon receipt of written notice of such Insolvency Event from the
Owner Trustee or the Company, give prompt written notice to the Noteholders of
the occurrence of such event; provided, however, that any failure to give a
notice required by this sentence shall not prevent or delay, in any manner, a
termination of the Trust pursuant to the first sentence of this Section.
Following a termination pursuant to this Section, the Owner Trustee shall direct
the Indenture Trustee to sell the assets of the Trust (other than the
Certificate Policy and the Trust Accounts) at one or more private or public
sales conducted in any manner permitted by law. The proceeds of each such sale
of assets of the Trust shall be treated as Net Collections under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.
31
<PAGE> 37
ARTICLE TEN
SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES
Section 10.01. Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee. The Owner
Trustee shall at all times be a corporation satisfying the provisions of Section
3807(a) of the Business Trust Statute; authorized to exercise corporate trust
powers; having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and
subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities; and
having (or having a parent that has) a rating of at least Baa3 by Moody's and
A-1 by Standard & Poor's. If such corporation shall publish reports of condition
at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid
supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section, the
combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published. In case at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible
in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Owner Trustee shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 10.02.
Section 10.02. Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee. The Owner
Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created
by giving written notice thereof to the Administrator and the Insurer. Upon
receiving such notice of resignation, the Administrator shall promptly appoint a
successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which
instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Owner Trustee and one copy to the
successor Owner Trustee; provided that the Depositor shall have received written
confirmation from each Rating Agency that the proposed appointment will not
result in an increased capital charge to the Insurer by either Rating Agency. If
no successor Owner Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted
appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the
resigning Owner Trustee or the Insurer may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.
If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of Section 10.01 and shall fail to resign after
written request therefor by the Administrator, or if at any time the Owner
Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or
insolvent, or a receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall be
appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Owner
Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation,
conservation or liquidation, then the Administrator, with the consent of the
Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
continuing) may remove the Owner Trustee. If the Administrator shall remove the
Owner Trustee under the authority of the immediately preceding sentence, the
Administrator shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written
instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the
outgoing Owner Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee,
and shall pay all fees owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.
Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a
successor Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall
not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner
Trustee pursuant to Section 10.03
32
<PAGE> 38
and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee. The
Administrator shall provide notice of such resignation or removal of the Owner
Trustee to each Rating Agency.
Section 10.03. Successor Owner Trustee. Any successor Owner Trustee
appointed pursuant to Section 10.02 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to
the Administrator, the Insurer and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an
instrument accepting such appointment under this Agreement, and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the predecessor Owner Trustee shall become effective,
and such successor Owner Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance,
shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of
its predecessor under this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as
Owner Trustee. The predecessor Owner Trustee shall upon payment of its fees and
expenses deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all documents and statements and
monies held by it under this Agreement; and the Administrator and the
predecessor Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such
other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and
confirming in the successor Owner Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and
obligations.
No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee shall
be eligible pursuant to Section 10.01.
Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to
this Section, the Administrator shall mail notice thereof to all
Certificateholders, the Insurer, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and each
Rating Agency. If the Administrator shall fail to mail such notice within ten
days after acceptance of such appointment by the successor Owner Trustee, the
successor Owner Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of
the Administrator.
Section 10.04. Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee. Any
corporation into which the Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with
which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any
corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of the Owner Trustee, shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee
hereunder, without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act
on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding; provided, that such corporation shall be eligible pursuant to
Section 10.01 and, provided, further, that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice
of such merger or consolidation to each Rating Agency.
Section 10.05. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Trust Estate or any Financed Vehicle may at the time be located, the
Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and
shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons
approved by the Administrator and Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly
with the Owner Trustee, or as separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or
any part of the Trust Estate, and
33
<PAGE> 39
to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to the Trust or any part
thereof and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers,
duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Administrator and the Owner
Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. If the Administrator shall not have
joined in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request
so to do, the Owner Trustee alone shall have the power to make such appointment.
No co-trustee or separate trustee under this Agreement shall be required to meet
the terms of eligibility as a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 10.01
except that such co-trustee or successor trustee shall have (or have a parent
that has) a rating of at least Baa3 by Moody's and A-1 by Standard & Poor's, and
no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be
required pursuant to Section 10.03.
Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:
(a) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or
imposed upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or
performed by the Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee
jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee
is not authorized to act separately without the Owner Trustee joining
in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any
jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed,
the Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such
act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations
(including the holding of title to the Trust Estate or any portion
thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed
singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the
direction of the Owner Trustee;
(b) no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable
by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this
Agreement; and
(c) the Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly may
at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or
co-trustee.
Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall
be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and
co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument
appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its
acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property
specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Owner
Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions
of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement
relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of or affording protection
to, the Owner Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner
Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Administrator and the Insurer.
Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner
Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all
34
<PAGE> 40
of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be
exercised by the Owner Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the
appointment of a new or successor co-trustee or separate trustee.
35
<PAGE> 41
ARTICLE ELEVEN
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 11.01. Supplements and Amendments.
(a) This Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the Company and the
Owner Trustee, with the prior written consent of the Insurer (so long an Insurer
Default shall not have occurred and be continuing), without the consent of any
of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct
or supplement any provisions in this Agreement or to add any other provisions
with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement that shall not
be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that
any such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely
affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder or
Certificateholder.
(b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time with the prior
written consent of the Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have
occurred and be continuing) by the Depositor, the Company and the Owner Trustee,
with the consent of the Holders of Trust Certificates evidencing not less than
51% of the Certificate Balance (which consent of any Holder of a Note or Trust
Certificate given pursuant to this Section or pursuant to any other provision of
this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all future
Holders of such Note or Trust Certificate, as the case may be, issued upon the
transfer thereof or in exchange thereof or in lieu thereof whether or not
notation of such consent is made thereon) and, if such amendment materially and
adversely affects the interests of the Noteholders, with the consent of Holders
(as such term is defined in the Indenture) of Notes evidencing not less than 51%
of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, for the purpose of adding any provisions
to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this
Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such amendment shall increase or
reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, (i)
collections of payments on Contracts or distributions that shall be required to
be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders or any
Interest Rate or the Pass-Through Rate or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage
of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance required to
consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the Insurer and the
Holders of all outstanding Notes and Trust Certificates.
(c) Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Owner
Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or
consent, together with a copy thereof, to the Indenture Trustee, the Insurer,
the Administrator and each Rating Agency.
(d) Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the
Owner Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such
amendment or consent to each Certificateholder. It shall not be necessary for
the consent of Certificateholders, Noteholders or the Indenture Trustee pursuant
to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve
36
<PAGE> 42
the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents (and any other
consents of Certificateholders provided for in this Agreement or in any other
Basic Document) and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by
Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Owner
Trustee may prescribe.
(e) Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the Certificate of
Trust, the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment with the
Secretary of State.
(f) Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement or the
Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely
upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is
authorized or permitted by this Agreement. The Owner Trustee may, but shall not
be obligated to, enter into any such amendment that affects the Owner Trustee's
own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.
Section 11.02. No Legal Title to Trust Estate in Owners. The Owners
shall not have legal title to any part of the Trust Estate. The Owners shall be
entitled to receive distributions with respect to their undivided ownership
interest therein only in accordance with Articles Five and Nine. No transfer, by
operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title or interest of the Owners to
and in their ownership interest in the Trust Estate shall operate to terminate
this Agreement or the trusts hereunder or entitle any transferee to an
accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part of the Trust
Estate.
Section 11.03. Limitations on Rights of Others. Except for Section
2.07, the provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Owner
Trustee, the Depositor, the Company, the Owners, the Administrator and, to the
extent expressly provided herein, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, and
nothing in this Agreement (other than Section 2.07), whether express or implied,
shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim in the Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or
any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.
Section 11.04. Notices. All demands, notices and communications under
this Agreement shall be in writing personally delivered or mailed by certified
mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon
receipt in the case of (a) the Owner Trustee, at the Owner Trustee Corporate
Trust Office; (b) the Depositor, at 23 Pasteur Road, Irvine, California 92718,
Attention: Legal Department; (c) the Company, at 23 Pasteur Road, Irvine,
California 92718, Attention: Legal Department; (d) the Insurer, at 350 Park
Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Surveillance Department, Telex No.:
(212) 688-3101, Confirmation: (212) 826-0100, Telecopy Nos.: (212) 339-3518,
(212) 339-3529 (in each case in which notice or other communication to Financial
Security refers to an Event of Default, a claim on the Certificate Policy or the
Note Policy or with respect to which failure on the part of Financial Security
to respond shall be deemed to constitute consent or acceptance, then a copy of
such other notice or other communication should also be sent to the attention of
the General Counsel and the Head -- Financial Guaranty Group "URGENT MATERIAL
ENCLOSED"); or (e) as to each party, at such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. Any
37
<PAGE> 43
notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Certificateholder shall be given
by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder as shown in
the Certificate Register. Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in
this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether
or not the Certificateholder receives such notice.
Section 11.05. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions, or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Trust
Certificates or the rights of the Holders thereof.
Section 11.06. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 11.07. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements
contained herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, each of the
Depositor, the Company, the Insurer, the Owner Trustee and their respective
successors and permitted assigns and each Owner and its successors and permitted
assigns, all as herein provided. Any request, notice, direction, consent, waiver
or other instrument or action by an Owner shall bind the successors and assigns
of such Owner.
Section 11.08. No Petition.
(a) The Depositor will not at any time institute against the Trust or
the Company any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the
Trust Certificates, the Notes, this Agreement or any of the other Basic
Documents.
(b) The Owner Trustee, by entering into this Agreement, each
Certificateholder, by accepting a Trust Certificate, and the Indenture Trustee
and each Noteholder, by accepting the benefits of this Agreement, hereby
covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against the Seller,
the Depositor, the Company or the Trust, or join in any institution against the
Seller, the Depositor, the Company or the Trust of, any bankruptcy proceedings
under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection
with any obligations relating to the Trust Certificates, the Notes, this
Agreement or any of the other Basic Documents.
(c) The Company will not at any time institute against the Trust, the
Seller or the Depositor any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States
federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations
relating to the Trust Certificates, the Notes, the Agreement or any of the other
Basic Documents.
Section 11.09. No Recourse. Each Certificateholder by accepting a Trust
Certificate acknowledges that such Certificateholder's Trust Certificates
represent beneficial interests in
38
<PAGE> 44
the Trust only and do not represent interests in or obligations of the
Depositor, the Company, the Master Servicer, the Seller, the Administrator, the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any of their respective Affiliates and
no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, except as may be
expressly set forth or contemplated in this Agreement, the Trust Certificates or
the other Basic Documents.
Section 11.10. Headings. The headings of the various Articles and
Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or
limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 11.11. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
Section 11.12. Depositor Payment Obligation. The Depositor shall be
responsible for payment of the Administrator's compensation pursuant to Section
3 of the Administration Agreement and shall reimburse the Administrator for all
expenses and liabilities of the Administrator incurred thereunder.
Section 11.13. Insurer Default or Insolvency. If a default under the
Note Policy or the Certificate Policy has occurred and is continuing or a
Insurer Insolvency has occurred, any provision of this Agreement or any other
Basic Document giving the Insurer the right to direct, appoint or consent to,
approve of, or take any action under this Agreement, shall be inoperative during
the period of such default or the period from and after such Insurer Insolvency
and such consent or approval shall be deemed to have been given for the purpose
of such provisions.
39
<PAGE> 45
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, as of the
day and year first above written.
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.,
as Depositor
By:________________________________
Name:
Title:
WESTCORP INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:________________________________
Name:
Title:
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
By:________________________________
Name:
Title:
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA),
as Owner Trustee
By:________________________________
Name:
Title:
<PAGE> 46
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF CERTIFICATE DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT
A-1
<PAGE> 47
EXHIBIT B
CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
This Certificate of Trust of WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust (the
"Trust"), dated June __, 1996, is being duly executed and filed by The Chase
Manhattan Bank (USA), a Delaware corporation, as trustee, to form a business
trust under the Delaware Business Trust Act (12 Del. Code, Section 3801 et
seq.).
1. Name. The name of the business trust formed hereby is WFS Financial
1996-B Owner Trust.
2. Delaware Trustee. The name and business address of the trustee of
the Trust in the State of Delaware is The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA), Trust
Division, 802 Delaware Avenue, 13th Floor, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole trustee of the
Trust, has executed this Certificate of Trust as of the date first above
written.
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA),
not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner
Trustee
By:_______________________________________________
Name:
Title:
B-1
<PAGE> 48
EXHIBIT C
THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE IS SUBORDINATED IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE NOTES TO THE
EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.
UNLESS THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR
ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY TRUST
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME
AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE
TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
[TO BE INSERTED ON COMPANY CERTIFICATE--
THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE IS NON-TRANSFERABLE]
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
_____% AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED CERTIFICATE
evidencing a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, as defined below, the
property of which includes, among other things, (i) a pool of retail installment
sale contracts secured by new and used automobiles and light duty trucks sold to
the Trust by WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc. and (ii) a Financial Guaranty
Insurance Policy issued by Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the "Certificate
Policy"). The Certificate Final Distribution Date is __________ 20, 20__.
(This Trust Certificate does not represent an interest in or obligation of WFS
Financial Auto Loans, Inc., WFS Financial Inc, Westcorp Investments, Inc. or any
of their respective affiliates, and is not a deposit and is not insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.)
Full and complete payment of the Certificate Distributable Amount on each
Distribution Date is unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed pursuant to the
Certificate Policy.
NUMBER $__________
R-_____ CUSIP NO. __________
THIS CERTIFIES THAT _______________________ is the registered owner of
__________________________ Dollar ($____________) nonassessable, fully-paid,
fractional undivided interest in the WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust (the
"Trust") formed by WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc., a California corporation (the
"Depositor").
C-1
<PAGE> 49
The Trust was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement, dated as of June
1, 1996 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Trust Agreement"),
among WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc., as depositor (the "Depositor"), Westcorp
Investments, Inc. (the "Company"), Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the
"Insurer") and The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA), as owner trustee (the "Owner
Trustee"), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions of which is set
forth below. Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall
have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Agreement.
This Trust Certificate is one of the duly authorized Trust Certificates
designated as "_____% Auto Receivable Backed Certificates" (the "Trust
Certificates"). Also issued under the Indenture are five classes of Notes
designated as "___% Money Market Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-1", "___%
Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-2", "___% Auto Receivable Backed Notes,
Class A-3" and "___% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-4" (collectively, the
"Notes"). This Trust Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms,
provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement, to which Trust Agreement the
Holder of this Trust Certificate by virtue of its acceptance hereof assents and
by which such Holder is bound. The property of the Trust includes, among other
things, (i) a pool of retail installment sale contracts (the "Contracts") for
new and used automobiles and light duty trucks (the "Financed Vehicles") and
(ii) the Certificate Policy.
Under the Trust Agreement, there will be distributed on each __________
20, __________ 20, __________ 20 and __________ 20 of each year or, if any such
day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day (each, a
"Distribution Date"), commencing on __________, 1996 and ending no later than
__________ 20, 20__ to the person in whose name this Trust Certificate is
registered at the close of business on the last calendar day immediately
preceding the related Distribution Date or, if Definitive Trust Certificates are
issued, the 15th day of the immediately preceding calendar month (each, a
"Record Date"), such Certificateholder's fractional undivided interest in the
amount to be distributed to Certificateholders on such Distribution Date.
The holder of this Trust Certificate acknowledges and agrees that its
rights to receive distributions in respect of this Trust Certificate are
subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders to the extent described in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.
It is the intent of the Seller, the Master Servicer, the Company and
the Certificateholders that, for purposes of federal income, state and local
income and single business tax and any other income taxes, the Trust will be
treated as a partnership and the Certificateholders (including the Company) will
be treated as partners in that partnership. The Company and the other
Certificateholders, by acceptance of a Trust Certificate, agree to treat, and to
take no action inconsistent with the treatment of, the Trust Certificates for
such tax purposes as partnership interests in the Trust.
Each Certificateholder or Certificate Owner, by its acceptance of a
Trust Certificate or, in the case of a Certificate Owner, a beneficial interest
in a Trust Certificate, covenants and agrees that such Certificateholder or
Certificate Owner, as the case may be, will not at any time institute against
the Trust, the Seller, the Depositor or the Company, or join in any
C-2
<PAGE> 50
institution against the Trust, the Seller, the Depositor or the Company of, any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings,
or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or
similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Trust
Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Agreement or any of the other Basic
Documents.
Distributions on this Trust Certificate will be made as provided in the
Trust Agreement by the Owner Trustee by wire transfer or check mailed to the
Certificateholder of record in the Certificate Register without the presentation
or surrender of this Trust Certificate or the making of any notation hereon,
except that with respect to Trust Certificates registered on the Record Date in
the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be
Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available
funds to the account designated by such nominee. Except as otherwise provided in
the Trust Agreement and notwithstanding the above, the final distribution on
this Trust Certificate will be made after due notice by the Owner Trustee of the
pendency of such distribution and only upon presentation and surrender of this
Trust Certificate at the office or agency maintained for that purpose by the
Owner Trustee in The City of New York.
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Trust
Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for
all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been
executed by an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual signature,
this Trust Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under
the Trust Agreement or any other Basic Document or be valid for any purpose.
THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS,
AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
C-3
<PAGE> 51
[REVERSE OF CERTIFICATE]
The Trust Certificates do not represent an obligation of, or an
interest in, the Seller, the Depositor, the Company, the Master Servicer, the
Owner Trustee or any of their respective Affiliates and no recourse may be had
against such parties or their assets, except as expressly set forth or
contemplated herein or in the Trust Agreement or the other Basic Documents. In
addition, this Trust Certificate is not guaranteed by any governmental agency or
instrumentality and is limited in right of payment to certain collections and
recoveries with respect to the Contracts (and certain other amounts), and
amounts payable under the Certificate Policy, in each case as more specifically
set forth herein and in the Sale and Servicing Agreement. A copy of each of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement may be examined by any
Certificateholder upon written request during normal business hours at the
principal office of the Depositor and at such other places, if any, designated
by the Depositor.
The Trust Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided,
the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
parties thereto and the rights of the Certificateholders under the Trust
Agreement at any time by the parties thereto with the consent of Holders of
Trust Certificates evidencing not less than 51% of the Certificate Balance and,
if such amendment materially and adversely affects the interests of the
Noteholders, with the consent of Holders of Notes, evidencing not less than 51%
of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes. Any such consent by the Holder of this
Trust Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all
future Holders of this Trust Certificate and of any Trust Certificate issued
upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or
not notation of such consent is made upon this Trust Certificate. The Trust
Agreement also permits the amendment thereof, in certain limited circumstances,
without the consent of the Holders of any of the Trust Certificates or the
Notes.
As provided in the Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations
therein set forth, the transfer of this Trust Certificate is registerable in the
Certificate Register upon surrender of this Trust Certificate for registration
of transfer at the offices or agencies of the Certificate Registrar maintained
by the Owner Trustee in The City of New York, accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the
Certificate Registrar duly executed by the Holder hereof or such Holder's
attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Trust
Certificates of authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate interest
in the Trust will be issued to the designated transferee. The initial
Certificate Registrar appointed under the Trust Agreement is The Chase Manhattan
Bank (USA).
Except as provided in the Trust Agreement, the Trust Certificates are
issuable only as registered Trust Certificates without coupons in denominations
of $1,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in
the Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Trust
Certificates are exchangeable for new Trust Certificates of authorized
denominations evidencing the same aggregate denomination, as requested by the
Holder surrendering the same. No service charge will be made for any such
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate
Registrar may
C-4
<PAGE> 52
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge
payable in connection therewith.
The Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and any of their
respective agents may treat the Person in whose name this Trust Certificate is
registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and none of the Owner Trustee,
the Certificate Registrar or any such agent shall be affected by any notice to
the contrary.
The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement and
the Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to Certificateholders
of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the Trust Agreement and
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the disposition of all property held as
part of the Trust Estate. The Seller may at its option purchase the Trust Estate
at a price specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and such purchase of
the Contracts and other property of the Trust will effect early retirement of
the Trust Certificates; however, such right of purchase is exercisable only as
of any Distribution Date on which the Aggregate Scheduled Balance is less than
or equal to 5% of the Cut-Off Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance.
The Trust Certificates may not be acquired by a Benefit Plan. By
accepting and holding this Trust Certificate, the Holder hereof or, in the case
of Book-Entry Trust Certificate, by accepting a beneficial interest in this
Trust Certificate, the related Certificate Owner, shall be deemed to have
represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan and is not acquiring
this Trust Certificate or an interest therein for the account of a Benefit Plan.
C-5
<PAGE> 53
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not
in its individual capacity, has caused this Trust Certificate to be duly
executed.
Dated: June __, 1996
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
By: THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA),
not in its individual capacity but solely as
Owner Trustee
By:_______________________________________________
Authorized Signatory
OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Trust Certificates referred to in the
within-mentioned Trust Agreement.
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
(USA), not in its individual capacity but
solely as Owner Trustee
By:_______________________________________________
Authorized Signatory
C-6
<PAGE> 54
ASSIGNMENT
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
_______________________________________________________________________________
(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)
_______________________________________________________________________________
the within Trust Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably
constituting and appointing
_______________________________________________________________________________
to transfer said Trust Certificate on the books of the Certificate Registrar,
with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated:______________
Signature Guaranteed:
_______________________________________ ___________________________________
NOTICE: Signature(s) must be guaranteed NOTICE: The signature to this
by an eligible guarantor institution. assignment must correspond with the
name of the registered owner as it
appears on the face of the within
Trust Certificate in every
particular, without alteration or
enlargement or any change whatever.
C-7
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 4.2
Brown & Wood
Draft of
6/10/96
=============================================================================
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST,
as Issuer,
and
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee
-------------------------
INDENTURE
Dated as of June 1, 1996
-------------------------
$____________
Auto Receivable Backed Notes
=============================================================================
<PAGE> 2
CROSS REFERENCE TABLE(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TIA Indenture
Section Section
------- -------
<S> <C>
310 (a)(1)......................................................................................... 6.11
(a)(2)......................................................................................... 6.11
(a)(3)......................................................................................... 6.10
(a)(4)......................................................................................... N.A.(2)
(a)(5)......................................................................................... 6.11
(b)............................................................................................ 6.08; 6.11
(c)............................................................................................ N.A.
311 (a)............................................................................................ 6.12
(b)............................................................................................ 6.12
(c)............................................................................................ N.A.
312 (a)............................................................................................ 7.01
(b)............................................................................................ 7.02
(c)............................................................................................ 7.02
313 (a)............................................................................................ 7.04
(b)(1)......................................................................................... 7.04
(b)(2)......................................................................................... 7.04
(c)............................................................................................ 11.05
(d)............................................................................................ 7.04
314 (a)............................................................................................ 7.03
(b)............................................................................................ 11.15
(c)(1)......................................................................................... 11.01
(c)(2)......................................................................................... 11.01
(c)(3)......................................................................................... 11.01
(d)............................................................................................ 11.01
(e)............................................................................................ 11.01
(f)............................................................................................ 11.01
315 (a)............................................................................................ 6.01
(b)............................................................................................ 6.05; 11.05
(c)............................................................................................ 6.01
(d)............................................................................................ 6.01
(e)............................................................................................ 5.14
316 (a)............................................................................................ 1.01
(a)(1)(A)...................................................................................... 5.12
(a)(1)(B)...................................................................................... 5.13
(a)(2)......................................................................................... N.A.
(b)............................................................................................ 5.08
(c)............................................................................................ N.A.
317 (a)(1)......................................................................................... 5.03
(a)(2)......................................................................................... 5.03
(b)............................................................................................ 3.03
318 (a)............................................................................................ 11.07
</TABLE>
- --------
1 This Cross Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be
part of this Indenture.
2 N.A. means Not Applicable.
<PAGE> 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
<S> <C>
Section 1.01. Definitions................................................................................... 2
Section 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act............................................. 11
Section 1.03. Rules of Construction......................................................................... 11
ARTICLE TWO
THE NOTES
Section 2.01. Form ......................................................................................... 13
Section 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Delivery........................................................ 13
Section 2.03. Temporary Notes............................................................................... 13
Section 2.04. Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange........................................... 14
Section 2.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.................................................... 15
Section 2.06. Persons Deemed Owner.......................................................................... 16
Section 2.07. Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest......................................... 16
Section 2.08. Cancellation.................................................................................. 17
Section 2.09. Book-Entry Notes.............................................................................. 17
Section 2.10. Notices to Clearing Agency.................................................................... 18
Section 2.11. Definitive Notes.............................................................................. 18
Section 2.12. Release of Collateral......................................................................... 19
Section 2.13. Tax Treatment................................................................................. 19
ARTICLE THREE
COVENANTS
Section 3.01. Payment of Principal and Interest............................................................. 20
Section 3.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency............................................................... 20
Section 3.03. Money for Payments to be Held in Trust........................................................ 20
Section 3.04. Existence..................................................................................... 22
Section 3.05. Protection of Trust Estate.................................................................... 22
Section 3.06. Opinions as to Trust Estate................................................................... 23
Section 3.07. Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Contracts............................................ 23
Section 3.08. Negative Covenants............................................................................ 25
Section 3.09. Annual Statement as to Compliance............................................................. 26
Section 3.10. Issuer May Consolidate, etc. Only on Certain Terms............................................ 26
Section 3.11. Successor or Transferee....................................................................... 28
</TABLE>
(i)
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Section 3.12. No Other Business............................................................................. 28
Section 3.13. No Borrowing.................................................................................. 28
Section 3.14. Master Servicer's Obligations................................................................. 29
Section 3.15. Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities............................................. 29
Section 3.16. Capital Expenditures.......................................................................... 29
Section 3.17. Restricted Payments........................................................................... 29
Section 3.18. Notice of Events of Default................................................................... 29
Section 3.19. Further Instruments and Acts.................................................................. 29
Section 3.20. Compliance with Laws.......................................................................... 29
Section 3.21. Amendments of Sale and Servicing Agreement and Trust Agreement................................ 30
Section 3.22. Removal of Administrator...................................................................... 30
ARTICLE FOUR
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture....................................................... 31
Section 4.02. Application of Trust Money.................................................................... 32
Section 4.03. Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent...................................................... 32
ARTICLE FIVE
REMEDIES
Section 5.01. Events of Default............................................................................. 33
Section 5.02. Rights upon Event of Default.................................................................. 34
Section 5.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee;
Authority of Controlling Party........................................................... 35
Section 5.04. Remedies...................................................................................... 37
Section 5.05. Optional Preservation of the Contracts........................................................ 38
Section 5.06. Priorities.................................................................................... 38
Section 5.07. Limitation of Suits........................................................................... 40
Section 5.08. Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest......................... 40
Section 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies............................................................ 41
Section 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative................................................................ 41
Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not a Waiver................................................................ 41
Section 5.12. Control by Noteholders........................................................................ 41
Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults....................................................................... 42
Section 5.14. Undertaking for Costs......................................................................... 42
Section 5.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.............................................................. 42
Section 5.16. Action on Notes............................................................................... 43
Section 5.17. Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations............................................ 43
Section 5.18. Claims Under Note Policy...................................................................... 43
Section 5.19. Preference Claims............................................................................. 44
</TABLE>
(ii)
<PAGE> 5
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
ARTICLE SIX
THE TRUSTEE
<S> <C>
Section 6.01. Duties of Trustee............................................................................. 46
Section 6.02. Rights of Trustee............................................................................. 47
Section 6.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.................................................................. 49
Section 6.04. Trustee's Disclaimer.......................................................................... 49
Section 6.05. Notice of Defaults............................................................................ 49
Section 6.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders................................................................. 49
Section 6.07. Compensation and Indemnity.................................................................... 49
Section 6.08. Replacement of Trustee........................................................................ 50
Section 6.09. Successor Trustee by Merger................................................................... 51
Section 6.10. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee................................................. 51
Section 6.11. Eligibility; Disqualification................................................................. 53
Section 6.12. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.............................................. 53
Section 6.13. Representations and Warranties of Trustee..................................................... 53
ARTICLE SEVEN
NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS
Section 7.01. Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders.................................. 54
Section 7.02. Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders.................................... 54
Section 7.03. Reports by Issuer............................................................................. 54
Section 7.04. Reports by Trustee............................................................................ 55
ARTICLE EIGHT
ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES
Section 8.01. Collection of Money........................................................................... 56
Section 8.02. Trust Accounts................................................................................ 56
Section 8.03. General Provisions Regarding Accounts......................................................... 57
Section 8.04. Release of Trust Estate....................................................................... 58
Section 8.05. Opinion of Counsel............................................................................ 58
ARTICLE NINE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
Section 9.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders........................................ 59
Section 9.02. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders........................................... 60
Section 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.......................................................... 61
</TABLE>
(iii)
<PAGE> 6
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Section 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indenture.............................................................. 61
Section 9.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act........................................................... 62
Section 9.06. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures................................................. 62
ARTICLE TEN
REDEMPTION OF NOTES
Section 10.01. Redemption................................................................................... 63
Section 10.02. Form of Redemption Notice.................................................................... 63
Section 10.03. Notes Payable on Redemption Date............................................................. 64
ARTICLE ELEVEN
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 11.01. Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.................................................... 65
Section 11.02. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee....................................................... 67
Section 11.03. Acts of Noteholders.......................................................................... 67
Section 11.04. Notices, etc., to Trustee, Issuer, Insurer and Rating Agencies............................... 68
Section 11.05. Notices to Noteholders; Waiver............................................................... 69
Section 11.06. Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions...................................................... 70
Section 11.07. Conflict With Trust Indenture Act............................................................ 70
Section 11.08. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents..................................................... 70
Section 11.09. Successors and Assigns....................................................................... 70
Section 11.10. Separability................................................................................. 70
Section 11.11. Benefits of Indenture........................................................................ 70
Section 11.12. Legal Holidays............................................................................... 71
Section 11.13. Governing Law................................................................................ 71
Section 11.14. Counterparts................................................................................. 71
Section 11.15. Recording of Indenture....................................................................... 71
Section 11.16. Trust Obligation............................................................................. 71
Section 11.17. No Petition.................................................................................. 71
Section 11.18. Inspection................................................................................... 72
Section 11.19. Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee..................................................... 72
EXHIBITS
Schedule A - Schedule of Contracts.......................................................................SA-1
Exhibit A - Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement.........................................................A-1
Exhibit B - Form of Depository Agreement.................................................................B-1
Exhibit C - Form of Class A-1 Note.......................................................................C-1
Exhibit D - Form of Class A-2 Note.......................................................................D-1
</TABLE>
(iv)
<PAGE> 7
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Exhibit E - Form of Class A-3 Note.......................................................................E-1
Exhibit F - Form of Class A-4 Note.......................................................................F-1
Exhibit G - Form of Note Assignment......................................................................G-1
Exhibit H - Form of Note Policy..........................................................................H-1
</TABLE>
(v)
<PAGE> 8
This INDENTURE, dated as of June 1, 1996, is among WFS Financial 1996-B
Owner Trust, a Delaware business trust (the "Issuer"), and Bankers Trust Company
in its capacity as trustee (the "Trustee") and not in its individual capacity.
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuer's _____% Money
Market Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-1 (the "Class A-1 Notes" or the
"Money Market Notes"), _____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-2 (the
"Class A-2 Notes"), _____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-3 (the "Class
A-3 Notes") and _____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-4 (the "Class A-4
Notes" and, together with the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class
A-3 Notes, the "Notes"):
GRANTING CLAUSE
The Issuer hereby Grants, transfers, assigns and otherwise conveys to
the Trustee on behalf of the Trust on the Closing Date, on behalf of and for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes, without recourse, all of the Issuer's
right, title and interest (exclusive of the amount, if any, allocable to any
rebatable insurance premium financed by any Contract) in, to and under (i) the
Contracts secured by the Financed Vehicles (which Contracts shall be listed in
the Schedule of Contracts); (ii) certain monies due under the Contracts on and
after the Cut-Off Date, including, without limitation, all payments of Monthly
P&I with respect to any Financed Vehicle to which a Contract relates received on
or after the Cut-Off Date and all other proceeds received on or in respect of
such Contracts (other than payments of Monthly P&I due prior to the Cut-Off
Date); (iii) security interests in the Financed Vehicles; (iv) a financial
guaranty insurance policy to be issued by Financial Security for the exclusive
benefit of Noteholders, which will unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee
payment of the Scheduled Payments on each Distribution Date; (v) amounts on
deposit in the Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account, the Spread
Account and the Holding Account, including all Eligible Investments therein and
all income from the investment of funds therein and all proceeds therefrom; (vi)
proceeds from claims under certain insurance policies in respect of individual
Financed Vehicles or obligors under the Contracts; (vii) certain rights under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (viii) the protective security interest in
certain of the above-described property granted by the Seller in favor of the
Issuer; (ix) all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in action
in respect of any or all of the foregoing; and (x) all payments on or under and
all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the
foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary,
into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts
receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts,
insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind
and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property
which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of
any of the foregoing (as each such defined term is defined in Section 1.01)
(collectively, the "Collateral").
The foregoing Grant is made in trust to secure the payment of principal
of and interest on, and any other amounts owing in respect of, the Notes,
equally and ratably without
<PAGE> 9
prejudice, priority or distinction, and to secure compliance with the provisions
of this Indenture, all as provided in this Indenture.
The Trustee, as Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes,
acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts under this Indenture in accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required
in this Indenture to the best of its ability to the end that the interests of
the Holders of the Notes may be adequately and effectively protected.
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01. Definitions.
(a) Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may
otherwise require, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth
below for all purposes of this Indenture.
"Act" shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.03(a).
"Administration Agreement" means the Administration Agreement, dated as
of the date hereof, among the Administrator, the Company, the Issuer, the Seller
and the Trustee.
"Administrator" means the Master Servicer, or any successor
Administrator under the Administration Agreement.
"Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified
Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to
any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have
meanings correlative to the foregoing.
"Authorized Officer" means, with respect to the Issuer, any officer of
the Owner Trustee who is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee in matters
relating to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers
delivered by the Owner Trustee to the Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list
may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter) and, so long as
the Administration Agreement is in effect, any Vice President or more senior
officer of the Administrator who is authorized to act for the Administrator in
matters relating to the Issuer and to be acted upon by the Administrator
pursuant to the Administration Agreement and who is identified on the list of
Authorized Officers delivered by the Administrator to the Trustee on the Closing
Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time
thereafter).
2
<PAGE> 10
"Basic Documents" means the Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement,
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Note
Depository Agreement, the Certificate Depository Agreement, the Insurance
Agreement, the Policies and this Indenture.
"Book-Entry Notes" means a beneficial interest in the Notes, ownership
and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency
as described in Section 2.09.
"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day
on which banking institutions in Los Angeles, California, Wilmington, Delaware
or New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or
governmental decree to remain closed.
"Certificate Depository Agreement" shall have the meaning specified in
the Trust Agreement.
"Certificate Final Distribution Date" means __________ 20, 20__.
"Certificate of Trust" means the Certificate of Trust of the Issuer
substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trust Agreement
"Class" means all Notes whose form is identical except for variation in
denomination, principal amount or owner.
"Class A-1 Final Distribution Date" means __________ 20, 1997.
"Class A-1 Interest Rate" means _____% per annum (computed on the basis
of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months).
"Class A-1 Notes" means the Class A-1 Notes, substantially in the form
of Exhibit C.
"Class A-2 Final Distribution Date" means __________ 20, 19__.
"Class A-2 Interest Rate" means _____% per annum (computed on the basis
of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months).
"Class A-2 Notes" means the Class A-2 Notes, substantially in the form
of Exhibit D.
"Class A-3 Final Distribution Date" means __________ 20, 20__.
"Class A-3 Interest Rate" means _____% per annum (computed on the basis
of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months).
"Class A-3 Notes" means the Class A-3 Notes, substantially in the form
of Exhibit E.
"Class A-4 Final Distribution Date" means __________ 20, 20__.
3
<PAGE> 11
"Class A-4 Interest Rate" means _____% per annum (computed on the basis
of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months).
"Class A-4 Notes" means the Class A-4 Notes, substantially in the form
of Exhibit F.
"Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing
agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.
"Clearing Agency Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other
financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing
Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the
Clearing Agency.
"Closing Date" means June __, 1996.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"Collateral" shall have the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of
this Indenture.
"Company" means Westcorp Investments, Inc., and its successors.
"Controlling Party" means the Insurer, so long as no Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, and the Trustee, for so long as an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
"Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at
which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered
which office at date of the execution of this Agreement is located at Four
Albany Street, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust
Department - Asset Backed Group; or at such other address as the Trustee may
designate from time to time by notice to the Noteholders, the Insurer and the
Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (the
address of which the successor Trustee will notify the Noteholders, the Insurer
and the Issuer).
"Default" means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of
time or both would become, an Event of Default.
"Definitive Notes" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.09.
"Distribution Date" means each __________ 20, __________ 20, __________
20 and __________ 20 or, if any such date shall not be a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day, commencing __________ 1996.
"DTC" means The Depository Trust Company, and its successors.
"ERISA" means the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.
4
<PAGE> 12
"Event of Default" shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.01.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Executive Officer" means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President,
Executive Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of
such corporation; and with respect to any partnership, any general partner
thereof.
"Financial Security" means Financial Security Assurance Inc.
"General Partner" means each Certificateholder obligated to pay the
expenses of the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.07 of the Trust Agreement.
"Grant" means mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate,
remise, release, convey, assign, transfer, create and grant a lien upon and a
security interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm
pursuant to this Indenture. A Grant of the Collateral or of any other agreement
or instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the
obligations) of the granting party thereunder, including the immediate and
continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal
and interest payments in respect of the Collateral and all other moneys payable
thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make
waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring
Proceedings in the name of the granting party or otherwise and generally to do
and receive anything that the granting party is or may be entitled to do or
receive thereunder or with respect thereto.
"Holder" or "Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Note Register.
"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person at any time, (i)
indebtedness or liability of such Person for borrowed money whether or not
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments, or for the deferred
purchase price of property or services (including trade obligations); (ii)
obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which should have been or
should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded
as capital leases; (iii) current liabilities of such Person in respect of
unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA; (iv)
obligations issued for or liabilities incurred on the account of such Person;
(v) obligations or liabilities of such Person arising under acceptance
facilities; (vi) obligations of such Person under any guaranties, endorsements
(other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) and
other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to
supply funds to invest in any Person or otherwise to assure a creditor against
loss; (vii) obligations of such Person secured by any lien on property or assets
of such Person, whether or not the obligations have been assumed by such Person;
or (viii) obligations of such Person under any interest rate or currency
exchange agreement.
"Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time
to time.
5
<PAGE> 13
"Independent" means, when used with respect to any specified Person,
that the Person (i) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon
the Notes, the Seller and any of their respective Affiliates, (ii) does not have
any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the
Issuer, any such other obligor, the Seller or any of their respective
Affiliates, and (iii) is not connected with the Issuer, any such other obligor,
the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons as an officer,
employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or person performing
similar functions.
"Independent Certificate" means a certificate or opinion to be
delivered to the Trustee under the circumstances described in, and otherwise
complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01, made by an
Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer Order and approved
by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care, and such opinion or
certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of "Independent"
in this Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof.
"Insurer Default" means the occurrence and continuance of any of the
following:
(i) the Insurer shall have failed to make a payment
required to be made under the Certificate Policy or the Note Policy;
(ii) the Insurer shall have (a) filed a petition or
commenced any case or proceeding under any provision or chapter of the
United States Bankruptcy Code, the New York State Insurance Law or any
other similar federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy,
rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization, (b) made a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (c) had an order for
relief entered against it under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the
New York State Insurance Law or any other similar federal or state law
relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or
reorganization which is final and nonappealable; or
(iii) a court of competent jurisdiction, the New York
Department of Insurance or other competent regulatory authority shall
have entered a final and nonappealable order, judgment or decree (a)
appointing a custodian, trustee, agent or receiver for the Insurer or
for all or any material portion of its property or (b) authorizing the
taking of possession by a custodian, trustee, agent or receiver of the
Insurer (or the taking of possession of all or any material portion of
the property of the Insurer).
"Interest Period" means, with respect to any Distribution Date and any
Class of Notes, the period from and including the Distribution Date immediately
preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution
Date, from and including the Cut-Off Date) to but excluding such Distribution
Date.
"Interest Rate" means the Class A-1 Interest Rate, the Class A-2
Interest Rate, the Class A-3 Interest Rate and the Class A-4 Interest Rate, as
applicable.
6
<PAGE> 14
"Issuer" means WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust until a successor
replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any
provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the
Notes.
"Issuer Order" and "Issuer Request" means a written order or request
signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and
delivered to the Trustee.
"Master Servicer" means WFS, in its capacity as master servicer under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and any successor Master Servicer thereunder.
"Money Market Period" means the period of time from the Closing Date up
to and including the Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the
Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero.
"Note" means a Class A-1 Note, a Class A-2 Note, a Class A-3 Note or a
Class A-4 Note.
"Note Depository Agreement" means the agreement dated June __, 1996,
among the Issuer, the Administrator, the Trustee and DTC, as the initial
Clearing Agency, relating to the Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit B
hereto.
"Note Owner" means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the Person who
is the owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing
Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing
Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency participant or as an indirect participant,
in each case in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).
"Note Policy" means the Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy issued by
the Insurer with respect to the Notes, including any endorsements thereto,
substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto.
"Note Policy Claim Amount" shall have the meaning specified in Section
5.18(a).
"Note Register" and "Note Registrar" have the respective meanings
specified in Section 2.04.
"Notice of Claim" shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.18(b).
"Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed by any Authorized
Officer of the Issuer, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise
complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01, and delivered to,
the Trustee. Unless otherwise specified, any reference in this Indenture to an
Officer's Certificate shall be to an Officer's Certificate of any Authorized
Officer of the Issuer.
"Opinion of Counsel" means one or more written opinions of counsel who
may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be employees of
or counsel to the Issuer
7
<PAGE> 15
and who shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and, if addressed to the Insurer,
satisfactory to the Insurer, and which shall comply with any applicable
requirements of Section 11.01, and shall be in form and substance satisfactory
to the Trustee, and if addressed to the Insurer, satisfactory to the Insurer.
"Outstanding" means, as of the date of determination, all Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:
(i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Note Registrar or
delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation;
(ii) Notes or portions thereof the payment for which money
in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee
or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes (provided,
however, that if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such
redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision
for such notice has been made, satisfactory to the Trustee, has been
made); and
(iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of other Notes which
have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture unless
proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are
held by a bona fide purchaser;
provided, however, that Notes which have been paid with proceeds of the Note
Policy shall continue to remain Outstanding for purposes of this Indenture until
the Insurer has been paid as subrogee hereunder or reimbursed pursuant to the
Insurance Agreement as evidenced by a written notice from the Insurer delivered
to the Trustee, and the Insurer shall be deemed to be the Holder thereof to the
extent of any payments thereon made by the Insurer; provided, further, that in
determining whether the Holders of the requisite Outstanding Amount have given
any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver
hereunder or under any other Basic Document, Notes owned by the Issuer, any
other obligor upon the Notes, the Seller, the Company, WFS or any of their
respective Affiliates shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding,
except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying
upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or
waiver, only Notes that the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so
disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded
as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not
the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Seller, the Company, WFS or
any of their respective Affiliates.
"Outstanding Amount" means the aggregate principal amount of all Notes
of one Class or of all Classes, as the case may be, Outstanding at the date of
determination.
"Owner Trustee" means The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA), not in its
individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, or
any successor trustee under the Trust Agreement.
8
<PAGE> 16
"Paying Agent" means the Trustee or any other Person that meets the
eligibility standards for the Trustee specified in Section 6.11 and, so long as
no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, is consented to by the
Insurer and is authorized by the Issuer to make the distributions from the Note
Distribution Account, including payment of principal of or interest on the Notes
on behalf of the Issuer.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary
thereof), unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.
"Predecessor Note" means, with respect to any particular Note, every
previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by
such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 2.05 in lieu of a mutilated, lost,
destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.
"Preference Claim" shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.19(b).
"Proceeding" means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial
or administrative proceeding.
"Rating Agency" means each of Moody's and Standard & Poor's.
"Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any action, that (i)
Standard & Poor's shall have been given ten Business Days (or such shorter
period as is acceptable to Standard & Poor's) prior notice thereof and that
Standard & Poor's shall have notified the Seller, the Master Servicer, the
Insurer and the Issuer in writing that such action will not result in a
qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating of any Class
of Notes and will not result in an increased capital charge to the Insurer and
(ii) Moody's shall have been given ten Business Days (or such shorter period as
is acceptable to Moody's) prior notice thereof and copies of all documentation
relating to the event requiring such Rating Agency Condition.
"Rating Event" means the qualification, reduction or withdrawal by
either Rating Agency of its then-current rating of any Class of Notes.
"Record Date" means, with respect to a Distribution Date or Redemption
Date, the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such
Distribution Date or Redemption Date, or, in the event that Definitive Notes are
issued, the close of business on the 15th day of the month immediately preceding
the month in which such Distribution Date or Redemption Date occurs.
"Redemption Date" means in the case of a redemption of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.01(a) or a payment to Noteholders pursuant to Section
10.01(b), the Distribution Date specified by the Master Servicer or the Issuer
pursuant to Section 10.01(a) or 10.01(b), as the case may be.
9
<PAGE> 17
"Redemption Price" means (i) in the case of a redemption of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.01(a), an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of
the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the weighted
average of the Interest Rate for each Class of Notes being so redeemed to but
excluding the Redemption Date, or (ii) in the case of a payment made to
Noteholders pursuant to Section 10.01(b), the amount on deposit in the Note
Distribution Account, but not in excess of the amount specified in clause (i)
above.
"Registered Holder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered
on the Note Register on the applicable Record Date.
"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer
within the Corporate Trust and Agency Group (or any successor group of the
Trustee), including any Vice President, assistant secretary or other officer or
assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing function similar to
those performed by the people who at such time shall be officers, respectively,
or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred at the Corporate Trust Office
of the Trustee because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
subject.
"Sale and Servicing Agreement" means the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer, the Seller and the Master
Servicer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
"Schedule of Contracts" means the listing of the Contracts set forth in
Schedule A hereto.
"Scheduled Payments" shall have the meaning specified therefor in the
Note Policy.
"Seller" shall mean WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc., in its capacity as
seller under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and its successors.
"State" means any one of the 50 states of the United States or the
District of Columbia.
"Successor Master Servicer" shall have the meaning specified in Section
3.07(e).
"Termination Date" means the latest of (i) the expiration of the Note
Policy and the return of the Note Policy to the Insurer for cancellation, (ii)
the date on which the Insurer shall have received payment and performance of all
amounts and obligations which the Issuer may owe to or on behalf of the Insurer
under this Indenture and (iii) the date on which the Trustee shall have received
payment and performance of all amounts and obligations which the Issuer may owe
to or on behalf of the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders under this
Indenture or the Notes.
"Trust Agreement" means the Trust Agreement, dated as of the date
hereof, among the Seller, the Insurer, the Company and the Owner Trustee.
10
<PAGE> 18
"Trust Estate" means the Collateral Granted to the Trustee under this
Indenture, including all proceeds thereof.
"Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended, as in force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically
provided.
"Trustee" means Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee under this Indenture,
or any successor Trustee under this Indenture.
"UCC" means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform
Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as amended from time
to time.
"United States" means the United States of America.
"WFS" means WFS Financial Inc, and its successors.
(b) Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may
otherwise require, capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined
shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Section 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following
TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Indenture Securities" means the Notes.
"Indenture Security Holder" means a Noteholder.
"Indenture to be Qualified" means this Indenture.
"Indenture Trustee" or "Institutional Trustee" means the Trustee.
"obligor" on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other
obligor on the indenture securities.
All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have
the meaning assigned to them by such definitions.
Section 1.03. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise
requires:
(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
11
<PAGE> 19
(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the
meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles as in effect from time to time;
(iii) "or" is not exclusive;
(iv) "including" means including without limitation;
(v) words in the singular include the plural and
words in the plural include the singular;
(vi) any agreement, instrument or statute defined or
referred to herein or in any instrument or certificate delivered in
connection herewith means such agreement, instrument or statute as from
time to time amended, modified or supplemented and includes (in the
case of agreements or instruments) references to all attachments
thereto and instruments incorporated therein; references to a Person
are also to its permitted successors and assigns; and
(vii) the words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and
words of similar import when used in this Indenture shall refer to this
Indenture as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Indenture; Section, subsection and Schedule references contained in
this Indenture are references to Sections, subsections and Schedules in
or to this Indenture unless otherwise specified.
12
<PAGE> 20
ARTICLE TWO
THE NOTES
Section 2.01. Form. The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class
A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes, in each case together with the Trustee's
certificate of authentication, shall be in substantially the forms set forth as
Exhibits to this Indenture with such appropriate insertions, omissions,
substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this
Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification
and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith,
be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their
execution of the Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on
the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the
Note.
Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of
the Notes set forth in Exhibits hereto are part of the terms of this Indenture.
Section 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Delivery. The Notes shall
be executed on behalf of the Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers. The
signature of any such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or
facsimile. Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who
were at any time Authorized Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of such Notes.
The Trustee shall, upon receipt of the Note Policy and an Issuer Order,
authenticate and deliver for original issue (i) Class A-1 Notes in an aggregate
principal amount of $__________, (ii) Class A-2 Notes in an aggregate principal
amount of $__________, (iii) Class A-3 Notes in an aggregate principal amount of
$__________ and (iv) Class A-4 Notes in an aggregate principal amount of
$__________. The aggregate principal amount of Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such
respective amounts, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.05.
Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes
shall be issuable as registered Notes in the minimum denomination of $1,000 and
in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein
executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized
signatories, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence,
and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered
hereunder.
Section 2.03. Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of definitive
Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes that are printed, lithographed,
typewritten, mimeographed or
13
<PAGE> 21
otherwise produced, of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they
are issued and with such variations not inconsistent with the terms of this
Indenture as the officers executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by
their execution of such Notes.
If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes
to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive
Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon
surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer to be
maintained as provided in Section 3.02, without charge to the Holder. Upon
surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a
like tenor and principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations.
Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the
same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.
Section 2.04. Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange. The
Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the "Note Register") in which, subject
to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for
the registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of Notes. The
Trustee shall be "Note Registrar" for the purpose of registering Notes and
transfers of Notes as herein provided. Upon any resignation of any Note
Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to
make such an appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar.
If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Note
Registrar, the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt written notice of the
appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the
location, of the Note Register, and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect
the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof, and the
Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of
the Note Registrar by an Executive Officer thereof as to the names and addresses
of the Holders of the Notes and the principal amounts and number of such Notes.
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office
or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02, the Issuer
shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall
obtain from the Trustee, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Notes of the same Class in any authorized
denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount.
At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of
the same Class in any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal
amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.
Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute,
and the Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the
Trustee, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to
receive.
All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes
shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and
entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered
upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
14
<PAGE> 22
Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder
thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, with such
signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a
correspondent located, in The City of New York or the city in which the
Corporate Trust Office is located, or by a member firm of a national securities
exchange, and such other documents as the Trustee may require.
No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of
transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer or the Trustee may require payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes,
other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.03 or 9.06 not involving any
transfer.
The preceding provisions of this Section notwithstanding, the Issuer
shall not be required to make and the Note Registrar need not register transfers
or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption or of any Note for a period of 15
days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Note.
Section 2.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If (i) any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence
to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii)
there is delivered to the Trustee and the Insurer (unless an Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing) such security or indemnity as may be
required by them to hold the Issuer, the Trustee and the Insurer harmless, then,
in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Trustee that
such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Issuer shall execute
and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for
or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement
Note of the same Class; provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost or
stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become or within seven days
shall be due and payable, or shall have been called for redemption, instead of
issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen
Note when so due or payable or upon the Redemption Date without surrender
thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a
destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the preceding
sentence, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such
replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer,
the Insurer and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note
(or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking
such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was
delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a bona fide purchaser, and
shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to
the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the
Trustee in connection therewith.
Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section, the
Issuer or the Trustee may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed
in relation thereto and any other
15
<PAGE> 23
reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee or the Note
Registrar) connected therewith.
Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement
of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and
shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.
Section 2.06. Persons Deemed Owner. Prior to due presentment for
registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Insurer and
any of their respective agents may treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner of such Note for the
purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note
and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and
none of the Issuer, the Insurer, the Trustee nor any of their respective agents
shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
Section 2.07. Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest.
(a) Each Class of Notes shall accrue interest at the related Interest
Rate, and such interest shall be payable on each Distribution Date as specified
therein, subject to Section 3.01. Any installment of interest or principal, if
any, payable on any Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the
Issuer on the applicable Distribution Date shall be paid to the Person in whose
name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the Record
Date, by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid to such Person's address as
it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date, except that, unless
Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to Section 2.11, with respect to
Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Depository
(initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payment will be made by wire
transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such
nominee and except for the final installment of principal payable with respect
to such Note on a Distribution Date or on the related Final Distribution Date,
as the case may be (and except for the Redemption Price for any Note called for
redemption pursuant to Section 10.01(a)), which shall be payable as provided
below. The funds represented by any such checks returned undelivered shall be
held in accordance with Section 3.03.
(b) The principal of each Note shall be payable on each Distribution
Date to the extent provided in the form of the related Note set forth as an
Exhibit hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal
amount of the Notes shall be due and payable, if not previously paid, on the
date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, so long
as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing or, if an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, on the date on
16
<PAGE> 24
which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Trustee
or the Holders of Notes representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding
Amount have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner
provided in Section 5.02. All principal payments on each Class of Notes shall be
made pro rata to the Noteholders of such Class entitled thereto. The Trustee
shall notify the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on the Record Date preceding the Distribution Date on which the Issuer
expects that the final installment of principal of and interest on such Note
will be paid. Such notice shall be mailed within five Business Days of receipt
of notice of termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Trust
Agreement and shall specify that such final installment will be payable only
upon presentation and surrender of such Note and shall specify the place where
such Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such installment.
Notices in connection with redemptions of Notes shall be mailed to Noteholders
as provided in Section 10.02. In addition, the Administrator shall notify the
Rating Agencies upon the final payment of interest and principal of each Class
of Notes, and upon the termination of the Trust, in each case pursuant to
Section 1(a)(i) of the Administration Agreement.
(c) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the
Issuer shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to
the extent lawful) at the applicable Interest Rate in any lawful manner. The
Issuer may pay such defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a
subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days
prior to the related payment date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any
such special record date and payment date, and, at least 15 days before any such
special record date, the Issuer shall mail to the Trustee and each Noteholder a
notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of
defaulted interest to be paid.
(d) Promptly following the date on which all principal of and interest
on the Notes has been paid in full and the Notes have been surrendered to the
Trustee, the Trustee shall, if the Insurer has paid any amount in respect of the
Notes under the Note Policy which has not been reimbursed to it, deliver such
surrendered Notes to the Insurer.
Section 2.08. Cancellation. Subject to Section 2.07(d), all Notes
surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange or redemption shall,
if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee
and shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. Subject to Section 2.07(d), the
Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes
previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have
acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly
cancelled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in
exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as
expressly permitted by this Indenture. Subject to Section 2.07(d), all cancelled
Notes may be held or disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its standard
retention or disposal policy as in effect at the time unless the Issuer shall
direct by an Issuer Order that they be destroyed or returned to it; provided
that such Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously disposed
of by the Trustee.
Section 2.09. Book-Entry Notes. The Notes, upon original issuance, will
be issued in the form of a typewritten Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry
Notes, to be delivered to
17
<PAGE> 25
DTC, the initial Depository, by, or on behalf of, the Issuer. Such Notes shall
initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of Cede & Co., the
nominee of the initial Clearing Agency, and no Note Owner will receive a
Definitive Note representing such Note Owner's interest in such Note, except as
provided in Section 2.11. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes
(the "Definitive Notes") have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section
2.11:
(i) the provisions of this Section shall be in full
force and effect;
(ii) the Note Registrar and the Trustee shall be
entitled to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of this
Indenture (including the payment of principal of and interest on the
Notes and the giving of instructions or directions hereunder) as the
sole holder of the Notes, and shall have no obligation to the Note
Owners;
(iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section
conflict with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of
this Section shall control;
(iv) the rights of Note Owners shall be exercised only
through the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those established
by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency
and/or the Clearing Agency Participants. Pursuant to the Note
Depository Agreement, unless and until Definitive Notes are issued
pursuant to Section 2.11, the Clearing Agency will make book-entry
transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and
transmit payments of principal of and interest on the Notes to such
Clearing Agency Participants; and
(v) whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions
to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Holders of Notes
evidencing a specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount, the
Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to
the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note
Owners and/or Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing,
respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in
the Notes and has delivered such instructions to the Trustee.
Section 2.10. Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever a notice or other
communication to the Noteholders is required under this Indenture, unless and
until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section
2.11, the Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified
herein to be given to Holders of the Notes to the Clearing Agency, and shall
have no obligation to the Note Owners.
Section 2.11. Definitive Notes. If (i)(A) the Administrator advises the
Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to
properly discharge its responsibilities as described in the Note Depository
Agreement, and (B) Trustee or the Administrator is unable to locate a qualified
successor, (ii) the Administrator at its option advises the Trustee in writing
that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency,
or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Note Owners
representing not less than 51% of the Outstanding Amount of a Class of Notes
advises the Trustee and the
18
<PAGE> 26
Clearing Agency through the Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the
continuation of a book-entry system through the Clearing Agency is no longer in
the best interests of the related Note Owners, then the Trustee shall notify all
Note Owners of the related Class of Notes, through the Clearing Agency, of the
occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes of the
related Class of Notes to Note Owners requesting the same. Upon surrender to the
Trustee of the Note or Notes representing the Book Entry Notes by the Clearing
Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, the Issuer shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate the Definitive Notes in accordance with the
instructions of the Clearing Agency. None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or
the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and
may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such
instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes of a Class, the Trustee
shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes as Noteholders hereunder.
The Trustee shall not be liable if the Trustee or the Administrator is
unable to locate a qualified successor Clearing Agency. The Definitive Notes
shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any
combination of these methods (with or without steel engraved borders), all as
determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution
of such Notes.
Section 2.12. Release of Collateral. Subject to Section 11.01 and the
terms of the Basic Documents, the Trustee shall release property from the lien
of this Indenture only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an
Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and Independent Certificates in
accordance with TIA Sections 314(c) and 314(d)(l) or an Opinion of Counsel
in lieu of such Independent Certificates to the effect that the TIA does not
require any such Independent Certificates.
Section 2.13. Tax Treatment. The Issuer has entered into this
Indenture, and the Notes will be issued, with the intention that, for federal,
state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes, the Notes
will qualify as indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Trust Estate. The
Issuer, by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder, by its acceptance
of its Note (and each Note Owner by its acceptance of an interest in the
applicable Book-Entry Note), agree to treat the Notes for federal, state and
local income, single business and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of the
Issuer.
19
<PAGE> 27
ARTICLE THREE
COVENANTS
Section 3.01. Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer will duly
and punctually pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes in
accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Without limiting the
foregoing, subject to Section 8.02(c), the Issuer will cause to be distributed
all amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account on a Distribution Date
deposited therein pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (i) for the
benefit of the Class A-1 Notes, to the Class A-1 Noteholders, (ii) for the
benefit of the Class A-2 Notes, to the Class A-2 Noteholders, (iii) for the
benefit of the Class A-3 Notes, to the Class A-3 Noteholders and (iv) for the
benefit of the Class A-4 Notes, to the Class A-4 Noteholders. Amounts properly
withheld under the Code by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder of
interest and/or principal shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer
to such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture.
Section 3.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Chase Manhattan
Bank, N.A., as agent for the Issuer will maintain in The City of New York, an
office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange, and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the
Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby initially appoints the
Trustee to serve as its agent for the foregoing purposes. The Issuer will give
prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the
location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to
maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the
address thereof, such surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at
the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its
agent to receive all such surrenders, notices and demands.
Section 3.03. Money for Payments to be Held in Trust. As provided in
Section 8.02, all payments of amounts due and payable with respect to any Notes
that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Collection Account and the
Note Distribution Account pursuant to Section 8.02(b) shall be made on behalf of
the Issuer by the Trustee or by another Paying Agent, and no amounts so
withdrawn from the Collection Account and the Note Distribution Account for
payments of Notes shall be paid over to the Issuer except as provided in this
Section.
On the Business Day immediately preceding each Distribution Date and
Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit or cause to be deposited in the Note
Distribution Account an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then
becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons
entitled thereto and (unless the Paying Agent is the Trustee) shall promptly
notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Insurer an instrument in which such
Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee acts as Paying
Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section, that
such Paying Agent will:
20
<PAGE> 28
(i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts
due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons
entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or
otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such
Persons as herein provided;
(ii) give the Trustee notice of any default by the
Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any
payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;
(iii) at any time during the continuance of any such
default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the
Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;
(iv) immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith
pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of
Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met
by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and
(v) comply with all requirements of the Code with
respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of
any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to
any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.
The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer
Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by
such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as
those upon which the sums were held by such Paying Agent; and upon such payment
by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all
further liability with respect to such money.
Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money
held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount
due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and upon
receipt of an Issuer Request with the consent of the Insurer (unless an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) shall be deposited by the Trustee
in the Collection Account; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an
unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money
shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that if such money or any portion
thereof had been previously deposited by the Insurer with the Trustee for the
payment of principal or interest on the Notes, to the extent any amounts are
owing to the Insurer, such amounts shall be paid promptly to the Insurer upon
receipt of a written request by the Insurer to such effect, and provided,
further, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make
any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once,
in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each
Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New York, notice that
such money remains unclaimed and that,
21
<PAGE> 29
after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the
date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining
will be repaid to or for the account of the Issuer. The Trustee may also adopt
and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other reasonable means of
notification of such repayment (including, but not limited to, mailing notice of
such repayment to Holders whose Notes have been called but have not been
surrendered for redemption or whose right to or interest in moneys due and
payable but not claimed is determinable from the records of the Trustee or of
any Paying Agent, at the last address of record for each such Holder).
Section 3.04. Existence. The Issuer will keep in full effect its
existence, rights and franchises as a business trust under the laws of the State
of Delaware (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes,
organized under the laws of any other state or of the United States, in which
case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises
under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and preserve its
qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is
or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this
Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral and each other instrument or agreement
included in the Trust Estate.
Section 3.05. Protection of Trust Estate. The Issuer intends the
security interest Granted pursuant to this Indenture in favor of the Trustee on
behalf of the Noteholders to be prior to all other liens in respect of the Trust
Estate, and the Issuer shall take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain,
for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, a first lien on and
a first priority, perfected security interest in the Trust Estate; subject to
the rights of the Insurer under the Insurance Agreement. The Issuer will from
time to time execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and
all such financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of further
assurance and other instruments, all as prepared by the Master Servicer and
delivered to the Issuer, and will take such other action necessary or advisable
to:
(i) Grant more effectively all or any portion of the
Trust Estate;
(ii) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest
(and the priority thereof) created by this Indenture or carry out more
effectively the purposes hereof;
(iii) perfect, publish notice of or protect the
validity of any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;
(iv) enforce any of the Collateral;
(v) preserve and defend title to the Trust Estate and
the rights of the Trustee and the Noteholders in such Trust Estate
against the claims of all persons and parties; or
(vi) pay all taxes or assessments levied or assessed
upon the Trust Estate when due.
22
<PAGE> 30
The Issuer hereby designates the Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to
execute all financing statements, continuation statements or other instruments
required to be executed pursuant to this Section.
Section 3.06. Opinions as to Trust Estate.
(a) Promptly after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the
Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee and the Insurer an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (i) all financing statements
and continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary to
create and continue the Trustee's first priority perfected security interest in
the collateral (subject to the rights of the Insurer under the Insurance
Agreement) for the benefit of the Noteholders, and reciting the details of such
filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are
given, or (ii) no such action shall be necessary to perfect such security
interest; and
(b) Within 90 days after the beginning of each calendar year beginning
with the first calendar year beginning more than three months after the Cut-Off
Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee and the Insurer an Opinion of
Counsel, dated as of a date during such 90-day period, to the effect that, in
the opinion of such counsel, either (i) all financing statements and
continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary to
create and continue the Trustee's first priority perfected security interest in
the collateral (subject to the rights of the Insurer under the Insurance
Agreement) for the benefit of the Noteholders, and reciting the details of such
filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are
given, or (ii) no such action shall be necessary to perfect such security
interest.
Section 3.07. Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Contracts.
(a) The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts
not to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person
from any of such Person's material covenants or obligations under any instrument
or agreement included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment,
hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the
validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as
expressly provided in the Basic Documents or such other instrument or agreement.
(b) The Issuer may contract with other Persons acceptable to the
Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) to
assist it in performing its duties and obligations under this Indenture, and any
performance of such duties by a Person identified to the Trustee and the Insurer
in an Officer's Certificate shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for the action or inaction of the Master
Servicer or the Administrator. Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the
Master Servicer and the Administrator to assist the Issuer in performing its
duties under this Indenture.
(c) The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its
obligations and agreements contained in this Indenture, the other Basic
Documents and in the instruments and
23
<PAGE> 31
agreements included in the Trust Estate, including but not limited to filing or
causing to be filed all UCC financing statements and continuation statements
required to be filed by the terms of this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing
Agreement in accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein and
therein. Except as otherwise expressly provided therein, the Issuer shall not
waive, amend, modify, supplement or terminate any Basic Document or any
provision thereof without the consent of the Trustee or the Holders of at least
a majority of the Outstanding Amount.
(d) If the Issuer shall have knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer
Default, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Insurer and each
Rating Agency thereof, and shall specify in such notice the action, if any, the
Issuer is taking with respect of such default. If a Servicer Default shall arise
from the failure of the Master Servicer to perform any of its duties or
obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to the
Contracts, the Issuer shall take all reasonable steps available to it to remedy
such failure.
(e) If an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing and if
the Issuer has given notice of termination to the Master Servicer of the Master
Servicer's rights and powers pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, as promptly as possible thereafter, the Issuer shall appoint a
successor servicer (the "Successor Master Servicer"), and such Successor Master
Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in a form
acceptable to the Trustee. In the event that a Successor Master Servicer has not
been appointed and accepted its appointment at the time when the Master Servicer
ceases to act as Master Servicer, the Trustee without further action shall
automatically be appointed the Successor Master Servicer. The Trustee may resign
as the Successor Master Servicer by giving written notice of such resignation to
the Issuer and in such event will be released from such duties and obligations,
such release not to be effective until the date a new servicer enters into a
servicing agreement with the Issuer as provided below. Upon delivery of any such
notice to the Issuer, the Issuer shall obtain a new servicer as the Successor
Master Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Any Successor Master
Servicer other than the Trustee shall (i) be an established financial
institution having a net worth of not less than $50,000,000 and whose regular
business includes the servicing of motor vehicle receivables and (ii) enter into
a servicing agreement with the Issuer having substantially the same provisions
as the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement applicable to the Master
Servicer. If within 30 days after the delivery of the notice referred to above,
the Issuer shall not have obtained such a new Master Servicer, the Trustee may
appoint, or may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, a
Successor Master Servicer. In connection with any such appointment, the Trustee
may make such arrangements for the compensation of such successor as it and such
successor shall agree, subject to the limitations set forth below and in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, and in accordance with Section 8.02 of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall enter into an agreement with such
successor for the servicing of the Contracts (such agreement to be in form and
substance satisfactory to the Trustee). If the Trustee shall succeed to the
Master Servicer's duties as servicer of the Contracts as provided herein, it
shall do so in its individual capacity and not in its capacity as Trustee and,
accordingly, the provisions of Article Six shall be inapplicable to the Trustee
in its duties as the successor to the Master Servicer and the servicing of the
Contracts. In case the Trustee shall become successor to the Master Servicer
under the Sale and Servicing
24
<PAGE> 32
Agreement, the Trustee shall be entitled to appoint as Master Servicer one of
its Affiliates, provided that it shall be fully liable for the actions and
omissions of such Affiliate in such capacity as Successor Master Servicer.
(f) Upon any termination of the Master Servicer's rights and powers
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify
the Trustee. As soon as a successor Master Servicer is appointed, the Issuer
shall notify the Trustee of such appointment, specifying in such notice the name
and address of such successor Master Servicer.
(g) The Issuer agrees that it will not waive timely performance or
observance by the Master Servicer or the Seller of their respective duties under
the Basic Documents: (i) without the prior consent of the Insurer (unless an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) or (ii) if the effect
thereof would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes.
Section 3.08. Negative Covenants. Until the Termination Date, the
Issuer shall not:
(i) except as expressly permitted by the Basic
Documents, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the
properties or assets of the Issuer, including those included in the
Trust Estate, unless directed to do so by the Controlling Party;
(ii) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the
principal or interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than
amounts properly withheld from such payments under the Code or
applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present or former
Noteholder by reason of the payment of the taxes levied or assessed
upon any part of the Trust Estate;
(iii) (A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this
Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien created by this Indenture
to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or
permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with
respect to the Notes under this Indenture except as may be expressly
permitted hereby, (B) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security
interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien of this
Indenture or the lien in favor of the Insurer created by the Insurance
Agreement) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or
burden the Trust Estate or any part thereof or any interest therein or
the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens, mechanics' liens and other
liens that arise by operation of law, in each case on a Financed
Vehicle and arising solely as a result of an action or omission of the
related Obligor), (C) permit the lien created by this Indenture not to
constitute a valid first priority (other than with respect to any such
tax, mechanics' or other lien) security interest in the Trust Estate,
or (D) amend, modify or fail to comply with the provisions of the Basic
Documents without the prior written consent of the Controlling Party,
except where the Basic Documents allow for amendment or modification
without the consent or approval of the Controlling Party; or
(iv) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part.
25
<PAGE> 33
Section 3.09. Annual Statement as to Compliance. The Issuer will
deliver to the Trustee and the Insurer, on or before 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ended December
31, 1996), an Officer's Certificate stating, as to the Authorized Officer
signing such Officer's Certificate, that:
(i) a review of the activities of the Issuer during
such year and of performance under this Indenture has been made under
such Authorized Officer's supervision; and
(ii) to the best of such Authorized Officer's knowledge,
based on such review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and
covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has
been a default in the compliance of any such condition or covenant,
specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the
nature and status thereof.
Section 3.10. Issuer May Consolidate, etc. Only on Certain Terms.
(a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other
Person, unless:
(i) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or
surviving such consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and
existing under the laws of the United States or any State and shall
expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and
delivered to the Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Trustee and the Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing), the due and punctual payment of the
principal of and interest on all Notes and the performance or
observance of every agreement and covenant of this Indenture and each
other Basic Document on the part of the Issuer to be performed or
observed, all as provided herein;
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing;
(iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied with respect to such transaction;
(iv) the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of
Counsel which shall be delivered to and shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee and the Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing) to the effect that such transaction will
not have any material adverse tax consequence to the Trust, the
Insurer, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;
(v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien
and security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken;
(vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which shall describe
the actions taken as required by
26
<PAGE> 34
clause (v) above or that no such actions will be taken) each stating
that such consolidation or merger and such supplemental indenture
comply with this Article Three and that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to such transaction have been compiled with
(including any filings required by the Exchange Act); and
(vii) so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the Issuer shall have given the Insurer written
notice of such consolidation or merger at least 20 Business Days prior
to the consummation of such action and shall have received the prior
written approval of the Insurer of such consolidation or merger and the
Issuer or the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving
such consolidation or merger has a net worth, immediately after such
consolidation or merger, that is (A) greater than zero and (B) not less
than the net worth of the Issuer immediately prior to giving effect to
such consolidation or merger.
(b) The Issuer shall not convey or transfer all or substantially all of
its properties or assets, including those included in the Trust Estate, to any
Person (except as expressly permitted by the Basic Documents), unless:
(i) the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer
the properties and assets of the Issuer shall (A) be a United States
citizen or a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United
States or any State, (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental
hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Trustee and the Insurer (so long as no Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing), the due and punctual
payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes and the
performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this
Indenture and each other Basic Document on the part of the Issuer to be
performed or observed, all as provided herein, (C) expressly agree by
means of such supplemental indenture that all right, title and interest
so conveyed or transferred shall be subject and subordinate to the
rights of Holders of the Notes, (D) unless otherwise provided in such
supplemental indenture, expressly agree to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the Issuer against and from any loss, liability or expense
arising under or related to this Indenture and the Notes and (E)
expressly agree by means of such supplemental indenture that such
Person (or if a group of Persons, then one specified Person) shall make
all filings with the Commission (and any other appropriate Person)
required by the Exchange Act in connection with the Notes;
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing;
(iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied with respect to such transaction;
(iv) the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of
Counsel which shall be delivered to and shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee and the Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing) to the effect that such
27
<PAGE> 35
transaction will not have any material adverse tax consequence to the
Trust, the Insurer, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;
(v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien
and security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken;
(vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which shall describe
the actions taken as required by clause (v) above or that no such
actions will be taken) each stating that such conveyance or transfer
and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article Three and that
all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such
transaction have been complied with (including any filings required by
the Exchange Act); and
(vii) so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the Issuer shall have given the Insurer written
notice of such conveyance or transfer of properties or assets at least
20 Business Days prior to the consummation of such action and shall
have received the prior written approval of the Insurer of such
conveyance or transfer and the Person acquiring by conveyance or
transfer the properties or assets of the Issuer has a net worth,
immediately after such conveyance or transfer, that is (A) greater than
zero and (B) not less than the net worth of the Issuer immediately
prior to giving effect to such conveyance or transfer.
Section 3.11. Successor or Transferee.
(a) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuer in accordance with
Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger
(if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same
effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein.
(b) Upon a conveyance or transfer of all or substantially all the
assets or properties of the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10(b), the Issuer will
be released from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture to be observed
or performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to the Notes immediately
upon the delivery of written notice to the Trustee stating that the Issuer is to
be so released.
Section 3.12. No Other Business. The Issuer shall not engage in any
business other than financing, purchasing, owning, selling and managing the
Contracts in the manner contemplated by this Indenture and the other Basic
Documents and activities incidental thereto.
Section 3.13. No Borrowing. The Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any
Indebtedness except for (i) the Notes, (ii) obligations or Indebtedness owing
from time to time to the Insurer under the Insurance Agreement and (iii) any
other Indebtedness permitted by or arising under the other Basic Documents. The
proceeds of the Notes and the Certificates shall be used exclusively to fund
28
<PAGE> 36
the Issuer's purchase of the Contracts and the other assets specified in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, to fund the Spread Account and to pay the
transactional expenses of the Issuer.
Section 3.14. Master Servicer's Obligations. The Issuer shall cause the
Master Servicer to comply with Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 and 5.07 and Article
Nine of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Section 3.15. Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities. Except
as otherwise contemplated by the Basic Documents, the Issuer shall not make any
loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an
instrument having the effect of assuming another's payment or performance on any
obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become
contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations,
stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree
contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or securities of, any
other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person.
Section 3.16. Capital Expenditures. The Issuer shall not make any
expenditure (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets
(either realty or personalty).
Section 3.17. Restricted Payments. Except as expressly permitted by the
Basic Documents, the Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) pay any
dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise),
whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, to the Owner
Trustee or any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or otherwise with
respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in or of the Issuer or
to the Master Servicer, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for
value any such ownership or equity interest or security or (iii) set aside or
otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose; provided, however, that
the Issuer may make, or cause to be made, (A) distributions to the Master
Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Certificateholders as contemplated by, and
to the extent funds are available for such purpose under, the Sale and Servicing
Agreement or the Trust Agreement and (B) payments to the Trustee and the Owner
Trustee pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii) of the Administration Agreement. The Issuer
will not, directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the
Collection Account except in accordance with this Indenture and the other Basic
Documents.
Section 3.18. Notice of Events of Default. The Issuer agrees to give
the Trustee, the Insurer and each Rating Agency prompt written notice of each
Event of Default hereunder and each default on the part of the Master Servicer
or the Seller of their respective obligations under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.
Section 3.19. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee
or the Insurer, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and
do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more
effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
Section 3.20. Compliance with Laws. The Issuer shall comply with the
requirements of all applicable laws, the non-compliance with which would,
individually or in the aggregate,
29
<PAGE> 37
materially and adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to perform its
obligations under the Notes, this Indenture or any other Basic Document.
Section 3.21. Amendments of Sale and Servicing Agreement and Trust
Agreement. The Issuer shall not agree to any amendment to Section 10.01 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement or Section 11.01 of the Trust Agreement to
eliminate the requirements thereunder that the Trustee or the Holders of the
Notes consent to amendments thereto as provided therein.
Section 3.22. Removal of Administrator. If an Insurer Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, so long as any Notes are issued and
outstanding, the Issuer shall not remove the Administrator without cause unless
the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied in connection with such
removal.
30
<PAGE> 38
ARTICLE FOUR
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture
shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (i)
rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments
of principal thereof and interest thereon, (iv) Sections 3.03, 3.04, 3.05, 3.07,
3.08, 3.10, 3.12, 3.13, 3.20 and 3.21, (v) the rights, obligations and
immunities of the Trustee hereunder (including the rights of the Trustee under
Section 6.07 and the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.02), (vi) the
rights of Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so
deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them and (vii) the
obligation of the Trustee to make claims under the Note Policy, which shall
survive the Class A-4 Final Distribution Date and extend through any preference
period applicable with respect to the Notes, and the Trustee, on demand of and
at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, when
(A) either
(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered
(other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen
and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section
2.05 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore
been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the
Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from
such trust, as provided in Section 3.03) have been delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation and the Note Policy has
expired and been returned to the Insurer for cancellation;
(2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation
(i) have become due and payable,
(ii) will become due and payable at the
Class A-4 Final Distribution Date within one year, or
(iii) are to be called for redemption
within one year under arrangements satisfactory to
the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by
the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the
Issuer,
and the Issuer, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited
with the Trustee cash or direct obligations of or obligations
guaranteed by the United States (which will mature prior to
the date such amounts are payable), in trust in an Eligible
Account for such purpose, in an amount sufficient to pay and
discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation when
31
<PAGE> 39
due to the final scheduled Distribution Date or Redemption
Date (if Notes shall have been called for redemption pursuant
to Section 10.01(a)), as the case may be;
(B) the Issuer has paid or performed or caused to be paid or
performed all amounts and obligations which the Issuer may owe to or on
behalf of (1) the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders under this
Indenture or the Notes and (2) the Insurer under this Indenture; and
(C) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee and the Insurer an
Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the
TIA, the Trustee and the Insurer) an Independent Certificate from a
firm of certified public accountants, each meeting the applicable
requirements of Section 11.01(a) and, subject to Section 11.02, each
stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied
with and the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.
Section 4.02. Application of Trust Money. All moneys deposited with the
Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in
accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment,
either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Trustee may determine, to
the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment or redemption of which such
moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due
thereon for principal and interest; but such moneys need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required herein or in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement or required by law.
Section 4.03. Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent. In connection
with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes,
all moneys then held by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee under the
provisions of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall, upon demand of
the Issuer, be paid to the Trustee to be held and applied according to Section
3.03 and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such moneys.
32
<PAGE> 40
ARTICLE FIVE
REMEDIES
Section 5.01. Events of Default. "Event of Default," wherever used
herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such
Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected
by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(i) default by the Issuer in the payment of any
interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such
default shall continue for a period of five days, without taking into
account the effect of any payment under the Note Policy;
(ii) default by the Issuer in the payment of the
principal of or any installment of the principal of any Note when the
same becomes due and payable, without taking into account the effect of
any payment under the Note Policy;
(iii) default in the observance or performance of any
covenant or agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture (other than
a covenant or agreement, a default in the observance or performance of
which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), or any
representation or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in
any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in
connection herewith proving to have been incorrect in any material
respect as of the time when the same shall have been made, and such
default shall continue or not be cured, or the circumstance or
condition in respect of which such misrepresentation or warranty was
incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured, for a
period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or
certified mail, to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Insurer (so long
as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) or, if
an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to the Issuer
by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at
least 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, taken together as a
single class, a written notice specifying such default or incorrect
representation or warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating
that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder;
(iv) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a
court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Issuer or
any substantial part of the Trust Estate in an involuntary case under
any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator,
assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the
Issuer or for any substantial part of the Trust Estate, or ordering the
winding-up or liquidation of the Issuer's affairs, and such decree or
order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60
consecutive days; or
33
<PAGE> 41
(v) the commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case
under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by the Issuer to
the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such
law, or the consent by the Issuer to the appointment or taking
possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial
part of the Trust Estate, or the making by the Issuer of any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by the Issuer
generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of
action by the Issuer in furtherance of any of the foregoing.
The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee and the Insurer, within five
days after obtaining knowledge of the occurrence thereof, written notice in the
form of an Officer's Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice
and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (iii) above,
its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto.
Section 5.02. Rights upon Event of Default.
(a) So long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, if an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then with the consent of
the Insurer, the Notes shall become immediately due and payable at par, together
with accrued interest thereon. The Trustee will have no discretion with respect
to the acceleration of the Notes under the foregoing circumstances. In the event
of any such acceleration of the Notes, the Trustee shall continue to be entitled
to make claims under the Note Policy pursuant to Section 5.18 for Scheduled
Payments on the Notes. Payments under the Note Policy following acceleration of
the Notes shall be applied by the Trustee:
(i) to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the
Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any
kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for
interest; and
(ii) to each Class of Noteholders for amounts due and
unpaid on such Class of Notes for principal, ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to amounts due and
payable on the Notes for principal.
(b) So long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, in
the event the Notes are accelerated due to an Event of Default, the Insurer
shall have the right (in addition to its obligation to pay Scheduled Payments on
the Notes in accordance with the Note Policy), but not the obligation, to elect
(i) to cause the Trustee or the Master Servicer,
subject to Section 5.04, to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate, in
whole or in part, on any date or dates following such acceleration as
the Insurer, in its sole discretion, shall elect; or
(ii) to pay Scheduled Payments on the Notes in
accordance with the Note Policy.
34
<PAGE> 42
(c) If an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing and an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may, or if
so requested in writing by Holders holding Notes representing at least 66-2/3%
of the aggregate Outstanding Amount, upon prior written notice to each Rating
Agency, shall declare by written notice to the Issuer that the Notes become,
whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable at par, together with
accrued interest thereon. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
paragraph (c), if an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(iv) or (v) shall
occur and be continuing when an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Notes shall become immediately due and payable at par, together with accrued
interest thereon.
Section 5.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
Trustee; Authority of Controlling Party.
(a) The Issuer covenants that if the Notes are accelerated following
the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Issuer will, upon demand of the
Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole
amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with
interest upon the overdue principal, and, to the extent payment at such rate of
interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at
the applicable Interest Rate and in addition thereto such further amount as
shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and
its agents and counsel.
(b) Each of the Trustee and the Insurer hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally appoints the Controlling Party as the true and lawful
attorney-in-fact of such Person for so long as such Person is not the
Controlling Party, with full power of substitution, to execute, acknowledge and
deliver any notice, document, certificate, paper, pleading or instrument and to
do in the name of the Controlling Party as well as in the name, place and stead
of such Person such acts, things and deeds for or on behalf of and in the name
of such Person under this Indenture (including specifically under Section 5.04)
and under the Basic Documents which such Person could or might do or which may
be necessary, desirable or convenient in such Controlling Party's sole
discretion to effect the purposes contemplated hereunder and under the Basic
Documents and, without limitation, following the occurrence of an Event of
Default, exercise full right, power and authority to take, or defer from taking,
any and all acts with respect to the administration, maintenance or disposition
of the Trust Estate.
(c) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in
its discretion but with the consent of the Controlling Party (except as provided
in Section 5.03(d)), proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the
Noteholders, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most
effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific
enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or
legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Indenture and regardless of whether an Insurer Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, if the Issuer fails to perform its obligations under Section
10.01(b) when and as due, the Trustee may in its
35
<PAGE> 43
discretion (and without the consent of the Controlling Party) proceed to protect
and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders by such appropriate
proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any
such rights, whether for specific performance of any covenant or agreement in
this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to
enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the
Trustee by this Indenture or by law; provided that the Trustee shall only be
entitled to take any such actions without the consent of the Controlling Party
to the extent such actions (i) are taken only to enforce the Issuer's
obligations to redeem the principal amount of Notes, and (ii) are taken only
against the portion of the Collateral, if any, consisting of the Spread Account,
any investments therein and any proceeds thereof.
(e) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in
the Trust Estate, Proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any
other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law,
or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization,
liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or
taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person,
or in case of any other comparable judicial Proceedings relative to the Issuer
or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer
or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of any
Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or
otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand
pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall be entitled and empowered, by
intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:
(i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole
amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the
Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or
advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any
claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor
Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for
reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all
advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, except as a
result of negligence or bad faith) and of the Noteholders allowed in
such Proceedings;
(ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and
regulations, to vote on behalf of the Holders of Notes in any election
of a trustee, a standby trustee or Person performing similar functions
in any such Proceedings;
(iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property
payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all amounts
received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders and of the
Trustee on their behalf; and
(iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims
of the Trustee or the Holders of Notes allowed in any judicial
proceedings relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property;
36
<PAGE> 44
and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official in
any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to make
payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee such
amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee,
each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and
all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the
Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad
faith.
(f) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee
to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding
except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or
similar Person.
(g) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture
or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession
of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other Proceedings
relative thereto, and any such action or Proceedings instituted by the Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any
recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and
compensation of the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective
agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the
Notes.
(h) In any Proceedings brought by the Trustee (including any
Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture),
the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it
shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to any such Proceedings.
Section 5.04. Remedies. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing the Controlling Party may (subject to Sections 5.02 and 5.05):
(i) institute Proceedings in its own name and as or on
behalf of a trustee of an express trust for the collection of all
amounts then payable on the Notes or under this Indenture with respect
thereto, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment
obtained, and collect from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such
Notes moneys adjudged due;
(ii) institute Proceedings from time to time for the
complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the
Trust Estate;
(iii) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the
UCC and any other remedy available to the Trustee and take any other
appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of
the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders under this Indenture or the
Notes; and
37
<PAGE> 45
(iv) direct the Trustee or the Master Servicer to sell
or otherwise liquidate the Trust Estate or any portion thereof or
rights or interest therein, at one or more public or private sales
called and conducted in any manner permitted by law and deliver the
proceeds of such sale or liquidation to the Trustee for distribution in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that,
except as otherwise provided in the immediately succeeding sentence, no
such sale or liquidation can be made if the proceeds of such sale or
liquidation distributable to the Noteholders are not sufficient to pay
all outstanding principal of and accrued interest on the Notes.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the proceeds of such sale or liquidation
need not be sufficient to pay all outstanding principal of and accrued
interest on the Notes if (A) the Insurer is the Controlling Party and
the related Event of Default arose as described in clause (i), (ii),
(iv) or (v) of Section 5.01 or (B) the Trustee is the Controlling Party
and (1) the Holders of 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
voting together as a single class, consent to such sale or liquidation
or (2) the Trustee determines that the Trust Estate will not continue
to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and
interest on the Notes as they would have become due if the Notes had
not been declared due and payable, the Trustee provides prior written
notice of such sale or liquidation to each Rating Agency and Holders of
66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, voting together as a
single class, consent to such sale or liquidation. In determining such
sufficiency or insufficiency of (i) the proceeds of such sale or
liquidation to pay all outstanding principal of and accrued interest on
the Notes or (ii) the Trust Estate to provide sufficient funds for the
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes as they would have
become due if the Notes had not been declared due and payable, the
Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an
Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national
reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the
sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.
Section 5.05. Optional Preservation of the Contracts. If the Trustee is
the Controlling Party and if the Notes have been declared to be due and payable
under Section 5.02 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its
consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Trustee may, but need
not, elect to maintain possession of the Trust Estate. It is the desire of the
parties hereto and the Noteholders that there be at all times sufficient funds
for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and the Trustee shall
take such desire into account when determining whether or not to maintain
possession of the Trust Estate. In determining whether to maintain possession of
the Trust Estate, the Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion
of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation
as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the
Trust Estate for such purpose.
Section 5.06. Priorities.
(a) If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this
Article Five (excluding any payments made under the Note Policy), it shall pay
out the money or property in the following order and priority:
38
<PAGE> 46
(i) amounts due and owing and required to be
distributed to the Master Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee,
respectively, pursuant to priorities (i) and (ii) of Section 5.05(a) of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and not previously distributed, in the
order of such priorities and without preference or priority of any kind
within such priorities;
(ii) to each Class of Noteholders, accrued and unpaid
interest on the outstanding principal amount of the related Class of
Notes at the related Interest Rate, together with, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, interest at the related Interest Rate on
any interest accrued but not timely paid;
(iii) to Holders of the Class A-1 Notes for amounts due
and unpaid on the Class A-1 Notes for principal, ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on the Class A-1 Notes for principal, until the Outstanding
Amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero;
(iv) to Holders of the Class A-2 Notes for amounts due
and unpaid on the Class A-2 Notes for principal, ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on the Class A-2 Notes for principal, until the Outstanding
Amount of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero;
(v) to Holders of the Class A-3 Notes for amounts due
and unpaid on the Class A-3 Notes for principal, ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on the Class A-3 Notes for principal, until the Outstanding
Amount of the Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero;
(vi) to Holders of the Class A-4 Notes for amounts due
and unpaid on the Class A-4 Notes for principal, ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on the Class A-4 Notes for principal, until the Outstanding
Amount of the Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero;
(vii) amounts due and unpaid on the Certificates for
interest and principal, to the Owner Trustee for distribution to
Certificateholders in accordance with Section 5.02(a) of the Trust
Agreement;
(viii) amounts due and owing and required to be
distributed to the Insurer pursuant to priority (ix) of Section 5.05(a)
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and not previously distributed; and
(ix) any excess amounts remaining after making the
distributions described in paragraphs (i) through (viii) above shall be
distributed into the Spread Account. To the extent that (A) the Funded
Amount equals or exceeds the Minimum Funded Amount and (B) the sum of
the Funded Amount and the Overcollateralization Amount equals or
exceeds the Specified Spread Account Balance, with any excess being
distributed in cash up to the lesser of (X) the amount by which the
Funded Amount exceeds the Minimum Funded Amount or (Y) the amount by
which the sum of the Funded Amount and the Overcollateralization Amount
exceeds the Specified Spread Account Balance, first, to the Seller
until the Seller has received an aggregate amount equal to the Spread
Account Initial Deposit and second, to the Seller and the Company in
the proportions of 99% and 1%, respectively.
39
<PAGE> 47
(b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment
to Noteholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record
date, the Issuer shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that
states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.
Section 5.07. Limitation of Suits. No Holder of any Note shall have any
right to institute any Proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this
Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless:
(i) such Holder has previously given written notice
to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;
(ii) the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes have made written request to the Trustee to
institute such Proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its
own name as Trustee hereunder:
(iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee
reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be
incurred in complying with such request;
(iv) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such
notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such
Proceedings;
(v) no direction inconsistent with such written request
has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders
of a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, voting together
as a single class; and
(vi) an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing.
It is understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have
any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other
Holders of Notes or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over
any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the
manner herein provided.
In the event the Trustee shall receive conflicting or inconsistent
requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders of Notes, each
representing less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the
Trustee in its sole discretion may determine that action, if any, shall be
taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture.
Section 5.08. Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal
and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder
of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to
receive payment of the principal of and interest on such Note on or after the
respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this Indenture (or, in
the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) and to institute suit
for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired
without the
40
<PAGE> 48
consent of such Holder; provided, however, that so long as an Insurer Default
shall not have occurred and be continuing, no such suit shall be instituted.
Section 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Controlling
Party or any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or
remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or
abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to
such Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the
Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter
all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as
though no such Proceeding had been instituted.
Section 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein
conferred upon or reserved to the Controlling Party or to the Noteholders is
intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and
remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy
hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not a Waiver. No delay or omission of
the Controlling Party or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy
accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article Five or by
law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and
as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders, as
the case may be.
Section 5.12. Control by Noteholders. If the Trustee is the Controlling
Party, the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall
have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding
for any remedy available to the Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that:
(i) such direction shall not be in conflict with any
rule of law or with this Indenture;
(ii) subject to the terms of Section 5.04, any direction
to the Trustee to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate shall be by the
Holders of Notes representing not less than 100% of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes:
(iii) if the conditions set forth in Section 5.05 have
been satisfied and the Trustee elects to retain the Trust Estate
pursuant to such Section, then any direction to the Trustee by Holders
of Notes representing less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate shall be of no force and
effect; and
41
<PAGE> 49
(iv) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper
by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.
Notwithstanding the rights of Noteholders set forth in this Section, subject to
Section 6.01, the Trustee need not take any action that it determines, in its
sole discretion, might involve it in liability or might materially adversely
affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action.
Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults. If an Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Holders of Notes of not less than a majority of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes may waive any past Default or Event of
Default and its consequences except a Default (i) in payment of principal of or
interest on any of the Notes or (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision
hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of
each Note. In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the
Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights
hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed
to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every
purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
Section 5.14. Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture
agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder's acceptance thereof shall be
deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit
for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee,
the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs
of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by
such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (i)
any suit instituted by the Trustee, (ii) any suit instituted by any Noteholder,
or group of Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or (iii) any suit instituted by any
Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on any
Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this
Indenture (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).
Section 5.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants
(to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist
upon, or plead or in and manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantages of any such law, and covenants that
it will not
42
<PAGE> 50
hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though
no such law had been enacted.
Section 5.16. Action on Notes. The Trustee's right to seek and recover
judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by the
seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect to
this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies of
the Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment
by the Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such
judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate or upon any of the assets of the
Issuer. Any money or property collected by the Trustee shall be applied in
accordance with Section 5.06.
Section 5.17. Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations.
(a) Promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at the
Administrator's expense, the Issuer shall take all such lawful action as the
Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance by the
Seller and the Master Servicer as applicable, of each of their obligations to
the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement in
accordance with the terms thereof, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies,
powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer under or in connection
with the Sale and Servicing Agreement to the extent and in the manner directed
by the Trustee, including the transmission of notices of default on the part of
the Seller or the Master Servicer thereunder and the institution of legal or
administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by the
Seller or the Master Servicer of each of their obligations under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.
(b) If the Trustee is Controlling Party and if an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, the Trustee may, and at the direction (which
direction shall be in writing, including facsimile) of the Holders of 66-2/3% of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall exercise all rights, remedies, powers,
privileges and claims of the Issuer against the Seller or the Master Servicer
under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, including the
right or power to take any action to compel or secure performance or observance
by the Seller or the Master Servicer of each of their obligations to the Issuer
thereunder and to give any consent, request, notice, direction, approval,
extension or waiver under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and any right of the
Issuer to take such action shall be suspended.
Section 5.18. Claims Under Note Policy.
(a) In the event that the Trustee has received a Deficiency Notice with
respect to any Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.02(c) of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Trustee shall furnish to the Insurer no later than
12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fourth Business Day prior to the related
Distribution Date a completed Notice of Claim in the amount of the shortfall in
amounts so available to pay the Note Interest Distributable Amount and the Note
Principal Distributable Amount with respect to such Distribution Date (the
amount of any such shortfall being hereinafter referred to as the "Note Policy
Claim Amount"). Amounts paid by the Insurer pursuant to a claim submitted under
this Section
43
<PAGE> 51
shall be deposited by the Trustee into the Note Distribution Account for payment
to Noteholders on the related Distribution Date.
(b) Any notice delivered by the Trustee to the Insurer pursuant to
Section 5.18(a) shall specify the Note Policy Claim Amount claimed under the
Note Policy and shall constitute a "Notice of Claim" under the Note Policy. In
accordance with the provisions of the Note Policy, the Insurer is required to
pay to the Trustee the Note Policy Claim Amount properly claimed thereunder by
12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the later of (i) the fourth Business Day
following receipt of the Notice of Claim, and (ii) the applicable Distribution
Date. Any payment made by the Insurer under the Note Policy shall be applied
solely to the payment of the Notes, and for no other purpose.
(c) The Trustee shall (i) receive as attorney-in-fact of each
Noteholder any Note Policy Claim Amount from the Insurer and (ii) deposit the
same in the Note Distribution Account for distribution to Noteholders as
provided in Sections 3.01 or 5.02. Any and all Note Policy Claim Amounts
disbursed by the Trustee from claims made under the Note Policy shall not be
considered payment by the Trust or from the Spread Account with respect to such
Notes, and shall not discharge the obligations of the Trust with respect
thereto. The Insurer shall, to the extent it makes any payment with respect to
the Notes, become subrogated to the rights of the recipients of such payments to
the extent of such payments. Subject to and conditioned upon any payment with
respect to the Notes by or on behalf of the Insurer, the Trustee shall assign to
the Insurer all rights to the payment of interest or principal with respect to
the Notes which are then due for payment to the extent of all payments made by
the Insurer and the Insurer may exercise any option, vote, right, power or the
like with respect to the Notes to the extent that it has made payment pursuant
to the Note Policy. To evidence such subrogation, the Note Registrar shall note
the Insurer's rights as subrogee upon the register of Noteholders upon receipt
from the Insurer of proof of payment by the Insurer of any Note Interest
Distributable Amount or Note Principal Distributable Amount. The foregoing
subrogation shall in all cases be subject to the rights of the Noteholders to
receive all Scheduled Payments in respect of the Notes.
(d) The Trustee shall keep a complete and accurate record of all funds
deposited by the Insurer into the Note Distribution Account and the allocation
of such funds to payment of interest on and principal paid in respect of any
Note. The Insurer shall have the right to inspect such records at reasonable
times upon one Business Day's prior notice to the Trustee.
(e) The Trustee shall be entitled to enforce on behalf of the
Noteholders the obligations of the Insurer under the Note Policy.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Basic Document, the
Noteholders are not entitled to institute proceedings directly against the
Insurer.
Section 5.19. Preference Claims.
(a) In the event that the Trustee has received a certified copy of an
order of the appropriate court that any Note Interest Distributable Amount or
Note Principal Distributable Amount paid on a Note has been avoided in whole or
in part as a preference payment under
44
<PAGE> 52
applicable bankruptcy law, the Trustee shall so notify the Insurer, shall comply
with the provisions of the Note Policy to obtain payment by the Insurer of such
avoided payment, and shall, at the time it provides notice to the Insurer,
notify Holders of the Notes by mail that, in the event that any Noteholder's
payment is so recoverable, such Noteholder will be entitled to payment pursuant
to the terms of the Note Policy. The Trustee shall furnish to the Insurer its
records evidencing the payments of principal of and interest on Notes, if any,
which have been made by the Trustee and subsequently recovered from Noteholders,
and the dates on which such payments were made. Pursuant to the terms of the
Note Policy, the Insurer will make such payment on behalf of the Noteholder to
the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named
in the Order (as such term is defined in the Note Policy) and not to the Trustee
or any Noteholder directly (unless a Noteholder has previously paid such payment
to the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy, in
which case the Insurer will make such payment to the Trustee for distribution to
such Noteholder upon proof of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the
Insurer).
(b) To the extent that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual
knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Insurer of any
proceeding or the institution of any action seeking the avoidance as a
preferential transfer under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership,
rehabilitation or similar law (a "Preference Claim") of any distribution made
with respect to the Notes. Each Holder, by its purchase of Notes, and the
Trustee hereby agree that so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred
and be continuing, the Insurer may at any time during the continuation of any
proceeding relating to a Preference Claim direct all matters relating to such
Preference Claim including, without limitation, (i) the direction of any appeal
of any order relating to any Preference Claim and (ii) the posting of any
surety, supersedeas or performance bond pending any such appeal at the expense
of the Insurer, but subject to reimbursement as provided in the Insurance
Agreement. In addition, and without limitation of the foregoing, as set forth in
Section 5.18(c), the Insurer shall be subrogated to, and each Noteholder and the
Trustee hereby delegate and assign, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the
rights of the Trustee and each Noteholder in the conduct of any proceeding with
respect to a Preference Claim, including, without limitation, all rights of any
party to an adversary proceeding action with respect to any court order issued
in connection with any such Preference Claim. In addition, for so long as the
Insurer guarantees amounts owing under the RIC and has not defaulted in the
making of any payment required to be made by it pursuant to such guaranty, the
Insurer shall have the right to initiate and control a proceeding against the
obligor under the RIC but only to the extent such proceeding relates to the
amounts so guaranteed and no settlement of any other proceeding or claim that
would adversely affect the Insurer's rights to recover such amounts shall be
affected without the prior written consent of the Insurer.
45
<PAGE> 53
ARTICLE SIX
THE TRUSTEE
Section 6.01. Duties of Trustee.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and in the
same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own
affairs; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall assume the duties of the
Master Servicer pursuant to Section 3.07(e), the Trustee in performing such
duties shall use the degree of care and skill customarily exercised by a prudent
institutional servicer with respect to automobile retail installment sales
contracts that it services for itself or others.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and
only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture
against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the
Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and
the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of
this Indenture; however, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and
opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements
of this Indenture and the other Basic Documents to which the Trustee is
a party.
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful misconduct,
except that:
(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section
6.01(b);
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is
proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent
facts; and
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 5.12.
(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the
Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.
(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received
by it.
46
<PAGE> 54
(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law or the terms of this Indenture
or the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance
of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or
powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayments of such
funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably
assured to it.
(h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or
affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.
(i) The Trustee shall, upon one Business Day's prior notice to the
Trustee, so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at
the expense of the Trust, and if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, at the expense of the Insurer, permit any representative of the
Insurer, during the Trustee's normal business hours, to examine all books of
account, records, reports and other papers of the Trustee relating to the Notes,
to make copies and extracts therefrom and to discuss the Trustee's affairs and
actions, as such affairs and actions relate to the Truster's duties with respect
to the Notes, with the Trustee's officers and employees responsible for carrying
out the Trustee's duties with respect to the Notes.
(j) The Trustee shall, and hereby agrees that it will, perform all of
the obligations and duties required of it under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.
(k) The Trustee shall, and hereby agrees that it will, hold the Note
Policy in trust, and will hold any proceeds of any claim on the Note Policy in
trust solely for the use and benefit of the Noteholders.
(l) Except as otherwise required or permitted by the TIA, nothing
contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to engage in any
business operations or any activities other than those set forth in this
Indenture. Specifically, the Trustee shall have no authority to engage in any
business operations, or acquire any assets other than those specifically
included in the Trust Estate under this Indenture, or otherwise vary the assets
held by the Trust. Similarly, the Trustee shall have no discretionary duties
other than performing those ministerial acts set forth above necessary to
accomplish the purpose of this Trust as set forth in this Indenture.
Section 6.02. Rights of Trustee.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.02(g) and the second
succeeding sentence, the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in
acting upon or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, note,
direction, demand, election or other paper or document believed
47
<PAGE> 55
by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.
The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions,
certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other
instruments furnished to the Trustee that shall be specifically required to be
furnished pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, shall examine them to
determine whether they comply as to form to the requirements of this Indenture.
(b) Other than with respect to actions required to be taken by the
Trustee pursuant to Section 5.18 and 5.19, before the Trustee acts or refrains
from acting, it may require an Officer's Certificate (with respect to factual
matters) or an Opinion of Counsel, as applicable. The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the
Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible
for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any
such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it
hereunder.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or
powers; provided, however, that the Trustee's conduct does not constitute wilful
misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of
counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes
shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in
respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith
and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to institute, conduct or
defend any litigation under this Indenture or in relation to this Indenture, at
the request, order or direction of any of the Holders of Notes or the
Controlling Party, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such
Holders of Notes or the Controlling Party shall have offered to the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
that may be incurred therein or thereby; provided, however, that the Trustee
shall, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (that has not been cured),
exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture with reasonable
care and skill.
(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper
or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the Insurer (so long as no
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) or (if an Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing) by the Holders of Notes evidencing not
less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes; provided, however, that if
the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or
liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is,
in the opinion of
48
<PAGE> 56
the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to
it by the terms of this Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such cost, expense or liability
as a condition to so proceeding; the reasonable expense of every such
examination shall be paid by the Person making such request, or, if paid by the
Trustee, shall be reimbursed by the Person making such request upon demand.
Section 6.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and
may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Note Registrar,
co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the
Trustee is required to comply with Sections 6.11 and 6.12.
Section 6.04. Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of
this Indenture, the Trust Estate or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for
the Issuer's use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible
for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any document issued in
connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee's
certificate of authentication.
Section 6.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing
and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall
mail to each Noteholder and the Insurer notice of the Default within 90 days
after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or
interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the redemption of such
Notes), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its
Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in
the interests of Noteholders.
Section 6.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. The Trustee shall deliver
to each Noteholder such information as may be required to enable such holder to
prepare its federal and state income tax returns.
Section 6.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall or shall
cause the Administrator to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for its services. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited
by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall or
shall cause the Administrator to reimburse the Trustee for all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in
addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the
reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer shall or shall
cause the Administrator to indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss,
liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) incurred by it in connection
with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties
hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Administrator promptly of
any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify
the Issuer and the Administrator shall not relieve the Issuer or the
Administrator of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall or shall cause the
Administrator to defend any such claim, and the Trustee
49
<PAGE> 57
may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall or shall cause the Administrator
to pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuer nor the
Administrator need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss,
liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee's own willful
misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
The Issuer's payment obligations to the Trustee pursuant to this
Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs
expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 5.01(v) or (vi)
with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable
federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.
Section 6.08. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any
time by so notifying the Issuer, the Master Servicer and the Insurer. The
Issuer, may, with the consent of the Insurer, and, at the request of the Insurer
shall, remove the Trustee, unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing) if:
(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;
(ii) a court having jurisdiction in the premises in
respect of the Trustee in an involuntary case or proceeding under
federal or state banking or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter
constituted, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law, shall have entered a decree or order
granting relief or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
custodian, trustee, conservator, sequestrator (or similar official) for
the Trustee or for any substantial part of the Trustee's property, or
ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the Trustee's affairs,
provided any such decree or order shall have continued unstayed and in
effect for a period of 30 consecutive days;
(iii) the Trustee commences a voluntary case under any
federal or state banking or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter
constituted, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law, or consents to the appointment of or
taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee, conservator, sequestrator or other similar official for the
Trustee or for any substantial part of the Trustee's property, or makes
any assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails generally to pay
its debts as such debts become due or takes any corporate action in
furtherance of any of the foregoing; or
(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of
acting.
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to
herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee reasonably acceptable to the Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default
shall not have occurred and be continuing). If the Issuer fails to appoint such
a successor Trustee, the Insurer may appoint a successor Trustee.
50
<PAGE> 58
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation
or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor
Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this
Indenture. The Issuer or the successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Noteholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all
property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 45 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Insurer
(provided that no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing), the
Issuer or the Holders of a majority in Outstanding Amount of the Notes may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any Noteholder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and
the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not
become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee
pursuant to this Section and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the
outgoing Trustee. Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to
this Section, the retiring Trustee shall be entitled to payment or reimbursement
of such amounts as such Person is entitled pursuant to Section 6.07.
Section 6.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates
with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its
corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking
association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any
further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided, that such corporation or
banking association shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under Section
6.11. The Trustee shall provide the Insurer and each Rating Agency prompt notice
of any such transaction.
In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion
or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this
Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any
such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any
predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at
that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to
the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor
hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases
such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or
in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
Section 6.10. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, at any time,
for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which
any part of the Trust Estate may at the time be located, the Trustee and the
Administrator acting jointly shall have
51
<PAGE> 59
the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more
Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, jointly with the Trustee, or
separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust, and to
vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the
Noteholders and the Insurer, such title to the Trust Estate, or any part hereof,
and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties,
obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee and the Administrator may consider
necessary or desirable. If the Administrator shall not have joined in such
appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, the
Trustee alone shall have the power to make such appointment. No co-trustee or
separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as
a successor Trustee under Section 6.11 and no notice to Noteholders of the
appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under
Section 6.08.
(b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and
conditions:
(i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations
conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed
upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate
trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate
trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the
Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law
of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be
performed the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform
such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and
obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion
thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed
singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the
direction of the Trustee;
(ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable
by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and
(iii) the Trustee and the Administrator may at any time
accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.
(c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be
deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees,
as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any
separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions
of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of
the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in
its instrument of co-appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately,
as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture,
specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct
of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every
such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the
Administrator.
(d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the
Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any
52
<PAGE> 60
separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or
be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall
vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without
the appointment of a new or successor trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Indenture, the appointment of any separate trustee or
co-trustee shall not relieve the Trustee of its obligations and duties under
this Indenture.
Section 6.11. Eligibility; Disqualification.
(a) The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least
$50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition. The Trustee shall provide copies of such reports to the Insurer upon
request. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided, however,
that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any
indenture or indentures under which other securities of the Issuer are
outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section
310(b)(1) are met.
(b) If the long term debt rating of the Trustee shall not be at least
Baa3 from Moody's and BBB- from Standard & Poor's, the Rating Agencies shall be
given notice of such lower long term debt rating.
Section 6.12. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. The
Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.
Section 6.13. Representations and Warranties of Trustee. The Trustee
hereby makes the following representations and warranties on which the Issuer
and Noteholders shall rely:
(a) the Trustee is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of its place of incorporation; and
(b) the Trustee has full power, authority and legal right to execute,
deliver, and perform this Indenture and shall have taken all necessary action to
authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Indenture.
53
<PAGE> 61
ARTICLE SEVEN
NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS
Section 7.01. Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of
Noteholders. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee (i)
not more than five days after the earlier of (a) each Record Date and (b) three
months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may
reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes as of
such Record Date and (ii) at such other times as the Trustee may request in
writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list
of similar form and content as of a date not more than ten days prior to the
time such list is furnished; provided, however, that so long as the Trustee is
the Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished. The Trustee
or, if the Trustee is not the Note Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the
Insurer in writing at such times as the Insurer may reasonably request a copy of
the list.
Section 7.02. Preservation of Information; Communications to
Noteholders.
(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable, the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes contained in the
most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the
names and addresses of Holders of Notes received by the Trustee in its capacity
as Note Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided
in such Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.
(b) Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with
other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the
Notes.
(c) The Issuer, the Trustee and the Note Registrar shall have the
protection of TIA Section 312(c).
Section 7.03. Reports by Issuer.
(a) The Issuer shall:
(i) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the
Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the
annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or
copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may
from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuer
may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act;
(ii) file with the Trustee and the Commission in
accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by
the Commission such additional information, documents and reports with
respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants
of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules
and regulations; and
54
<PAGE> 62
(iii) supply to the Trustee (and the Trustee shall
transmit by mail to all Noteholders described in TIA Section 313(c))
such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be
filed by the Issuer pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section
7.03(a) as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from
time to time by the Commission.
(b) Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of the
Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year.
Section 7.04. Reports by Trustee. To the extent that any of the events
described in TIA Section 313(a) shall have occurred, the Trustee shall, within
60 days after each December 15 beginning with December 15, 1996, mail to the
Insurer and each Noteholder as required by TIA Section 313(c) a brief report
dated as of such date that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also
shall comply with TIA Section 313(b).
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall
be filed by the Trustee with the Commission and with each stock exchange, if
any, on which the Notes are listed and of which listing the Trustee has been
informed. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if and when the Notes are listed
on any stock exchange.
55
<PAGE> 63
ARTICLE EIGHT
ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES
Section 8.01. Collection of Money. Except as otherwise expressly
provided herein, the Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall
receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any
fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or
receivable by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. The Trustee shall apply
all such money received by it as provided in this Indenture. Except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in the making of any
payment or performance under any agreement or instrument that is part of the
Trust Estate, the Trustee may take such action as may be appropriate to enforce
such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of
appropriate Proceedings. Any such action shall be without prejudice to any right
to claim a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and any right to
proceed thereafter as provided in Article Five.
Section 8.02. Trust Accounts.
(a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause the Master
Servicer to establish and maintain, in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit
of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders, the Trust Accounts as provided in
Section 5.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
(b) All Net Collections with respect to each Due Period will be
deposited in the Collection Account as provided in Section 5.02 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement. On the Business Day immediately preceding each Distribution
Date, all amounts required to be deposited in the Note Distribution Account with
respect to the preceding Due Period pursuant to Sections 5.05 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement will be transferred from the Collection Account and/or the
Spread Account to the Note Distribution Account.
(c) On each Distribution Date, the Trustee shall distribute all amounts
on deposit in the Note Distribution Account in respect of such Distribution Date
to Noteholders in respect of the Notes to the extent of amounts due and unpaid
on the Notes for principal and interest as follows:
(i) to each Class of Noteholders, accrued and unpaid
interest on the outstanding principal amount of the related Class of
Notes at the related Interest Rate;
(ii) to the Class A-1 Noteholders in reduction of the
Outstanding Amount of the Class A-1 Notes until the Outstanding Amount
of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero;
(iii) to the Class A-2 Noteholders in reduction of the
Outstanding Amount of the Class A-2 Notes until the Outstanding Amount
of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero;
56
<PAGE> 64
(iv) to the Class A-3 Noteholders in reduction of the
Outstanding Amount of the Class A-3 Notes until the Outstanding Amount
of the Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero; and
(v) to the Class A-4 Noteholders in reduction of the
Outstanding Amount of the Class A-4 Notes until the Outstanding Amount
of the Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero.
(d) If on any Distribution Date there will be insufficient funds in the
Note Distribution Account to make any payment required to be made pursuant to
Section 8.02(c) or 8.02(d), the Trustee will make a claim under the Note Policy
as described in Section 5.18.
Section 8.03. General Provisions Regarding Accounts.
(a) So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, all or a portion of the funds in the Trust Accounts other than
the Holding Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments and reinvested by
the Trustee upon receipt of an Issuer Order, subject to the provisions of
Section 5.01(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 5.01(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, all income or
other gain from investments of moneys deposited in such Trust Accounts shall be
deposited by the Trustee in the Collection Account, and any loss resulting from
such investments shall be charged to the related Trust Account. The Issuer will
not direct the Trustee to make any investment of any funds or to sell any
investment held in any of the Trust Accounts unless the security interest
Granted and perfected in such account will continue to be perfected in such
investment or the proceeds of such sale, in either case without any further
action by any Person, and, in connection with any direction to the Trustee to
make any such investment or sale, if requested by the Trustee, the Issuer shall
deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, acceptable to the Trustee, to such
effect.
(b) Subject to Section 6.01(c), the Trustee shall not in any way be
held liable by reason of any insufficiency in any of the Trust Accounts
resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment included therein except for
losses attributable to the Trustee's failure to make payments on such Eligible
Investments issued by the Trustee, in its commercial capacity as principal
obligor and not as trustee, in accordance with their terms.
(c) If (i) the Issuer shall have failed to give investment directions
for any funds on deposit in the Trust Accounts to the Trustee by 11:00 a.m., New
York City time (or such other time as may be agreed by the Issuer and Trustee),
on any Business Day or (ii) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing with respect to the Notes but the Notes shall not have been
declared due and payable pursuant to Section 5.02 or (iii) if such Notes shall
have been declared due and payable following an Event of Default, amounts
collected or receivable from the Trust Estate are being applied in accordance
with Section 5.05 as if there had not been such a declaration, then the Trustee
shall, to the fullest extent practicable, invest and reinvest funds in the Trust
Accounts in one or more Eligible Investments.
57
<PAGE> 65
Section 8.04. Release of Trust Estate.
(a) Subject to the payment of its fees and expenses pursuant to Section
6.07, the Trustee may, and when required by the provisions of this Indenture
shall, execute instruments to release property from the lien of this Indenture,
or convey the Trustee's interest in the same, in a manner and under
circumstances that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture.
No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Trustee as provided in this
Article shall be bound to ascertain the Trustee's authority, inquire into the
satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any
moneys.
(b) The Trustee shall, at such time as there are no Notes Outstanding
and all sums due the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.07 have been paid, release
any remaining portion of the Trust Estate that secured the Notes from the lien
of this Indenture and release to the Issuer or any other Person entitled thereto
any funds then on deposit in the Trust Accounts. The Trustee shall release
property from the lien of this Indenture pursuant to this Section 8.04(b) only
upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officer's Certificate, an
Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA) Independent Certificates in
accordance with TIA Sections 314(c) and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable
requirements of Section 11.01.
Section 8.05. Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall receive at least
seven days notice when requested by the Issuer to take any action pursuant to
Section 8.04(a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the
Trustee shall also require, as a condition to such action, an Opinion of
Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating the legal
effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same,
and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of such action have
been complied with and such action will not materially and adversely impair the
security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in contravention of the
provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Opinion of Counsel
shall not be required to express an opinion as to the fair value of the Trust
Estate. Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent
investigation, on the accuracy and validity of any certificate or other
instrument delivered to the Trustee in connection with any such action.
58
<PAGE> 66
ARTICLE NINE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
Section 9.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.
(a) Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with the
consent of the Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing) and with prior notice to each Rating Agency, the Issuer and the
Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, and the other parties hereto at any
time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental
hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the TIA as in force at the date
of the execution thereof), in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the
following purposes:
(i) to correct or amplify the description of any
property at any time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better
to assure, convey and confirm unto the Trustee any property subject or
required to be subjected to the lien created by this Indenture, or to
subject to the lien created by this Indenture additional property;
(ii) to evidence the succession, in compliance with the
applicable provisions hereof, of another Person to the Issuer, and the
assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein
and in the Notes contained;
(iii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any right or power
herein conferred upon the Issuer;
(iv) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge
any property to or with the Trustee;
(v) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
provision herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be
inconsistent with any other provision herein or in any supplemental
indenture or the Basic Documents to make any other provisions with
respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or in any
supplemental indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely
affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes;
(vi) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the
appointment hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes
and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as
shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts
hereunder by more than one trustee, pursuant to the requirements of
Article Six; or
(vii) to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of
this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or under any similar
federal statute hereafter enacted and to add to this Indenture such
other provisions as may he expressly required by the TIA.
59
<PAGE> 67
The Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the exemption of any such
supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained.
(b) The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order,
may, also without the consent of any of the Holders of the Notes but with the
consent of the Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing) and with prior notice to each Rating Agency, enter into an indenture
or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to,
or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this
Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes
under this Indenture; provided, however, that such action shall not, as
evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any Noteholder.
Section 9.02. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders. The
Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may, with prior
notice to each Rating Agency, with the consent of the Insurer (unless an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) and with the consent of the
Holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, by
Act of such Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, enter into an
indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any
provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of
the Notes under this Indenture; provided, however, that, subject to the express
rights of the Insurer under the Basic Documents, no such supplemental indenture
shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected
thereby:
(i) change the date of payment of any installment of
principal of or interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount
thereof, the interest rate thereon or the Redemption Price with respect
thereto, change the provisions of this Indenture relating to the
application of collections on, or the proceeds of the sale of, the
Trust Estate to payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, or
change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which,
any Note or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to
institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of this Indenture
requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in
Article Five, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes on or
after the respective due dates thereof (or, in the case of redemption,
on or after the Redemption Date);
(ii) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of
the Notes, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such
supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is
required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this
Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided
for in this Indenture;
(iii) modify or alter the provisions of the second
proviso to the definition of the term "Outstanding";
60
<PAGE> 68
(iv) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of
the Notes required to direct the Trustee to sell or liquidate the Trust
Estate pursuant to Section 5.04 or amend the provisions of this Article
which specify the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
required to amend this Indenture or the other Basic Documents;
(v) modify any provision of this Section except to
increase any percentage specified herein or to provide that certain
additional provisions of this Indenture or the other Basic Documents
cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Note affected thereby; or
(vi) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or
on a parity with the lien created by this Indenture with respect to any
part of the Trust Estate or, except as otherwise permitted or
contemplated herein, terminate the lien created by this Indenture on
any property at any time subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any
Note of the security provided by the lien created by this Indenture.
The Trustee may in its discretion determine whether or not any Notes
would be affected by any supplemental indenture and any such determination shall
be conclusive upon the Holders of all Notes, whether theretofore or thereafter
authenticated and delivered hereunder. The Trustee shall not be liable for any
such determination made in good faith.
It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section
to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it
shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
Promptly after the execution by the parties hereto of any supplemental
indenture pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the
Notes to which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates a notice setting
forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure
of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however,
in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.
Section 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or
permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture
permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by
this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject to
Sections 6.01 and 6.02 shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of
Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized
or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to,
enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee's own
rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Section 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of
any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture
shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with
respect to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of
rights, obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities
61
<PAGE> 69
under this Indenture of the parties hereto and the Holders of the Notes shall
thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all
respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions
of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the
terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.
Section 9.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment of
this Indenture and every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this
Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in
effect so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the Trust
Indenture Act.
Section 9.06. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to this Article may, and if required by the Trustee shall, bear a
notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such
supplemental indenture. If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new
notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer,
to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer
and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding
Notes.
62
<PAGE> 70
ARTICLE TEN
REDEMPTION OF NOTES
Section 10.01. Redemption.
(a) In the event that the Seller pursuant to Section 9.01(a) of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement purchases the corpus of the Trust, the Notes are
subject to redemption in whole, but not in part, on the Distribution Date on
which such repurchase occurs, for a purchase price equal to the Redemption
Price; provided, however, that the Issuer has available funds sufficient to pay
the Redemption Price. The Seller, the Master Servicer or the Issuer shall
furnish the Insurer and each Rating Agency notice of such redemption. If the
Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 10.01(a), the Master Servicer
or the Issuer shall furnish notice of such election to the Trustee not later
than 20 days prior to the Redemption Date and the Issuer shall deposit with the
Trustee in the Note Distribution Account the Redemption Price of the Notes to be
redeemed whereupon all such Notes shall be due and payable on the Redemption
Date upon the furnishing of a notice complying with Section 10.02 to each Holder
of the Notes.
(b) In the event that the assets of the Trust are sold pursuant to
Section 9.02 of the Trust Agreement or Section 5.02(b) of this Indenture, the
proceeds of such sale shall be distributed as provided in Section 5.06. If
amounts are to be paid to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 10.01(b), the
Master Servicer or the Issuer shall, to the extent practicable, furnish notice
of such event to the Trustee not later than 20 days prior to the Redemption Date
whereupon all such amounts shall be payable on the Redemption Date.
Section 10.02. Form of Redemption Notice.
(a) Notice of redemption under Section 10.01(a) shall be given by the
Trustee by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than five days
prior to the applicable Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes, as of the close
of business on the Record Date preceding the applicable Redemption Date, at such
Holder's address appearing in the Note Register. In addition, the Administrator
shall notify the Rating Agencies upon the redemption of any Class of Notes,
pursuant to Section 1(a)(i) of the Administration Agreement.
All notices of redemption shall state:
(i) the Redemption Date;
(ii) the Redemption Price; and
(iii) the place where such Notes are to be surrendered
for payment of the Redemption Price (which shall be the office or
agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02).
63
<PAGE> 71
Notice of redemption of the Notes shall be given by the Trustee in the
name and at the expense of the Issuer. Failure to give notice of redemption, or
any defect therein, to any Holder of any Note shall not impair or affect the
validity of the redemption of any other Note.
(b) Prior notice of redemption under Section 10.01(b) is not required
to be given to Noteholders.
Section 10.03. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. The Notes or portions
thereof to be redeemed shall, following notice of redemption (if any) as
required by Section 10.02, on the Redemption Date become due and payable at the
Redemption Price and (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the
Redemption Price) no interest shall accrue on the Redemption Price for any
period after the date to which accrued interest is calculated for purposes of
calculating the Redemption Price.
64
<PAGE> 72
ARTICLE ELEVEN
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 11.01. Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.
(a) Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee to
take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish
to the Trustee (i) an Officer's Certificate stating that all conditions
precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been complied with, (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the
opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been
complied with and (iii) (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from
a firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable requirements of
this Section, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to
which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision
of this Indenture. No additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(i) a statement that each signatory of such certificate
or opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition
and the definitions herein relating thereto;
(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such
signatory, such signatory has made such examination or investigation as
is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with;
and
(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each
such signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
(b) (i) Prior to the deposit of any Collateral or other property or
securities with the Trustee that is to be made the basis for the
release of any property subject to the lien created by this Indenture,
the Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in Section
11.01(a) or elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to the Trustee and the
Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing) an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the opinion
of the signer thereof such certificate as to the fair value (within 90
days of such deposit) to the Issuer of the Collateral or other property
or securities to be so deposited.
65
<PAGE> 73
(ii) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the
Trustee and the Insurer an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating
the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause
(i) above, the Issuer shall also deliver to the Trustee and the Insurer
an Independent Certificate as to the named matters, if the fair value
to the Issuer of the property to be so deposited and of all other such
property made the basis of any such withdrawal or release since the
commencement of the then-current fiscal year of the Issuer, as set
forth in the certificates delivered pursuant to clause (i) above and
this clause (ii), is 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes, but such a certificate need not be furnished with respect to any
property so deposited, if the fair value thereof to the Issuer as set
forth in the related Officer's Certificate is less than $25,000 or less
than one percent of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.
(iii) Other than with respect to any release described in
clause (A) or (B) of Section 11.01(b)(v), whenever any property or
securities are to be released from the lien created by this Indenture,
the Issuer shall also furnish to the Trustee and the Insurer (so long
as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) an
Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person
signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such
release) of the property or securities proposed to be released and
stating that in the opinion of such person the proposed release will
not impair the security created by this Indenture in contravention of
the provisions hereof.
(iv) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the
Trustee and the Insurer an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating
the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause
(iii) above, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Trustee and the
Insurer an Independent Certificate as to the same matters if the fair
value of the property or securities and of all other property or
securities (other than property described in clauses (A) or (B) of
Section 11.01(b)(v)) released from the lien created by this Indenture
since the commencement of the then current fiscal year, as set forth in
the certificates required by clause (iii) above and this clause (iv),
equals 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such
certificate need not be furnished in the case of any release of
property or securities if the fair value thereof as set forth in the
related Officer's Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one
percent of the then Outstanding Amount of the Notes.
(v) Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section, the Issuer may, without compliance with the other provisions
of this Section, (A) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of
the Contracts as and to the extent permitted or required by the Basic
Documents, (B) make cash payments out of the Trust Accounts as and to
the extent permitted or required by the Basic Documents, so long as the
Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee every six months, commencing
December 15, 1996, an Officer's Certificate stating that all the
dispositions of Collateral described in clauses (A) or (B) that
occurred during the preceding six calendar months were in the ordinary
course of the Issuer's business and that the proceeds thereof were
applied in accordance with the Basic Documents.
66
<PAGE> 74
Section 11.02. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case
where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion
of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified
by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so
certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or
give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons
as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to
such matters in one or several documents.
Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may
be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion
of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the
exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or
representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or
opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or
Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon
a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of
the Master Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer, stating that the information with
respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Master Servicer, the
Seller or the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to such matters are erroneous.
Where any Person is required to make, give or execute to or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.
Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or
certificate or report to the Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall
deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as
evidence of the Issuer's compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that
the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at
the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the
facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions
precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the
sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be
construed to affect the Trustee's right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of
any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article
Six.
Section 11.03. Acts of Noteholders.
(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by agents
duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided
such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are
delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and
evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the
Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any
such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be
67
<PAGE> 75
sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01)
conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner
provided in this Section.
(b) The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such
instrument or writing may be proved in any manner that the Trustee deems
sufficient.
(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.
(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder of every
Note issued upon the registration thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu
thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the
Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such
action is made upon such Note.
Section 11.04. Notices, etc., to Trustee, Issuer, Insurer and Rating
Agencies.
(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this
Indenture shall be in writing and if such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Noteholders is to be made upon,
given or furnished to or filed with:
(i) the Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Issuer
shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing,
personally delivered, sent by facsimile transmission and confirmed or
mailed by overnight service, to or with the Trustee at its Corporate
Trust Office;
(ii) the Issuer by the Trustee or by any Noteholder
shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing,
personally delivered, sent by facsimile transmission and confirmed or
mailed by overnight service, to the Issuer addressed to: WFS Financial
1996-B Owner Trust, in care of The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA), as Owner
Trustee, Trust Division, 802 Delaware Avenue, 13th Floor, Wilmington,
Delaware 19801, Attention: John Mack, with a copy to: The Chase
Manhattan Bank, N.A., 4 Chase MetroTech Center, 3rd Floor, Brooklyn,
New York 11245, Attention: Corporate Trust, or at any other address
previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer; or
(iii) the Insurer by the Issuer or the Trustee shall be
sufficient for any purpose hereunder if in writing, personally
delivered, sent by facsimile transmission and confirmed or mailed by
overnight service, to the recipient as follows:
68
<PAGE> 76
To the Insurer: Financial Security Assurance Inc.
350 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Surveillance Department
Telex No.: (212) 688-3101
Confirmation: (212) 826-0100
Telecopy Nos.: (212) 339-3518
(212) 339-3529
(In each case in which notice or other communication to the Insurer refers to an
Event of Default, a claim on the Note Policy or with respect to which failure on
the part of the Insurer to respond shall be deemed to constitute consent or
acceptance, then a copy of such notice or other communication should also be
sent to the attention of the General Counsel and the Head--Financial Guaranty
Group "URGENT MATERIAL ENCLOSED.")
(b) Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer,
the Trustee or the Owner Trustee shall be in writing, personally delivered, sent
by facsimile transmission and confirmed or mailed by overnight service, to (i)
in the case of Moody's, at the following address: Moody's Investors Service,
Inc., ABS Monitoring Department, 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007 and
(ii) in the case of Standard & Poor's, at the following address: Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services, 26 Broadway (20th Floor), New York, New York 10004,
Attention of Asset Backed Surveillance Department; or as to each of the
foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by written notice to the
other parties.
Section 11.05. Notices to Noteholders; Waiver. Where this Indenture
provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be
sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing
and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid to each Noteholder affected by such
event, at his address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the
latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving
of such notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail,
neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed
to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with
respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed un the manner herein
provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.
Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may
be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either
before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such
notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Trustee but
such filing shall not be a conclusion precedent to the validity of any action
taken in reliance upon such a waiver.
In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a
result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical
to mail notice of any event of Noteholders when such notice is required to be
given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving
such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a
sufficient giving of such notice.
69
<PAGE> 77
Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies,
failure to give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations
created hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default or
Event of Default
Section 11.06. Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions. Notwithstanding
any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, the Issuer
may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of
payment, or notice by the Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Holder, that is
different from the methods provided for in this Indenture for such payments or
notices. The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee a copy of each such agreement
and the Trustee will cause payments to be made and notices to be given in
accordance with such agreements.
Section 11.07. Conflict With Trust Indenture Act. If any provision
hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is
required to be included in this indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust
Indenture Act, such required provision shall control.
The provisions of TIA Sections 310 through 317 that impose duties on
any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless
expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture,
whether or not physically contained herein.
Section 11.08. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article
and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only
and shall not affect the construction hereof.
Section 11.09. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in
this Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer shall bind its successors and
assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Trustee in this
Indenture shall bind its successors, co-trustees and agents.
Section 11.10. Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or
in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.
Section 11.11. Benefits of Indenture. The Insurer and its successors
and assigns shall be a third-party beneficiary to the provisions of this
Indenture, and shall be entitled to rely upon and directly to enforce such
provisions of this Indenture so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred
and be continuing. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or
implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their
successors hereunder, and the Noteholders, and any other party secured
hereunder, and any other Person with an ownership interest in any part of the
Trust Estate, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under
this Indenture. The Insurer may disclaim any of its rights and powers under this
Indenture, but not its duties and obligations under the Note Policy, upon
delivery of a written notice to the Trustee.
70
<PAGE> 78
Section 11.12. Legal Holidays. In any case where the date on which any
payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other
provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date,
but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and
effect as if made on the date on which nominally due, and no interest shall
accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.
Section 11.13. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS,
AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES UNDER THE AGREEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS EXCEPT THAT THE DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 11.14. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 11.15. Recording of Indenture. If this Indenture is subject to
recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be
effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel
(which may be counsel to the Trustee or any other counsel reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee and the Insurer) to the effect that such recording is necessary
either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other Person secured
hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Trustee
under this Indenture.
Section 11.16. Trust Obligation. No recourse may be taken, directly or
indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or
the Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other
writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Trustee
or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficiary
interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer,
director, employee or agent of the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the
Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Trustee or the
Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have
expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee
have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such
partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by
applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital
contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. For
all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or obligations
of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to
the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles Six, Seven and Eight of
the Trust Agreement.
Section 11.17. No Petition. The parties hereto, by entering into this
Indenture, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note or a beneficial interest in
a Note, hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute
against the Seller, the Issuer or any General
71
<PAGE> 79
Partner, or join in any institution against the Seller, the Issuer or any
General Partner of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or
liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to
the Notes, this Indenture or any of the other Basic Documents.
Section 11.18. Inspection. The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior
notice, it will permit any representative of the Trustee or of the Insurer,
during the Issuer's normal business hours, to examine all the books of account,
records, reports and other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and extracts
therefrom, to cause such books to be audited by independent certified public
accountants, and to discuss the Issuer's affairs, finances and accounts with the
Issuer's officers, employees and independent certified public accountants, all
at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested, the
Trustee shall and shall cause its representatives to hold in confidence all such
information except to the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all
reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to
the extent that the Trustee may reasonably determine that such disclosure is
consistent with its obligations hereunder.
Section 11.19. Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this instrument has
been countersigned by The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA) not in its individual
capacity but solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee of the Issuer and in no
event shall The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA) in its individual capacity or any
beneficial owner of the Issuer have any liability for the representations,
warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the Issuer hereunder,
as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Issuer. For
all purposes of this Agreement, in the performance of any duties or obligations
of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to
the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles Six, Seven and Eight of
the Trust Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Section
2.07(a) of the Trust Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
72
<PAGE> 80
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
By: THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA),
not in its individual capacity but solely on
behalf of the Issuer as Owner Trustee under
the Trust Agreement
By:__________________________________________
Name:
Title:
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, not in its
individual capacity but solely as Trustee
By:__________________________________________
Name:
Title:
73
<PAGE> 81
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
) ss
COUNTY OF ORANGE )
On _____________________ before me, _________________________________,
[insert date] [Here insert name and title of notary]
personally appeared __________________________________________________________,
/ / personally known to me, or
/ / proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s)
whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument,
and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their
authorized capacity(ties), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the
instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which such person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature ________________________________________ [Seal]
<PAGE> 82
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
) ss
COUNTY OF ORANGE )
On _____________________ before me, _________________________________,
[insert date] [Here insert name and title of notary]
personally appeared __________________________________________________________,
/ / personally known to me, or
/ / proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s)
whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument,
and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their
authorized capacity(ties), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the
instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which such person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature_________________________________________ [Seal]
75
<PAGE> 83
SCHEDULE A
SCHEDULE OF CONTRACTS
Omitted -- Schedules of Contracts on file at the offices of the Seller, the
Master Servicer and the Owner Trustee.
SA-1
<PAGE> 84
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
A-1
<PAGE> 85
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF NOTE DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT
B-1
<PAGE> 86
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CLASS A-1 NOTE
UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO
SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST
HEREIN.
THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED
BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES.
THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN FULL ON THE DATE SET FORTH
HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME
MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
_____% MONEY MARKET AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTE, CLASS A-1
REGISTERED $__________
No. R-A1 CUSIP NO. __________
WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust, a business trust organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Issuer"), for value
received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the
principal sum of ____________________ Dollars ($__________), payable to the
extent described in the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof on each
Distribution Date; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of
this Note shall be payable on the earlier of __________ 20, 1997 (the "Class A-1
Final Distribution Date") and the Redemption Date, if any, selected pursuant to
the Indenture.
The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown
above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made
available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the
preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal
made on the preceding Distribution Date), or on the Closing Date in the case of
the first Distribution Date, subject to certain limitations contained
C-1
<PAGE> 87
in Section 3.01 of the Indenture. Interest on this Note will accrue for each
Distribution Date from and including the most recent Distribution Date on which
interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no
interest has yet been paid, from the Cut-Off Date. The Issuer shall pay interest
on overdue installments of interest at the Class A-1 Interest Rate to the extent
lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-
day months. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the
manner specified on the reverse hereof.
The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.
The Notes are entitled to be benefits of a financial guaranty insurance
policy (the "Note Policy") issued by Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the
"Insurer"), pursuant to which the Insurer has unconditionally guaranteed
payments of the Note Interest Distributable Amount and the Note Principal
Distributable Amount on each Distribution Date, all as more fully set forth in
the Indenture.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the indenture referred to on the reverse hereof,
or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed,
manually or in facsimile, by an Authorized Officer, as set forth below.
Date: June __, 1996 WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
By: THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA),
not in its individual capacity but solely on
behalf of the Issuer as Owner Trustee, under
the Trust Agreement
By:_________________________________________________
Name:
Title:
C-2
<PAGE> 88
TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
By:_____________________________________
Authorized Signatory
C-3
<PAGE> 89
[REVERSE OF CLASS A-1 NOTE]
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its "_____% Money Market Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-1"
(the "Class A-1 Notes"), all issued under an Indenture, dated as of June 1, 1996
(the "Indenture"), between the Issuer and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee (the
"Trustee"), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference
is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations
thereunder of the Issuer, the Insurer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.
The Class A-1 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in
this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall
have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so
supplemented or amended.
The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the
Class A-4 Notes (collectively, the "Notes") are and will be equally and ratably
secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the
Indenture.
Principal payable on the Class A-1 Notes will be paid on each
Distribution Date in the amount specified in the Indenture. As described above,
the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note will be payable on the earlier
of the Class A-1 Final Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any,
selected pursuant to the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under certain
circumstances, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes shall
be due and payable following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of
Default, as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A-1
Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A-1 Noteholders entitled thereto.
Payments of principal and interest on this Note due and payable on each
Distribution Date or Redemption Date shall be made by check mailed to the Person
whose name appears as the registered Holder of this Note (or one or more
Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on the
related Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record
Date in the name of the nominee of the Depository (initially, such nominee to be
Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available
funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to
the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the
Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note
be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of
this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) affected by any payments made
on any Distribution Date or Redemption Date shall be binding upon all future
Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer
hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If
funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in
full of the remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Distribution
Date or Redemption Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the
Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the
Record Date preceding such Distribution Date or Redemption Date by notice mailed
within five days of such Distribution Date or Redemption Date and the amount
then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of
this Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or at the office of the
Trustee's agent appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.
C-4
<PAGE> 90
As provided in the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed pursuant to the
Indenture, in whole, but not in part, at the option of the Seller, on any
Distribution Date on or after the date on which the Aggregate Scheduled Balance
is less than or equal to 5% of the Cut-Off Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register
upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency
designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture. No service charge will be
charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the
transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration
of transfer or exchange.
Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that no
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations
of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the
Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith,
against (i) the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii)
any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,
beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Trustee or the Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such
Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or
beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for
any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to
pay any installment or call owing to such entity.
Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that by
accepting the benefits of the Indenture and such Note that such Noteholder or
Note Owner will not at any time institute against the Seller or the Issuer, or
join in any institution against the Seller or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under any
United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any
obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.
The Issuer has entered into the Indenture, and this Note is issued with
the intention that, for federal, state and local income, single business and
franchise tax purposes, the Notes will qualify as indebtedness of the Issuer
secured by the Trust Estate. Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note (and each
Note Owner by acceptance of a beneficial interest in a Note), agrees to treat
the Notes for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.
Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note,
the Issuer, the Trustee and the Insurer and any agent of the Issuer, the Trustee
or the Insurer may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of
determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is
registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether
C-5
<PAGE> 91
or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such
agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Issuer with the consent of the Insurer and of the Holders of Notes
representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes. The Indenture
also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing specified
percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of
all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the
Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences.
Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more
Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holders and upon
all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of
transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation
of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the
Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the
Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.
The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.
This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of California, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the
parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such
laws.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.
C-6
<PAGE> 92
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF CLASS A-2 NOTE
THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATED IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE CLASS A-1 NOTES TO
THE EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.
UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO
SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST
HEREIN.
THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT
INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED
STATES.
THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN FULL ON THE DATE SET FORTH
HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME
MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
_____% AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTE, CLASS A-2
REGISTERED $__________
No. R-A2 CUSIP NO. __________
WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust, a business trust organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the
"Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or
registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________________ Dollars
($__________), payable to the extent described in the Indenture referred to on
the reverse hereof on each Distribution Date, provided, however, that the entire
unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be payable on the earlier of
__________ 20, 19__ (the "Class A-2 Final Distribution Date") and the Redemption
Date, if any, selected pursuant to the Indenture. No payments of principal of
the Class A-2 Notes shall be made until the principal amount of the Class A-1
Notes has been reduced to zero.
D-1
<PAGE> 93
The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown
above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made
available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the
preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal
made on the preceding Distribution Date) or on the Closing Date in the case of
the first Distribution Date, subject to certain limitations contained in the
Indenture. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from and
including the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to
but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from
the Cut-Off Date. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of
interest at the Class A-2 Interest Rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal
of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the
reverse hereof.
The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.
The Notes are entitled to be benefits of a financial guaranty insurance
policy (the "Note Policy") issued be Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the
"Insurer"), pursuant to which the Insurer has unconditionally guaranteed
payments of the Note Interest Distributable Amount and the Note Principal
Distributable Amount on each Distribution Date, all as more fully set forth in
the Indenture.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the indenture referred to on the reverse hereof,
or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
D-2
<PAGE> 94
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed,
manually or in facsimile, by an Authorized Officer, as of the date set forth
below.
Date: __________, 1996 WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
By: THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA),
not in its individual capacity but solely on
behalf of the Issuer as Owner Trustee, under
the Trust Agreement
By: ______________________________________________
Name:
Title:
TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee,
By: ______________________________________________
Authorized Signatory
D-3
<PAGE> 95
[REVERSE OF CLASS A-2 NOTE]
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its "_____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-2" (the "Class
A-2 Notes"), all issued under an Indenture, dated as of June 1, 1996 (the
"Indenture"), between the Issuer and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee (the
"Trustee") to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference
is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations
thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes
are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are
defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings
assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.
The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the
Class A-4 Notes (collectively, the "Notes") are and will be equally and ratably
secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the
Indenture.
Principal payable on the Class A-2 Notes will be paid on each
Distribution Date in the amount specified in the Indenture. As described above,
the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note will be payable on the earlier
of the Class A-2 Final Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any,
selected pursuant to the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under certain
circumstances, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes shall
be due and payable following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of
Default, as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A-2
Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.
Payments of principal and interest on this Note due and payable on each
Distribution Date or Redemption Date shall be made by check mailed to the Person
whose name appears as the registered Holder of this Note (or one or more
Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on the
related Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record
Date in the name of the nominee of the Depository (initially, such nominee to be
Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available
funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to
the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the
Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note
be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of
this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) affected by any payments made
on any Distribution Date or Redemption Date shall be binding upon all future
Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer
hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If
funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in
full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a
Distribution Date or Redemption Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on
behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder
hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Distribution Date or Redemption Date
by notice mailed within five days of such Distribution Date or Redemption Date
and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and
surrender of this Note at the Trustee's principal Corporate Trust Office or at
the office of the Trustee's agent appointed for such purposes located in The
City of New York.
D-4
<PAGE> 96
As provided in the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed pursuant to the
Indenture, in whole, but not in part, at the option of the Seller (with the
consent of the Insurer under certain circumstances), on any Distribution Date on
or after the date on which the Aggregate Scheduled Balance is less than or equal
to 5% of the Cut-Off Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register
upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency
designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture. No service charge will be
charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the
transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration
of transfer or exchange.
Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that no
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations
of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the
Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith,
against (i) the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii)
any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,
beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Trustee or the Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such
Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or
beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for
any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to
pay any installment or call owing to such entity.
Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that by
accepting the benefits of the Indenture and such Note that such Noteholder or
Note Owner will not at any time institute against the Seller, or join in any
institution against the Seller of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
insolvency or liquidation proceedings under any United States Federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the
Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.
The Issuer has entered into the Indenture, and this Note is issued with
the intention that, for federal, state and local income, single business and
franchise tax purposes, the Notes will qualify as indebtedness of the Issuer
secured by the Trust Estate. Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note (and each
Note Owner by acceptance of a beneficial interest in a Note), agrees to treat
the Notes for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.
Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note,
the Issuer, the Trustee and the Insurer and any agent of the Issuer, the Trustee
or the Insurer may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of
determination or as of such other date as
D-5
<PAGE> 97
may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all
purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Issuer with the consent of the Insurer and of the Holders of Notes
representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all Notes at the time
Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
Notes representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer
with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the
Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of
this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding
upon such Holders and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note
issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu
hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.
The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and
conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the
Notes issued thereunder.
The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.
This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of California, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the
parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such
laws.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.
D-6
<PAGE> 98
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF CLASS A-3 NOTE
THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATED IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE CLASS A-1
NOTES AND THE CLASS A-2 NOTES AS DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO HEREIN.
UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO
SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST
HEREIN.
THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT
INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED
STATES.
THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN FULL ON THE DATE SET FORTH
HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME
MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
_____% AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTE, CLASS A-3
REGISTERED $__________
No. R-A3 CUSIP NO. __________
WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust, a business trust organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Issuer"), for value
received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the
principal sum of ____________________ Dollars ($__________), payable to the
extent described in the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof on each
Distribution Date, provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of
this Note shall be payable on the earlier of __________ 20, 20__ (the "Class A-3
Final Distribution Date") and the Redemption Date, if any, selected pursuant to
the Indenture. No payments of principal of the Class A-3 Notes shall be made
until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes has
been reduced to zero.
E-1
<PAGE> 99
The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown
above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made
available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the
preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal
made on the preceding Distribution Date) or on the Closing Date in the case of
the first Distribution Date, subject to certain limitations contained in the
Indenture. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from and
including the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to
but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from
the Cut-Off Date. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of
interest at the Class A-3 Interest Rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal
of and interest and premium, if any, on this Note shall be paid in the manner
specified on the reverse hereof.
The principal of and interest and premium, if any, on this Note are
payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments
made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest
due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal
of this Note.
The Notes are entitled to be benefits of a financial guaranty insurance
policy (the "Note Policy") issued be Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the
"Insurer"), pursuant to which the Insurer has unconditionally guaranteed
payments of the Note Interest Distributable Amount and the Note Principle
Distributable Amount on each Distribution Date, all as more fully set forth in
the Indenture.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the indenture referred to on the reverse hereof,
or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
E-2
<PAGE> 100
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed,
manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.
Date: June __, 1996
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
By: THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA),
not in its individual capacity but solely on
behalf of the Issuer as Owner Trustee, under
the Trust Agreement,
By: ____________________________________________
Name:
Title:
TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee,
By: _____________________________________________
Authorized Signatory
E-3
<PAGE> 101
[REVERSE OF CLASS A-3 NOTE]
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its "_____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-3" (the "Class
A-3 Notes"), all issued under an Indenture, dated as of June 1, 1996 (the
"Indenture"), between the Issuer and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee (the
"Trustee," which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to
which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made
for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the
Issuer, the Insurer the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are
subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are
defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings
assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.
The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the
Class A-4 Notes (collectively, the "Notes") are and will be equally and ratably
secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the
Indenture.
Principal payable on the Class A-3 Notes will be paid on each
Distribution Date in the amount specified in the Indenture. As described above,
the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note will be payable on the earlier
of the Class A-3 Final Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any,
selected pursuant to the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under certain
circumstances, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes shall
be due and payable following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of
Default, as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A-3
Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A-3 Noteholders entitled thereto.
Payments of principal and interest on this Note due and payable on each
Distribution Date or Redemption Date shall be made by check mailed to the Person
whose name appears as the registered Holder of this Note (or one or more
Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on the
related Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record
Date in the name of the nominee of the Depository (initially, such nominee to be
Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available
funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to
the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the
Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note
be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of
this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) affected by any payments made
on any Distribution Date or Redemption Date shall be binding upon all future
Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer
hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If
funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in
full of the principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date or Redemption
Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify
the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding
such Distribution Date or Redemption Date by notice mailed within five days of
such Distribution Date or Redemption Date and the amount then due and payable
shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the
Trustee's
E-4
<PAGE> 102
principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee's agent
appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.
As provided in the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed pursuant to the
Indenture, in whole, but not in part, at the option of the Seller (with the
consent of the Insurer under certain circumstances), on any Distribution Date on
or after the date on which the Aggregate Scheduled Balance is less than or equal
to 5% of the Cut-Off Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register
upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency
designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture. No service charge will be
charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the
transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration
of transfer or exchange.
Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that no
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations
of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the
Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith,
against (i) the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii)
any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,
beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Trustee or the Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such
Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or
beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for
any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to
pay any installment or call owing to such entity.
Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that by
accepting the benefits of the indenture and such Note that such Noteholder or
Note Owner will not at any time institute against the Seller or the Issuer or
join in any institution against the Seller or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under any
United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any
obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.
The Issuer has entered into the Indenture, and this Note is issued with
the intention that, for federal, state and local income, single business and
franchise tax purposes, the Notes will qualify as indebtedness of the Issuer
secured by the Trust Estate. Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note (and each
Note Owner by acceptance of a beneficial interest in a Note), agrees to treat
the Notes for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.
E-5
<PAGE> 103
Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note,
the Issuer, the Trustee and the Insurer and any agent of the Issuer, the Trustee
or the Insurer may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of
determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is
registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be
overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be
affected by notice to the contrary.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Issuer with the consent of the Insurer and of the Holders of Notes
representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all Notes at the time
Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
Notes representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer
with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the
Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of
this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding
upon such Holders and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note
issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu
hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.
The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and
conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the
Notes issued thereunder.
The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.
This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of California, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the
parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such
laws.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.
E-6
<PAGE> 104
EXHIBIT F
FORM OF CLASS A-4 NOTE
THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATED IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE CLASS A-1 NOTES,
THE CLASS A-2 NOTES AND THE CLASS A-3 NOTES AS DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO HEREIN.
UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO
SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST
HEREIN.
THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT
INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED
STATES.
THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN FULL ON THE DATE SET FORTH
HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME
MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
_____% AUTO RECEIVABLE BACKED NOTE, CLASS A-4
REGISTERED $__________
No. R-A4 CUSIP NO. __________
WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust, a business trust organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Issuer"), for value
received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the
principal sum of ____________________ Dollars ($__________), payable to the
extent described in the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof on each
Distribution Date, provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of
this Note shall be payable on the earlier of __________ 20, 20__ (the "Class A-4
Final Distribution Date") and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section
10.01(a) and (b) of the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof. No payments
of principal of the Class A-4
F-1
<PAGE> 105
Notes shall be made until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes, the Class
A-2 Notes and the Class A-3 Notes has been reduced to zero.
The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown
above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made
available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the
preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal
made on the preceding Distribution Date) or on the Closing Date in the case of
the first Distribution Date, subject to certain limitations contained in the
Indenture. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from and
including the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to
but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from
the Cut-Off Date. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of
interest at the Class A-3 Interest Rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal
of and interest and premium, if any, on this Note shall be paid in the manner
specified on the reverse hereof.
The principal of and interest and premium, if any, on this Note are
payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments
made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest
due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal
of this Note.
The Notes are entitled to be benefits of a financial guaranty insurance
policy (the "Note Policy") issued be Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the
"Insurer"), pursuant to which the Insurer has unconditionally guaranteed
payments of the Note Interest Distributable Amount and the Note Principle
Distributable Amount on each Distribution Date, all as more fully set forth in
the Indenture.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the indenture referred to on the reverse hereof,
or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
F-2
<PAGE> 106
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed,
manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.
Date: June __, 1996
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
By: THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA),
not in its individual capacity but solely on
behalf of the Issuer as Owner Trustee, under
the Trust Agreement,
By: ____________________________________________
Name:
Title:
TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee,
By: ____________________________________________
Authorized Signatory
F-3
<PAGE> 107
[REVERSE OF CLASS A-4 NOTE]
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its "_____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-4" (the "Class
A-4 Notes"), all issued under an Indenture, dated as of June 1, 1996 (the
"Indenture"), between the Issuer and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee (the
"Trustee," which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to
which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made
for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the
Issuer, the Insurer the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are
subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are
defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings
assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.
The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the
Class A-4 Notes (collectively, the "Notes") are and will be equally and ratably
secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the
Indenture.
Principal payable on the Class A-4 Notes will be paid on each
Distribution Date in the amount specified in the Indenture. As described above,
the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note will be payable on the earlier
of the Class A-4 Final Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any,
selected pursuant to the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under certain
circumstances, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Class A-4 Notes shall
be due and payable following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of
Default, as described in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A-4
Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A-4 Noteholders entitled thereto.
Payments of principal and interest on this Note due and payable on each
Distribution Date or Redemption Date shall be made by check mailed to the Person
whose name appears as the registered Holder of this Note (or one or more
Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on the
related Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record
Date in the name of the nominee of the Depository (initially, such nominee to be
Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available
funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to
the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the
Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note
be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of
this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) affected by any payments made
on any Distribution Date or Redemption Date shall be binding upon all future
Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer
hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If
funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in
full of the principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date or Redemption
Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify
the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding
such Distribution Date or Redemption Date by notice mailed within five days of
such Distribution Date or Redemption Date and the amount then due and payable
shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the
Trustee's
F-4
<PAGE> 108
principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee's agent
appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.
As provided in the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed pursuant to the
Indenture, in whole, but not in part, at the option of the Seller (with the
consent of the Insurer under certain circumstances), on any Distribution Date on
or after the date on which the Aggregate Scheduled Balance is less than or equal
to 5% of the Cut-Off Date Aggregate Scheduled Balance.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register
upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency
designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture. No service charge will be
charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the
transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration
of transfer or exchange.
Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that no
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations
of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the
Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith,
against (i) the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii)
any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,
beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Trustee or the Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such
Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or
beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for
any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to
pay any installment or call owing to such entity.
Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that by
accepting the benefits of the indenture and such Note that such Noteholder or
Note Owner will not at any time institute against the Seller or the Issuer or
join in any institution against the Seller or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under any
United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any
obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.
The Issuer has entered into the Indenture, and this Note is issued with
the intention that, for federal, state and local income, single business and
franchise tax purposes, the Notes will qualify as indebtedness of the Issuer
secured by the Trust Estate. Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note (and each
Note Owner by acceptance of a beneficial interest in a Note), agrees to treat
the Notes for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.
F-5
<PAGE> 109
Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note,
the Issuer, the Trustee and the Insurer and any agent of the Issuer, the Trustee
or the Insurer may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of
determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is
registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be
overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be
affected by notice to the contrary.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Issuer with the consent of the Insurer and of the Holders of Notes
representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all Notes at the time
Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
Notes representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer
with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the
Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of
this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding
upon such Holders and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note
issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu
hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.
The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and
conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the
Notes issued thereunder.
The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.
This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of California, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the
parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such
laws.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.
F-6
<PAGE> 110
EXHIBIT G
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
________________________________________________________________________________
(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)
________________________________________________________________________________
the within Note, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and
appointing
________________________________________________________________________________
to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full
power of substitution in the premises.
Dated:
Signature Guaranteed By:
________________________________________________________________________________
Signature must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution which is a
participant in the Securities Transfer Agent's Medallion Program (STAMP) or
similar signature guarantee program.
____________________
(Authorized Officer)
________________________________________________________________________________
Notice: The signature(s) on this assignment must correspond with the name(s) as
it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without
alteration, enlargement, or any change whatsoever.
G-1
<PAGE> 111
EXHIBIT H
FORM OF NOTE POLICY
H-1
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.1
REINVESTMENT CONTRACT
AGREEMENT dated as of June 1, 1996 by and between Western Financial
Savings Bank, F.S.B. (the "Bank"), and Bankers Trust Company, not in its
individual capacity but solely in its respective capacities as trustee (the
"Indenture Trustee") and as collateral agent, under the Indenture, dated as of
June 1, 1996, (the "Indenture"), between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee
(the "Indenture").
BACKGROUND: Western Financial 1996-B Owner Trust (the "Trust") created
by the Trust Agreement dated as of June 1, 1996 among WFS Financial Auto Loans,
Inc., Westcorp Investments, Inc., Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the
"Insurer") and The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA) has issued $__________ aggregate
principal amount of ____% Money Market Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-1
(the "Class A-1 Notes"), $___________ aggregate principal amount of ____% Auto
Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-2 (the "Class A-2 Notes), $___________
aggregate principal amount of ____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-3 (the
"Class A-3 Notes"), $__________ aggregate principal amount of ____% Auto
Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-4 (the "Class A-4 Notes" and, collectively with
the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4
Notes, the "Notes"), and $__________ aggregate principal amount of ____% Auto
Receivable Backed Certificates (the "Certificates"). The Contracts will be sold
to the Trust and serviced by the Master Servicer pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1996 (the "Sale and Servicing
Agreement"), among the Trust, Western Financial Auto Loans, Inc. and WFS
Financial Inc (the "Master Servicer"). The Indenture Trustee as trustee under
the Indenture desires to assure that the funds deposited in or credited to the
Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account and the Certificate
Distribution Account (collectively, the "Specified Accounts") from time to time
are invested and that funds deposited in or credited to the Holding Account are
held (but not invested) and applied in accordance with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, and the Indenture Trustee as
<PAGE> 2
collateral agent desires to assure that funds on deposit from time to time in
the Spread Account are invested.
The parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Investments by the Indenture Trustee. Subject to Section 2,
the Indenture Trustee shall invest pursuant to this Agreement (i) all funds
credited to the Specified Accounts, from time to time, on the Business Day on
which such funds are so credited (such funds so invested being herein referred
to as the "Specified Account Invested Funds"), and (ii) all funds credited to
the Spread Account, from time to time, on the Business Day on which such funds
are so credited (such funds so invested being herein referred to as the "Spread
Account Invested Funds"). The Indenture Trustee, in addition, shall deliver to
the Bank pursuant to this Agreement all funds in the Holding Account, from time
to time, on the Business Day on which such funds are so credited (such funds so
held being herein referred to as the "Holding Account Deposited Funds"). The
Specified Invested Funds and the Spread Account Invested Funds are herein
referred to collectively as the "Invested Funds".
Section 2. Investment of Invested Funds. (a) The Master Servicer will
deposit in the Collection Account upon receipt certain collections on the
Contracts as described in Sections 4.01 and 5.02 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement and the Indenture Trustee will deposit in the Spread Account, the Note
Distribution Account and the Certificate Distribution Account amounts from time
to time required to be deposited in such Accounts pursuant to Article Five of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, the
Bank may invest the Invested Funds in investments selected by the Bank at its
discretion (including, without limitation, the use of such funds in the Bank's
operations) so long as this Agreement is an Eligible Investment. Except as
specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) below, it shall not be necessary for the
Bank to segregate the Invested Funds or the Holding Account Deposited Funds
deposited with it hereunder. If on any date this Agreement shall cease to be an
Eligible Investment or is terminated, then on such date and on each date
thereafter funds in the Specified Accounts will not be delivered to and invested
by the Bank but will instead be invested by the Indenture Trustee in Eligible
Investments pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, funds in the Holding
Account will be maintained in such Account and will not be deposited with the
Bank pursuant to this Agreement and funds in the Spread Account will (in each
case) not be invested by
2
<PAGE> 3
the Bank but will instead be invested by the Indenture Trustee as collateral
agent in Eligible Investments pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
(b) If on any date the Insurer, acting in its sole discretion, shall
have notified the Bank and the Indenture Trustee (in its capacity as Indenture
Trustee under the Indenture) in writing that the Specified Account Invested
Funds are to be held in a segregated trust account, then on such date (or, if
such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) and on each
day thereafter during the term of this Agreement all Specified Account Invested
Funds shall be held in segregated trust accounts established by the Indenture
Trustee as Eligible Accounts at Bankers Trust Company or at another depositary
institution approved by the Insurer. All Invested Funds held in an account
established pursuant to this paragraph shall be invested in Eligible
Investments, except pursuant to paragraph (a) above, pursuant to instructions by
the Bank in its discretion or, in the absence of such instructions by the Bank
or if any Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, pursuant to
instructions by the Insurer.
(c) If on any date the Insurer, acting in its sole discretion, shall
have notified the Bank and the Indenture Trustee (in its capacity as collateral
agent) in writing that the Spread Account Invested Funds are to be held in a
segregated trust account, then on such date (or, if such date is not a Business
Day, the next succeeding Business Day) and on each day thereafter during the
term of this Agreement all Spread Account Invested Funds shall be held in a
segregated trust account established by the Indenture Trustee as an Eligible
Account at Bankers Trust Company or at another depositary institution approved
by the Insurer. All Invested Funds held in an account established pursuant to
this paragraph shall be invested in Eligible Investments, except pursuant to
paragraph (a) above, pursuant to instructions by the Master Servicer or, in the
absence of such instructions, as otherwise provided in Section 5.06(d) of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.
(d) If on any date the Insurer, acting in its sole discretion, shall
have notified the Bank and the Indenture Trustee (in its capacity as Indenture
Trustee under the Indenture) in
3
<PAGE> 4
writing that the Holding Account Deposited Funds are to be held in a segregated
trust account, then on such date (or, if such date is not a Business Day, the
next succeeding Business Day) and on each day thereafter during the term of this
Agreement all Holding Account Deposited Funds shall be held in a segregated
trust account established by the Indenture Trustee as an Eligible Account at
Bankers Trust Company or at another depositary institution approved by the
Insurer. All Holding Account Deposited Funds held in an account established
pursuant to this paragraph shall not be invested.
Section 3. Payments by the Bank. The Bank shall be obligated to make
payments in accordance with this Section until this Agreement shall have
terminated and all amounts owing by the Bank under this Agreement shall have
been paid by the Bank in full. On the fifth Business Day prior to each
Distribution Date, the Bank shall deposit (A) in the related Specified Account,
the portion of the Specified Account Invested Funds allocable to such Specified
Account with respect to such Distribution Date plus the amount, if any (the
"Reinvestment Earnings"), by which the Interest Payment (as defined below) for
such Distribution Date exceeds the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of interest
collected on the Contracts (adjusted with respect to each Contract to the Class
A-5 Interest Rate and exclusive of such collections that have been paid to the
Master Servicer in reimbursement of a previous Advance) that is part of the Net
Collections for such Distribution Date and (ii) the amount of the interest
portion of the Advance for the related Due Period (assuming for this purpose
that an Advance was made in respect of each delinquent Contract), and (B) in the
Spread Account, the Spread Account Invested Funds, (C) in the Holding Account,
the Holding Account Deposited Funds; provided, however, that if Invested Funds
(or Holding Account Deposited Funds, as the case may be) are held in one or more
segregated trust accounts at the Indenture Trustee or another depositary
institution pursuant to paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of Section 2, then the
Indenture Trustee shall, on the fifth Business Day prior to each Distribution
Date, make or cause to be made the following respective deposits (as paragraphs
(b), (c), and (d) of Section 2 are then applicable, respectively): (A) in each
Specified Account, the Specified Account Invested Funds with respect to such
Specified Account and such Distribution Date plus the net reinvestment income,
if any, thereon, (B) in the Spread Account, the Spread Account Invested
4
<PAGE> 5
Funds plus the net reinvestment income, if any, thereon, (C) in the Holding
Account, the Holding Account Deposited Funds; provided, further, that solely for
purposes of this Agreement the Interest Payment for the first Distribution Date
shall be calculated as interest for the period from the Cut-Off Date to and
including _______ 19, 1996.
"Interest Payment" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, an
amount equal to the sum of (i) interest at the Class A-1 Interest Rate on the
outstanding principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes as of the immediately
preceding Distribution Date, (ii) interest at the Class A-2 Interest Rate on the
outstanding principal balance of Class A-2 Notes as of the immediately preceding
Distribution Date, (iii) interest at the Class A-3 Interest Rate on the
outstanding principal balance of Class A-3 Notes as of the immediately preceding
Distribution Date, (iv) interest at the Class A-4 Interest Rate on the
outstanding principal balance of the Class A-4 Notes as of the immediately
preceding Distribution Date, and (v) interest at the Pass Through Rate on the
Certificate Balance as of the immediately preceding Distribution Date.
Section 4. Timing of Payments. On the fifth Business Day immediately
prior to each Distribution Date (each, a "RIC Maturity Date"), (i) the
investment pursuant to this Agreement of Specified Account Invested Funds with
respect to such Distribution Date and of all Spread Account Invested Funds shall
mature and be due and payable, and the Holding Account Deposited Funds shall be
required to be returned to and deposited into the Holding Account.
Section 5. Manner of Payments. Deposits into any Specified Account by
the Bank in accordance with this Agreement shall be made in immediately
available funds to such Specified Account under advice to the Indenture Trustee
at its address set forth in Section 8. Deposits into the Spread Account by the
Bank in accordance with this Agreement shall be made in immediately available
funds to the Spread Account under advice to the Indenture Trustee as collateral
agent at its address set forth in Section 8. Deposits into the Holding Account
by the Bank in accordance with this Agreement shall be made in immediately
available funds to the Holding Account under advice to the Indenture Trustee at
its address set forth in Section 8.
5
<PAGE> 6
Section 6. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate on the
first date on which (i) the Notes and the Certificates shall have been paid in
full as provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, (ii) the Bank shall have
paid the aggregate amount of all Specified Account Invested Funds and Holding
Account Deposited Funds hereunder to the Indenture Trustee and the aggregate
amount of all Class A-1 Spread Account Invested Funds hereunder to the Indenture
Trustee as collateral agent, and (iii) the Bank shall have paid all other
remaining amounts owing by it hereunder; provided that no termination of this
Agreement shall limit or restrict any rights of the Insurer under the Insurance
Agreement to recover Unreimbursed Insurer Amounts in respect of any claims paid
under the Policies in respect of this Agreement. This Agreement may be
terminated by the Bank, with the prior written consent of the Insurer, upon
written notice to the Insurer and the Indenture Trustee on any date following
receipt by the Bank of a notice from the Insurer pursuant to paragraph (b) of
Section 2 hereof; provided that such termination by the Bank may occur on any
RIC Maturity Date without such consent of the Insurer if (i) the Bank shall have
made all of the payments referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) of the
immediately preceding sentence, and (ii) the Bank shall have paid the amount of
the pro rata portion of Reinvestment Earnings and net reinvestment income
accrued under Section 3 but not otherwise owing on such RIC Maturity Date. If on
any date this Agreement shall cease to be an Eligible Investment, then (A) on
such date and on each date thereafter funds in the Specified Accounts and in the
Spread Account will be invested, and funds in the Holding Account will be
maintained, in the manner specified in the last sentence of Section 2(a), (B) on
the next succeeding RIC Maturity Date the Bank shall make all of the payments
referred to in clause (ii) of the second preceding sentence (other than
Specified Account Invested Funds, if any, relating to the second Distribution
Date immediately following such RIC Maturity Date) and clause (iii) of the
second preceding sentence, and (C) on the RIC Maturity Date next succeeding the
RIC Maturity Date referred to in clause (B) of this sentence, the Bank shall pay
the aggregate amount of any remaining Specified Account Invested Funds hereunder
to the Indenture Trustee and shall pay all remaining amounts owing by the Bank
hereunder, including the pro rata portion of Reinvestment Earnings and net
reinvestment income accrued under Section 3 for the period ending on such date,
to the Indenture Trustee, as trustee under the Indenture and as collateral
agent,
6
<PAGE> 7
respectively, in the manner specified in Section 5, and upon the making of all
such payments pursuant to clauses (B) and (C) of this sentence this Agreement
shall terminate; provided, that no such termination of this Agreement shall
limit or restrict any rights of the Insurer under the Insurance Agreement to
recover Unreimbursed Insurer Amounts in respect of any claims paid under the
Policies in respect of this Agreement. Notwithstanding that the Notes have been
paid in full, the Indenture Trustee shall continue to perform its obligations
pursuant to this Agreement until the Certificate Balance is reduced to zero.
Section 7. Representations. The Indenture Trustee, solely in its
respective capacities as trustee under the Indenture and as collateral agent and
not in its individual capacity, and the Bank represent and warrant, each as to
itself to the other, that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Indenture Trustee
(in such respective capacities) and the Bank, respectively, and that neither the
execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the performance of the obligations
of the Indenture Trustee (in such respective capacities) or the Bank under this
Agreement will contravene any federal or state law or any order, decree,
license, permit or the like which is applicable to the Indenture Trustee (in
such respective capacities) or the Bank or to which the Bank or the Indenture
Trustee (in such respective capacities) is a party or by which the Bank or the
Indenture Trustee is bound.
Section 8. Notices. All notices and other communications given pursuant
to this Agreement shall be communicated to the addresses listed below, in each
case with a copy to the Financial Security Assurance Inc., 350 Park Avenue, New
York, New York 10022, Attention: Surveillance Department, or to such other
address or to the attention of such other person as such party shall have
designated for such purpose in a written notice to the other:
If to the Indenture Bankers Trust Company
Trustee, as trustee Four Albany Street, 10th Floor
under the Indenture New York, New York 10006
and as collateral Attention: Corporate Trust
agent Department - Asset Back
Group
7
<PAGE> 8
If to the Bank: Western Financial Savings Bank, F.S.B.
23 Pasteur Road
Irvine, California 92718
Attention: Harriet Burns Feller, Esq.
Section 9. Terms. All capitalized terms used herein and not defined
herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement or, if not otherwise defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, in
the Indenture, as applicable.
Section 10. Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended except with
the prior written consent of the Insurer pursuant to an instrument signed by
each party hereto.
Section 11. Binding Effect; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors, transferees and assigns; provided that the Bank may not assign all
or any part of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Insurer.
Section 12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be deemed to be a
contract made under, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with,
the laws of the State of California, except that the duties of the Indenture
Trustee, as trustee under the Indenture and as collateral agent, shall be
governed by the laws of the State of New York.
Section 13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, all
of which shall be deemed to be one and the same document.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first
written above.
WESTERN FINANCIAL SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B.
By:
-----------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
8
<PAGE> 9
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, not in its
individual capacity but solely as
Indenture Trustee under the
Indenture and as collateral agent
By:
-----------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
9
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.3
================================================================================
INSURANCE, INDEMNITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
Dated as of June 1, 1996
among
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST,
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.,
WFS FINANCIAL INC,
WESTCORP INVESTMENTS, INC.,
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.,
and
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as Collateral Agent, Proceeds Agent and Indenture Trustee
================================================================================
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
INTRODUCTION ..................................................... 1
AGREEMENTS ..................................................... 2
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01. Definitions.......................................... 2
ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
Section 2.01. Representations and Warranties of the Trust.......... 7
Section 2.02. Affirmative Covenants of the Trust................... 10
Section 2.03. Negative Covenants of the Trust...................... 12
Section 2.04. Representations and Warranties of WII................ 13
Section 2.05. Affirmative Covenants of WII......................... 14
Section 2.06. Negative Covenants of WII............................ 17
Section 2.07. Representations and Warranties of the Company........ 19
Section 2.08. Representations and Warranties of WFS................ 23
Section 2.09. Affirmative Covenants of the Company................. 26
Section 2.10. Negative Covenants of the Company.................... 28
Section 2.11. Affirmative Covenants of WFS......................... 29
ARTICLE III
THE POLICIES; INDEMNIFICATION
Section 3.01. Agreement to Issue Policies.......................... 31
Section 3.02. Conditions Precedent to Issuance of Policies......... 31
Section 3.03. Premium.............................................. 36
Section 3.04. Reimbursement Obligation............................. 36
Section 3.05. Non-Recourse Obligation.............................. 38
Section 3.06. Indemnification...................................... 38
Section 3.07. Liability Absolute................................... 42
Section 3.08. Liability of Financial Security...................... 43
Section 3.09. Payment of Costs, Fees and Expenses.................. 44
Section 3.10. Payment Procedure.................................... 44
Section 3.11. Business Days........................................ 45
Section 3.12. Waivers and Consents by the Company and WFS.......... 45
i
<PAGE> 3
Page
----
ARTICLE IV
PLEDGE OF COLLATERAL
Section 4.01. Obligations Secured Hereby........................... 45
Section 4.02. Granting Clause...................................... 46
Section 4.03. Release of Collateral................................ 47
ARTICLE V
INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS
Section 5.01. Financial Security's Direction Upon Servicer
Default.............................................. 47
Section 5.02. Financial Security's Direction of Insolvency
Proceedings.......................................... 49
ARTICLE VI
THE COLLATERAL AGENT; REMEDIES
Section 6.01. Appointment and Powers of Collateral Agent........... 49
Section 6.02. Successor Collateral Agent........................... 50
Section 6.03. Remedies Available to Collateral Agent............... 51
Section 6.04. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws; Marshalling
of Assets............................................ 52
Section 6.05. Restoration of Rights and Remedies................... 53
Section 6.06. Remedies Cumulative.................................. 53
Section 6.07. Control by Financial Security........................ 53
Section 6.08. Proceeds Agent as Custodian and Bailee of
Collateral Agent..................................... 53
Section 6.09. Indemnification of Collateral Agent.................. 54
Section 6.10. Compensation Payable to Collateral Agent............. 54
Section 6.11. Protection of Financial Security's Security
Interest............................................. 55
Section 6.12. Representations and Warranties of Indenture
Trustee.............................................. 56
Section 6.13. Certain Guaranties................................... 56
ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
ii
<PAGE> 4
Page
----
Section 7.01. Events of Default.................................... 56
Section 7.02. Remedies; Waivers.................................... 58
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 8.01. Amendments, Changes and Modifications................ 59
Section 8.02. Notices.............................................. 59
Section 8.03. Method of Payment.................................... 59
Section 8.04. Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments........ 59
Section 8.05. Term of Agreement.................................... 60
Section 8.06. Assignments; Third-Party Rights; Reinsurance......... 60
Section 8.07. Consent of Financial Security........................ 61
Section 8.08. Right to Enforce Sale and Servicing Agreement........ 61
Section 8.09. WFS and WII as Parties Only for Certain
Provisions........................................... 61
Section 8.10. Severability......................................... 61
Section 8.11. Reports.............................................. 62
Section 8.12. Counterparts......................................... 62
Section 8.13. Governing Law........................................ 62
Section 8.14. Headings............................................. 62
Section 8.15. Trial by Jury Waived................................. 62
Section 8.16. Limited Liability.................................... 62
Section 8.17. Limited Liability of The Chase Manhattan Bank
(USA)................................................ 63
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A Forms of WFS Assignment and Collateral Assignment
EXHIBIT B-1 Form of Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy with
respect to the Certificates, together with form of
Endorsement No. 1 thereto
EXHIBIT B-2 Form of Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy with
respect to the Notes, together with form of
Endorsement No. 1 thereto
EXHIBIT C Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Company, WFS and
WII
EXHIBIT D Form of Opinion of Special Tax Counsel to WFS
iii
<PAGE> 5
Page
----
EXHIBIT E Form of Certificate of the Indenture Trustee and the
Collateral Agent
EXHIBIT F Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Indenture Trustee
and the Collateral Agent
EXHIBIT G Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Trust and the
Owner Trustee
EXHIBIT H Form of Letter of Independent Accountants
iv
<PAGE> 6
INSURANCE, INDEMNITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
THIS INSURANCE, INDEMNITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT is
made as of June 1, 1996, by and among WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST, a
Delaware business trust (the "Trust"), WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC., a
California corporation (the "Company"), WFS FINANCIAL INC, a California
corporation ("WFS"), WESTCORP INVESTMENTS, INC., a California corporation
("WII"), FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC., a New York financial guaranty
insurance company ("Financial Security"), and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a New York
banking corporation, in its capacities as Collateral Agent and Proceeds Agent
(each as defined below), and in its capacity as Indenture Trustee under the
Indenture referred to below (the "Indenture Trustee").
INTRODUCTION
The Company is the owner of the Contracts. The
Company proposes to sell to the Trust all of its right, title and interest in
and to the Contracts and certain other property pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement. The Trust will issue Certificates pursuant to the Trust
Agreement and Notes pursuant to the Indenture.
Each Certificate will represent a fractional
undivided interest in the Trust. Each Note will be secured by
the Indenture Property.
The Company has agreed to convey a security interest
in the Collateral and all the property conveyed by the Company to the Trust
(with the exception of the Policies) pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement in favor of Financial Security prior in right to all liens, claims,
rights or interests other than those of the Trust.
The Trust has requested that Financial Security
issue the Note Policy to the Indenture Trustee to guarantee payment of the
Scheduled Payments (as defined in such Note Policy) on each Distribution Date in
respect of the Notes, and has requested that Financial Security issue the
Certificate Policy to Owner Trustee, as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement,
to guarantee payment of
<PAGE> 7
the Guaranteed Distributions (as defined in such Certificate Policy) on each
Distribution Date in respect of the Certificates.
Financial Security is willing to issue the Policies
for the purpose stated above if the Trust, the Company, WFS, WII and the
Indenture Trustee enter into this Agreement and, in order to secure the
Company's obligations hereunder, the Company pledges the Collateral to the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of Financial Security, subject to the
provisions hereof.
The parties hereto desire to specify the indemnity
and reimbursement obligations to be provided in respect of amounts paid by
Financial Security under the Policies, the security to be provided in respect of
such indemnity and reimbursement obligations, and certain other matters.
AGREEMENTS
In consideration of the mutual promises, covenants,
representations and warranties hereinafter set forth, the parties
hereto agree to as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01. Definitions. All words and phrases defined
in the Trust Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall have the same
meanings in this Agreement unless a different meaning is set forth in this
Agreement. In addition, the following words and phrases shall have the following
respective meanings:
"Administration Agreement" means the Administration
Agreement dated as of June 1, 1996 among the Trust, WFS Financial Inc., as
Administrator, the Seller and the Indenture Trustee.
"Agreement" means this Insurance, Indemnity and Pledge
Agreement, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to
time.
"Authorized Officer" means, with respect to WFS, the
Company, WII or any corporation, the president, the chief financial officer or
any vice president.
2
<PAGE> 8
"Bank" means, Western Financial Savings Bank, F.S.B., a
federally-chartered savings association.
"Certificates" means the Certificates issued under the
Trust Agreement.
"Certificate Policy" means the financial guaranty
insurance policy, including any endorsements thereto, issued by Financial
Security with respect to the Certificates, substantially in the form of Exhibit
B-1 hereto.
"Collateral" means all of the Contracts listed in the
Schedule of Contracts attached to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, including,
without limitation, all payments of Monthly P&I (exclusive of Retained Yield, if
any) due on or after the Cut-Off Date (excluding the amount allocable to
principal and interest due prior to the Cut-Off Date), all Net Liquidation
Proceeds and Net Insurance Proceeds with respect to any Financed Vehicle to
which a Contract relates received on or after the Cut-Off Date and all other
proceeds received in respect of such Contracts (other than payments of Monthly
P&I due prior to the Cut-Off Date), and any and all security interests in the
Financed Vehicles; the Contract Documents relating to the Contracts (except the
Contract Documents for Contracts which have been the subject of a Full
Prepayment received on or after the Cut-Off Date but no later than one Business
Day prior to the Closing Date, in lieu of which the Company shall have deposited
in or credited to the Collection Account on or prior to the Closing Date an
amount equal to such Full Prepayment); all Spread Account Collateral; and all
proceeds in any way delivered with respect to the foregoing, all rights to
payments with respect to the foregoing and all rights to enforce the foregoing.
"Collateral Agent" means, initially, Bankers Trust
Company, as collateral agent for Financial Security pursuant to this Agreement
and, thereafter, any successor Collateral Agent named pursuant to this
Agreement.
"Collateral Assignment" means, with respect to any
Contracts, the original instrument of collateral assignment of such Contracts by
the Company, as Seller, to the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form
included in Exhibit A hereto.
"Controlling Party" means Financial Security so long as
no Financial Security Insolvency shall have occurred and no
3
<PAGE> 9
Financial Security Default shall have occurred and be continuing and, at any
other time, the Indenture Trustee.
"Demand Note" means the demand note dated on or before
June __, 1996 issued by Westcorp to WII.
"Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section
7.01 hereof.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended.
"Financial Security's Authorized Agent" means each
Authorized Officer of Financial Security and each other Person that Financial
Security designates as its authorized agent with notice to the Company.
"Indemnification Agreement" means the Indemnification
Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, WFS, Financial
Security and the Underwriter.
"Indenture Property" means the property pledged to the
Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders pursuant to the Indenture.
"Independent Accountant" means an independent accountant
within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
"Late Payment Rate" means the greater of a per annum rate
equal to 3% in excess of (i) Financial Security's cost of funds, determined on a
monthly basis, or (ii) the arithmetic average of the prime or base lending rates
publicly announced by The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. (New York, New York) and
Citibank, N.A. (New York, New York), as in effect on the last day of the month
for which interest is being computed, but in no event greater than the maximum
rate permitted by law.
"Note Policy" means the financial guaranty insurance
policy, including and endorsements thereto, issued by Financial Security with
respect to the Notes, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B-2 hereto.
4
<PAGE> 10
"Notice Address" means
(a) as to the Company:
16485 Laguna Canyon Road - Suite 250
Irvine, California 92718
Attention: James R. Dowlan
(b) as to WFS:
16485 Laguna Canyon Road
Irvine, California 92718
Attention: Joy Schaefer
(c) as to WII:
23 Pasteur Road
Irvine, California 92718
Attention: Mark Olson
(d) as to the Trust:
WFS Financial 1996-A Owner Trust
c/o The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA)
as Owner Trustee
802 Delaware Avenue, 13th Floor
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Attention: Trust Division
(e) as to Financial Security:
350 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Surveillance Department
Telecopier Nos.: (212) 339-3518
(212) 339-3529
(in each case in which the notice or other
communication to Financial Security refers to an
Event of Default or a claim under the Policy or is
a notice or other communication as to which a
failure on the part of Financial Security to
respond shall be deemed to constitute consent or
acceptance, then with a copy to the attention of
the Senior Vice President - Surveillance)
5
<PAGE> 11
(f) as to the Collateral Agent:
Four Albany Street
10th Floor
New York, New York 10006
Attention: Corporate Trust
Department - Asset Backed Group
(g) as to the Proceeds Agent:
Four Albany Street
10th Floor
New York, New York 10006
Attention: Corporate Trust
Department - Asset Backed Group
(h) as to the Indenture Trustee:
Four Albany Street
10th Floor
New York, New York 10006
Attention: Corporate Trust
Department - Asset Backed Group
"Obligations" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01
hereof.
"Owner Trustee" means The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA) or
its successors in interest, acting not individually but solely on owner trustee
under the Trust Agreement.
"Policies" means the Note Policy and the Certificate
Policy.
"Sale and Servicing Agreement" means the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1996, among the Company, WFS and the
Trust, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.
"Premium" means the premium payable to Financial Security
by the Company as consideration for the issuance of the Policies, as set forth
in a letter agreement between the Company and Financial Security.
6
<PAGE> 12
"Proceeds Agent" means, initially, Bankers Trust Company,
as proceeds agent for Financial Security and, thereafter, any successor
appointed by the Indenture Trustee and Financial Security.
"Prospectus" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(g)
of this Agreement.
"Registration Statement" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.07(g) of this Agreement.
"Rules and Regulations" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.07(g) of this Agreement.
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.
"Seller Assignments" means the Assignments, as such term
is defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Spread Account" means the Spread Account established by
the Company, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, in favor of the
Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Holders of Notes and Certificates and as
Collateral Agent for Financial Security.
"Spread Account Collateral" means (i) the Spread Account
Initial Deposit, (ii) all other amounts deposited in or credited to the Spread
Account from time to time under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, (iii) all
Eligible Investments made with amounts on deposit in such Account, and (iv) all
earnings and distributions on, and proceeds of, any and all of the foregoing.
"Transaction Agreements" means this Agreement, the WFS
Assignments, the Seller Assignments, the Collateral Assignment, the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Certificate of Trust, the
Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the
Subservicing Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement and the RIC.
"Trust Agreement" means the Trust Agreement, dated as of
June 1, 1996 among the Company, WFS, WII, Financial Security and The Chase
Manhattan Bank (USA), as Owner Trustee.
"Underwriter Information" has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.06(a)(i) of this Agreement.
7
<PAGE> 13
"Underwriter" means Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation.
"Underwriting Agreement" means the Underwriting
Agreement, dated June __, 1996, among the Company, WFS and the Underwriter.
"Western Entities" means the Company, WFS and WII.
"WFS Assignments" means, with respect to the Contracts,
the original instrument or instruments of assignment of such Contracts by WFS,
as seller, to the Company, substantially in the form included in Exhibit A
hereto.
ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
Section 2.01. Representations and Warranties of the
Trust. The Trust represents and warrants to Financial Security as follows:
(a) Due Organization and Qualification. The Trust is duly
formed and validly existing as a Delaware statutory business trust and is in
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority
to own its properties and to conduct its business and had at all relevant times,
and has, power, authority, and legal right to acquire the Contracts; the Trust
is duly qualified to do business, is in good standing and has obtained all
necessary licenses, permits, charters, registrations and approvals (together,
"approvals") necessary for the conduct of its business as described in the
Prospectus and the performance of its obligations under the Transaction
Agreements, in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified or to
obtain such approvals would render the Contracts in such jurisdiction or any
Transaction Agreement unenforceable in any respect or would otherwise have a
material adverse effect upon the Trust; the Trust holds all material licenses,
certificates and permits from all governmental authorities necessary for the
conduct of its business as presently conducted.
(b) Power and Authority. The Trust has all necessary
trust power and authority to conduct its business as presently conducted; the
Trust has the power and authority to execute and
8
<PAGE> 14
deliver this Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which the Trust
is a party and to carry out the terms of each such agreement, and has full power
and authority to issue the Notes and the Certificates and pledge and assign its
assets pursuant to the Indenture and has duly authorized the issuance of the
Notes and Certificates and the assignment of its assets by all necessary trust
proceedings, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
each other Transaction Agreement to which the Trust is a party has been duly
authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Trust.
(c) Valid and Binding Obligations. Each of the
Transaction Agreements to which the Trust is a party constitutes a legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Trust enforceable in accordance with its terms,
except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, receivership or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and (ii) general equitable principles, regardless of
whether such enforceability shall be considered a proceeding in equity or at
law. The Certificates, when executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance
with the Trust Agreement, will be validly issued and outstanding and entitled to
the benefits of the Trust Agreement and will evidence the entire beneficial
ownership interest in the Trust. The Notes, when executed, authenticated and
delivered in accordance with the Indenture, will be entitled to the benefits of
the Indenture and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
Trust, enforceable in accordance with their terms.
(d) Noncontravention. The consummation of the transaction
contemplated by this Agreement and by each other Transaction Agreement to which
the Trust is a party, and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof shall
not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of,
nor constitute a default (nor an event which, with the giving of notice or
passage of time, or both, would constitute a default) under the Certificate of
Trust or the Trust Agreement, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to
which the Trust is a party or by which it shall be bound; nor result in the
creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the
terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than this
Agreement and the Collateral Assignment); nor violate any law or any order,
rule, or regulation applicable to the Trust of any court or of any federal or
state regulatory body,
9
<PAGE> 15
administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction
over the Trust or its properties.
(e) No Consents. No consent, license, approval or
authorization from, or registration, or declaration with, any governmental
authority, bureau or agency, nor any consent, approval, waiver or notification
of any creditor, lessor or other non-governmental person, is required in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Trust of this
Agreement or of any other Transaction Agreement to which the Trust is a party,
except (in each case) such as have been obtained and are in full force and
effect.
(f) Pending Litigation or Other Proceeding. To the
Trust's best knowledge, there are no proceedings or investigations pending, or
threatened, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Trust or its
properties: (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any other
Transaction Agreement to which the Trust is a party; (B) seeking to prevent the
issuance of the Notes or the Certificates, or the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Agreements to which the
Trust is a party; (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially
and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any
other Transaction Agreement to which the Trust is a party, or (D) involving the
Trust and which might adversely affect the federal or state tax attributes of
the Notes, the Certificates or the Trust.
(g) Incorporation of Representations and Warranties. The
representations and warranties of the Trust set forth in each Transaction
Document are (in each case) true and correct as if set forth herein.
(h) Security Interest in Contracts. This Agreement,
together with possession of the Collateral by the Master Servicer pursuant to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the filing referred to below, creates as
security for the Company's obligations under this Agreement a security interest
in favor of the Collateral Agent, as collateral agent for Financial Security, in
each item of the Collateral, as constituted as of the Closing Date; such
security interest has been perfected and is a valid, binding and enforceable
first priority security interest, subject only, to the extent set forth in
Section 5.01(d) hereof, to the interest of the Indenture Trustee with respect to
the Indenture
10
<PAGE> 16
Property and the Securityholders; a financing statement with respect to the
Contracts has been filed with the California Secretary of State pursuant to the
California UCC, and the marking required by Section 3.01(b)(xvi) of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement has been made on each Contract, except to the extent (if
any) that Financial Security has waived in writing compliance with such
requirement; no other filings in any jurisdiction or any other actions are
necessary to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent, as
collateral agent for Financial Security, in the Collateral, as constituted as of
the Closing Date, as against any third parties.
(i) Security Interest in Other Collateral. Assuming the
acquisition of Eligible Investments in accordance with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, such Eligible Investments will be subject to a valid, binding and
enforceable first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent,
as collateral agent for Financial Security, subject only, to the extent set
forth in Section 5.01(d) hereof, to the interest of the Indenture Trustee with
respect to the Indenture Property and the Securityholders; assuming deposit of
each check constituting proceeds of the Contracts in the Collection Account or
Holding Account, as applicable, within ten days of receipt of such check by the
Master Servicer, such check will be subject to a valid, first priority perfected
security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent, subject, to the extent set
forth in Section 5.01(d) hereof, to the interest of the Indenture Trustee with
respect to the Indenture Property and the Securityholders; at such time as it is
received by the Master Servicer and until deposited in the Collection Account or
Holding Account, as applicable; the proceeds of such deposited check that remain
in the Collection Account or the Holding Account will be subject to a valid,
first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent, subject, to
the extent set forth in Section 5.01(d) hereof, to the interest of the Trust
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Section 2.02. Affirmative Covenants of the Trust. The
Trust hereby covenants and agrees with Financial Security that, at all times
during the term of this Agreement:
(a) Compliance with Agreements. The Trust will comply
with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and each other Transaction
Agreement to which it is a party. The Trust will not cause or permit to become
effective any amendment to or modification of any of the Transaction Agreements
unless Financial
11
<PAGE> 17
Security shall have previously approved in writing the form of such amendment or
modification.
(b) Financial Statements; Accountants' Reports; Other
Information. The Trust shall keep or cause to be kept proper books and records
in which full and correct entries shall be made of financial transactions and
the assets and business of the Trust in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied. The Trust shall furnish to Financial
Security, simultaneously with the delivery of such documents to the Indenture
Trustee, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, as the case may be, copies
of all reports, certificates, statements, financial statements or notices
furnished to the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders,
as the case may be, pursuant to the Transaction Agreements.
(c) Certificate of Compliance. The Trust shall deliver to
Financial Security concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
required pursuant to paragraph (b) above, a certificate signed by an Authorized
Officer of the Administrator stating that:
(i) a review of the Trust's performance under this
Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which the Trust is a
party during such period has been made under such officer's
supervision; and
(ii) to the best of such officer's knowledge based
upon such review, the Trust has fulfilled all its obligations under
this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which the Trust
is a party during such period, or, if there has been a default of any
such obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and
the nature and status thereof.
(d) Access to Records; Discussions with Officers and
Accountants. The Trust shall, upon the reasonable request of Financial Security,
permit Financial Security's Authorized Agent at reasonable times (i) to inspect
such books and records of the Trust as they may relate to the Notes, the
Certificates and the obligations of the Trust under this Agreement and the other
Transaction Agreements to which the Trust is a party; and (ii) to discuss the
affairs, finances and accounts of the Trust with any of its respective officers,
directors and representatives, including its Independent Accountants.
12
<PAGE> 18
(e) Financing Statements and Further Assurances. The
Trust will file all necessary financing statements, assignments or other
instruments, and any amendments or continuation statements relating thereto,
necessary to be kept and filed in such manner and in such places as may be
required by law to preserve and protect fully the lien and security interest in,
and all rights of the Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral, and the
Trust shall, upon the request of Financial Security, from time to time, execute
and deliver and, if necessary, file such further instruments and take such
further action as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the provisions of
this Agreement or to protect the security interest of the Collateral Agent in
the Collateral.
(f) Retirement of Notes and Certificates. The Trust
shall, upon retirement of the Certificates and upon retirement of the Notes
furnish to Financial Security a notice of such retirement, and, upon such
retirement and the expiration of the term of the applicable Policy, to surrender
the applicable Policy to Financial Security for cancellation.
(g) Maintenance of Separate Existence. The Trust shall at
all times hold itself out to the public, including the Company, WFS and the
Bank, under the Trust's own name and as a separate and distinct entity from the
Company, WFS and the Bank. The Trust shall maintain trust records and books of
account separate from those of the Company, WFS and the Bank, shall not
commingle its assets with any other Person (except to the limited extent (if
any) permitted by the approval of Financial Security) and shall obtain proper
authorization from its equity owners of all trust action in accordance with
applicable law. The Trust shall maintain an arm's-length relationship with the
Bank, the Company and WSF and each Affiliate of any of them.
(h) Compliance with Article 76 of New York Insurance Law.
The Trust shall ensure that the Prospectus, and any supplements or amendments
thereto, and every preliminary prospectus delivered with respect to the Notes
and the Certificates, clearly disclose that the Policies are not covered by the
property/casualty insurance security fund specified in Article 76 of the New
York Insurance Law.
(i) Tax Matters. The Trust will take all actions
necessary to ensure that the Trust is taxable as a partnership for
13
<PAGE> 19
federal and state income tax purposes and not as an association (or publicly
traded partnership), taxable as a corporation.
Section 2.03. Negative Covenants of the Trust. The Trust
agrees and covenants with Financial Security that at all times during the term
of this Agreement:
(a) Amendments to Organizational Documents. The Trust
shall not amend, supplement or otherwise modify or cause to permit any
amendment, supplement or other modification of, any of the provisions of the
Certificate of Trust or the Trust Agreement without the prior written consent of
Financial Security.
(b) No Liens. Without the prior written consent of
Financial Security, the Trust shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist
any mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, assignment, deposit arrangement
or other preferential arrangement, charge or encumbrance (including without
limitation any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or finance
lease) of any nature upon or with respect to any of its properties or assets,
now owned or hereafter acquired, or sign or file under the Uniform Commercial
Code of any jurisdiction any financing statement that names the Trust as debtor,
or sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file
such a financing statement, except as contemplated in the Transaction
Agreements.
(c) Creation of Indebtedness. Without the prior written
consent of Financial Security, the Trust shall not create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any indebtedness other than indebtedness guaranteed or approved
in writing by Financial Security, except as contemplated in the Transaction
Agreements.
(d) Guarantees, Etc. Without the prior written consent
of Financial Security, the Trust shall not assume, guarantee, endorse or
otherwise be or become directly or contingently liable for the obligations of
any Person by, among other things, agreeing to purchase any obligation of
another Person, agreeing to advance funds to such Person or causing or assisting
such Person to maintain any amount of capital.
(e) Subsidiaries. Without the prior written consent of
Financial Security, the Trust shall not form, or cause to be formed, any
Subsidiaries.
14
<PAGE> 20
(f) Insolvency. The Trust shall not commence any case,
proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any
jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered
with respect to it, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, consolidation or other relief with respect
to it or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other
similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets or make
a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors. The Trust shall not take
any action in furtherance of, or indicating the consent to, approval of, or
acquiescence in any of the acts set forth above. The Trust shall not admit in
writing its inability to pay its debts.
(g) Impairment of Rights. The Trust shall not take any
action, or fail to take any action that will interfere with the enforcement of
any rights under this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements.
(h) Successor Parties. The Trust will not remove or
replace, or cause to be removed or replaced, the Master Servicer, the Indenture
Trustee, the Owner Trustee or the Administrator.
Section 2.04. Representations and Warranties of WII. WII
represents and warrants to Financial Security as follows:
(a) Due Organization. WII is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
California, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its
business and had at all relevant times, and has, power, authority, and legal
right to acquire, pledge and sell the Contracts; WII is duly qualified to do
business as a foreign corporation in good standing under the laws of each
jurisdiction where the character of its properties or the nature of its
activities makes such qualification necessary, except such jurisdictions, if
any, in which the failure to be so qualified will not have a material adverse
effect on the business or properties of WII; WII holds all material licenses,
certificates and permits from all governmental authorities necessary for the
conduct of its business as presently conducted. WII's principal place of
business, chief executive office and the office where it keeps its records is
located at 23 Pasteur Road, Irvine, California 92718.
15
<PAGE> 21
(b) Corporate Power and Authority. WII has full right,
power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as
presently conducted; WII has the power and authority to execute and deliver this
Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which WII is a party and to
carry out the terms of each such agreement.
(c) Valid and Binding Obligations. Each of the
Transaction Agreements to which WII is a party constitutes a legal, valid, and
binding obligation of WII, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as
such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, receivership or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity, regardless of
whether such enforceability shall be considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law.
(d) Noncontravention. The consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and by each other Transaction
Agreement to which WII is a party and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and
thereof shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and
provisions of, nor constitute a default (nor an event which, with the giving of
notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, the
articles of incorporation or by-laws of WII, or any indenture, agreement, or
other instrument to which WII is a party or by which it shall be bound; nor
result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties
pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, or other instrument; nor
violate any law or any order, rule, or regulation applicable to WII of any court
or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency, or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over WII or its properties.
(e) No Consents. No consent, license, approval or
authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any governmental
authority, bureau or agency, nor any consent, approval, waiver or notification
of any creditor, lessor or other non-governmental person, is required in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance by WII of this Agreement
or of any other Transaction Agreement to which WII is a party, except (in each
case) such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect.
16
<PAGE> 22
(f) Pending Litigation or Other Proceeding. To WII's
best knowledge, there are no proceedings or investigations pending, or
threatened, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over WII or its properties: (A)
asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any other Transaction Agreement to
which WII is a party, the Notes or the Certificates, (B) seeking to prevent the
issuance of the Notes or the Certificates or the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Agreements to which WII is a
party, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and
adversely affect the performance by WII of its obligations under, or the
validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement
to which WII is a party, or (D) involving WII and which might adversely affect
the federal income tax attributes of the Notes, the Certificates or the Trust.
(g) Incorporation of Representations and Warranties. All
of the representations and warranties made by WII in the Transaction Agreements
are incorporated herein as if set forth herein and each such representation and
warranty is true and correct as of the Closing Date.
Section 2.05. Affirmative Covenants of WII. WII
covenants and agrees with Financial Security that, at all times during the term
of this Agreement:
(a) Compliance with Agreements. WII will comply with all
terms and conditions of this Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to
which it is a party. WII will not cause or permit to become effective any
amendment to or modification of the Transaction Agreements unless Financial
Security shall have previously approved in writing the form of such amendment or
modification.
(b) Financial Statements, Accountants' Reports, Other
Information. WII shall keep proper books and records, in which full and correct
entries shall be made of financial transactions and the assets and business of
WII in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied. WII shall furnish to Financial Security, simultaneously with the
delivery of such documents to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the
Noteholders or the Certificateholders, as the case may be, copies of all
reports, certificates, statements or notices furnished to the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders or the
17
<PAGE> 23
Certificateholders, as the case may be, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.
(c) Certificate of Compliance. WII shall deliver to
Financial Security, concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
required pursuant to paragraph (b) above, a certificate signed by an Authorized
Officer of WII stating that:
(i) a review of WII's performance under this
Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which WII is a party
during such period has been made under such officer's supervision; and
(ii) to the best of such officer's knowledge, based
upon such review, WII has fulfilled all its obligations under this
Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which WII is a party
during such period, or, if there has been a default of any such
obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the
nature and status thereof.
(d) Access to Records; Discussions With Officers and
Accountants. WII shall, upon the reasonable request of Financial Security,
permit Financial Security's Authorized Agent at reasonable times (i) to inspect
such books and records of WII as may relate to the Notes, the Certificates and
the obligations of WII under this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements
to which WII is a party; and (ii) to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts
of WII with any of its respective officers, directors and representatives,
including its Independent Accountants.
(e) Maintain Licenses. WII shall maintain all licenses,
permits, charters and registrations that are material to the performance by WII
of its obligations under the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party or by
which WII is bound.
(f) Maintain Existence; Merger. WII shall keep in full
effect its existence, rights and franchises under the laws of the State of
California, and shall at all times continue to be duly organized, duly qualified
and duly authorized (as described in Sections 2.04(a) and (b) hereof) and shall
conduct its business in accordance with the terms of its corporate charter and
bylaws. WII shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey,
transfer or lease substantially all of its assets as an entirety to any Person
unless the Person formed by such consolidation or into which WII has merged or
the Person which
18
<PAGE> 24
acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease substantially all the assets of WII as
an entirety, can lawfully perform the obligations of WII hereunder and executes
and delivers to the Owner Trustee an agreement, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and Financial Security, which contains an
assumption by such Person of the due and punctual performance and satisfaction
of each covenant and condition to be performed or satisfied by WII under this
Agreement.
(g) Maintenance of Separate Corporate Existence. WII
shall at all times hold itself out to the public, including the Company, WFS and
the Bank, under WII's own name and as a separate and distinct entity from the
Company, WFS and the Bank. At all times at least one director and one executive
officer of WII (or one individual serving in both capacities) shall be a Person
who is not a director, officer or employee of any Person owning beneficially
more than 10% of the outstanding common stock of WII. WII shall maintain
separate corporate records and books of account from those of the Company, WFS
and the Bank, shall not commingle its assets with any other Person (except to
the limited extent (if any) permitted by the approval of Financial Security) and
shall authorize its corporate actions in accordance with applicable law. WII
shall not engage in business transactions with any of its Affiliates on terms
and conditions less favorable to WII than those available to WII for comparable
transactions from Persons who are not Affiliates of WII. WII shall maintain its
chief executive office, principal place of business and the office where it
keeps its records in the State of California and separate and apart from any
office of the Company, the Bank, the Master Servicer or any Affiliate of any of
them.
(h) Retirement of Notes and Certificates. WII shall
cause the Trust, upon retirement of the Certificates, to furnish to Financial
Security a notice of such retirement, and, upon such retirement and the
expiration of the term of the Certificate Policy, to surrender the Certificate
Policy to Financial Security for cancellation.
(i) Incorporation of Covenants. WII agrees to comply
with each of the covenants of WII set forth in the Transaction Agreements and
hereby incorporates such covenants by reference as if each were set forth
herein.
(j) Tax Matters. As of the Closing Date, the Trust is,
and shall remain during the term of this Agreement, taxable as a
19
<PAGE> 25
partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and not as an association
(or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation.
(k) Certificates. WII shall purchase from the
Underwriter and thereafter retain beneficial and record ownership of
Certificates representing at least 1% of the Certificate Balance.
Section 2.06. Negative Covenants of WII. WII agrees and
covenants with Financial Security that at all times during the term of this
Agreement:
(a) Amendments to Organizational Documents. WII shall
not amend, supplement or otherwise modify, or cause to permit any amendment,
supplement or other modification of, Articles 2 or 4 of its charter (or any
other Articles of its charter that relate to the matters addressed by such
Articles 2 or 4) or its bylaws without the prior written consent of Financial
Security.
(b) No Liens. Without the prior written consent of
Financial Security, WII shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, assignment, deposit arrangement or
other preferential arrangement, charge or encumbrance (including, without
limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or finance
lease) of any nature upon or with respect to any of its properties or assets,
now owned or hereafter acquired, or sign or file under the Uniform Commercial
Code of any jurisdiction any financing statement that names WII as a debtor, or
sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file
such financing statement.
(c) Creation of Indebtedness. Without the prior written
consent of Financial Security, WII shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any indebtedness other than indebtedness guaranteed or approved in writing
by Financial Security.
(d) Guarantees, Etc. Without the prior written consent
of Financial Security, WII shall not assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise be
or become directly or contingently liable for the obligations of any Person by,
among other things, agreeing to purchase any obligation of another Person,
agreeing to advance funds to such Person or causing or assisting such Person to
maintain any amount of capital.
20
<PAGE> 26
(e) Subsidiaries. Without the prior written consent of
Financial Security, WII shall not form, or cause to be formed, any subsidiaries.
(f) Insolvency. WII shall not commence any case,
proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any
jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered
with respect to it, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect
to it or its debts, or (B) seek appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or
other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets,
or make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors. WII shall not
take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or
acquiescence in any of the acts set forth above. WII shall not be unable to, or
admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts.
(g) Impairment of Rights. WII shall not take any action
or fail to take any action that will interfere with the enforcement of any
rights under this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements.
(h) Insolvency of Trust. WII shall not, for any reason,
institute proceedings for the Trust to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent,
or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against
the Trust, or file a petition seeking or consenting to reorganization or relief
under any applicable federal or state law relating to the bankruptcy of the
Trust, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trust or a substantial
part of the property of the Trust or cause or permit the Trust to make any
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing the inability of
the Trust to pay its debt generally as they become due, or declare or effect a
moratorium on the debt of the Trust or take any action in furtherance of any
such action.
(i) No Withdrawal. WII shall not, for any reason,
withdraw or attempt to withdraw from the Trust Agreement, dissolve, institute
proceedings for it to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the
institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or file a
petition seeking or consenting to reorganize or relief under any applicable
federal or
21
<PAGE> 27
state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of it or
a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they
become due, or declare or effect a moratorium on its debt or take any action in
furtherance of any such action.
(j) Demand Note. WII shall not (i) assign, sell, convey,
pledge, transfer, reconvey, cancel, forgive, compromise or otherwise dispose of
the Demand Note held by it, in whole or in part, (ii) make any distribution
other than to the Trust or unless the aggregate net worth of WII following such
distribution shall be at least equal to 10% of the Original Certificate Balance
or (iii) except as specifically permitted by the Trust Agreement, sell,
transfer, assign, give or encumber by operation of law or otherwise any of its
assets.
(k) Compliance with Transaction Agreements and similar
transactions. The provisions of subsections 2.06(c), (d) and (g),
notwithstanding, WII's execution and performance of its covenants and
obligations under the Transaction Agreements and under any similar documents
executed in connection with one or more other owner trust transactions as to
which Financial Security has issued one or more insurance policy similar to the
Policies shall not require the prior writen consent of Financial Security and
shall not be deemed to impair the rights of WII under this Agreement or the
other Transaction Agreements.
Section 2.07. Representations and Warranties of the
Company. The Company represents and warrants to Financial Security as follows:
(a) Due Organization. The Company is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
California, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its
business and had at all relevant times, and has, power, authority, and legal
right to acquire, pledge and sell the Contracts; the Company is duly qualified
to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing under the laws of each
jurisdiction where the character of its properties or the nature of its
activities makes such qualification necessary, except such jurisdictions, if
any, in which the failure to be so qualified will not have a material adverse
effect on the business or properties of the Company; the Company holds all
material licenses,
22
<PAGE> 28
certificates and permits from all governmental authorities necessary for the
conduct of its business as presently conducted. The Company's principal place of
business, chief executive office and the office where it keeps its records is
located at 16485 Laguna Canyon Road, Irvine, California 92718.
(b) Corporate Power and Authority. The Company has full
right, power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as
presently conducted; the Company has the power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which the Company
is a party and to carry out the terms of each such agreement, and has full power
and authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and assigned to and
deposited with the Owner Trustee as part of the Trust and has duly authorized
such sale and assignment to the Trustee by all necessary corporate action; and
the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and each other
Transaction Agreement to which the Company is a party has been duly authorized
by the Company by all necessary corporate action.
(c) Valid and Binding Obligations. Each of the
Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party constitutes a legal,
valid, and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its
terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, receivership or other similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally and (ii) general principles of
equity, regardless of whether such enforceability shall be considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law. The Certificates, when executed, authenticated
and delivered in accordance with the Trust Agreement, will be validly issued and
outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the Trust Agreement and will
evidence the entire beneficial ownership in the Trust. The Notes when executed,
authenticated and delivered in accordance with the Indenture, will be entitled
to the benefits of the Indenture and will constitute legal, valid and binding
obligations of the Trust, enforceable in accordance with their terms.
(d) Noncontravention. The consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and by each other Transaction
Agreement to which the Company is a party and the fulfillment of the terms
hereof and thereof shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the
terms and provisions of, nor constitute a default (nor an event which, with the
giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute a default)
23
<PAGE> 29
under, the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Company, or any
indenture, agreement, or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by
which it shall be bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien
upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture,
agreement, or other instrument (other than this Agreement and the Collateral
Assignment); nor violate any law or any order, rule, or regulation applicable to
the Company of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body,
administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction
over the Company or its properties.
(e) No Consents. No consent, license, approval or
authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any governmental
authority, bureau or agency, nor any consent, approval, waiver or notification
of any creditor, lessor or other non-governmental person, is required in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this
Agreement or of any other Transaction Agreement to which the Company is a party,
except (in each case) such as have been obtained and are in full force and
effect.
(f) Pending Litigation or Other Proceeding. To the
Company's best knowledge, there are no proceedings or investigations pending, or
threatened, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Company or its
properties: (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any other
Transaction Agreement to which the Company is a party, the Notes or the
Certificates, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the
Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by any
of the Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party, (C) seeking any
determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the
performance by the Company of its obligations under, or the validity or
enforceability of, this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement to which
the Company is a party, or (D) involving the Company and which might adversely
affect the federal income tax attributes of the Notes, the Certificates or the
Trust.
(g) Registration Statement; Prospectus. The Company has
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a
registration statement on Form S-1, and a related preliminary prospectus for the
registration of the Certificates and the Notes under the Securities Act, has
filed such amendments
24
<PAGE> 30
thereto, if any, and such amended preliminary prospectuses as may have been
required to the date hereof, and will file such additional amendments thereto
and such amended prospectuses as may hereafter be required. Such registration
statement (as amended, if applicable) and the prospectus constituting a part
thereof (including in each case all documents, if any, incorporated by reference
therein and the information, if any, deemed to be part thereof pursuant to the
rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act (the "Rules and
Regulations")), as from time to time amended or supplemented pursuant to the
Securities Act or otherwise, are hereinafter referred to as the "Registration
Statement" and the "Prospectus," respectively, except that if any revised
prospectus shall be provided by the Company for use in connection with the
offering of the Certificates or the Notes which differs from the Prospectus on
file at the Commission at the time the Registration Statement became effective
(whether or not such revised prospectus is required to be filed by the Company
pursuant to Rule 424 of the Rules and Regulations), the term "Prospectus" shall
refer to such revised prospectus from and after the time it is first provided to
the Underwriter for such use. As of the date hereof, the Registration Statement
and Prospectus filed under the Securities Act or pursuant to the Rules and
Regulations complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the
Rules and Regulations, and the Registration Statement at the time it became
effective and at all times subsequent thereto complied, and at each time that
the Prospectus is provided to the Underwriter for use in connection with the
offering or sale of any Certificate will comply, in all material respects with
the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations. The
Registration Statement and the Prospectus at the time the Registration Statement
became effective did not and on the date hereof does not, contain an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and
the Prospectus at the time it was filed under the Securities Act or the Rules
and Regulations and at the time it was first provided to the Underwriters for
use in connection with the offering of the Certificates and the Notes did not,
and on the Closing Date does not, contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein not misleading, except that the representations
and warranties in this subparagraph shall not apply to statements in or
omissions from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any preliminary
prospectus made in reliance upon information furnished to the Company in writing
by Financial Security expressly for use therein.
25
<PAGE> 31
(h) Incorporation of Representations and Warranties.
All of the representations and warranties made by the Company as Seller in
Section 3.01(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and as Depositor in, Section
2.10 of the Trust Agreement and in the Underwriting Agreement are incorporated
herein as if set forth herein and each such representation and warranty is true
and correct as of the Closing Date.
(i) Security Interest in Contracts. This Agreement,
together with possession of the Collateral by the Master Servicer pursuant to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the filing referred to below, creates as
security for the Company's obligations under this Agreement a security interest
in favor of the Collateral Agent, as collateral agent for Financial Security, in
each item of the Collateral, as constituted as of the Closing Date; such
security interest has been perfected and is a valid, binding and enforceable
first priority security interest, subject only, to the extent set forth in
Section 5.01(d) hereof, to the interest of the Indenture Trustee with respect to
the Indenture Property and the Securityholders; a financing statement with
respect to the Contracts has been filed with the California Secretary of State
pursuant to the California UCC, and the marking required by Section 3.01(b)(xvi)
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement has been made on each Contract, except to
the extent (if any) that Financial Security has waived in writing compliance
with such requirement; no other filings in any jurisdiction or any other actions
are necessary to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent, as
collateral agent for Financial Security, in the Collateral, as constituted as of
the Closing Date, as against any third parties.
(j) Security Interest in Other Collateral. Assuming
the acquisition of Eligible Investments in accordance with the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, such Eligible Investments will be subject to a valid,
binding and enforceable first priority security interest in favor of the
Collateral Agent, as collateral agent for Financial Security, subject only, to
the extent set forth in Section 5.01(d) hereof, to the interest of the Indenture
Trustee with respect to the Indenture Property and the Securityholders;
assuming deposit of each check constituting proceeds of the Contracts in the
Collection Account or Holding Account, as applicable, within ten days of
receipt of such check by the Master Servicer, such check will be subject to a
valid, first priority perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral
Agent, subject, to the extent set forth in Section 5.01(d) hereof, to the
interest of the Indenture Trustee
26
<PAGE> 32
with respect to the Indenture Property and the Securityholders; at such
time as it is received by the Master Servicer and until deposited in the
Collection Account or Holding Account, as applicable; the proceeds of such
deposited check that remain in the Collection Account or the Holding Account
will be subject to a valid, first priority security interest in favor of the
Collateral Agent, subject, to the extent set forth in Section 5.01(d) hereof,
to the interest of the Trust under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
(k) Valid Transfer of Contracts. The Sale and
Servicing Agreement and the Seller Assignments constitute a valid sale, transfer
and assignment of the Contracts, enforceable against creditors of and purchasers
from the Company, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i)
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership or other similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and (ii) general
principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability shall be
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
(l) Financial Information. The audited financial
statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 and the
unaudited financial statements of the Company for the fiscal quarter ended March
31, 1996, copies of which have been furnished to Financial Security, as of the
dates and for the periods referred to therein (i) are true, complete and correct
in all material respects, (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the
Company and the results of operations and changes in financial position of the
Company and (iii) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied (subject, in the case of the
quarterly financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments), and such
financial statements indicate that the Company is solvent and will not be
rendered insolvent by the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction
Agreements. Since March 31, 1996, there has been no material adverse change in
the business, financial condition or operations of the Company.
Section 2.08. Representations and Warranties of WFS. WFS
represents and warrants to Financial Security as follows:
(a) Due Organization. WFS is duly organized and
validly existing as a licensed consumer finance company organized and existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of California, with power and
authority to own its properties and to
27
<PAGE> 33
conduct its business and had at all relevant times, and has, power, authority,
and legal right to acquire and own the Contracts and is duly qualified to do
business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and shall have obtained all
necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or
lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification.
(b) Corporate Power and Authority. WFS has the
power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other
Transaction Agreement to which WFS is a party and to carry out the terms of each
such agreement, and has full power and authority to sell and assign the property
to be sold and assigned to the Company for inclusion in the Trust and the Spread
Account and has duly authorized such sale and assignment to the Company by all
necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery, and performance of this
Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which WFS is a party has been
duly authorized by WFS by all necessary corporate action.
(c) Valid and Binding Obligations. The WFS
Assignments constitute a valid sale, transfer, and assignment of the Contracts
to the Company, enforceable against creditors of and purchasers from WFS, and
each of the Transaction Agreements to which WFS is a party constitutes a legal,
valid, and binding obligation of WFS, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, receivership or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity, regardless of
whether such enforceability shall be considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law. The Certificates, when executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance
with the Trust Agreement, will be validly issued and outstanding and entitled to
the benefits of the Trust Agreement and will evidence the entire beneficial
ownership in the Trust. The Notes when executed, authenticated and delivered in
accordance with the Indenture, will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture
and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Trust,
enforceable in accordance with their terms.
(d) Noncontravention. The consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and by each other Transaction
Agreement to which WFS is a party and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and
thereof shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and
provisions of, nor constitute a
28
<PAGE> 34
default (nor an event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or
both, would constitute a default) under, the articles of organization or by-laws
of WFS, or any indenture, agreement, or other instrument to which WFS is a party
or by which it shall be bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any
Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture,
agreement, or other instruments; nor violate any law or any order, rule, or
regulation applicable to WFS of any court or of any federal or state regulatory
body, administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having
jurisdiction over WFS or its properties.
(e) No Consents. No consent, license, approval or
authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any governmental
authority, bureau or agency, nor any consent, approval, waiver or notification
of any creditor, lessor or other non-governmental person, is required in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance by WFS of this Agreement
or of any other Transaction Agreement to which WFS is a party, except (in each
case) such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect.
(f) Pending Litigation or Other Proceeding. To
WFS's best knowledge, there are no proceedings or investigations pending, or
threatened, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over WFS or its properties: (A)
asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement to
which WFS is a party, (B) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Agreements to which WFS is a
party, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and
adversely affect the performance by WFS of its obligations under, or the
validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement
to which WFS is a party, or (D) involving WFS and which might adversely affect
the federal income tax attributes of the Certificates.
(g) Affirmation and Incorporation of Certain
Representations and Warranties. WFS represents and warrants to Financial
Security that the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in
Section 2.07 hereof, in the Underwriting Agreement and in Section 3.01(b) of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 2.10 of the Trust Agreement are (in
each case) true and correct as if set forth herein and that the representations
and warranties of WFS set forth in the Underwriting
29
<PAGE> 35
Agreement and by WFS as Master Servicer set forth in Section 4.06 of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement are (in each case) true and correct as if set forth
herein.
(h) Valid Transfer of Contracts. The WFS
Assignments constitute a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Contracts to
the Company, enforceable against creditors of and purchasers from WFS, except as
such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization
or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and
(ii) general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability
shall be considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
(i) Financial Information. The audited consolidated
financial statements of WFS for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 and the
unaudited consolidated financial statements of WFS for the fiscal quarter ended
March 31, 1996, copies of which have been furnished to Financial Security, as of
the dates and for the periods referred to therein (i) are true, complete and
correct in all material respects, (ii) fairly present the consolidated financial
condition of WFS and the consolidated results of operations and changes in cash
flows of WFS and its consolidated subsidiaries, and (iii) have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
(subject, in the case of the quarterly financial statements, to normal year-end
adjustments), and such financial statements indicate that WFS is solvent and
will not be rendered insolvent by the execution, delivery and performance of the
Transaction Agreements. Since March 31, 1996, there has been no material adverse
change in the business, financial condition or operations of WFS.
Section 2.09. Affirmative Covenants of the Company. The
Company covenants and agrees with Financial Security that, at all times during
the term of this Agreement:
(a) Compliance with Agreements. The Company will
comply with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and each other
Transaction Agreement to which it is a party. The Company will not cause or
permit to become effective any amendment to or modification of the Transaction
Agreements unless Financial Security shall have previously approved in writing
the form of such amendment or modification.
30
<PAGE> 36
(b) Financial Statements, Accountants' Reports,
Other Information. The Company shall keep proper books and records, in which
full and correct entries shall be made of financial transactions and the assets
and business of the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied. The Company shall furnish to Financial
Security, simultaneously with the delivery of such documents to the Owner
Trustee, Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, as the
case may be, copies of all reports, certificates, statements or notices
furnished to the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, as
the case may be, pursuant to the Transaction Agreements.
(c) Certificate of Compliance. The Company shall
deliver to Financial Security, concurrently with the delivery of the financial
statements required pursuant to paragraph (b) above, a certificate signed by an
Authorized Officer of the Company stating that:
(i) a review of the Company's performance under this
Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which the Company is
a party during such period has been made under such officer's
supervision; and
(ii) to the best of such officer's knowledge, based
upon such review, the Company has fulfilled all its obligations under
this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which the
Company is a party during such period, or, if there has been a default
of any such obligation, specifying each such default known to such
officer and the nature and status thereof.
(d) Access to Records; Discussions With Officers and
Accountants. The Company shall, upon the reasonable request of Financial
Security, permit an authorized agent of Financial Security at reasonable times
(i) to inspect such books and records of the Company as may relate to the Notes,
the Certificates and the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the
other Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party; and (ii) to
discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company with any of its
respective officers, directors and representatives, including its Independent
Accountants.
(e) Maintain Licenses. The Company shall maintain
all licenses, permits, charters and registrations that are material to
31
<PAGE> 37
the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Transaction
Agreements to which it is a party or by which the Company is bound.
(f) Financing Statements and Further Assurances.
The Company will file all necessary financing statements, assignments or other
instruments, and any amendments or continuation statements relating thereto,
necessary to be kept and filed in such manner and in such places as may be
required by law to preserve and protect fully the Lien and security interest in
and all rights of Financial Security with respect to the Collateral, subject to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and the Company shall, upon the request of
Financial Security, from time to time, execute and deliver and, if necessary,
file such further instruments and take such further action as may be reasonably
necessary to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement or to protect the
security interest of Financial Security, subject to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, in the Collateral.
(g) Maintain Existence; Merger. The Company shall
keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises under the laws of the
State of California, and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do
business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which such
qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and
enforceability of the Contract Documents and the Transaction Agreements to which
the Company is a party. The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any
other Person or convey, transfer or lease substantially all of its assets as an
entirety to any Person unless the Person formed by such consolidation or into
which the Company has merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance,
transfer or lease substantially all the assets of the Company as an entirety,
can lawfully perform the obligations of the Company hereunder and executes and
delivers to the Owner Trustee an agreement, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and Financial Security, which contains an
assumption by such Person of the due and punctual performance and satisfaction
of each covenant and condition to be performed or satisfied by the Company under
this Agreement.
(h) Maintenance of Separate Corporate Existence.
The Company shall at all times hold itself out to the public, including WFS and
the Bank, under the Company's own name and as a separate and distinct entity
from WFS and the Bank. At all times at least one director and one executive
officer of the Company (or one
32
<PAGE> 38
individual serving in both capacities) shall be a Person who is not a director,
officer or employee of any Person owning beneficially more than 10% of the
outstanding common stock of the Company. The Company shall maintain separate
corporate records and books of account from those of WFS and the Bank, shall not
commingle its assets with any other Person (except to the limited extent (if
any) permitted by the approval of Financial Security) and shall authorize its
corporate actions in accordance with applicable law. The Company shall not
engage in business transactions with any of its Affiliates on terms and
conditions less favorable to the Company than those available to the Company for
comparable transactions from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company. The
Company shall maintain its chief executive office, principal place of business
and the office where it keeps its records in the State of California and
separate and apart from any office of the Master Servicer.
(i) Compliance with Article 76 of New York Insurance
Law. The Company shall ensure that the Prospectus, and any supplements or
amendments thereto, and every preliminary prospectus delivered with respect to
the Notes and the Certificates, clearly disclose that the Policies are not
covered by the property/casualty insurance security fund specified in Article 76
of the New York Insurance Law.
Section 2.10. Negative Covenants of the Company. The
Company agrees and covenants with Financial Security that at all times during
the term of this Agreement:
(a) Amendments to Organizational Documents. The
Company shall not amend, supplement or otherwise modify, or cause to permit any
amendment, supplement or other modification of, Articles 2 or 5 of its charter
(or any other Articles of its charter that relate to the matters addressed by
such Article 2 or 5) or its bylaws without the prior written consent of
Financial Security.
(b) No Liens. Without the prior written consent of
Financial Security, the Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, assignment, deposit
arrangement or other preferential arrangement, charge or encumbrance (including,
without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or
finance lease) of any nature upon or with respect to any of its properties or
assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, or sign or file under the Uniform
Commercial Code of any jurisdiction any financing
33
<PAGE> 39
statement that names the Company as a debtor, or sign any security agreement
authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement.
(c) Creation of Indebtedness. Without the prior
written consent of Financial Security, the Company shall not create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist any indebtedness other than indebtedness guaranteed or
approved in writing by Financial Security.
(d) Guarantees, Etc. Without the prior written
consent of Financial Security, the Company shall not assume, guarantee, endorse
or otherwise be or become directly or contingently liable for the obligations of
any Person by, among other things, agreeing to purchase any obligation of
another Person, agreeing to advance funds to such Person or causing or assisting
such Person to maintain any amount of capital.
(e) Subsidiaries. Without the prior written consent
of Financial Security, the Company shall not form, or cause to be formed, any
subsidiaries.
(f) Insolvency. The Company shall not commence any
case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any
jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered
with respect to it, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect
to it or its debts, or (B) seek appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or
other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets,
or make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors. The Company shall
not take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval
of, or acquiescence in any of the acts set forth above. The Company shall not be
unable to, or admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts.
(g) Impairment of Rights. The Company shall not
take any action or fail to take any action that will interfere with the
enforcement of any rights under this Agreement or the other Transaction
Agreements.
Section 2.11. Affirmative Covenants of WFS. WFS covenants
and agrees with Financial Security that, at all times during the term of this
Agreement:
34
<PAGE> 40
(a) Compliance With Agreements. WFS will comply
with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and each other Transaction
Agreement to which it is a party. WFS will not cause or permit to become
effective any amendment to or modification of the Transaction Agreements to
which it is a party unless Financial Security shall have previously approved in
writing the form of such amendment or modification.
(b) Financial Statements, Accountants' Reports,
Other Information. WFS shall keep proper books and records, in which full and
correct entries shall be made of financial transactions and the assets and
business of WFS in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied. WFS shall furnish to Financial Security, simultaneously
with the delivery of such documents to the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders or
the Certificateholders, as the case may be, copies of all reports, certificates,
statements or notices furnished to the Indenture Trustee or the
Certificateholders, as the case may be, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement. WFS shall also deliver to Financial Security, simultaneously with the
delivery of such documents to the relevant federal or state department or agency
copies of all Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and
periodic reports on Form 8-K required to be filed by WFS with the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
(c) Certificate of Compliance. WFS shall deliver to
Financial Security, concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
required pursuant to paragraph (b) above, a certificate signed by an Authorized
Officer of WFS stating that:
(i) a review of WFS's performance under this
Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which WFS is a party
during such period has been made under such officer's supervision; and
(ii) to the best of such officer's knowledge, based
upon such review, WFS has fulfilled all its obligations under this
Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which WFS is a party
during such period, or, if there has been a default of any such
obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the
nature and status thereof.
(d) Access to Records; Discussions With Officers and
Accountants. WFS shall, upon the reasonable request of Financial Security,
permit Financial Security's Authorized Agent at
35
<PAGE> 41
reasonable times (i) to inspect such books and records of WFS as may relate to
the Notes, the Certificates and the obligations of WFS under this Agreement and
the other Transaction Agreements to which WFS is a party; and (ii) to discuss
the affairs, finances and accounts of WFS with any of its respective officers,
directors and representatives, including its Independent Accountants.
(e) Maintain Licenses. WFS shall maintain all
licenses, permits, charters and registrations that are material to the
performance by WFS of its obligations under the Transaction Agreements to which
it is a party or by which WFS is bound.
(f) Maintain Existence; Merger. WFS shall keep in
full effect its existence, rights and franchises under the laws of the State of
California, and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business as a
foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall
be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of the Contract
Documents and the Transaction Agreements to which WFS is a party. WFS shall not
consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease
substantially all of its assets as an entirety to any Person unless the Person
formed by such consolidation or into which WFS has merged or the Person which
acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease substantially all the assets of WFS as
an entirety, can lawfully perform the obligations of WFS hereunder and executes
and delivers to the Owner Trustee an agreement, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and Financial Security, which contains an
assumption by such Person of the due and punctual performance and satisfaction
of each covenant and condition to be performed or satisfied by WFS under this
Agreement.
(g) Subservicing. WFS, as Master Servicer, shall
not appoint, pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, any
Subservicer that has not been approved in advance by Financial Security. WFS as
Master Servicer shall not cause or permit to become effective any Subservicing
Agreement that is in a form that varies substantially from the form thereof set
forth as [Exhibit B] to the Sale and Servicing Agreement unless the form of such
varying agreement shall have been approved in writing by Financial Security.
(h) No Petition Agreement. WFS covenants and agrees
that, for a period of one year plus one day after payment in full of all amounts
payable in respect of the Notes and the Certificates, it will not institute
against, or join any other
36
<PAGE> 42
Person in instituting against the Company any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, conservatorship, receivership, insolvency or liquidation
proceedings, or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy,
receivership or similar law, in connection with any amounts due WFS (or any
Affiliate or parent thereof) under any Transaction Agreement or otherwise
without the prior written consent of Financial Security. The provisions of this
paragraph shall survive termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
THE POLICIES; INDEMNIFICATION
Section 3.01. Agreement to Issue Policies. Financial
Security agrees to issue the Policies subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions hereinafter set forth.
Section 3.02. Conditions Precedent to Issuance of
Policies.
(a) The obligation of Financial Security to issue
the Policies is subject to the following having occurred or being true (as the
case may be): (i) WFS shall have assigned, conveyed and transferred, or caused
to be assigned, conveyed and transferred, the Collateral to the Company, (ii)
the Company shall have created a valid security interest in the Collateral in
favor of the Collateral Agent, (iii) the Company shall have assigned, conveyed
and transferred the Collateral to the Trust, (iv) no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no
proceeding for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the best knowledge
of the Company, threatened by the Commission and any request for additional
information on the part of the Commission (to be included in the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Commission, (v) the Premium shall have been paid
in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, (vi) the representations and warranties
of the Trust and each Western Entity set forth or incorporated by reference in
this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date, and
(vii) each Transaction Agreement shall be in full force and effect as of the
Closing Date and no default (or event which, with the giving of notice or
passage of time, or both, would become a default) thereunder shall have occurred
and be continuing.
37
<PAGE> 43
(b) The obligation of Financial Security to issue
the Policies is further subject to the condition precedent that Financial
Security shall have received on the Closing Date, or, in its sole and absolute
discretion, received the opportunity to review prior to and on the Closing Date,
the following, each dated the Closing Date and in full force and effect on such
date, except as otherwise provided herein, in form and substance satisfactory to
Financial Security and its counsel:
(i) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of each
Western Entity other than WII stating that nothing has come to the
attention of such Western Entity to indicate that the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, on the date the Registration Statement
became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the
Prospectus on any date on which it was furnished to the Underwriter for
use in connection with the offering of the Certificates and Notes
contained, or on the Closing Date contains, any untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein not
misleading;
(ii) copies, certified to be true copies by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Western Entity, of (i) the
resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Western Entity
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
and each other Transaction Agreement to which such Western Entity is a
party and all other transactions and documents contemplated hereby and
thereby, and of all other documents evidencing any other necessary
action of such Western Entity (which certification shall state that
such resolutions have not been modified, are in full force and effect
and constitute the only resolutions adopted by such Western Entity's
Board of Directors or any committee thereof with respect thereto), (ii)
the articles of association, as amended, of such Western Entity and
(iii) the by-laws, as amended, of such Western Entity;
(iii) copies, certified to be true copies by an
Authorized Officer of the Owner Trustee, of (i) the resolutions of the
board of directors of the Owner Trustee authorizing the execution,
delivery and performance by the Owner Trustee of this Agreement and
each other Transaction
38
<PAGE> 44
Agreement to which the Owner Trustee is a party and all transactions
and documents contemplated hereby and thereby, and of all other
documents evidencing any other necessary action of the Owner Trustee
(which certification shall state that such resolutions have not been
modified, are in full force and effect and constitute the only
resolutions adopted by the Owner Trustee's board of directors or any
committee thereof with respect thereto and (ii) the Certificate of
Trust, certified by the Secretary of State or other appropriate
official of the State of Delaware;
(iv) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of each
Western Entity stating that (i) attached thereto are true and complete
copies, if any, of all consents, licenses and approvals necessary for
each Western Entity to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, the
other Transaction Agreements to which such Western Entity is a party
and all other documents and instruments on the part of such Western
Entity to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, and (ii) all such
consents, licenses and approvals are in full force and effect, such
Western Entity has not received any notice of any proceeding for the
revocation of any such license, charter, permit or approval, and, to
such Western Entity's knowledge, there is no threatened action or
proceeding or any basis therefor;
(v) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the
Owner Trustee stating that (i) attached thereto are true and complete
copies, if any, of all consents, licenses and approvals necessary for
the Owner Trustee to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, the
other Transaction Agreements to which the Owner Trustee is a party and
all other documents and instruments on the part of the Owner Trustee to
be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto have been obtained, and (ii)
all such consents, licenses and approvals are in full force and effect,
the Owner Trustee has not received any notice of any proceeding for the
revocation of any such license, charter, permit or approval, and, to
the Owner Trustee's knowledge, there is no threatened action or
proceeding or any basis therefor;
(vi) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of such Western Entity certifying (i) the names and true
signatures of the officers of such Western Entity executing and
delivering this Agreement, the other Transaction
39
<PAGE> 45
Agreements to which such Western Entity is a party and the other
documents to be executed and delivered by such Western Entity hereunder
and thereunder, (ii) that approval by such Western Entity's
stockholders of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other
Transaction Agreements and all other such documents to be executed and
delivered, by such Western Entity hereunder, has been obtained or is
not required, and (iii) that no resolution for the dissolution of such
Western Entity has been adopted or contemplated and that no such
proceedings have been commenced or are contemplated;
(vii) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the
Owner Trustee certifying (i) the names and the true signatures of the
officers of the Owner Trustee executing and delivering this Agreement,
the other Transaction Agreements to which the Owner Trustee is a party
and the other documents to be executed and delivered by the Owner
Trustee hereunder and thereunder, (ii) that approval by the Owner
Trustee's equity holders of the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements and all other such
documents to be executed and delivered, by the Owner Trustee hereunder,
has been obtained or its not required, and (iii) that no action for the
dissolution of the Owner Trustee has been adopted or contemplated and
that no such proceedings have commenced or contemplated;
(viii) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of each
Western Entity to the effect that (x) the representations and
warranties of such Western Entity set forth or incorporated by
reference in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the
Closing Date and (y) confirming that the conditions precedent set forth
herein with respect to such Western Entity are satisfied;
(ix) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the
Trust to the effect that (x) the representations and warranties of the
Trust set forth or incorporated by reference in this Agreement are true
and correct on and as of the Closing Date and (y) confirming that the
conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to the Trust are
satisfied;
(x) a favorable opinion of Messrs. Mitchell,
Silberberg & Knupp, LLP, counsel to the Company, WFS, the Bank and WII,
and such counsel shall have been instructed by its client to deliver
such opinion to the addressees thereof, in
40
<PAGE> 46
form and substance satisfactory to counsel to Financial Security;
(xi) a letter dated the Closing Date from Messrs.
Mitchell, Silberberg & Knupp, LLP, counsel to the Company, WFS and the
Bank, to the effect that Financial Security may rely upon their
opinions as to certain bankruptcy and insolvency matters as if such
opinions were addressed to Financial Security, and such counsel shall
have been instructed by its client to deliver such reliance letter to
Financial Security;
(xii) a favorable opinion of Messrs. Mitchell,
Silberberg & Knupp, LLP, special tax counsel to the Company, WFS, the
Bank and WII, and such counsel shall have been instructed by its client
to deliver such opinion to the addressees thereof, in form and
substance satisfactory to counsel to Financial Security;
(xiii) a favorable opinion of Richards, Layton &
Finger, counsel to the Trust and the Owner Trustee, and such counsel
shall have been instructed by its client to deliver such opinion to the
addressees thereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto;
(xiv) a certificate from the Collateral Agent and the
Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto;
(xv) a favorable opinion of White & Case, counsel to
the Collateral Agent, the Proceeds Agent and the Indenture Trustee, and
such counsel shall have been instructed by its client to deliver such
opinion to the addressees thereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit
F hereto;
(xvi) evidence that amounts due and payable to
Financial Security under Section 3.03 of this Agreement have been paid
or that acceptable provisions therefor have been made;
(xvii) a fully executed copy of each of the
Transaction Agreements;
(xviii) evidence that all actions necessary or, in the
opinion of Financial Security, desirable to perfect and protect the
interests transferred by the Sale and Servicing
41
<PAGE> 47
Agreement and the liens and security interests created by this
Agreement, including, without limitation, the filing of any financing
statements required by Financial Security or its counsel, have been
taken or promptly shall be taken;
(xix) a certificate or opinion of Independent
Accountants addressed to Financial Security to the effect set forth in
Exhibit H hereto;
(xx) a certificate of the Master Servicer, signed by
an Authorized Officer, identifying those Contracts as to which the
Title Documents are not in the possession of the Company and certifying
that such Title Documents showing WFS or the Bank as first lienholder
have been applied for and as to which Section 3.09 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement applies;
(xxi) evidence that the Company shall have deposited,
or caused to have been deposited, in the Collection Account, the
deposits required under the eighth paragraph of Section 4.01 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, the deposits required in the Spread
Account and any other deposits required to be made on the Closing Date
under the Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party; and
(xxii) such other documents, instruments, approvals
(and, if requested by Financial Security, certified duplicates of
executed copies thereof) or opinions as Financial Security may
reasonably request.
Section 3.03. Premium. In consideration of the issuance
by Financial Security of the Policies, the Company shall pay to Financial
Security the initial installment of the Premium at the time of delivery of the
Policies and further installments of the Premium, all in accordance with the
terms of the letter agreement between the Company and Financial Security
referred to in the definition of "Premium" set forth herein. Failure by the
Company to pay any such further installments of the Premium shall not cause the
Policies to be cancelled and shall not in any way relieve Financial Security of
its obligations to make any payments under the Policies. Anything herein to the
contrary notwithstanding, it is hereby agreed between the parties hereto that
the full amount of the Premium shall have been earned by Financial Security upon
its issuance of the Policies on the Closing Date and upon the occurrence of a
Servicer Default under Section 8.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement
(including without limitation, the failure of
42
<PAGE> 48
the Company to pay any installment of the Premium as and when due), the entire
outstanding balance of further installments of the Premium shall be immediately
due and payable. The Premium shall be nonrefundable without regard to whether
Financial Security makes any payment under the Policies, any prepayment or early
retirement of the Notes or the Certificates occur or any other circumstances
occur relating to the Notes or the Certificates.
Section 3.04. Reimbursement Obligation.
(a) Each of the Trust and the Company agrees
absolutely and unconditionally to pay to Financial Security, in the manner
provided in Section 3.04(b), as follows:
(i) a sum equal to the total of all amounts which
may be paid by Financial Security under the Policies;
(ii) any accrued but unpaid installments of the
Premium and any and all reasonable charges and expenses which Financial
Security may pay or incur relating to any payment under the Policies,
including, but not limited to, any fees and charges in connection with
any accounts established to facilitate payments under the Policies, to
the extent Financial Security has not been immediately reimbursed on
the date that any amount is paid by Financial Security under the
Policies;
(iii) the amount of any reasonable costs or expenses
(including attorneys' and accountants' fees and expenses) incurred by
Financial Security (A) in connection with the enforcement of this
Agreement or any of the other Transaction Agreements or (B) in
connection with the foreclosure upon, sale or other disposition of the
Collateral, to the extent that such costs and expenses are not
recovered from such foreclosure, sale or other disposition;
(iv) the amount of any payments made by Financial
Security on behalf of the Company other than amounts specified under
Section 3.04(a)(i) above, including, without limitation, the fees and
expenses of the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner
Trustee, the Trust and any Independent Accountants, and the amount of
any payments made by Financial Security to (i) the Owner Trustee in
respect of amounts (if any) owing by the Trust to the Owner Trustee
pursuant to, Section 8.02 of the Trust Agreement and (ii) the Indenture
43
<PAGE> 49
Trustee pursuant to Section 6.07 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement to
the extent that such amounts shall not have been paid by the Trust and
are paid by Financial Security;
(v) any federal, state or local tax (other than
taxes payable in respect of the gross income of Financial Security) or
other governmental charge imposed in connection with the issuance of
the Policies or the business or operations of the Company, including,
without limitation, by reason of the Company's being deemed to do
business in the State of California;
(vi) Financial Security's cost of providing to the
Company (or to any Person at the request of the Company) any audited or
unaudited financial statements, including, without limitation, the fees
and expenses of Financial Security's Independent Accountants in
reviewing such financial statements in connection with such provision
and mailing and incremental printing costs;
(vii) any amount otherwise required to be paid to or
on behalf of Financial Security under this Agreement;
(viii) any payments made by Financial Security as, or
in lieu of, servicing, management, trustee, custodial or administrative
fees payable, in the sole discretion of Financial Security, to third
parties in connection with the transaction, to the extent (in each
case) that such payment occurs following (i) the occurrence of an Event
of Default (or event or circumstance that, with the giving of notice or
the passage of time or both, would become an Event of Default) or (ii)
the failure of any Person to perform its obligation to pay any such
amount at the time and in the manner specified in this Agreement or any
other Transaction Agreement; and
(ix) interest on any and all such amounts from the
date of payment by Financial Security of such amounts until payment
thereof in full and interest on any and all amounts described in
Sections 3.03 and 3.09 hereof, from the date due until payment thereof
in full, in each case, payable at the Late Payment Rate.
(b) All amounts to be paid by the Trust or the Company
pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be due and payable without demand, and
shall be payable in the priority and in the manner
44
<PAGE> 50
provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement; provided, however, that upon the
occurrence of any Servicer Default under the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
Financial Security shall have the rights provided for herein and therein.
Section 3.05. Non-Recourse Obligation. Notwith- standing
any provision to the contrary contained in Section 3.04(a), the payment
obligations provided in Sections 3.04(a)(i) (to the extent that such payment
obligations do not arise from any failure or default in the performance by the
Bank of any of its payment obligations under the RIC), 3.04(a)(ii) and (to the
extent that such payment obligations do not arise from any failure or default in
the performance by the Company of any of its obligations under the Transaction
Agreements) 3.04(a)(iii)(A) and (B), and any interest on the foregoing in
accordance with Section 3.04(a)(ix), shall not be recourse to the Company, WFS,
WII, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the
Proceeds Agent, but shall be payable solely by application of moneys (excluding
the Retained Yield) received from time to time in accordance with the Sale and
Servicing Agreement (including but not limited to all amounts paid into the
Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account, the Certificate Distribution
Account or the Holding Account pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement by
any Western Entity, but not including the Retained Yield to the extent that any
amount thereof is deposited into either such Account) and by realization on the
Collateral pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof. Such payment obligations shall be
limited, except as set forth in the preceding sentence, solely to application of
monies, if any, in the Spread Account from time to time in accordance with
Transaction Agreements.
Section 3.06. Indemnification.
(a) In addition to any and all rights of
indemnification or any other rights of Financial Security pursuant hereto or
under law or equity, the Company agrees to pay, and to protect, indemnify and
save harmless, Financial Security and its officers, directors, shareholders,
employees, agents and each person, if any, who controls Financial Security
within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of
the Exchange Act, from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities
(including penalties), actions, suits, judgments, demands, damages, costs or
expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of attorneys,
consultants and auditors and reasonable costs of investigations) or obligations
whatsoever (herein collectively
45
<PAGE> 51
referred to as "Liabilities") of any nature arising out of or relating to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements
by reason of:
(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any
preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or based upon any omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
except insofar as such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any
such untrue statement or omission or allegation thereof based upon (A)
information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Financial
Security" or in the financial statements of Financial Security,
including any information in any amendment or supplement to the
Prospectus furnished by Financial Security in writing expressly for use
therein that amends or supplements such information (all such
information being referred to herein as "Financial Security
Information"), or (B) information set forth under the caption
"Underwriting" in the Prospectus, including any information in any
amendment or supplement to the Prospectus furnished by the Underwriter
in writing expressly for use therein that amends or supplements such
information (all such information being referred to herein as
"Underwriter Information");
(ii) to the extent not covered by clause (i) above,
any act or omission of the Company or the Trust in connection with the
offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Notes or the Certificates
other than by reason of false or misleading Financial Security
Information;
(iii) the misfeasance or malfeasance of, or theft
committed by, any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company
or the Trust;
(iv) the violation by the Company, the Trust or WII
of any federal or state securities, banking or antitrust laws, rules or
regulations in connection with the issuance, offer and sale of the
Notes or the Certificates or the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements;
46
<PAGE> 52
(v) the violation by the Company or the Trust of any
federal or state laws, rules or regulations relating to the maximum
amount of interest permitted to be received on account of the loan of
money or with respect to the Contracts;
(vi) the negligence or willful misconduct of the
Company, the Trust or WII or any of its directors, officers, employees
or agents;
(vii) the breach by the Company or the Trust of its
obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Transaction
Agreements;
(viii) the breach by the Company or the Trust of any
representation or warranty on the part of the Company or the Trust,
respectively, contained in or incorporated by reference in this
Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement or in any certificate
furnished or delivered to Financial Security hereunder and thereunder,
or the occurrence, in respect of the Company or the Trust, under any of
the Transaction Agreements of any event of default or any event which,
with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute
any event of default; and
(ix) the use, ownership or operation by the Company
or the Trust, or any affiliate of the Company, of a Financed Vehicle.
(b) In addition to any and all rights of
indemnification or any other rights of Financial Security pursuant hereto or
under law or equity, WFS agrees to pay, and to protect, indemnify and save
harmless, Financial Security and its officers, directors, shareholders,
employees, agents and each person, if any, who controls Financial Security
within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of
the Exchange Act, from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities
(including penalties), actions, suits, judgments, demands, damages, costs or
expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of attorneys,
consultants and auditors and reasonable costs of investigations) or obligations
whatsoever (herein collectively referred to as "Liabilities") of any nature
arising out of or relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and the other Transaction Agreements by reason of:
47
<PAGE> 53
(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any
preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or based upon any omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
except insofar as such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any
such untrue statement or omission or allegation thereof based upon (A)
information set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Financial
Security" or in the financial statements of Financial Security,
including any information in any amendment or supplement to the
Prospectus furnished by Financial Security in writing expressly for use
therein that amends or supplements such information (all such
information being referred to herein as "Financial Security
Information"), or (B) information set forth under the caption
"Underwriting" in the Prospectus, including any information in any
amendment or supplement to the Prospectus furnished by the Underwriter
in writing expressly for use therein that amends or supplements such
information (all such information being referred to herein as
"Underwriter Information");
(ii) to the extent not covered by clause (i) above,
any act or omission of WFS in connection with the offering, issuance,
sale or delivery of the Notes or the Certificates other than by reason
of false or misleading Financial Security Information;
(iii) the misfeasance or malfeasance of, or theft
committed by, any director, officer, employee or agent of WFS;
(iv) the violation by WFS or any Affiliate (other
than WII or Westcorp) thereof of any federal or state securities,
banking or antitrust laws, rules or regulations in connection with the
issuance, offer and sale of the Notes or the Certificates or the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction
Agreements;
(v) the violation by WFS or any Affiliate (other
than WII or Westcorp) thereof of any federal or state laws, rules or
regulations relating to the maximum amount of interest permitted to be
received on account of the loan of money or with respect to the
Contracts;
48
<PAGE> 54
(vi) the negligence or willful misconduct of WFS or
any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents;
(vii) the breach by WFS of its obligations under this
Agreement or any of the other Transaction Agreements;
(viii) the breach by WFS of any representation or
warranty on the part of WFS contained in or incorporated by reference
in this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement or in any
certificate furnished or delivered to Financial Security hereunder and
thereunder;
(ix) the use, ownership or operation by WFS, or any
Affiliate thereof (other than WII or Westcorp), of a Financed Vehicle;
and
(x) the violation by the Company, the Trust or WII
of any of the provisions of (a) above caused by or at the direction of
WFS.
(c) If any action or proceeding (including any
governmental investigation) shall be brought or asserted against Financial
Security or any person controlling Financial Security (hereinafter collectively
referred to as a Financial Security Indemnified Party) in respect of which
indemnity may be sought from the Company pursuant to Section 3.06(a)(i) or (ii)
or WFS pursuant to Section 3.06(b)(i), (ii) or (x) (such Western Entity or
Western Entities, as the case may be, herein referred to as the Indemnifying
Western Entity), then Financial Security or such controlling person shall give
the Indemnifying Western Entity written or telegraphic notice of such action or
claim reasonably promptly after receipt of written notice thereof. The
Indemnifying Western Entity shall be entitled to participate in the defense of
any such action or claim in reasonable cooperation with, and with the reasonable
cooperation of, the Financial Security Indemnified Party. The Financial Security
Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such
action in addition to the counsel of the Indemnifying Western Entity, but fees
and expenses of such counsel will be at the expense of the Financial Security
Indemnified Party unless (1) the employment of counsel by the Financial Security
Indemnified Party has been authorized in writing by the Indemnifying Western
Entity or (2) the Indemnifying Western Entity has not in fact employed counsel
to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving
49
<PAGE> 55
notice of the commencement of the action or (3) the named parties to any such
action or proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the
Indemnifying Western Entity on the one hand and the Financial Security
Indemnified Party on the other hand, and the Financial Security Indemnified
Party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal
defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those
available to the Indemnifying Western Entity (it being understood, however, that
the Indemnifying Western Entity shall not, in connection with any one such
action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or
proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations
or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than
one separate firm of attorneys at any time for the Financial Security
Indemnified Party, which firm shall be designated in writing by the Financial
Security Indemnified Party), in each of which cases the fees and expenses of
counsel will be at the expense of the Indemnifying Western Entity and all such
fees and expenses will be reimbursed promptly as they are incurred. No
settlement of any such claim or action shall be entered into without the consent
of Financial Security on the one hand and the Indemnifying Western Entity who is
subject to such claim or action on the other hand. Any failure by Financial
Security to comply with the provisions of this Section shall relieve the
Indemnifying Western Entity of liability only if substantially prejudicial to
the position of the Indemnifying Western Entity and then only to the extent of
such prejudice.
(d) The rights to indemnification provided for in
this Section 3.06 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall
survive until the statute of limitations has run on any causes of action that
arise from these provisions and until all suits filed as a result thereof have
been finally concluded.
Section 3.07. Liability Absolute. The obligations of the
Company, WFS, WII and the Trust hereunder shall be absolute, unconditional and
irrevocable and shall be paid and performed strictly in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement under all circumstances whatsoever, including, without
limitation, the following circumstances:
(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the
Policies or all or any provision of this Agreement or of any of the other
Transaction Agreements;
50
<PAGE> 56
(b) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to
departure from all or any provision of this Agreement or of any other
Transaction Agreement;
(c) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense,
reduction, abatement or other right which either Western Entity may have at any
time against Financial Security or any other Person;
(d) any statement, instrument of assignment or any
other document presented to Financial Security in connection with the Policies
proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any
statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever;
(e) payment by Financial Security under the Policies
against presentation of a certificate or other document which does not comply
with the terms of the Policies, provided that such payment shall not have been
the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Financial Security;
(f) any nonapplication or misapplication by the
Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, or any paying agent of the proceeds of
the demand for payment under the Policies;
(g) the failure of the Company or, indirectly, WFS,
to receive the proceeds of the sale of the Notes or the Certificates; or
(h) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever,
whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, provided that such circumstance
or happening shall not have been the result of the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of Financial Security.
Section 3.08. Liability of Financial Security. Neither
Financial Security nor any of its officers, directors or employees shall be
liable or responsible for (a) the unauthorized use which may be made of the
Policies by the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee or any unauthorized acts
or omissions of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in connection with
the Policies; or (b) the validity, sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of
documents, or of any endorsement(s) thereto, even if such documents should in
fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or
forged; or (c) any acts or omissions to act of the Indenture Trustee in
connection with the Collateral other than such acts or omissions that are at the
direction of
51
<PAGE> 57
Financial Security. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing,
Financial Security (or its Fiscal Agent) may accept documents that appear on
their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation.
Each of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and each Western Entity
acknowledges that it has not relied on any information or materials provided by
Financial Security in connection with the issuance of the Notes and the
Certificates except for the information furnished in writing by Financial
Security for inclusion in the Registration Statement. Each of them also
acknowledges that it has not relied on any investigation by Financial Security
of the Collateral or of the financial statements or other financial statistical
data used in connection with the issuance of the Certificates.
Section 3.09. Payment of Costs, Fees and Expenses.
(a) The Company shall pay on demand any and all
charges, fees, costs and expenses which Financial Security may reasonably pay or
incur, including, but not limited to, attorneys' and accountants' fees and
expenses, in connection with (A) the enforcement, defense or preservation of any
rights in respect of any of this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreements,
including defending, monitoring or participating in any litigation or proceeding
(including any bankruptcy proceeding in respect of any transaction participant
or any Affiliate (other than WII or Westcorp) thereof) relating to any of the
Transaction Agreements and this Agreement, any party to any of the Transaction
Agreements and this Agreement, or the transaction, (B) any amendment, waiver or
other action with respect to, or related to, any Transaction Agreements and this
Agreement whether or not executed or completed or (C) any review or approval by
Financial Security in connection with the delivery of any additional or
substitute collateral under any of the Transaction Agreements and this
Agreement. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Financial Security for its
expenses, including, without limitation, legal fees and disbursements, incurred
in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the Transaction
Agreements and the consummation of the initial transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby, it being understood that the Company's obligation to reimburse
Financial Security pursuant to this sentence shall be limited in the aggregate
to the dollar amount set forth in the letter agreement between the Company and
Financial Security referred to in the definition of "Premium" set forth herein,
plus rating agency fees, to the extent paid by Financial Security.
52
<PAGE> 58
(b) WFS shall pay on demand any and all charges,
fees, costs and expenses not paid by the Company which Financial Security may
reasonably pay or incur, including, but not limited to, attorneys' and
accountants' fees and expenses, in connection with (A) the enforcement, defense
or preservation of any rights in respect of this Agreement or any other
Transaction Agreements, including defending, monitoring or participating in any
litigation or proceeding (including any bankruptcy proceeding in respect of any
transaction participant or any Affiliate (other than WII or Westcorp) thereof)
relating to this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreements, any party to any
of the Transaction Agreements and this Agreement, or the transaction, (B) any
amendment, waiver or other action with respect to, or related to, this Agreement
or any other Transaction Agreements, whether or not executed or completed or (C)
any review or approval by Financial Security in connection with the delivery of
any additional or substitute collateral under any of the Transaction Agreements
and this Agreement.
Section 3.10. Payment Procedure. All payments made
pursuant to this Agreement shall be made to Financial Security in lawful
currency of the United States of America and in one-day clearing-house funds at
Financial Security's Notice Address before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the
date when due.
Section 3.11. Business Days. In any case where the date
of any payment to Financial Security or the expiration of any time period
hereunder occurs on a day which is not a Business Day, then such payment may be
made, or such expiration shall occur, on the next succeeding Business Day with
the same force and effect as if made on the day of maturity or expiration of
such period, except that interest shall continue to accrue for the period after
such date to the next Business Day.
Section 3.12. Waivers and Consents by the Company and
WFS. The Company, WFS and any and all others who are now or may become liable
for all or part of the obligations of the Company and WFS under this Agreement
(all of the foregoing being referred to collectively in this Section as the
"Obligors") agree to be bound by this Agreement and (a) waive and renounce any
and all redemption and exemption rights and the benefit of all valuation and
appraisement privileges against any amounts to be paid hereunder or any
extension or renewal hereof; (b) waive presentment and demand for payment,
notices of nonpayment and of dishonor, protest of dishonor and notice of
protest; (c) waive all
53
<PAGE> 59
notices in connection with the delivery and acceptance hereof and all other
notices in connection with the performance, default or enforcement of the
payment hereof except as required by this Agreement; (d) waive any and all lack
of diligence and delays in the enforcement of the payment hereof; (e) agree that
the liability of each of the Obligors shall be unconditional and without regard
to the liability of any other person or entity for the payment hereof and shall
not in any manner be affected by any indulgence or forbearance granted or
consented to by Financial Security with respect hereto; (f) consent to any and
all extensions of time, renewals, waivers or modifications that may be granted
by Financial Security with respect to the payment or other provisions hereof,
and to the release of any security at any time given for the payment hereof, or
any part thereof, with or without substitution, and to the release of any person
or entity liable for the payment hereof; and (g) consent to the addition of any
and all other makers, endorsers, guarantors and other obligors for the payment
hereof, and to the acceptance of any and all other security for the payment
hereof or thereof, and agree that the addition of any such obligors or security
shall not affect the liability of any of the Obligors for the payment hereof.
ARTICLE IV
PLEDGE OF COLLATERAL
Section 4.01. Obligations Secured Hereby. The agreements
contained in this Article IV are made to provide for and secure repayment of the
following indebtedness and liabilities of the Company (such indebtedness and
liabilities being herein called the "Obligations") in the order of priority
indicated:
First, (i) the repayment of all amounts, if
any, advanced or expended by the Collateral Agent, in its capacity as
Collateral Agent, for the account of the Company hereunder, (ii) the
payment of all reasonable costs and expenses at any time and from time
to time incurred by the Collateral Agent, in its capacity as Collateral
Agent, in connection with the administration or enforcement of this
Agreement or any related document (including, without limitation, the
fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel employed by the Collateral
Agent in connection therewith) and (iii) the payment of all indemnities
at any time and from time to
54
<PAGE> 60
time payable hereunder to the Collateral Agent, by the Company, and
Second, (i) the repayment of all amounts
advanced or paid by Financial Security under the Policies pursuant to
this Agreement and (ii) the payment of any accrued but unpaid
installments of the Premium and all costs and expenses at any time and
from time to time incurred by Financial Security in connection with the
administration or enforcement of this Agreement or any other
Transaction Agreement or any related document (including, without
limitation, the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel employed by
Financial Security in connection therewith) and under or in connection
with this Agreement and the Policies.
Section 4.02. Granting Clause. In order to secure and to
provide for the repayment of the Obligations, the Company hereby assigns,
conveys, transfers, delivers and sets over unto the Collateral Agent, as
collateral agent for Financial Security, and hereby grants the Collateral Agent,
as collateral agent for Financial Security, a security interest in the
Collateral, to have and to hold said Collateral unto the Collateral Agent, its
successors and assigns, forever in pledge and trust for the benefit and security
of Financial Security, subject to the terms and provisions set forth in Article
V of this Agreement. The assignment and security interest so granted to the
Collateral Agent shall not relieve the Company from the performance of any term,
covenant, condition or agreement on the Company's part to be performed or
observed under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction
Agreement, or impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent or Financial
Security to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement
on the Company's part to be so performed or observed or impose any liability on
the Collateral Agent or Financial Security for any act or omission on the part
of the Company relative thereto or for any breach of any representation or
warranty on the part of the Company contained therein, or made in connection
therewith, and the Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Collateral Agent and Financial Security from and against any and all losses,
liabilities (including liabilities for penalties), claims, demands, actions,
suits, judgments, costs and expenses arising out of or resulting from the
assignment and security interest granted hereby by virtue of any act or omission
on the part of the Company (other than an act or omission on the part of the
Company pursuant to or in
55
<PAGE> 61
accordance with an express direction from the Collateral Agent or Financial
Security), including, without limitation, the reasonable costs, expenses and
disbursements (including attorneys' fees) incurred by the Collateral Agent or
Financial Security in enforcing this Agreement or any other Transaction
Agreement. The assignment and security interest granted to the Collateral Agent
pursuant to this Section shall become effective prior to the effectiveness of
the Seller Assignments and the assignment by the Seller to the Trust under
Section 2.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the assignment by the Trust
to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture and, upon the effectiveness of such
assignment and security interest, such assignment and security interest shall be
subject to the provisions of Section 5.01(d) hereof.
Section 4.03. Release of Collateral. Financial Security
hereby instructs the Collateral Agent that, at such time as a Contract is
reconveyed by the Trust pursuant to Sections 3.02, 4.07 and 9.01 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall release such Contract from the
lien of the security interest created hereby upon receipt of the Owner Trustee's
assignment delivered pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.
ARTICLE V
INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS
Section 5.01. Financial Security's Direction Upon
Servicer Default.
(a) So long as no Financial Security Insolvency has
occurred and no Financial Security Default has occurred and is continuing, if
there exists any Servicer Default pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, Financial Security shall, notwithstanding the provisions of
Article VIII of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, have the sole right to
direct the Indenture Trustee as to any and all actions to be taken under the
Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, including,
without limitation, all actions with respect to (i) the giving of directions
to the Master Servicer and any Subservicer with respect to the servicing of the
Contracts and any of the respective obligations of the Company under the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, (ii) the exercise of all rights, remedies, powers,
privileges and claims against any obligor under the Sale and
56
<PAGE> 62
Servicing Agreement and (iii) the giving or withholding of all consents,
requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions or waivers under or with
respect to the Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, in
each case to the same extent as the Noteholders or the Certificateholders might
do but for the collateral assignment and security interests granted to Financial
Security hereunder, provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee, without
obtaining the consent or direction of Financial Security, may at all times take
any action permitted or required to be taken by it under the terms of the
Indenture or as a fiduciary in order to protect the Indenture Trustee's, the
Noteholders' and the Certificateholders' interest in the Trust Estate or to
preserve any available claims against the Company on behalf of the Noteholders
and the Certificateholders. Financial Security shall indemnify the Indenture
Trustee in full for any costs and expenses incurred (including the reasonable
fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee's counsel) in connection with the
Indenture Trustee's due performance of directions pursuant to this subsection
(a) or in connection with any inaction of the Indenture Trustee as a result of a
direction from Financial Security at any time when Financial Security holds the
right to direct the Indenture Trustee as provided for in this paragraph (a).
(b) Financial Security shall not unreasonably
withhold any consent required of it under the Sale and Servicing Agreement or
the Indenture, as applicable, and shall promptly respond when any approval or
consent is required of it under the Sale or Servicing Agreement and the
Indenture, as applicable.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement or the Indenture, as applicable, to the contrary, so long as
no Financial Security Insolvency has occurred and no Financial Security Default
has occurred and is continuing,
(i) without the prior written consent of Financial
Security, the Owner Trustee shall not (A) terminate the rights and
powers of the Master Servicer pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement or (B) waive any Servicer Default thereunder;
(ii) without the prior written consent of Financial
Security, (A) neither the Company nor the Trust shall cause to be
appointed any successor Indenture Trustee, and, (B) neither the
Indenture Trustee nor the Administrator shall cause to be appointed any
Co-Trustee under the Indenture;
57
<PAGE> 63
(iii) without the prior written consent of Financial
Security, neither the Company or WFS nor the Owner Trustee or the
Indenture Trustee shall appoint new Independent Accountants;
(iv) without the prior written consent of Financial
Security, neither the Company or WFS nor the Owner Trustee or the
Indenture Trustee shall consent to the amendment of or supplement to
any of the Transaction Agreements; and
(v) Financial Security shall have the power to
direct the actions to be taken by the Company pursuant to Section
3.02(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
(d) Financial Security agrees that, until such time
that all required payments shall have been made with respect to the Notes and
the Certificates, the security interest in the Collateral granted to Financial
Security under this Agreement shall be junior and subordinate to the interest of
the Indenture Trustee and the Securityholders. Financial Security further agrees
that, until such time that all required payments shall have been made with
respect to the Notes and the Certificates, neither Financial Security nor any
Person acting on its behalf may take any action to foreclose or otherwise pursue
remedies with respect to the Collateral other than in accordance with the Sale
and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.
Section 5.02. Financial Security's Direction of
Insolvency Proceedings. Financial Security shall have the rights provided for in
Section 8.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
ARTICLE VI
THE COLLATERAL AGENT; REMEDIES
Section 6.01. Appointment and Powers of Collateral Agent.
Financial Security hereby appoints Bankers Trust Company as the Collateral
Agent, and Bankers Trust Company accepts such appointment hereunder, and
Financial Security hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action on
its behalf and to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and privileges
hereunder as Financial Security may direct and as are specifically authorized to
be exercised by the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof, together with such
rights, remedies, powers and privileges as are reasonably
58
<PAGE> 64
incidental thereto. The Collateral Agent may execute any of its duties as agent
hereunder by or through agents or employees and shall be entitled to retain
counsel and to act in reliance upon the advice of such counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to the agencies hereby created and its duties hereunder, and
shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith in accordance with the advice of counsel selected by it. The Collateral
Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth
in this Agreement. The duties of the Collateral Agent shall be mechanical and
administrative in nature. The Collateral Agent shall not have by reason of this
Agreement a fiduciary relationship. Nothing in this Agreement, express or
implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon the
Collateral Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement except as
expressly set forth herein. Neither the Collateral Agent nor Financial Security,
nor any of its or their respective directors, officers or employees, shall be
liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder, or
in connection herewith, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful
misconduct; nor shall the Collateral Agent or Financial Security be responsible
for the validity, effectiveness, value, sufficiency or enforceability against
the Company of this Agreement or any other document furnished pursuant hereto or
in connection herewith, or of the Collateral (or any part thereof). The
Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely on any communication, instrument,
paper or other document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have
been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons.
Section 6.02. Successor Collateral Agent. The Collateral
Agent acting hereunder at any time may resign by an instrument in writing
addressed and delivered to the Company and Financial Security. If the Collateral
Agent is also the Indenture Trustee and, as such, determines that it has a
conflicting interest on account of its acting as Collateral Agent, the
Collateral Agent shall eliminate such conflicting interest by resigning as
Collateral Agent hereunder rather than resigning as Indenture Trustee. Financial
Security shall appoint a successor to the Collateral Agent upon any such
resignation by an instrument of substitution complying with the requirements of
applicable law, or, in the absence of any such requirements, without formality
other than appointment and designation in writing, a copy of which instrument or
writing shall be sent to the Company; provided, however, that the validity of
any such appointment shall not be impaired or affected by any failure to give
any such notice to the
59
<PAGE> 65
Company or by any defect therein. Upon the making and acceptance of such
appointment, the execution and delivery by such successor Collateral Agent of a
ratifying instrument pursuant to which such successor Collateral Agent agrees to
assume the duties and obligations imposed on the Collateral Agent by the terms
of this Agreement, and the delivery to such successor Collateral Agent of the
Collateral and related documents then held by the retiring Collateral Agent,
such successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested
with all the estate, rights, powers, remedies, privileges, immunities,
indemnities, duties and obligations hereby granted to or conferred or imposed
upon the Collateral Agent named herein, and one such appointment and designation
shall not exhaust the right to appoint and designate further successor
Collateral Agents hereunder. No Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its
duties or obligations hereunder until the Collateral and related documents then
held by such Collateral Agent shall have been transferred and delivered to the
successor Collateral Agent and such retiring Collateral Agent shall have
executed and delivered to the successor Collateral Agent appropriate instruments
establishing the successor Collateral Agent as the record holder of all liens
and security interests in favor of Financial Security in the Collateral and
transferring to such successor Collateral Agent all power given to it by the
Indenture Trustee to act as attorney-in-fact of the Indenture Trustee for
purposes of this Agreement. Each such successor Collateral Agent shall provide
the Company and Financial Security with its address (which shall thereupon
become such successor Collateral Agent's Notice Address for purposes of this
Agreement), and its telephone, Telex, TWX and telecopier numbers, to be used for
purposes of Section 7.02 hereof, in a notice complying with the terms of said
Section.
Section 6.03. Remedies Available to Collateral Agent.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law and subject to Article V hereof, if the Master Servicer shall have been
terminated upon the occurrence of any Servicer Default pursuant to Section 8.01
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, then in every such case, the Collateral
Agent may, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Article V
hereof, exercise the following rights, privileges and remedies:
(i) Collection of the Collateral. The Collateral
Agent shall have the right to collect all proceeds of the Collateral,
to pay all expenses of such collection, including
60
<PAGE> 66
the reasonable expenses and compensation of the Collateral Agent, its
agents and attorneys, and to apply the remainder of the moneys so
received as provided herein.
(ii) Sale of Collateral. The Collateral Agent may
sell, or cause to be sold, the Collateral or any part thereof or
interest therein, at public auction to the highest bidder for cash or
at private sale or auction with or without demand, advertisement or
notice of the date, time or place of sale or any adjournment thereof,
upon such terms as Financial Security may approve, and upon such sale
the Collateral Agent shall make and deliver to the purchaser or
purchasers an appropriate instrument or instruments of transfer. The
Collateral Agent is hereby irrevocably appointed the true and lawful
attorney of the Indenture Trustee, in its name and stead, to make all
necessary transfers of property thus sold; and for that purpose it may
execute all necessary instruments of transfer, and may substitute one
or more Persons with like power, the Indenture Trustee hereby ratifying
and confirming all that its said attorney, or such substitute or
substitutes, shall lawfully do by virtue hereof. Nevertheless, if so
requested by the Collateral Agent or any purchaser of the Collateral or
any part thereof, the Indenture Trustee shall ratify and confirm any
such sale or transfer by executing and delivering to the Collateral
Agent or such purchaser all proper instruments of transfer and releases
as may be designated in any such request. The Collateral Agent may
proceed at law or in equity to foreclose the lien of this Agreement
against all or any part of the Collateral and to have the same sold
under the judgment or decree of a court having jurisdiction or as
otherwise may be required or permitted by law. Upon any such sale,
whether made under the power of sale hereby given or by virtue of
judicial proceedings, any Noteholder, Certificateholder or Financial
Security may bid for and purchase the Collateral or any part thereof
and, upon compliance with the terms of such sale, may hold, retain,
possess or dispose of such property in its or their own absolute right
without accountability; and any purchaser at any such sale may, in
paying the purchase money, turn in any of the Notes or Certificates, as
applicable, in lieu of cash up to the amount which shall, upon
distribution of the net proceeds of such sale, be payable thereon. Said
Notes or Certificates, in case the amounts so payable thereon shall be
less than the amount due thereon, shall be returned to the Holders
thereof after being properly stamped to show partial
61
<PAGE> 67
payment. Upon any sale, whether made under the power of sale hereby
given or by virtue of judicial proceedings, a receipt of the Collateral
Agent, or of the officer making such sale under judicial proceedings,
shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers at such
sale for its or their purchase money, and such purchaser or purchasers
shall not be obliged to see to the application thereof. Any such sale,
whether under the power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial
proceedings, shall bind the Collateral Agent, the Company, the
Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders, shall
operate to divest all right, title and interest whatsoever, either at
law or in equity, of each of them in and to the property sold, and
shall be a perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against each of
them and their successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons
claiming through or under them.
(iii) Other Actions. The Collateral Agent shall have
the right to cause any other action permitted at law or in equity to be
initiated and prosecuted to enforce this Agreement and any rights
granted by virtue of the pledge of the Collateral hereunder and to
collect or enforce the Notes and the Certificates.
Section 6.04. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws;
Marshalling of Assets. Each of the Company, the Owner Trustee, and the Indenture
Trustee (in each case to the extent permitted by applicable law) covenants that
it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, any appraisement, valuation, stay, extension
or redemption law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, in
order to prevent or hinder the enforcement of this Agreement or the absolute
sale of the Collateral or any part thereof, or the possession thereof by any
purchaser at any sale under this Article; and each of the Company and the
Indenture Trustee (in each case to the extent permitted by applicable law), for
itself and all who may claim under it, hereby waives the benefit of all such
laws, and covenants that none of them will hinder, delay or impede the execution
of any power herein granted to the Collateral Agent, but will suffer and permit
the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. Each
of the Company, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, for itself and all
who may claim under it, waives (in each case to the extent permitted by
applicable law) all right to have the Collateral marshalled upon any foreclosure
hereof, and agrees that
62
<PAGE> 68
any court having jurisdiction to foreclose this Agreement may order the sale of
the Collateral as an entirety without the marshalling thereof.
Section 6.05. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the
Collateral Agent has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy
under this Agreement, and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for
any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Collateral Agent, then and
in every such case the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee
shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally
and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights
and remedies of the Collateral Agent shall continue as though no such proceeding
had been instituted.
Section 6.06. Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy
herein conferred upon or reserved to the Collateral Agent is intended to be
exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy
given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or otherwise, and
each and every right, power and remedy, whether specifically herein given or
otherwise existing, may be exercised from time to time and as often and in such
order as may be deemed expedient by the Collateral Agent, and the exercise or
the beginning of the exercise of any power or remedy shall not be construed to
be a waiver of the right to exercise at the same time or thereafter any other
right, power or remedy.
Section 6.07. Control by Financial Security. So long as
no Financial Security Insolvency has occurred and no Financial Security Default
has occurred and is continuing, Financial Security shall, upon the occurrence
and during the continuation of any of the Servicer Default described in Section
8.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, subject to Article V hereof, have the
right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy available to the Collateral Agent hereunder or otherwise or exercising
any trust or power conferred upon the Collateral Agent hereunder provided that:
(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with
any rule of law or with this Agreement or the Sale and Servicing
Agreement; and
63
<PAGE> 69
(2) such Collateral Agent may take any other
action deemed proper by such Collateral Agent that is not inconsistent
with such direction.
Section 6.08. Proceeds Agent as Custodian and Bailee of
Collateral Agent. In order to facilitate the making of payments under the
Contracts, such payments shall be deposited by the Master Servicer in the
Collection Account or the Holding Account, and certain amounts in the Collection
Account shall be deposited in the Spread Account, in accordance with the Sale
and Servicing Agreement. The Proceeds Agent shall retain all proceeds deposited
in the Collection Account, the Spread Account and Holding Account as custodian
and bailee of the Collateral Agent for Financial Security. Financial Security
hereby acknowledges that the Proceeds Agent will also hold all such proceeds for
the benefit of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders. Solely for purposes
of perfection under Section 9-305 of the UCC, Financial Security and the
Proceeds Agent hereby acknowledge that the Proceeds Agent is acting as agent and
bailee of the Collateral Agent for Financial Security in holding such property
in the Collection Account, the Spread Account and the Holding Account, and any
other items constituting a part of the Collateral which from time to time come
into the possession of the Proceeds Agent. It is intended that, by the Proceeds
Agent's acceptance of such custodianship and bailment pursuant to this
Agreement, the Collateral Agent for Financial Security, as secured party, will
be deemed to have possession of such Collateral, items, moneys and such other
items for purposes of Section 9-305 of the UCC.
Section 6.09. Indemnification of Collateral Agent.
Financial Security hereby indemnifies and holds the Collateral Agent harmless
from and against any and all judgments, claims, defenses, charges, losses,
liabilities, costs or expenses that the Collateral Agent may incur or that may
be claimed against the Collateral Agent by any Person by reason of any action
taken, or any failure to act, in connection with the duties and responsibilities
of the Collateral Agent under the terms of this Agreement; provided, however,
that Financial Security shall not be required to indemnify the Collateral Agent
pursuant to this Section for any judgments, claims, defenses, charges, losses,
liabilities, costs or expenses to the extent caused by such Collateral Agent's
willful misconduct or gross negligence in any action taken, or any failure to
act, in connection with the duties and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent
under the terms of this Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall have the right to
retain counsel in any
64
<PAGE> 70
action for which indemnification from Financial Security is provided herein, and
the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall constitute costs and
expenses of such Collateral Agent for which indemnification from Financial
Security is provided herein. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to submit a
written request, with supporting documentation, for any amounts expended by it
for which indemnification is provided herein, as such amounts are expended or on
a periodic basis, as the Collateral Agent shall choose, and Financial Security
shall reimburse to the Collateral Agent the amount specified in each such
written request promptly. The indemnity agreements contained in this Section
shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the
termination of this Agreement.
Section 6.10. Compensation Payable to Collateral Agent.
In consideration of the Collateral Agent's services to be rendered hereunder,
the Master Servicer agrees to pay to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of
Financial Security, the compensation set forth in a separate letter agreement
dated as of the date hereof between the Master Servicer and the Collateral Agent
incorporated herein by this reference. The Collateral Agent acknowledges,
notwithstanding the fact that, in the event that payments from the Collection
Account are insufficient, it shall look solely to the Master Servicer for
payment of its compensation hereunder, that the Collateral Agent is acting
solely as the agent for Financial Security for purposes of this Agreement.
Failure by the Master Servicer to pay the Collateral Agent's compensation
hereunder shall not cause this Agreement to be cancelled, void or voidable or
otherwise terminated or otherwise affect the Collateral Agent's obligations
hereunder.
Section 6.11. Protection of Financial Security's Security
Interest.
(a) The Company shall execute and file (or cause to
be executed and filed) such financing statements and execute and file (or cause
to be executed and filed) such continuation statements, against the Company, all
in such manner and in such places as may be required by law (whether in the
event of a change of the Company's name, identity or corporate structure, or
otherwise) fully to preserve, maintain, and protect the interest of Financial
Security in the Collateral. The Company shall deliver (or cause to be delivered)
to Financial Security file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any
document filed as provided above, as soon as available following such filing.
65
<PAGE> 71
(b) The Company shall not change its name, identity,
or corporate structure in any manner that would, could, or might make any
financing statement or continuation statement filed by the Company, in
accordance with paragraph (a) above, seriously misleading within the meaning of
Section 9-402(7) of the UCC, unless it shall have given the Collateral Agent and
Financial Security at least 60 days' prior written notice thereof.
(c) The Company shall give Financial Security at
least 60 days' prior written notice of any relocation of its principal executive
offices if, as a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC
would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or
continuation statement or of any new financing statement. The Company shall at
all times maintain each office from which it shall service the Contracts, and
its principal executive office, within the United States of America.
(d) Upon request, the Company shall furnish to
Financial Security, within seven Business Days, a list of the Contracts then
held as part of the Trust, together with a reconciliation of such list to the
Schedule of Contracts and to each of the Master Servicer's certificates
furnished pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement before such request;
provided, however, that Financial Security shall not make such request more than
four times in any calendar year. Neither the Company nor the Master Servicer
shall grant a security interest in, or lien upon, or in any manner encumber the
Collateral, or release or waive the security interest granted herein, except as
contemplated herein.
(e) In the event that either the Master Servicer or
the Company relocates its principal executive office, the Company shall provide
an Opinion of Counsel to Financial Security, in form and substance satisfactory
to Financial Security, to the effect that upon the filing of any necessary
amendment to any previously filed financing or continuation statement or a new
financing statement, the Collateral Agent's security interest in the Collateral
granted hereunder shall remain valid and effective.
(f) The Company shall pay all reasonable costs and
disbursements in connection with the perfection and the maintenance of
perfection, as against all third parties, of Financial Security's right, and
security interest in and to the Collateral.
66
<PAGE> 72
Section 6.12. Representations and Warranties of Indenture
Trustee. The representations and warranties of the Indenture Trustee, made as
Indenture Trustee, in Section 6.13 of the Indenture are incorporated by
reference herein as if set forth in full herein and Financial Security may rely
upon such representations and warranties.
Section 6.13. Certain Guaranties. Each of the Indenture
Trustee and the Master Servicer agrees that it (i) shall not treat any ledger
account or deposit account as an "Eligible Account" by reason of a guaranty of
the type described in clause (ii)(a) of the definition of "Eligible Account" in
the Sale and Servicing Agreement unless Financial Security shall have previously
approved in writing the form of such guaranty and (ii) shall not treat any
investment as an "Eligible Investment" by reason of a guaranty of the type
described in clause (iii)(b) or clause (vii) of the definition of "Eligible
Investments" in the Sale and Servicing Agreement unless Financial Security shall
have previously approved in writing the form of such guaranty.
ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Section 7.01. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of
the following events shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:
(a) any demand for payment shall be made under either
of the Policies;
(b) any representation or warranty made by the Trust,
the Company, WFS, WII under any of the Transaction Agreements, or in any
certificate or report furnished under any of the Transaction Agreements, shall
prove to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect, provided however, a
violation of Section 3.01(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement as to which the
Company shall have in a timely manner cured or repurchased the Contract as to
each such Financed Vehicle pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder;
(c) (i) the Trust, WII, the Company or WFS shall
fail to pay when due any amount payable by the Company or WFS under any of the
Transaction Agreements (other than payments of principal and
67
<PAGE> 73
interest on the Notes and the Certificates); (ii) the Trust, WII, the Company or
WFS shall have asserted that any of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a
party is not valid and binding on the parties thereto; or (iii) any court,
governmental authority or agency having jurisdiction over any of the parties to
any of the Transaction Agreements or property thereof shall find or rule that
any material provision of any of the Transaction Agreements is not valid and
binding on the parties thereto; provided that as a result of such finding or
ruling the rights or remedies of Financial Security under this Agreement shall
have been directly or indirectly impaired in any material respect;
(d) the Trust, WII, the Company or WFS shall fail to
perform or observe any other covenant or agreement contained in any of the
Transaction Agreements (except for the obligations described under clause (b) or
(c) above) and such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after written
notice given to the Trust, WII, the Company or WFS (as applicable); provided
that, if such failure shall be of a nature that it cannot be cured within 30
days, such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder if within
such 30-day period such party shall have given notice to Financial Security of
corrective action it proposes to take, which corrective action is agreed in
writing by Financial Security to be satisfactory and such party shall thereafter
pursue such corrective action diligently until such default is cured, and
provided further as a result of such failure the rights or remedies of Financial
Security under this Agreement shall have been directly or indirectly impaired in
any material respect;
(e) there shall have occurred an "Event of Default"
as specified in Section 5.01 of the Indenture;
(f) the Trust shall adopt a voluntary plan of
liquidation or shall fail to pay its debts generally as they come due, or shall
admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a
general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall institute any
proceeding seeking to adjudicate the Trust insolvent or seeking a liquidation,
or shall take advantage of any insolvency act, or shall commence a case or other
proceeding naming the Trust as debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code or
similar law, domestic or foreign, or a case or other proceeding shall be
commenced against the Trust under the United States Bankruptcy Code or similar
law, domestic or foreign, or any proceeding shall be instituted against the
Trust seeking liquidation of its assets and the Trust shall fail to take
68
<PAGE> 74
appropriate action resulting in the withdrawal or dismissal of such proceeding
within 30 days or there shall be appointed or the Trust consent to, or acquiesce
in, the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar
official in respect of the Trust or the whole or any substantial part of its
properties or assets, or the Trust shall take any corporate action in
furtherance of any of the foregoing or the Trust terminates pursuant to Section
9.02 of the Trust Agreement;
(g) the Trust becomes taxable as an association (or
publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal or state
income tax purposes;
(h) on any Distribution Date, the sum of Net
Collections with respect to such Distribution Date and the amounts available in
the Spread Account is less than the sum of the amounts payable on such
Distribution Date pursuant to clauses (i) through (ix) of Section 5.05 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement; and
Section 7.02. Remedies; Waivers.
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,
Financial Security may exercise any one or more of the rights and remedies set
forth below:
(i) declare all indebtedness of every type or
description owed by the Trust, the Company, WFS or WII to Financial
Security, including, without limitation, the entire outstanding balance
of further installments of the Premium, to be immediately due and
payable, and shall there upon be immediately due and payable; and
(ii) the Collateral Agent, subject to Article V
hereof, shall have the right to take any action or initiate any
proceeding at law or equity available to it to enforce the terms of
this Agreement.
(b) Financial Security shall have the right, to be
exercised in its complete discretion, to waive any Event of Default hereunder,
by a writing setting forth terms, conditions, and extent of such waiver signed
by Financial Security and delivered to an Authorized Officer of the Company.
Unless such writing expressly provides to the contrary, any waiver so granted
shall extend only to the specific event or occurrence that gave rise to the
Event of
69
<PAGE> 75
Default so waived and not to any other similar event or occurrence that occurs
subsequent to the date of such waiver.
(c) Unless otherwise expressly provided, no remedy
herein conferred upon or reserved is intended to be exclusive of any other
available remedy, but each remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition
to other remedies given under the Transaction Agreements or existing at law or
in equity. No delay or failure to exercise any right or power accruing under any
Transaction Agreements upon the occurrence of any Event of Default or otherwise
shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver
thereof, but any such right and power may be exercised from time to time and as
often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle Financial Security to
exercise any remedy reserved to Financial Security in this Article, it shall not
be necessary to give any notice.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 8.01. Amendments, Changes and Modifications.
This Agreement may be amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated only by
written instrument or written instruments signed by the parties hereto.
Section 8.02. Notices. All notices, certificates or other
communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
duly given when delivered by hand, sent by overnight courier, or sent by
certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested,
addressed to the appropriate Notice Address. A duplicate copy of each notice,
certificate or other communication given hereunder to the Company, WFS, WII,
Financial Security, the Trust, the Indenture Trustee or the Collateral Agent
shall also be given to each of the others. Each party hereto may, by telecopy
notice or by such other notice described hereunder, designate any further or
different address to which subsequent notices, certificates or other
communications shall be sent without any requirement of execution of any
amendment to this Agreement.
Section 8.03. Method of Payment. Except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, all payments to be made hereunder shall be made by
wire transfer or by certified or bank check payable to the appropriate party.
70
<PAGE> 76
Section 8.04. Further Assurances and Corrective
Instruments.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the
parties hereto agree that they will, from time to time, execute, acknowledge and
deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, such supplements
hereto and such further instruments as Financial Security may reasonably request
and as may be reasonably required in Financial Security's judgment to effectuate
the intention of or facilitate the performance of this Agreement and to protect
the interests of Financial Security and the Collateral Agent, including, without
limitation, the creation and maintenance of Financial Security's security
interest in the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement. The Company and the Master Servicer hereby authorize
the Collateral Agent to file, at the direction of Financial Security, financing
statements and amendments thereto relating to all or any part of the Collateral
without the signature of an officer of such entity where permitted by law in
order to maintain and perfect the security interests granted by this Agreement.
(b) In order to facilitate the servicing of the
Contracts by the Master Servicer, the Master Servicer is hereby authorized, in
the name and on behalf of Financial Security, the Trust, the Indenture Trustee
and the Company, to execute instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of
partial or full release or discharge, and other comparable instruments with
respect to the Contracts and with respect to the Financed Vehicles (and the
Indenture Trustee shall execute any such documents on request of the Master
Servicer), subject to the obligations of the Master Servicer under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.
Section 8.05. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall
continue in effect until the later of (a) the date on which Financial Security
has no further liability under the Policies or (b) the date on which each
Western Entity shall have paid or caused to be paid to Financial Security all
amounts to be paid by such Western Entity hereunder.
Section 8.06. Assignments; Third-Party Rights;
Reinsurance.
(a) This Agreement shall be a continuing obligation
of the parties hereto and shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
71
<PAGE> 77
permitted assigns. Neither the Company, WFS, WII, nor the Collateral Agent may
assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement, or delegate any of its
duties hereunder, without the prior written consent of Financial Security. Any
assignment made in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void.
(b) Financial Security shall have the right to give
participations in its rights under this Agreement and to enter into contracts of
reinsurance with respect to the Policies upon such terms and conditions as
Financial Security may in its discretion determine; provided, however, that no
such participation or reinsurance agreement or arrangement shall relieve
Financial Security of any of its obligations hereunder or under the Policies and
provided further that Financial Security shall reimburse the Company, WFS or
WII, as the case may be, for any expense incurred by such Western Entity in
connection with the giving by Financial Security of participations or the
entering into such contracts of reinsurance.
(c) In addition, Financial Security shall be
entitled to assign or pledge to any bank or other lender providing liquidity or
credit with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction
Agreements or this Agreement or the obligations of Financial Security in
connection therewith any rights of Financial Security under the Transaction
Agreements or this Agreement or with respect to any real or personal property or
other interests pledged to Financial Security, or in which Financial Security
has a security interest, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the
Transaction Agreements or this Agreement; provided that Financial Security shall
reimburse the Company, WFS or WII, as the case may be, for any expense incurred
by either such Western Entity in connection with the making by Financial
Security of any such assignment or pledge.
(d) Except as provided herein with respect to
participants and reinsurers, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any right,
remedy or claim, express or implied, upon any Person, including, particularly,
any Noteholder or Certificateholder, other than Financial Security, against the
Company, WFS or WII, and all the terms, covenants, conditions, promises and
agreements contained herein shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the
parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns. Neither the Owner
Trustee or the Indenture Trustee nor any Noteholder or Certificateholder shall
have any right to payment from any premiums
72
<PAGE> 78
paid or payable hereunder or from any other amounts paid by the Company, WFS or
WII pursuant to Section 3.03 or 3.04 hereof.
Section 8.07. Consent of Financial Security. In the event
that Financial Security's consent is required under the terms hereof, or under
the terms of any other Transaction Agreement, it is understood and agreed that,
except as otherwise provided expressly herein or in any other Transaction
Agreement, the determination whether to grant or withhold such consent shall be
made solely by Financial Security in its absolute discretion.
Section 8.08. Right to Enforce Sale and Servicing
Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge that Financial Security is a
beneficiary of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and without limiting or
restricting any of the provisions thereof or hereof, Financial Security shall
have the right to enforce the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement to
the extent that it could if it were a signatory of such agreement.
Section 8.09. WFS and WII as Parties Only for Certain
Provisions.
(a) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that WFS is joined as a
party to this Agreement solely for purposes of Sections 2.08, 2.11, 3.02, 3.06,
3.07, 3.08, 3.09, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12 and 6.13 of this Agreement and the other
Sections contained in Article VII of this Agreement.
(b) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that WII is joined as a
party to this Agreement solely for purposes of Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 3.02,
3.07 and 3.08, of this Agreement and the other Sections contained in Article VII
of this
Agreement.
Section 8.10. Severability. In the event that any
provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court
of competent jurisdiction, the parties hereto agree that such holding shall not
invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision hereof. The parties
hereto further agree that the holding by any court of competent jurisdiction
that any remedy pursued by Financial Security hereunder is unavailable or
unenforceable shall not affect in any way the ability of Financial Security to
pursue any other remedy available to it.
73
<PAGE> 79
Section 8.11. Reports. Any report, certificate, statement
or notice which the Company, WFS as the Master Servicer, and any successor
Master Servicer, is required to provide to the Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee,
Noteholders or the Certificateholders under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
shall also be provided to Financial Security within the same time period
specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Section 8.12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be
executed in counterparts by the parties hereto and each such counterpart shall
be considered an original and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the
same instrument.
Section 8.13. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be
construed, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
shall be determined, in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Section 8.14. Headings. The headings of articles and
sections and the table of contents contained in this Agreement are provided for
convenience only. They form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its
construction or interpretation. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to
articles and sections in this Agreement refer to the corresponding articles and
sections of this Agreement.
Section 8.15. Trial by Jury Waived. EACH PARTY HERETO
HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF, UNDER
OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS OR ANY OF THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREUNDER. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO
REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY
OR OTHERWISE, THAT IT WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE
FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THE
TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THIS
WAIVER.
Section 8.16. Limited Liability. No recourse under any
Transaction Agreement shall be had against, and no personal liability shall
attach to, any officer, employee, director, affiliate or shareholder of any
party hereto, as such, by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or
equitable proceeding, by virtue of any statute or otherwise in respect of any
74
<PAGE> 80
of the Transaction Agreements, the Notes, the Certificates or the Policies, it
being expressly agreed and understood that each Transaction Agreement is solely
a corporate obligation of each party hereto, and that any and all personal
liability, either in common law or in equity, or by statute or constitution, of
every such officer, employee, director, affiliate or shareholder for breaches by
any party hereto of any obligations under any Transaction Agreement is hereby
expressly waived as a condition of and in consideration for the execution and
delivery of this Agreement.
Section 8.17. Limited Liability of The Chase Manhattan
Bank (USA). It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a)
this Agreement is executed and delivered by The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA) not
individually or personally but solely as Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust,
(b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the
part of the Trust is made and intended not as personal representations,
undertakings and agreements by The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA), but are made and
intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust Estate, (c) nothing herein
contained shall be construed as creating any liability on The Chase Manhattan
Bank (USA), individually or personally, to perform any covenant of the Trust
either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being
expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any person claiming by, through or
under such parties and (d) under no circumstances shall The Chase Manhattan Bank
(USA) be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of
the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation,
representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under this
Agreement.
Section 8.18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the
Policies set forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the
subject matter thereof, and this Agreement supersedes and replaces any agreement
or understanding that may have existed between the parties prior to the date
hereof in respect of such subject matter.
75
<PAGE> 81
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed
this Agreement as of the day and year first above mentioned.
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
By: THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA)
not in its individual capacity, but
solely in its capacity as Owner
Trustee under the Trust Agreement
By:
------------------------------------------------------
Title:
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.
By:
------------------------------------------------------
Title:
WFS FINANCIAL INC
By:
------------------------------------------------------
Title:
WESTCORP INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:
------------------------------------------------------
Title:
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
By:
------------------------------------------------------
Title: Authorized Officer
<PAGE> 82
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as Collateral Agent, Proceeds Agent
and Indenture Trustee
By:
------------------------------------------------------
Title:
77
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.4
[FORM OF FSA NOTE POLICY]
FINANCIAL
SECURITY FINANCIAL GUARANTY
ASSURANCE(R) INSURANCE POLICY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
OBLIGOR: WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust Policy No.: __________
OBLIGATIONS: $__________ ___% Money Market Auto Receivable Date of Issuance: __________
</TABLE>
Backed Notes, Class A-1,
$_______________ ___% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-2,
$_______________ ___% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-3,
$_______________ ___% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-4,
$_______________ ___% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-5,
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. ("Financial Security"), for
consideration received, hereby UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY GUARANTEES to
each Holder, subject only to the terms of this Policy (which includes each
endorsement hereto), the full and complete payment by the Obligor of Scheduled
Payments of principal of, and interest on, the Obligations.
For the further protection of each Holder, Financial Security
irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees:
(a) payment of the amount of any distribution of principal of, or
interest on, the Obligations made during the Term of this Policy to such Holder
that is subsequently avoided in whole or in part as a preference payment under
applicable law (such payment to be made by Financial Security in accordance with
Endorsement No. 1 hereto).
(b) payment of any amount required to be paid under this Policy by
Financial Security following Financial Security's receipt of notice as described
in Endorsement No. 1 hereto.
Financial Security shall be subrogated to the rights of each Holder to
receive payments under the Obligations to the extent of any payment by Financial
Security hereunder.
Except to the extent expressly modified by an endorsement hereto, the
following terms shall have the meanings specified for all purposes of this
Policy. "Holder" means the registered owner of any Obligation as indicated on
the registration books maintained by or on behalf of the Obligor for such
purpose or, if the Obligation is in bearer form, the holder of the Obligation.
"Scheduled Payments" means payments which are scheduled to be made during the
Term of this Policy in accordance with the original terms of the Obligations
when issued and without regard to any amendment or modification of such
Obligations thereafter; payments which become due on an accelerated basis as a
result of (a) a default by the Obligor, (b) an election by the Obligor to pay
principal on an accelerated basis or (c) any other cause, shall not constitute
"Scheduled Payments" unless Financial Security shall elect, in its sole
discretion, to pay such principal due upon such acceleration together with any
accrued interest to the date of acceleration. "Term of this Policy" shall have
the meaning set forth in Endorsement No. 1 hereto.
This Policy sets forth in full the undertaking of Financial Security,
and shall not be modified, altered or affected by any other agreement or
instrument, including any modification or amendment thereto, or by the merger,
consolidation or dissolution of the Obligor. Except to the extent expressly
modified by an endorsement hereto, the premiums paid in respect of this Policy
are nonrefundable for any reason whatsoever, including payment, or provision
being made for payment, of the Obligations prior to maturity. This Policy may
not be cancelled or revoked during the Term of this Policy. THIS POLICY IS NOT
COVERED BY THE PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE SECURITY FUND SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76
OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW.
In witness whereof, FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. has caused this
Policy to be executed on its behalf by its Authorized Officer.
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
<PAGE> 2
By
------------------------------
AUTHORIZED OFFICER
A subsidiary of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.
350 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022-6022 (212) 826-0100
Form 100NY (5/89)
<PAGE> 3
ENDORSEMENT NO. 1
FINANCIAL SECURITY 350 Park Avenue
ASSURANCE INC. New York, New York 10022
OBLIGOR: WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust
OBLIGATIONS: $__________ ____% Money Market Auto
Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-1,
$___________ ____% Auto Receivable Backed
Notes, Class A-2, $___________ ____% Auto
Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-3, and
$__________ ____% Auto Receivable Backed
Notes, Class A-4
Date of Issuance: June __, 1996
Policy No.: ________
1. Definitions. For all purposes of this Policy, the terms
specified below shall have the meanings or constructions provided below.
Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings
ascribed to such terms in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1,
1996, by and among the Trust, WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc., as Seller, and WFS
Financial Inc, as Master Servicer (as amended from time to time in accordance
with its terms, the "Sale and Servicing Agreement") or, if not defined therein,
then in the Indenture, dated as of June 1, 1996, by and between the Trust and
Bankers Trust Company, unless the context shall otherwise require.
"Business Day" means any day other than (i) a Saturday or
Sunday, or (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.
"Guaranteed Payments" means, as to each Distribution Date, the
amount equal to the sum of (i) the Guaranteed RIC Payments for such Distribution
Date and (ii) the Scheduled Payments for such Distribution Date less the amount
of any payment under this Policy of the Guaranteed RIC Payments for such
Distribution Date that is required to be applied pursuant to the Sale and
<PAGE> 4
Servicing Agreement to pay such Scheduled Payments; provided, however, that the
aggregate amount of payments guaranteed to be paid under this Policy shall not
exceed the Outstanding Amount of the Notes plus all interest thereon.
"Guaranteed RIC Payments" means (i) with respect to the first
Distribution Date to occur during any period in which Financial Security's
claims-paying ability is not rated Aa2 or higher by Moody's and AAA by Standard
& Poor's and amounts in the Collection Account, Note Distribution Account,
Certificate Distribution Account and the Spread Account shall have been invested
in the RIC pursuant to Section 2(a) thereof, an amount equal to the RIC Payment
Amount for such Distribution Date, (ii) with respect to the second Distribution
Date to occur during any period in which Financial Security's claims-paying
ability is not rated Aa2 or higher by Moody's and AAA by Standard & Poor's and
amounts in the Collection Account in respect of such second Distribution Date
shall have been invested in the RIC pursuant to Section 2(a) thereof, an amount
equal to the Supplemental RIC Payment Amount for such second Distribution Date,
and (iii) with respect to any other date, zero; provided, however, that with
respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, the amount payable in respect of the
Guaranteed RIC Payments under this Policy on any Distribution Date shall not
exceed the Scheduled Payments for such Distribution Date.
"Indenture Trustee" means Bankers Trust Company, as trustee
under the Indenture, and any successor in such capacity.
"Policy" means this Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy and
includes each endorsement thereto.
"Receipt" and "Received" mean actual delivery to Financial
Security and to the Fiscal Agent (as defined below), if any, prior to 12:00
noon, New York City time, on a Business Day; delivery either on a day that is
not a Business Day, or after 12:00 noon, New York City time, shall be deemed to
be receipt on the next succeeding Business Day. If any notice or certificate
given hereunder by the Indenture Trustee is not in proper form or is not
properly completed, executed or delivered, it shall be deemed not to have been
Received, and Financial Security or its Fiscal Agent shall promptly so notify
the Indenture Trustee and the Indenture Trustee may submit an amended notice.
2
<PAGE> 5
"RIC" means the Reinvestment Contract, dated as of June 1,
1996, between Western Financial Savings Bank, F.S.B. and the Indenture Trustee,
as in effect on the date of this Policy and without regard to any amendment or
modification of the RIC except amendments or modifications to which Financial
Security has given its prior written consent.
"RIC Payment Amount" means, as to any Distribution Date,
certain obligations due and owing under the RIC for such Distribution Date in an
amount equal to the sum of (A) the Spread Account Invested Funds (as defined in
the RIC) plus the Holding Account Deposited Funds (as defined in the RIC) and
(B) the amount that is equal to the lesser of (a) the Specified Account Invested
Funds (as defined in the RIC) and (b) the amount by which (i) the sum of (x) the
aggregate amount due and owing on such Distribution Date to the Holders of the
Notes and the Certificates, (y) the amount (if any) required to be deposited out
of Excess Amounts into the Spread Account on such Distribution Date (after
giving effect to distributions and other payments required to have been made on
such date prior to such required deposit and assuming that the Spread Account
Invested Funds were available in the Spread Account for such date), and (z) the
amount of Servicing Fee due and owing to the Master Servicer on such date
exceeds (ii) the Net Collections for such Distribution Date that are otherwise
on deposit in the Collection Account and available for payment of the amounts
referred to in clause (i) above pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Scheduled Payments" means, as to each Distribution Date, the
payment to be made to Holders in accordance with the original terms of the
Obligations when issued and without regard to any subsequent amendment or
modification of the Obligations or of the Indenture, except amendments or
modifications to which Financial Security has given its prior written consent,
in an amount equal to (i) the Note Interest Distributable Amount and (ii) the
Note Principal Distributable Amount. Scheduled Payments do not include payments
which become due on an accelerated basis as a result of (a) a default by the
Obligor, (b) any election to pay principal on an accelerated basis, (c) the
occurrence of an Event of Default under the Indenture or (d) any other cause,
unless Financial Security elects, in its sole discretion, to pay in whole or in
part such principal due upon acceleration, together with any accrued interest to
the date of acceleration. In the event Financial Security does not so elect,
this Policy will continue to guarantee payment on the Notes in accordance with
their original terms.
3
<PAGE> 6
Scheduled Payments shall not include any portion of a Note Interest
Distributable Amount due to Noteholders because a notice and certificate in
proper form as required by paragraph 2 hereof was not timely Received by
Financial Security, unless, in each case, Financial Security elects, in its sole
discretion, to pay such amount in whole or in part. Scheduled Payments shall not
include any amounts due in respect of the Obligations attributable to any
increase in Interest Rate, penalty or other sum payable by the Obligor by reason
of any default or event of default in respect of the Obligations, or by reason
of any deterioration of the credit worthiness of the Obligor, nor shall
Scheduled Payments include, nor shall coverage be provided under this Policy in
respect of, any taxes, withholding or other charge with respect to any Holder
imposed by any governmental authority due in connection with the payment of any
Scheduled Payment to a Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
"Scheduled Payments" that appears on the face of the Policy (and only on the
face of the Policy) shall mean "Guaranteed Payments" as such term is defined in
this Endorsement No. 1 to the Policy.
"Supplemental RIC Payment Amount" means, as to the first
Distribution Date following the Distribution Date (if any) on which the
Guaranteed RIC Payment shall have been equal to the RIC Payment Amount, the
amount that is equal to the lesser of (A) the amount of remaining Specified
Account Invested Funds (if any) that is required to be a part of the Net
Collections for such Distribution Date and (B) the amount (if any) by which (i)
the sum of (x) the aggregate amount due and owing on such Distribution Date to
Holders of the Notes and the Certificates plus (y) the amount (if any) required
to be deposited out of Excess Amounts into the Spread Account on such
Distribution Date (after giving effect to distributions and other payments
required to have been made on such date prior to such required deposit) exceeds
(ii) the Net Collections for such Distribution Date that are otherwise on
deposit in the Collection Account and available for payment of the amounts
referred to in clause (i) above pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Term of this Policy" means the period from and including the
Closing Date to and including the date on which (i) all Scheduled Payments have
been paid or deemed to be paid within the meaning of Section 4.01 of the
Indenture, (ii) any period during which any Scheduled Payment could have been
voided in whole or in part as a preference payment under applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, receivership or similar law has expired, and (iii) if
4
<PAGE> 7
any proceedings requisite to voidance as a preference payment have been
commenced prior to the occurrence of (i) and (ii), a final and nonappealable
order in resolution of each such proceeding has been entered.
2. Notices and Conditions to Payment in Respect of Guaranteed
Payments. Following Receipt by Financial Security of a notice and certificate
from the Trustee in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Endorsement,
Financial Security will pay any amount payable hereunder in respect of
Guaranteed Payments out of the funds of Financial Security on the later to occur
of (a) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the fourth Business Day following
Receipt of such notice and certificate and (b) 12:00 noon, New York City time,
on the Distribution Date to which such claim relates. Payments due hereunder, in
respect of Guaranteed Payments, will be disbursed by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the Indenture Trustee.
Financial Security shall be entitled to pay any amount
hereunder in respect of Guaranteed Payments, including any acceleration payment,
whether or not any notice and certificate shall have been Received by Financial
Security as provided above. Financial Security's obligations hereunder in
respect of Guaranteed Payments shall be discharged to the extent funds are
disbursed by Financial Security as provided herein, whether or not such funds
are properly applied by the Indenture Trustee.
3. Notices and Conditions to Payment in Respect of Guaranteed
Payments Avoided as Preference Payments. If any Guaranteed Payments is avoided
as a preference payment under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or
similar law, Financial Security will pay such amount out of the funds of
Financial Security on the later of (a) the date when due to be paid pursuant to
the Order referred to below or (b) the first to occur of (A) the fourth Business
Day following Receipt by Financial Security from the Indenture Trustee of (a) a
certified copy of the order of the court or other governmental body which
exercised jurisdiction to the effect that (i) the Holder is required to return
payments of principal of or interest paid on the Obligations or (ii) the
Indenture Trustee is required to return payments of the RIC Payment Amount or
the Supplemental RIC Payment Amount paid under the RIC, during (in each case)
the Term of this Policy because such distributions or payments were avoidable as
preference payments under applicable bankruptcy law (the "Order"), (b) a
certificate of the Holder (or, in the case of the RIC, of the
5
<PAGE> 8
Indenture Trustee) that the Order has been entered and is not subject to any
stay and (c) an assignment duly executed and delivered by the Holder (or, in the
case of the RIC, by the Indenture Trustee), in such form as is reasonably
required by Financial Security and provided by Financial Security (i) to the
Holder irrevocably assigning to Financial Security all rights and claims of the
Holder relating to or arising under the Obligations or (ii) to the Indenture
Trustee irrevocably assigning to Financial Security all rights and claims of the
Indenture Trustee relating to or arising under the RIC, to the extent of the RIC
Payment Amount and the Supplemental RIC Payment Amount, as the case may be, in
each case (as to clauses (i) and (ii)) against the debtor which made such
preference payment or otherwise with respect to such preference payment or (B)
the date of Receipt by Financial Security from the Indenture Trustee of the
items referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above if, at least four Business
Days prior to such date of Receipt, Financial Security shall have Received
written notice from the Indenture Trustee that such items were to be delivered
on such date and such date was specified in such notice. Such payment shall be
disbursed to the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in
bankruptcy named in the Order, and not to the Indenture Trustee or any Holder
directly (unless a Holder (or, in the case of the RIC, the Indenture Trustee)
has previously paid such amount to the receiver, conservator,
debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named in the Order, in which case
such payment shall be disbursed to the Indenture Trustee for distribution to
such Holder (or, in the case of the RIC, for application in accordance with the
Sale and Servicing Agreement) upon proof of such payment reasonably satisfactory
to Financial Security). In connection with the foregoing, Financial Security
shall have the rights provided pursuant to Section 5.19 of the Indenture.
4. Governing Law. This Policy shall be governed by, and shall
be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without
giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
5. Fiscal Agent. At any time during the Term of this Policy,
Financial Security may appoint a fiscal agent (the "Fiscal Agent") for purposes
of this Policy by written notice to the Indenture Trustee at the notice address
specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement specifying the name and notice
address of the Fiscal Agent. From and after the date of receipt of such notice
by the Indenture Trustee, (i) copies of all notices and documents
6
<PAGE> 9
required to be delivered to Financial Security pursuant to this Policy shall be
simultaneously delivered to the Fiscal Agent and to Financial Security and shall
not be deemed Received until Received by both and (ii) all payments required to
be made by Financial Security under this Policy may be made directly by
Financial Security or by the Fiscal Agent on behalf of Financial Security. The
Fiscal Agent is the agent of Financial Security only and the Fiscal Agent shall
in no event be liable to any Holder for any acts of the Fiscal Agent or any
failure of Financial Security to deposit, or cause to be deposited, sufficient
funds to make payments when due under this Policy.
6. Waiver of Defenses. To the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, Financial Security agrees not to assert, and hereby waives, for
the benefit of each Holder, all rights (whether by counterclaim, set-off or
otherwise) and defenses (including, without limitation, the defense of fraud),
whether acquired by subrogation, assignment or otherwise, to the extent that
such rights and defenses may be available to Financial Security to avoid payment
of its obligations under this Policy in accordance with the express provisions
of this Policy.
7. Notices. All notices to be given hereunder shall be in
writing (except as otherwise specifically provided herein) and shall be mailed
by registered mail or personally delivered or telecopied to Financial Security
as follows:
Financial Security Assurance Inc.
350 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Senior Vice President - Surveillance
Telecopy No.: (212) 339-3518
Confirmation: (212) 826-0100
Financial Security may specify a different address or
addresses by writing mailed or delivered to the Trustee.
8. Priorities. In the event that any term or provision of the
face of this Policy is inconsistent with the provisions of this Endorsement, the
provisions of this Endorsement shall take precedence and shall be binding.
9. Exclusions from Insurance Guaranty Funds. This Policy is
not covered by the Property/Casualty Insurance Security Fund specified in
Article 76 of the New York Insurance Law. This
7
<PAGE> 10
Policy is not covered by the Florida Insurance Guaranty Association created
under Part II of Chapter 631 of the Florida Insurance Code. In the event that
Financial Security were to become insolvent, any claims arising under this
Policy are excluded from coverage by the California Insurance Guaranty
Association, established pursuant to Article 14.2 of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of
Division 1 of the California Insurance Code.
10. Surrender of Policy. The Indenture Trustee shall, upon
request, surrender this Policy to Financial Security for cancellation upon
expiration of the Term of this Policy.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
has caused this Endorsement No. 1 to be executed by its Authorized Officer.
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
By _________________________________
Authorized Officer
<PAGE> 11
EXHIBIT A
CERTIFICATE OF CLAIM
(Letterhead of Trustee)
Dated: _____________________________
Financial Security Assurance Inc.
350 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Senior Vice President
Re: WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust
The undersigned, a duly authorized officer of Bankers Trust
Company (the "Indenture Trustee"), hereby certifies to Financial Security
Assurance Inc. ("Financial Security"), with reference to Financial Guaranty
Insurance Policy No. ________ dated June __, 1996 (the "Policy") issued by
Financial Security in respect of the $__________ ____% Money Market Auto
Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-1, $___________ ____% Auto Receivable Backed
Notes, Class A-2, $___________ ____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-3,
and $__________ ____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-4 (collectively, the
"Obligations") that:
(i) The Indenture Trustee is the Indenture Trustee under
the Indenture for the Holders.
(ii) the sum of all amounts on deposit (or scheduled to
be on deposit) in the Collection Account and Spread Account and
available for application in accordance with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement will be $_________ (the "RIC Shortfall") less than the
Guaranteed RIC Payment. Of such RIC Shortfall, $__________ is
attributable to the Guaranteed RIC Payment amount to be paid to the
Indenture Trustee for deposit into the Collection Account and
$__________ is attributable to Guaranteed RIC Payment amount to be paid
to the Indenture Trustee as collateral agent for deposit into the
Spread Account.
<PAGE> 12
(iii) The sum of all amounts on deposit (or scheduled to
be on deposit) in the Note Distribution Account and available for
distribution to the Holders pursuant to the Indenture will be $________
(the "Note Shortfall") less than the aggregate amount of Scheduled
Payments with respect to [DISTRIBUTION DATE]. Of such Note Shortfall,
$__________ is attributable to Scheduled Payments to be made to Holders
of the Obligations.
(iv) The Indenture Trustee is making a claim under the
Policy [(i) for the RIC Shortfall to be applied to payment of the
Guaranteed RIC Payment and (ii)] for the Note Shortfall to be applied
to distributions of principal or interest or both with respect to the
Obligations.
(v) The Indenture Trustee agrees that, following receipt
of funds from Financial Security, it shall (a) hold such amounts in
trust and apply the same directly to the payment of Guaranteed
Payments; (b) not apply such funds for any other purpose; (c) not
commingle such funds with other funds held by the Indenture Trustee;
and (d) maintain an accurate record of such payments with respect to
each Obligation and with respect to the RIC and the corresponding claim
on the Policy and proceeds thereof and, if the Obligation is required
to be surrendered or presented for such payment, shall stamp on each
such Obligation the legend $"[insert applicable amount] paid by
Financial Security and the balance hereof has been cancelled and
reissued" and then shall deliver such Obligation to Financial Security.
(vi) The Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Holders,
hereby assigns to Financial Security the rights of the Holders with
respect to the Obligations to the extent of any payments under the
Policy, including, without limitation, any amounts due to the Holders
in respect of securities law violations arising from the offer and sale
of the Obligations and any amounts due and owing but unpaid under the
RIC. The foregoing assignment is in addition to, and not in limitation
of, rights of subrogation otherwise available to Financial Security in
respect of such payments. Payments to Financial Security in respect of
the foregoing assignment shall in all cases be subject to and
subordinate to the rights of the Holders to receive all Guaranteed
Payments in respect of the Obligations. The Indenture Trustee shall
take such action and deliver such instruments as may be reasonably
requested or required by
2
<PAGE> 13
Financial Security to effectuate the purpose or provisions of this
clause (vi).
(vii) The Indenture Trustee, on its behalf and on behalf
of the Holders, hereby appoints Financial Security as agent and
attorney-in-fact for the Indenture Trustee and each such Holder in any
legal proceeding with respect to the Obligations. The Indenture Trustee
hereby agrees that Financial Security may at any time during the
continuation of any proceeding by or against any debtor with respect to
which a preference claim (as defined below) or other claim with respect
to the Obligations or the RIC is being asserted under the United States
Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership, rehabilitation or similar law (an "Insolvency
Proceeding") direct all matters relating to such Insolvency Proceeding,
including without limitation, (A) all matters relating to any claim in
connection with an Insolvency Proceeding seeking the avoidance as a
preferential transfer of any payment made with respect to the
Obligations or the RIC (a "Preference Claim"), (B) the direction of any
appeal of any order relating to any Preference Claim at the expense of
Financial Security but subject to reimbursement as provided in the
Insurance Agreement and (C) the posting of any surety, supersedeas or
performance bond pending any such appeal. In addition, the Indenture
Trustee hereby agrees that Financial Security shall be subrogated to,
and the Indenture Trustee on its behalf and on behalf of each Holder,
hereby delegates and assigns, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
the rights of the Indenture Trustee and each Holder in the conduct of
any Insolvency Proceeding, including, without limitation, all rights of
any party to an adversary proceeding or action with respect to any
court order issued in connection with any such Insolvency Proceeding.
(viii) Payment should be made by wire transfer directed
to [SPECIFY ACCOUNT].
Unless the context otherwise requires, any capitalized term
used in this Certificate of Claim shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
Policy, including in the Endorsement thereto.
3
<PAGE> 14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Indenture Trustee has executed and
delivered this Certificate of Claim as of the __________ day of _______________,
19 _____.
_______________________________
not in its individual capacity
but solely as Indenture Trustee
By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:
_____________________________________________________________________________
For Financial Security Assurance Inc. or Fiscal Agent use only.
Wire transfer sent on ___________________________________ by ______________
__________________________ Confirmation Number ____________.
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.5
[FORM OF FSA CERTIFICATE POLICY]
FINANCIAL
SECURITY FINANCIAL GUARANTY
ASSURANCE(R) INSURANCE POLICY
TRUST: WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust Policy No.: __________
CERTIFICATES: $__________ ___% Auto Receivable Date of Issuance: __________
Backed Certificates
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. ("Financial Security"), for
consideration received, hereby UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY GUARANTEES to the
Trustee for the benefit of each Holder, subject only to the terms of this Policy
(which includes each endorsement hereto), the full and complete payment of
Guaranteed Distributions with respect to the Certificates of the Trust referred
to above.
For the further protection of each Holder, Financial Security
irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees payment of the amount of any
distribution of principal or interest with respect to the Certificates made
during the Term of this Policy to such Holder that is subsequently avoided in
whole or in part as a preference payment under applicable law.
Payment of any amount required to be paid under this Policy will be
made following receipt by Financial Security of notice as described in
Endorsement No. 1 hereto.
Financial Security shall be subrogated to the rights of each Holder to
receive distributions with respect to each Certificate held by such Holder to
the extent of any payment by Financial Security hereunder.
Except to the extent expressly modified by Endorsement No. 1 hereto,
the following terms shall have the meanings specified for all purposes of this
Policy. "Holder" means the registered owner of any Certificate as indicated on
the registration books maintained by or on behalf of the Trustee for such
purpose or, if the Certificate is in bearer form, the holder of the Certificate.
"Trustee", Guaranteed Distributions" and "Terms of this Policy" shall have the
meanings set forth in Endorsement No. 1 hereto.
This Policy sets forth in full the undertaking of Financial Security,
and shall not be modified, altered or affected by any other agreement or
instrument, including any modification or amendment thereto. Except to the
extent expressly modified by an endorsement hereto, the premiums paid in respect
of this Policy are nonrefundable for any reason whatsoever. This Policy may not
be cancelled or revoked during the Term of this Policy. An acceleration payment
shall not be due under this Policy unless such acceleration is at the sole
option of Financial Security. THIS POLICY IS NOT COVERED BY THE
PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE SECURITY FUND SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW
YORK INSURANCE LAW.
In witness whereof, FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. has caused this
Policy to be executed on its behalf by its Authorized Officer.
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
<PAGE> 2
By
-----------------------------
AUTHORIZED OFFICER
A subsidiary of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.
350 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022-6022 (212) 826-0100
Form 101NY (5/89)
<PAGE> 3
ENDORSEMENT NO. 1
FINANCIAL SECURITY 350 Park Avenue
ASSURANCE INC. New York, New York 10022
TRUST: WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust
CERTIFICATES: $__________ ____% Auto Receivable Backed
Certificates
Date of Issuance: June __, 1996
Policy No.: ________
1. Definitions. For all purposes of this Policy, the terms
specified below shall have the meanings or constructions provided below.
Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings
ascribed to such terms in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1,
1996, by and among the Trust, WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc., as Seller, and WFS
Financial Inc, as Master Servicer (as may be amended from time to time in
accordance with its terms, the "Sale and Servicing Agreement"), unless the
context shall otherwise require.
"Business Day" means any day other than (i) a Saturday or
Sunday, or (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.
"Guaranteed Certificate Distributions" means, as to each
Distribution Date, the distribution to be made to Holders of the Certificates in
an amount equal to the Certificate Distributable Amount due and payable on such
Distribution Date in accordance with the original terms of the Certificates when
issued and without regard to any amendment or modification of the Certificates,
the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Trust Agreement except amendments or
modifications to which Financial Security has given its prior written consent.
Guaranteed Certificate Distributions shall not include, nor shall coverage be
provided under the Policy in respect of any taxes, withholding or other charges
imposed with respect to any Certificateholder by any governmental entity, or any
payments with respect to the Certificates owned by WII.
<PAGE> 4
"Guaranteed Distributions" means, as to each Distribution
Date, the amount equal to the sum of (i) the Guaranteed RIC Payments for such
Distribution Date and (ii) the Guaranteed Certificate Distribution for such
Distribution Date less the amount of any payment under this Policy of the
Guaranteed RIC Payments for such Distribution Date that is required to be
applied pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement to pay such Guaranteed
Certificate Distribution; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of
payments guaranteed to be paid under this Policy shall not exceed the
Certificate Balance plus all interest thereon.
"Guaranteed RIC Payments" means (i) with respect to the first
Distribution Date to occur during any period in which Financial Security's
claims-paying ability is not rated Aa2 or higher by Moody's and AAA by Standard
& Poor's and amounts in the Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account,
the Certificate Distribution Account and the Spread Account shall have been
invested in the RIC pursuant to Section 2(a) thereof, an amount equal to the RIC
Payment Amount for such Distribution Date, (ii) with respect to the second
Distribution Date to occur during any period in which Financial Security's
claims-paying ability is not rated Aa2 or higher by Moody's and AAA by Standard
& Poor's and amounts in the Collection Account in respect of such second
Distribution Date shall have been invested in the RIC pursuant to Section 2(a)
thereof, an amount equal to the Supplemental RIC Payment Amount for such second
Distribution Date, and (iii) with respect to any other date, zero; provided,
however, that with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above the amount payable in
respect of the Guaranteed RIC Payments under this Policy on any Distribution
Date shall not exceed the Guaranteed Certificate Distribution for such
Distribution Date.
"Policy" means this Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy and
includes each endorsement thereto.
"Receipt" and "Received" mean actual delivery to Financial
Security and to the Fiscal Agent (as defined below), if any, prior to 12:00
noon, New York City time, on a Business Day; delivery either on a day that is
not a Business Day, or after 12:00 noon, New York City time, shall be deemed to
be receipt on the next succeeding Business Day. If any notice or certificate
given hereunder by the Owner Trustee is not in proper form or is not properly
completed, executed or delivered, it shall be deemed not to have been Received,
and Financial Security or its Fiscal Agent
2
<PAGE> 5
shall promptly so notify the Trustee and the Trustee may submit an amended
notice.
"RIC" means the Reinvestment Contract, dated as of June 1,
1996, between Western Financial Savings Bank, F.S.B. and the Trustee, as in
effect on the date of this Policy and without regard to any amendment or
modification of the RIC except amendments or modifications to which Financial
Security has given its prior written consent.
"RIC Payment Amount" means, as to any Distribution Date,
certain obligations due and owing under the RIC for such Distribution Date in an
amount equal to the sum of (A) the Spread Account Invested Funds (as defined in
the RIC) plus the Holding Account Deposited Funds (as defined in the RIC) and
(B) the amount that is equal to the lesser of (a) the Specified Account Invested
Funds (as defined in the RIC) and (b) the amount by which (i) the sum of (x) the
aggregate amount due and owing on such Distribution Date to the Holders of the
Notes and the Certificates, (y) the amount (if any) required to be deposited out
of Excess Amounts into the Spread Account on such Distribution Date (after
giving effect to distributions and other payments required to have been made on
such date prior to such required deposit and assuming that the Spread Account
Invested Funds were available in the Spread Account for such date), and (z) the
amount of Servicing Fee due and owing to the Master Servicer on such date
exceeds (ii) the Net Collections for such Distribution Date that are otherwise
on deposit in the Collection Account and available for payment of the amounts
referred to in clause (i) above pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Supplemental RIC Payment Amount" means, as to the first
Distribution Date following the Distribution Date (if any) on which the
Guaranteed RIC Payment shall have been equal to the RIC Payment Amount, the
amount that is equal to the lesser of (A) the amount of remaining Specified
Account Invested Funds (if any) that is required to be a part of the Net
Collections for such Distribution Date and (B) the amount (if any) by which (i)
the sum of (x) the aggregate amount due and owing on such Distribution Date to
Holders of the Notes and the Certificates plus (y) the amount (if any) required
to be deposited out of Excess Amounts into the Spread Account on such
Distribution Date (after giving effect to distributions and other payments
required to have been made on such date prior to such required deposit) exceeds
(ii) the Net Collections for such Distribution Date that are otherwise on
3
<PAGE> 6
deposit in the Collection Account and available for payment of the amounts
referred to in clause (i) above pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Term of this Policy" means the period from and including the
Closing Date to and including the date on which (i) the Certificate Balance has
been reduced to zero and all Certificate Interest Distributable Amounts and all
Certificate Principal Distributable Amounts have been paid on the Certificates,
(ii) any period during which any payment on the Certificates could have been
voided in whole or in part as a preference payment under applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, receivership or similar law has expired, and (iii) if any
proceedings requisite to voidance as a preference payment have been commenced
prior to the occurrence of (i) and (ii), a final and nonappealable order in
resolution of each such proceeding has been entered.
"Owner Trustee" means The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA), as owner
trustee for the Certificateholders under the Trust Agreement, and any successor
in such capacity.
2. Notices and Conditions to Payment in Respect of Guaranteed
Distributions. Following Receipt by Financial Security of a notice and
certificate from the Owner Trustee in the form attached as Exhibit A to this
Endorsement, Financial Security will pay any amount payable hereunder in respect
of Guaranteed Distributions out of the funds of Financial Security on the later
to occur of (a) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the fourth Business Day
following Receipt of such notice and certificate and (b) 12:00 noon, New York
City time, on the Distribution Date to which such claim relates. Payments due
hereunder, in respect of Guaranteed Distributions, will be disbursed by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the Owner Trustee.
Financial Security shall be entitled to pay any amount
hereunder in respect of Guaranteed Distributions, including any acceleration
payment, whether or not any notice and certificate shall have been Received by
Financial Security as provided above. Financial Security's obligations hereunder
in respect of Guaranteed Distributions shall be discharged to the extent funds
are disbursed by Financial Security as provided herein, whether or not such
funds are properly applied by the Owner Trustee.
3. Notices and Conditions to Payment in Respect of
Guaranteed Distributions Avoided as Preference Payments. If any
4
<PAGE> 7
Guaranteed Distribution is avoided as a preference payment under applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, Financial Security will pay
such amount out of the funds of Financial Security on the later of (a) the date
when due to be paid pursuant to the Order referred to below or (b) the first to
occur of (A) the fourth Business Day following Receipt by Financial Security
from the Owner Trustee of (a) a certified copy of the order of the court or
other governmental body which exercised jurisdiction to the effect that (i) the
Holder is required to return payments of the Certificate Interest Distributable
Amount and the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount distributed with
respect to the Certificates or (ii) the Owner Trustee is required to return
payments of the RIC Payment Amount or the Supplemental RIC Payment Amount paid
under the RIC, during (in each case) the Term of this Policy because such
distributions or payments were avoidable as preference payments under applicable
bankruptcy law (the "Order"), (b) a certificate of the Holder (or, in the case
of the RIC, of the Owner Trustee) that the Order has been entered and is not
subject to any stay and (c) an assignment duly executed and delivered by the
Holder (or, in the case of the RIC, by the Owner Trustee), in such form as is
reasonably required by Financial Security and provided by Financial Security (i)
to the Holder irrevocably assigning to Financial Security all rights and claims
of the Holder relating to or arising under the Certificates or (ii) to the Owner
Trustee irrevocably assigning to Financial Security all rights and claims of the
Owner Trustee relating to or arising under the RIC, to the extent of the RIC
Payment Amount and the Supplemental RIC Payment Amount, as the case may be, in
each case (as to clauses (i) and (ii)) against the debtor which made such
preference payment or otherwise with respect to such preference payment or (B)
the date of Receipt by Financial Security from the Owner Trustee of the items
referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above if, at least four Business Days
prior to such date of Receipt, Financial Security shall have Received written
notice from the Owner Trustee that such items were to be delivered on such date
and such date was specified in such notice. Such payment shall be disbursed to
the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named
in the Order, and not to the Owner Trustee or any Holder directly (unless a
Holder (or, in the case of the RIC, the Owner Trustee) has previously paid such
amount to the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in
bankruptcy named in the Order, in which case such payment shall be disbursed to
the Owner Trustee for distribution to such Holder (or, in the case of the RIC,
for application in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement) upon proof
of such payment reasonably
5
<PAGE> 8
satisfactory to Financial Security). In connection with the foregoing, Financial
Security shall have the rights provided pursuant to Section 8.06 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.
4. Governing Law. This Policy shall be governed by, and shall
be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without
giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
5. Fiscal Agent. At any time during the Term of this Policy,
Financial Security may appoint a fiscal agent (the "Fiscal Agent") for purposes
of this Policy by written notice to the Owner Trustee at the notice address
specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement specifying the name and notice
address of the Fiscal Agent. From and after the date of receipt of such notice
by the Owner Trustee, (i) copies of all notices and documents required to be
delivered to Financial Security pursuant to this Policy shall be simultaneously
delivered to the Fiscal Agent and to Financial Security and shall not be deemed
Received until Received by both and (ii) all payments required to be made by
Financial Security under this Policy may be made directly by Financial Security
or by the Fiscal Agent on behalf of Financial Security. The Fiscal Agent is the
agent of Financial Security only and the Fiscal Agent shall in no event be
liable to any Holder for any acts of the Fiscal Agent or any failure of
Financial Security to deposit, or cause to be deposited, sufficient funds to
make payments when due under this Policy.
6. Waiver of Defenses. To the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, Financial Security agrees not to assert, and hereby waives, for
the benefit of each Holder, all rights (whether by counterclaim, set-off or
otherwise) and defenses (including, without limitation, the defense of fraud),
whether acquired by subrogation, assignment or otherwise, to the extent that
such rights and defenses may be available to Financial Security to avoid payment
of its obligations under this Policy in accordance with the express provisions
of this Policy.
7. Notices. All notices to be given hereunder shall be in
writing (except as otherwise specifically provided herein) and shall be mailed
by registered mail or personally delivered or telecopied to Financial Security
as follows:
6
<PAGE> 9
Financial Security Assurance Inc.
350 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Senior Vice President - Surveillance
Telecopy No.: (212) 339-3518
Confirmation: (212) 826-0100
Financial Security may specify a different address or
addresses by writing mailed or delivered to the Trustee.
8. Priorities. In the event that any term or provision of the
face of this Policy is inconsistent with the provisions of this Endorsement, the
provisions of this Endorsement shall take precedence and shall be binding.
9. Exclusions from Insurance Guaranty Funds. This Policy is
not covered by the Property/Casualty Insurance Security Fund specified in
Article 76 of the New York Insurance Law. This Policy is not covered by the
Florida Insurance Guaranty Association created under Part II of Chapter 631 of
the Florida Insurance Code. In the event that Financial Security were to become
insolvent, any claims arising under this Policy are excluded from coverage by
the California Insurance Guaranty Association, established pursuant to Article
14.2 of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the California Insurance Code.
10. Surrender of Policy. The Owner Trustee shall, upon
request, surrender this Policy to Financial Security for cancellation upon
expiration of the Term of this Policy.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
has caused this Endorsement No. 1 to be executed by its Authorized Officer.
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
By ________________________________
Authorized Officer
7
<PAGE> 10
EXHIBIT A
CERTIFICATE OF CLAIM
(Letterhead of Trustee)
Dated: __________________________
Financial Security Assurance Inc.
350 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Senior Vice President
Re: WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust
The undersigned, a duly authorized officer of The Chase
Manhattan Bank (USA) (the "Owner Trustee"), hereby certifies to Financial
Security Assurance Inc. ("Financial Security"), with reference to Financial
Guaranty Insurance Policy No. ________ dated June __, 1996 (the "Policy") issued
by Financial Security in respect of the $__________ ____% Auto Receivable Backed
Certificates (the "Certificates") that:
(i) The Owner Trustee is the Owner Trustee under the
Trust Agreement for the Holders.
(ii) the sum of all amounts on deposit (or scheduled to
be on deposit) in the Collection Account and Spread Account and
available for application in accordance with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement will be $_________ (the "RIC Shortfall") less than the
Guaranteed RIC Payment. Of such RIC Shortfall, $__________ is
attributable to the Guaranteed RIC Payment amount to be paid to the
Owner Trustee for deposit into the Collection Account and $__________
is attributable to the Guaranteed RIC Payment amount to be paid to the
Owner Trustee as collateral agent for deposit into the Spread Account.
(iii) The sum of all amounts on deposit (or scheduled to
be on deposit) in the Certificate Distribution Account and available
for distribution to the Holders pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement will be $__________ (the "Certificate Shortfall") less than
the Guaranteed Certificate Distributions
<PAGE> 11
with respect to [DISTRIBUTION DATE]. Of such Certificate Shortfall,
$__________ is attributable to Guaranteed Certificate Distributions to
be made to Holders of the Certificates.
(iv) The Owner Trustee is making a claim under the Policy
[(i) for the RIC Shortfall to be applied to payment of the Guaranteed
RIC Payment and (ii)] for the Certificate Shortfall to be applied to
distributions of principal or interest or both with respect to the
Certificates.
(v) The Owner Trustee agrees that, following receipt of
funds from Financial Security, it shall (a) hold such amounts in trust
and apply the same directly to the payment of Guaranteed Distributions
when due; (b) not apply such funds for any other purpose; (c) not
commingle such funds with other funds held by the Owner Trustee; and
(d) maintain an accurate record of such payments with respect to each
Certificate and with respect to the RIC and the corresponding claim on
the Policy and proceeds thereof and, if the Certificate is required to
be surrendered or presented for such payment, shall stamp on each such
Certificate the legend $"[insert applicable amount] paid by Financial
Security and the balance hereof has been cancelled and reissued" and
then shall deliver such Certificate to Financial Security.
(vi) The Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, hereby
assigns to Financial Security the rights of the Holders with respect to
the Certificates to the extent of any payments under the Policy,
including, without limitation, any amounts due to the Holders in
respect of securities law violations arising from the offer and sale of
the Certificates and any amounts due and owing but unpaid under the
RIC. The foregoing assignment is in addition to, and not in limitation
of, rights of subrogation otherwise available to Financial Security in
respect of such payments. Payments to Financial Security in respect of
the foregoing assignment shall in all cases be subject to and
subordinate to the rights of the Holders to receive all Guaranteed
Distributions in respect of the Certificates. The Owner Trustee shall
take such action and deliver such instruments as may be reasonably
requested or required by Financial Security to effectuate the purpose
or provisions of this clause (vi).
2
<PAGE> 12
(vii) The Owner Trustee, on its behalf and on behalf of
the Holders, hereby appoints Financial Security as agent and
attorney-in-fact for the Owner Trustee and each such Holder in any
legal proceeding with respect to the Certificates. The Owner Trustee
hereby agrees that Financial Security may at any time during the
continuation of any proceeding by or against any debtor with respect to
which a preference claim (as defined below) or other claim with respect
to the Certificates or the RIC is being asserted under the United
States Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership, rehabilitation or similar law (an "Insolvency
Proceeding") direct all matters relating to such Insolvency Proceeding,
including without limitation, (A) all matters relating to any claim in
connection with an Insolvency Proceeding seeking the avoidance as a
preferential transfer of any payment made with respect to the
Certificates or the RIC (a "Preference Claim"), (B) the direction of
any appeal of any order relating to any Preference Claim at the expense
of Financial Security but subject to reimbursement as provided in the
Insurance Agreement and (C) the posting of any surety, supersedeas or
performance bond pending any such appeal. In addition, the Owner
Trustee hereby agrees that Financial Security shall be subrogated to,
and the Owner Trustee on its behalf and on behalf of each Holder,
hereby delegates and assigns, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
the rights of the Owner Trustee and each Holder in the conduct of any
Insolvency Proceeding, including, without limitation, all rights of any
party to an adversary proceeding or action with respect to any court
order issued in connection with any such Insolvency Proceeding.
(viii) Payment should be made by wire transfer directed
to [SPECIFY ACCOUNT].
Unless the context otherwise requires, any capitalized term
used in this Certificate of Claim shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
Policy, including in the Endorsement thereto.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee has executed and
delivered this Certificate of Claim as of the _________________________ day of
_________, 19 ___.
______________________________
3
<PAGE> 13
not in its individual capacity
but solely as Owner Trustee
By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:
_____________________________________________________________________________
For Financial Security Assurance Inc. or Fiscal Agent use only.
Wire transfer sent on ___________________________________ by _______________
__________________________ Confirmation Number ____________.
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.6
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
by and among
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.
WFS FINANCIAL INC
and
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE SECURITIES CORPORATION
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
1. Definitions..................................................... 1
2. Representations and Warranties of the Insurer................... 3
3. Agreements, Representations and Warranties of the
Underwriter..................................................... 5
4. Representation and Warranty of the Seller and WFS............... 5
5. Indemnifications................................................ 5
6. Insurer Undertaking............................................. 6
7. Notice To Be Given Insurer...................................... 6
8. Notice To Be Given Underwriter.................................. 7
9. Contribution.................................................... 8
10. Notices......................................................... 9
11. Governing Law, Etc.............................................. 10
12. Insurance Agreement; Underwriter Agreement...................... 10
i
<PAGE> 3
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Agreement, effective as of June 1, 1996, by and among FINANCIAL
SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. (the "Insurer"), as the Insurer under the Financial
Guaranty Insurance Policies issued in connection with the Certificates and the
Notes (as hereinafter defined), WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC. (the "Seller"),
WFS FINANCIAL INC ("WFS") and DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE SECURITIES
CORPORATION (the "Underwriter").
1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the respective meanings stated below:
"Agreement" means this Indemnification Agreement by and among
the Insurer, the Seller, WFS and the Underwriter.
"Certificates" means $__________ ____% Auto Receivable Backed
Certificates of the Trust.
"Federal Securities Laws" means the Securities Act of 1933
(the "1933 Act"), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935, all as amended from time to time, and any rule or
regulation in effect from time to time under any such Act.
"Indemnified Party" means any party entitled to any
indemnification pursuant to Section 5 below, as the context requires.
"Indemnifying Party" means any party required to provide
indemnification pursuant to Section 5 below, as the context requires.
"Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of June 1, 1996 by
and between the Trust and Bankers Trust Company, as Indenture Trustee.
<PAGE> 4
"Insurance Agreement" means the Insurance, Indemnity and
Pledge Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among the Trust,
the Seller, WFS, Westcorp Investments, Inc. ("WII"), the Insurer and
Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent, Proceeds Agent and
Indenture Trustee.
"Insurance Laws" means any state, local or foreign statute,
and any rule or regulation thereunder, regulating (i) transactions and
dealings in insurance or (ii) any Person or entity engaging in the
business of issuing, selling or otherwise providing insurance.
"Insurer Party" means any of the Insurer and/or its parent,
subsidiaries and affiliates, and any shareholder, director, officer,
employee, agent or "controlling person" (as such term is defined under
any Federal Securities Law) of any of the foregoing.
"Losses" means (i) any actual out-of-pocket loss paid by the
party entitled to indemnification or contribution, (ii) any actual
out-of-pocket costs or expenses paid by such party, including
reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, to the extent not paid,
satisfied or reimbursed from funds provided by any other Person
(provided that the foregoing shall not create or imply any obligation
to pursue recourse against any such other Person), plus (iii) interest
on the amount paid by the party entitled to indemnification or
contribution from the date of such payment to the date of payment by
the party who is obligated to indemnify or contribute hereunder at the
statutory rate applicable to judgments for breach of contract.
"Notes" means $__________ ____% Money Market Auto Receivable
Backed Notes, Class A-1, $_________ ____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes,
Class A-2, $_________ ____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-3 and
$________ ____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-4.
"Offering Documents" means the Prospectus and any materials or
documents delivered by the Underwriter or any Underwriter Party to any
Person in connection with the offer or sale of the Certificates and the
Notes.
2
<PAGE> 5
"Person" means any individual, partnership, joint venture,
corporation, trust or unincorporated organization or any government or
agency or political subdivision thereof.
"Policies" means the financial guaranty insurance policy
(including the endorsement thereto) (Policy No. ________) issued by the
Insurer in support of the Certificates and the financial guaranty
insurance policy (including the endorsement thereto) (Policy No.
________) issued by the Insurer in support of the Notes.
"Prospectus" means the Prospectus dated June __, 1996 relating
to the Certificates and the Notes and the Preliminary Prospectus dated
June __, 1996 relating to the Certificates and the Notes.
"Seller Party" means the Seller and WFS and any director,
officer, employee, agent or "controlling person" (as such term is
defined under any Federal Securities Law) of either the Seller or WFS.
"Trust" means WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust.
"Trust Agreement" means the Trust Agreement dated as of June
1, 1996, by and among the Seller, WII, the Insurer and The Chase
Manhattan Bank (USA), as Owner Trustee.
"Underwriter Party" means any of the Underwriter, its parent,
subsidiaries and affiliates and any shareholder, director, officer,
employee, agent or "controlling person" (as such term is defined under
any Federal Securities Law) of any of the foregoing.
2. Representations and Warranties of the Insurer. The Insurer
represents and warrants as follows:
(a) Organization and Licensing. The Insurer is a duly
incorporated and existing New York financial guaranty insurance company
licensed to do business in the State of New York.
(b) Corporate Power. The Insurer has the corporate power and
authority to issue the Policies and execute and
3
<PAGE> 6
deliver this Agreement, the Trust Agreement and the Insurance Agreement
and to perform all of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.
(c) Authorization; Approvals. The issuance of the Policies and
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Trust
Agreement and the Insurance Agreement have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate proceedings. No further approvals or filings of any
kind, including, without limitation, any further approvals of or
further filing with any governmental agency or other governmental
authority, or any approval of the Insurer's board of directors or
stockholders, are necessary for the Policies, this Agreement, the Trust
Agreement and the Insurance Agreement to constitute the legal, valid
and binding obligations of the Insurer.
(d) Enforceability. The Policies, when issued, this Agreement,
the Trust Agreement and the Insurance Agreement will each constitute a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Insurer, enforceable in
accordance with its terms subject, as to the enforcement of remedies,
to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar
laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally
applicable in the event of the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization
of the Insurer and to general principles of equity.
(e) Financial Information. The consolidated balance sheet of
the Insurer as of December 31, 1995 and as of December 31, 1994, and
the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholder's
equity, and cash flows for the three fiscal years then ended, and the
accompanying footnotes, together with the report thereon dated January
17, 1996 of Coopers & Lybrand, independent auditors, and the unaudited
interim consolidated balance sheet of the Insurer as of March 31, 1996
and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in
shareholder's equity and cashflows for the three-month periods ended
March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995, copies of which are included in the
Prospectus (collectively, the "Insurer Financial Statements"), fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition of the Insurer
as of such dates and for the periods covered by such statements in
accordance with
4
<PAGE> 7
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and,
since March 31, 1996, there has been no material change in the
financial condition of the Insurer that would materially and adversely
affect its ability to perform its obligations under the Policies.
(f) Insurer. The information in the Prospectus as of the date
hereof under the caption "Financial Security Assurance Inc." that
describes the Insurer and certain aspects of the principal business in
which the Insurer is engaged (collectively, the "Insurer Information"),
is true and correct in all material respects and does not contain any
untrue statement of a fact that is material to the Insurer's ability to
perform its obligations under the Policies or omit to state a fact (i)
required to be stated therein that is material to the Insurer's ability
to perform its obligations under the Policies or (ii) necessary in
order to make statements therein that are material to the Insurer's
ability to perform its obligations under the Policies, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements are being made, not
materially misleading.
(g) No Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings or
investigations pending, or to the best of the Insurer's knowledge,
threatened against it at law or in equity or before or by any court,
governmental agency, board or commission or any arbitrator that, if
decided adversely, would materially and adversely affect its condition
(financial or otherwise) or operations or would materially and
adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations under this
Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture or the Policies.
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a representation or
undertaking by the Insurer concerning the rating currently assigned to its
claims-paying ability by Moody's nvestors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and/or
Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of McGraw-Hill Corporation, Inc.
("S&P") or any other rating agency (collectively, the "Rating Agencies"). The
Rating Agencies, in assigning such rating, may take into account facts and
assumptions not described in the Prospectus and the facts and assumptions that
are considered by the Rating Agencies are subject to change over time. The
Insurer has not attempted to disclose all facts and assumptions that the Rating
5
<PAGE> 8
Agencies deem relevant in assigning a rating within a particular rating category
to the Insurer's claims-paying ability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Insurer is not aware of any facts that, if disclosed to Moody's or S&P, would be
reasonably expected to result in a downgrade of the rating of the claims-paying
ability of the Insurer by either of such Rating Agencies.
3. Agreements, Representations and Warranties of the Underwriter. The
Underwriter represents and warrants to and agrees with the Insurer as follows:
(a) The Underwriter agrees not to use any information relating
to the Insurer (other than the information contained in the Prospectus)
unless such information has been approved by the Insurer in writing,
such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
(b) The Underwriter represents and warrants that all material
provided by the Underwriter for inclusion in the Prospectus (being the
information set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page of the
Prospectus, the first paragraph on page 2 of the Prospectus and the
second paragraph under "Underwriting" in the Prospectus, including any
information in any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus furnished
that amends or supplements such information), insofar as such
information relates to the Underwriter (all such information being
collectively referred to herein as the "Underwriter Information"), is
true and correct in all material respects.
4. Representation and Warranty of the Seller and WFS. The Seller and
WFS jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Insurer and the
Underwriter that the Prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading (except that no representation or warranty is made with respect to
the Insurer Information, the Insurer Financial Statements or the Underwriter
Information).
6
<PAGE> 9
5. Indemnifications.
(a) The Insurer hereby agrees, upon the terms and subject to
the conditions of this Agreement, to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless each Seller Party and each Underwriter Party against any and
all Losses incurred by them with respect to the offer and sale of the
Certificates and the Notes and resulting from the Insurer's breach of
any of its representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of
this Agreement.
(b) The Underwriter hereby agrees, upon the terms and subject
to the conditions of this Agreement, to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless each Insurer Party and each Seller Party against any and all
Losses incurred by them with respect to the offer and sale of the
Certificates and the Notes and resulting from the Underwriter's breach
of any of its representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 of
this Agreement.
(c) Upon the incurrence of any Losses for which a party is
entitled to indemnification hereunder, the Indemnifying Party shall
reimburse the Indemnified Party promptly upon establishment by the
Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party of the Losses incurred.
6. Insurer Undertaking. The Insurer hereby agrees that, for a period of
five years hereafter, the Insurer will furnish to the Underwriter or the Seller,
upon request and at the expense of the Underwriter or the Seller, as the case
may be, copies of the Insurer's most recent financial statements (annual or
interim, as the case may be) prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles (subject, as to interim statements, to normal year-end
adjustments) within a reasonable time after they are available.
7. Notice To Be Given Insurer. Except as provided in Section 9, the
indemnification provided herein by the Insurer shall be the exclusive remedy of
any Underwriter Party or Seller Party for the Insurer's breach of a
representation or warranty hereunder; provided, however, that any Underwriter
Party or Seller Party shall be entitled to pursue any other remedy at law or in
equity for any such breach so long as the damages sought to be recovered shall
not exceed the Losses incurred thereby resulting from such breach. In the event
that any action or regulatory proceeding shall be
7
<PAGE> 10
commenced or claim asserted that may entitle an Underwriter Party or Seller
Party to be indemnified under this Agreement, such party shall give the Insurer
written or telegraphic notice of such action or claim reasonably promptly after
receipt of written notice thereof. The Insurer shall be entitled to participate
in the defense of any such action or claim in reasonable cooperation with, and
with the reasonable cooperation of, the Seller Party or Underwriter Party, as
the case may be. The Indemnified Party will have the right to employ its own
counsel in any such action in addition to the counsel of the Insurer, but the
fees and expenses of such counsel will be at the expense of such Indemnified
Party, unless (1) the employment of counsel by the Indemnified Party at its
expense has been authorized in writing by the Insurer, (2) the Insurer has not
in fact employed counsel to assume the defense of such action within a
reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action or (3)
the named parties to any such action or proceeding (including any impleaded
parties) include both the Insurer and the Indemnified Party, and the Indemnified
Party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal
defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those
available to the Insurer (it being understood, however, that the Insurer shall
not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but
substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction
arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the
reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any
time for the Indemnified Party, which firm shall be designated in writing by the
Indemnified Party), in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel will
be at the expense of the Insurer and all such fees and expenses will be
reimbursed promptly as they are incurred. No settlement of any such claim or
action shall be entered into without the consent of the Seller Party or
Underwriter Party, as the case may be, on the one hand and each Insurer Party
who is subject to such claim or action on the other hand. Any failure by a
Seller Party or Underwriter Party, as the case may be, to comply with the
provisions of this Section shall relieve the Insurer of liability only if such
failure is substantially prejudicial to the Insurer's position and then only to
the extent of such prejudice.
8. Notice To Be Given Underwriter. Except as provided in Section 9, the
indemnification provided herein by the Underwriter shall be the exclusive remedy
of any Insurer Party for the Underwriter's breach of a representation, warranty
or agreement hereunder; provided, however, that each Insurer Party shall be
8
<PAGE> 11
entitled to pursue any other remedy at law or in equity for any such breach so
long as the damages sought to be recovered shall not exceed the Losses incurred
thereby resulting from such breach. In the event that any action or regulatory
proceeding shall be commenced or claim asserted that may entitle an Insurer
Party to be indemnified under this Agreement, such party shall give the
Underwriter written or telegraphic notice of such action or claim reasonably
promptly after receipt of written notice thereof. The Underwriter shall be
entitled to participate in the defense of any such action or claim in reasonable
cooperation with, and with the reasonable cooperation of, the Insurer Party. The
Indemnified Party will have the right to employ its own counsel in any such
action in addition to the counsel of the Underwriter, but the fees and expenses
of such counsel will be at the expense of such Indemnified Party, unless (1) the
employment of counsel by the Indemnified Party at its expense has been
authorized in writing by the Underwriter; (2) the Underwriter has not in fact
employed counsel to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time
after receiving notice of the commencement of the action; or (3) the named
parties to any such action or proceeding (including any impleaded parties)
include both the Insurer and the Indemnified Party, and the Insurer shall have
been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available
to it that are different from or additional to those available to the
Indemnified Party (it being understood, however, that the Indemnified Party
shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but
substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction
arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the
reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any
time for the Insurer, which firm shall be designated in writing by the Insurer),
in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel will be at the expense
of the Underwriter and all such fees and expenses will be reimbursed promptly as
they are incurred. No settlement of any such claim or action shall be entered
into without the consent of the Insurer and each Underwriter Party. Any failure
by an Insurer Party to comply with the provisions of this Section shall relieve
the Underwriter of liability only if such failure is substantially prejudicial
to the Underwriter's position and then only to the extent of such prejudice.
9. Contribution. To provide for just and equitable contribution if the
indemnification provided for pursuant to this Agreement is determined to be
unavailable for any Underwriter Party, Insurer Party or Seller Party (other than
due to application
9
<PAGE> 12
of this Section), the Insurer, the Seller, WFS and the Underwriter, as the case
may be, shall contribute to the aggregate costs of liabilities arising from any
breach of a representation or warranty set forth in this Agreement (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
Insurer, the Seller, WFS and the Underwriter from the offering of the
Certificates and the Notes or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i)
above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but
also the relative fault of the Insurer, the Seller, WFS and the Underwriter in
connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative benefits received by the Seller and WFS, the
Insurer and the Underwriter shall be deemed to be, respectively, in the same
proportions as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting
discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Seller,
the premiums on the Policies to be paid to the Insurer and the underwriting
discounts and commissions received by the Underwriter. The relative fault of
each Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and of each Indemnified Party, on the
other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
breach of, or alleged breach of, any of its representations and warranties set
forth in Section 2, 3 or 4 of this Agreement relates to information supplied by,
or an action within the control of, the indemnifying party or the indemnified
party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and the
opportunity to correct or prevent such breach. The parties agree that the
Insurer shall be solely responsible for the Insurer Information, the Underwriter
shall be solely responsible for the Underwriter Information and the Seller and
WFS shall be jointly and severally responsible for all other information in the
Prospectus.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9 to the contrary, with
respect to contribution between any Seller Party and any Underwriter Party, the
Underwriter Parties shall not be required to contribute an amount in excess of
the amount by which the total price of the sum of the Certificates and the Notes
sold by such Underwriter Parties exceeds the amount of any damages that such
Underwriter Parties have otherwise been required to pay in respect of such
untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. The terms of
the contribution between any Seller Party and any Underwriter Party contained in
the Underwriting Agreement relating to the Certificates and the Notes, dated
June
10
<PAGE> 13
__, 1996, among the Underwriter, the Seller and WFS shall control to the extent
they are inconsistent with or in addition to the terms of this Section 9. No
person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was
not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Agreement
shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of (a) any
investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter Party or any Insurer Party
(b) the issuance of the Certificates, the Notes or the Policies or (c) any
termination of this Agreement. The indemnification provided in this Agreement
will be in addition to any liability that the parties may otherwise have.
Upon the incurrence of any Losses entitled to contribution hereunder,
the contributor shall reimburse the party entitled to contribution promptly upon
establishment by the party entitled to contribution of the Losses incurred.
10. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for under
this Agreement shall be addressed to the address set forth below as to each
party or at such other address as shall be designated by a party in a written
notice to the other party.
If to the Insurer: Financial Security Assurance Inc.
350 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Senior Vice President -
Surveillance
If to the Seller: WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc.
16485 Laguna Canyon Road - Suite 250
Irvine, California 92718
Attention: James R. Dowlan
If to WFS: WFS Financial Inc
16485 Laguna Canyon Road
Irvine, California 92718
Attention: Harriet Burns Feller
11
<PAGE> 14
If to the Underwriter: Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation
277 Park Avenue
9th Floor
New York, New York 10172
Attention: Andrey R. Kosovych, Esq.
11. Governing Law, Etc. This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract
under the laws of the State of New York and shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement may not be
assigned by any party without the express written consent of each other party.
Any assignment made in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void.
Amendments of this Agreement shall be in writing signed by each party. This
Agreement shall not be effective until executed by each of the Insurer, the
Seller, WFS and the Underwriter.
12. Insurance Agreement; Underwriter Agreement. This Agreement in no
way limits or otherwise affects the indemnification and contribution obligations
of the Seller and WFS under (a) the Insurance Agreement, or (b) any agreement
between the Underwriter and the Seller with respect to the underwriting of the
Certificates and the Notes.
12
<PAGE> 15
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized, all as of the date first above written.
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.
By:
-------------------------------------
Authorized Officer
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.
By:
-------------------------------------
Title:
----------------------------------
WFS FINANCIAL INC
By:
-------------------------------------
Title:
----------------------------------
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
By:
-------------------------------------
Title:
----------------------------------
13
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.7
Brown & Wood
Draft of
6/10/96
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
among
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST,
as Issuer,
WFS FINANCIAL INC,
as Administrator,
WESTCORP INVESTMENTS, INC.,
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC.,
as Seller,
and
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as Indenture Trustee
Dated as of June 1, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 2
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
<S> <C> <C>
Section 1. Duties of the Administrator......................................................... 2
Section 2. Records............................................................................. 8
Section 3. Compensation........................................................................ 8
Section 4. Additional Information to be Furnished to the Issuer................................ 9
Section 5. Independence of the Administrator................................................... 9
Section 6. No Joint Venture.................................................................... 9
Section 7. Other Activities of Administrator................................................... 9
Section 8. Term of Agreement; Resignation and Removal of Administrator......................... 9
Section 9. Action upon Termination, Resignation or Removal...................................... 10
Section 10. Notices.............................................................................. 11
Section 11. Amendments........................................................................... 11
Section 12. Successors and Assigns............................................................... 12
Section 13. Governing Law........................................................................ 12
Section 14. Headings............................................................................. 13
Section 15. Counterparts......................................................................... 13
Section 16. Severability......................................................................... 13
Section 17. Not Applicable to WFS in Other Capacities............................................ 13
Section 18. Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee....................... 13
Section 19. Third-Party Beneficiary.............................................................. 13
</TABLE>
(i)
<PAGE> 3
This ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT, dated as of June 1, 1996, is among WFS
FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST (the "Issuer"), WFS FINANCIAL INC ("WFS" or in its
capacity as administrator, the "Administrator"), WESTCORP INVESTMENTS, INC. (the
"Company"), WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC. (the "Seller") and BANKERS TRUST
COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee (the
"Indenture Trustee").
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Issuer is issuing _____% Money Market Auto Receivable
Backed Notes, Class A-1, _____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-2, _____%
Auto Receivable Backed Notes, Class A-3 and _____% Auto Receivable Backed Notes,
Class A-4 (collectively, the "Notes") pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of the
date hereof (the "Indenture"), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee
(capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the
meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture);
WHEREAS, the Issuer has entered into certain agreements in connection
with the issuance of the Notes and of certain beneficial ownership interests of
the Issuer, including (i) a Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of the date
hereof (the "Sale and Servicing Agreement"), among the Issuer, the Seller and
WFS, as servicer (in such capacity, the "Master Servicer"), and (ii) a Letter of
Representations, dated June __, 1996 (the "Note Depository Agreement"), among
the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Administrator and The Depository Trust
Company ("DTC") relating to the Notes, (iii) a Letter of Representations, dated
June __, 1996 (the "Certificate Depository Agreement", and together with the
Note Depository Agreement, the "Depository Agreements"), among the Issuer, the
Administrator, The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA) (the "Owner Trustee") and DTC and
(iv) the Indenture (the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Depository Agreements
and the Indenture being referred to hereinafter collectively as the "Related
Agreements");
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Related Agreements, the Issuer and the Owner
Trustee are required to perform certain duties in connection with (i) the Notes
and the collateral therefor pledged pursuant to the Indenture (the "Collateral")
and (ii) the beneficial ownership interests in the Issuer (the registered
holders of such interests being referred to herein as the "Owners");
WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Owner Trustee desire to have the
Administrator perform certain of the duties of the Issuer and the Owner Trustee
referred to in the preceding clause and to provide such additional services
consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Related Agreements as the
Issuer and the Owner Trustee may from time to time request; and
WHEREAS, the Administrator has the capacity to provide the services
required hereby and is willing to perform such services for the Issuer and the
Owner Trustee on the terms set forth herein;
<PAGE> 4
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained
herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of
which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Duties of the Administrator.
(a) Duties with Respect to the Depository Agreements and the Indenture.
(i) The Administrator agrees to perform all its duties as
Administrator and the duties of the Issuer and the Owner Trustee under
the Depository Agreements. In addition, the Administrator shall consult
with the Owner Trustee regarding the duties of the Issuer or the Owner
Trustee under the Indenture and the Depository Agreements. The
Administrator shall monitor the performance of the Issuer and shall
advise the Owner Trustee when action is necessary to comply with the
respective duties of the Issuer and the Owner Trustee under the
Indenture and the Depository Agreements. The Administrator shall
prepare for execution by the Issuer, or shall cause the preparation by
other appropriate persons of, all such documents, reports, filings,
instruments, certificates and opinions that it shall be the duty of the
Issuer or the Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the
Indenture and the Depository Agreements. In furtherance of the
foregoing, the Administrator shall take all appropriate action that the
Issuer or the Owner Trustee is required to take pursuant to the
Indenture including, without limitation, such of the foregoing as are
required with respect to the following matters under the Indenture
(references are to Sections of the Indenture):
(A) the duty to cause the Note Register to be kept and
to give the Indenture Trustee notice of any appointment of a new
Note Registrar and the location, or change in location, of the
Note Register (Section 2.04);
(B) the notification of Noteholders and the Rating
Agencies of the final principal payment on the Notes (Section
2.07(b));
(C) the fixing or causing to be fixed of any special
record date and the notification of the Indenture Trustee and
Noteholders with respect to special payment dates, if any (Section
2.07(c));
(D) the preparation of or obtaining of the documents and
instruments required for execution and authentication of the Notes
and delivery of the same to the Indenture Trustee (Section 2.02);
(E) the preparation, obtaining or filing of the
instruments, opinions and certificates and other documents
required for the release of Collateral (Section 2.12);
2
<PAGE> 5
(F) the maintenance of an office in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York, for registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes (Section 3.02);
(G) the duty to cause newly appointed Paying Agents, if
any, to deliver to the Indenture Trustee the instrument specified
in the Indenture regarding funds held in trust (Section 3.03);
(H) the direction to the Indenture Trustee to deposit
monies with Paying Agents, if any, other than the Indenture
Trustee (Section 3.03);
(I) the obtaining and preservation of the Issuer's
qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such
qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and
enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral and
each other instrument and agreement included in the Trust Estate
(Section 3.04);
(J) the preparation of all supplements and amendments to
the Indenture and all financing statements, continuation
statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments
and the taking of such other action as is necessary or advisable
to protect the Trust Estate (Section 3.05);
(K) the delivery of the Opinion of Counsel on the
Closing Date and the annual delivery of Opinions of Counsel as to
the Trust Estate, and the annual delivery of the Officer's
Certificate and certain other statements as to compliance with the
Indenture (Sections 3.06 and 3.09);
(L) the identification to the Indenture Trustee and
Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the "Insurer") in an Officer's
Certificate of a Person with whom the Issuer has contracted to
perform its duties under the Indenture (Section 3.07(b));
(M) the notification of the Indenture Trustee, the
Insurer and each Rating Agency of a Servicer Default under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and, if such Servicer Default arises
from the failure of the Master Servicer to perform any of its
duties or obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement with
respect to the Contracts, the taking of all reasonable steps
available to remedy such failure (Section 3.07(d));
(N) the duty to cause the Master Servicer to comply with
Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 and 5.07 and Article Nine of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement (Section 3.14);
3
<PAGE> 6
(O) the preparation and obtaining of documents and
instruments required for the release of the Issuer from its
obligations under the Indenture (Section 3.10(b));
(P) the delivery of written notice to the Indenture
Trustee, the Insurer and each Rating Agency of each Event of
Default under the Indenture and each default by the Master
Servicer or the Seller under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
(Section 3.18);
(Q) the monitoring of the Issuer's obligations as to the
satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the preparation of
an Officer's Certificate and the obtaining of the Opinion of
Counsel and the Independent Certificate relating thereto (Section
4.01);
(R) the compliance with any written directive of the
Controlling Party with respect to the sale of the Trust Estate in
a commercially reasonable manner if an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing (Section 5.04);
(S) the preparation and delivery of notice to
Noteholders of the removal of the Indenture Trustee and the
appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee (Section 6.08);
(T) the preparation of any written instruments required
to confirm more fully the authority of any co-trustee or separate
trustee and any written instruments necessary in connection with
the resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee or any
co-trustee or separate trustee (Sections 6.08 and 6.10);
(U) the furnishing of the Indenture Trustee with the
names and addresses of Noteholders during any period when the
Indenture Trustee is not the Note Registrar (Section 7.01);
(V) the preparation and, after execution by the Issuer,
the filing with the Commission, any applicable state agencies and
the Indenture Trustee of documents required to be filed on a
periodic basis with, and summaries thereof as may be required by
rules and regulations prescribed by, the Commission and any
applicable state agencies and the transmission of such summaries,
as necessary, to the Noteholders (Section 7.03);
(W) the opening of one or more accounts in the Issuer's
name, the preparation and delivery of Issuer Orders, Officer's
Certificates and Opinions of Counsel and all other actions
necessary with respect to investment and reinvestment of funds in
the Trust Accounts (Sections 8.02 and 8.03);
4
<PAGE> 7
(X) the preparation of an Issuer Request and Officer's
Certificate and the obtaining of an Opinion of Counsel and
Independent Certificates, if necessary, for the release of the
Trust Estate (Sections 8.04 and 8.05);
(Y) the preparation of Issuer Orders and the obtaining
of Opinions of Counsel with respect to the execution of
supplemental indentures and the mailing to the Noteholders of
notices with respect to such supplemental indentures (Sections
9.01, 9.02 and 9.03);
(Z) the execution, authentication and delivery of new
Notes conforming to any supplemental indenture (Section 9.06);
(AA) the duty to notify Noteholders and the Rating
Agencies of redemption of the Notes or to cause the Indenture
Trustee to provide such notification (Section 10.02);
(BB) the preparation and delivery of all Officer's
Certificates, Opinions of Counsel and Independent Certificates
with respect to any requests by the Issuer to the Indenture
Trustee to take any action under the Indenture (Section 11.01(a));
(CC) the preparation and delivery of Officer's
Certificates and the obtaining of Independent Certificates, if
necessary, for the release of property from the lien of the
Indenture (Section 11.01(b));
(DD) the notification of the Rating Agencies, upon the
failure of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee
to give such notification, of the information required pursuant to
Section 11.04 of the Indenture (Section 11.04);
(EE) the preparation and delivery to Noteholders and the
Indenture Trustee of any agreements with respect to alternate
payment and notice provisions (Section 11.06);
(FF) the recording of the Indenture, if applicable
(Section 11.15); and
(GG) the preparation of Definitive Notes in accordance
with the instructions of the Clearing Agency (Section 2.11).
(ii) The Administrator will:
(A) pay the Indenture Trustee from time to time
reasonable compensation for all services rendered by the Indenture
Trustee under the Indenture (which compensation shall not be
limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a
trustee of an express trust);
5
<PAGE> 8
(B) except as otherwise expressly provided in the
Indenture, reimburse the Indenture Trustee upon its request for
all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or
made by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with any provision of
the Indenture (including the reasonable compensation, expenses and
disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense,
disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence
or bad faith;
(C) indemnify the Indenture Trustee and its agents for,
and hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense
incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part, arising
out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of
the transactions contemplated by the Indenture, including the
reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against any
claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance
of any of their powers or duties under the Indenture; and
(D) indemnify the Owner Trustee and its agents for, and
hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense
incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part, arising
out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of
the transactions contemplated by the Trust Agreement, including
the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against
any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of their powers or duties under the Trust
Agreement.
(b) Additional Duties.
(i) In addition to the duties set forth in Section
1(a)(i), the Administrator shall perform such calculations and shall
prepare or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate persons of,
and shall execute on behalf of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, all
such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and
opinions that the Issuer or the Owner Trustee are required to prepare,
file or deliver pursuant to the Related Agreements or Section 5.05 of
the Trust Agreement, and at the request of the Owner Trustee shall take
all appropriate action that the Issuer or the Owner Trustee are
required to take pursuant to the Related Agreements. In furtherance
thereof, the Owner Trustee shall, on behalf of itself and of the
Issuer, execute and deliver to the Administrator and to each successor
Administrator appointed pursuant to the terms hereof, one or more
powers of attorney substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto,
appointing the Administrator the attorney-in-fact of the Owner Trustee
and the Issuer for the purpose of executing on behalf of the Owner
Trustee and the Issuer all such documents, reports, filings,
instruments, certificates and opinions. Subject to Section 5, and in
accordance with the directions of the Owner Trustee, the Administrator
shall administer, perform or supervise the performance of such other
activities in connection with the Collateral (including the Related
Agreements) as are not covered by any of the foregoing provisions and
as are
6
<PAGE> 9
expressly requested by the Owner Trustee and are reasonably within the
capability of the Administrator.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the
Related Agreements to the contrary, the Administrator shall be
responsible for promptly notifying the Owner Trustee in the event that
any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust's payments (or allocations
of income) to an Owner as contemplated in Section 5.02(c) of the Trust
Agreement. Any such notice shall specify the amount of any withholding
tax required to be withheld by the Owner Trustee pursuant to such
provision.
(iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the
Related Agreements to the contrary, the Administrator shall be
responsible for performance of the duties of the Owner Trustee set
forth in Section 5.05(a), (b), (c) and (d), the penultimate sentence of
Section 5.05 and Section 5.06(a) of the Trust Agreement with respect
to, among other things, accounting and reports to Owners; provided,
however, that the Owner Trustee shall retain responsibility for the
distribution of the Schedule K-1s necessary to enable each Owner to
prepare its federal and state income tax returns.
(iv) The Administrator shall satisfy its obligations
with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) above by retaining, at the
expense of the Trust payable by the Administrator, a firm of
independent public accountants (the "Accountants") acceptable to the
Owner Trustee, which shall perform the obligations of the Administrator
thereunder. In connection with paragraph (ii) above, the Accountants
will provide prior to December 15, 1996, a letter in form and substance
satisfactory to the Owner Trustee as to whether any tax withholding is
then required and, if required, the procedures to be followed with
respect thereto to comply with the requirements of the Code. The
Accountants shall be required to update the letter in each instance
that any additional tax withholding is subsequently required or any
previously required tax withholding shall no longer be required.
(v) The Administrator shall perform the duties of the
Administrator specified in Section 10.02 of the Trust Agreement
required to be performed in connection with the resignation or removal
of the Owner Trustee, and any other duties expressly required to be
performed by the Administrator under the Trust Agreement.
(vi) In carrying out the foregoing duties or any of its
other obligations under this Agreement, the Administrator may enter
into transactions or otherwise deal with any of its Affiliates;
provided, however, that the terms of any such transactions or dealings
shall be in accordance with any directions received from the Issuer and
shall be, in the Administrator's opinion, no less favorable to the
Issuer than would be available from unaffiliated parties.
7
<PAGE> 10
(c) Non-Ministerial Matters.
(i) With respect to matters that in the reasonable judgment
of the Administrator are non-ministerial, the Administrator shall not
take any action unless within a reasonable time before the taking of
such action, the Administrator shall have notified the Owner Trustee of
the proposed action and the Owner Trustee shall not have withheld
consent or provided an alternative direction. For the purpose of the
preceding sentence, "non-ministerial matters" shall include, without
limitation:
(A) the amendment of or any supplement to the Indenture;
(B) the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Issuer
and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by
or against the Issuer (other than in connection with the
collection of the Contracts);
(C) the amendment, change or modification of the Related
Agreements;
(D) the appointment of successor Note Registrars,
successor Paying Agents and successor Indenture Trustees
pursuant to the Indenture or the appointment of successor
Administrators or a successor Master Servicer, or the consent
to the assignment by the Note Registrar, Paying Agent or
Indenture Trustee of its obligations under the Indenture; and
(E) the removal of the Indenture Trustee.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, the Administrator shall not be obligated to, and shall not,
(A) make any payments to the Noteholders under the Related Agreements,
(B) sell the Trust Estate pursuant to clause (iv) of Section 5.04 of
the Indenture, (C) take any other action that the Issuer directs the
Administrator not to take on its behalf or (D) take any other action
which may be construed as having the effect of varying the investment
of the Holders.
Section 2. Records. The Administrator shall maintain appropriate books
of account and records relating to services performed hereunder, which books of
account and records shall be accessible for inspection by the Issuer and the
Company at any time during normal business hours.
Section 3. Compensation. As compensation for the performance of the
Administrator's obligations under this Agreement and as reimbursement for its
expenses related thereto, the Administrator shall be entitled to an initial
payment of $__________ and a payment of $__________ per month which shall be
solely an obligation of the Company.
8
<PAGE> 11
Section 4. Additional Information to be Furnished to the Issuer. The
Administrator shall furnish to the Issuer from time to time such additional
information regarding the Collateral as the Issuer shall reasonably request.
Section 5. Independence of the Administrator. For all purposes of this
Agreement, the Administrator shall be an independent contractor and shall not be
subject to the supervision of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee with respect to
the manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its obligations
hereunder. Unless expressly authorized by the Issuer, the Administrator shall
have no authority to act for or represent the Issuer or the Owner Trustee in any
way and shall not otherwise be deemed an agent of the Issuer or the Owner
Trustee.
Section 6. No Joint Venture. Nothing contained in this Agreement (i)
shall constitute the Administrator and either of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee
as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate,
unincorporated business or other separate entity, (ii) shall be construed to
impose any liability as such on any of them or (iii) shall be deemed to confer
on any of them any express, implied or apparent authority to incur any
obligation or liability on behalf of the others.
Section 7. Other Activities of Administrator. Nothing herein shall
prevent the Administrator or its Affiliates from engaging in other businesses
or, in its sole discretion, from acting in a similar capacity as an
administrator for any other Person or entity even though such person or entity
may engage in business activities similar to those of the Issuer, the Owner
Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.
Section 8. Term of Agreement; Resignation and Removal of Administrator.
This Agreement shall continue in force until the dissolution of the Issuer, upon
which event this Agreement shall automatically terminate.
(a) Subject to Section 8(e), the Administrator may resign its duties
hereunder by providing the Issuer with at least 60 days' prior written notice.
(b) Subject to Section 8(e), the Issuer may remove the Administrator
without cause by providing the Administrator with at least 60 days' prior
written notice.
(c) Subject to Section 8(e), at the sole option of the Issuer, the
Administrator may be removed immediately upon written notice of termination from
the Issuer to the Administrator if any of the following events shall occur:
(i) the Administrator shall default in the performance of any
of its duties under this Agreement and, after notice of such default,
shall not cure such default within ten days (or, if such default cannot
be cured in such time, shall not give within ten days such assurance of
cure as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer);
9
<PAGE> 12
(ii) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter
a decree or order for relief, and such decree or order shall not have
been vacated within 60 days, in respect of the Administrator in any
involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar law now or hereafter in effect or appoint a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar
official for the Administrator or any substantial part of its property
or order the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs; or
(iii) the Administrator shall commence a voluntary case under
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief
in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the
appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator or similar official for the Administrator or any
substantial part of its property, shall consent to the taking of
possession by any such official of any substantial part of its
property, shall make any general assignment for the benefit of
creditors or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.
The Administrator agrees that if any of the events specified in clauses
(ii) or (iii) above shall occur, it shall give written notice thereof to the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee within seven days after the occurrence of such
event.
(d) No resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to this
Section shall be effective until (i) a successor Administrator shall have been
appointed by the Issuer and (ii) such successor Administrator shall have agreed
in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in the same manner as the
Administrator is bound hereunder.
(e) The appointment of any successor Administrator shall be effective
only after satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the
proposed appointment.
(f) Subject to Section 8(d) and 8(e), the Administrator acknowledges
that upon the appointment of a Successor Master Servicer pursuant to the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, the Administrator shall immediately resign and such
Successor Master Servicer shall automatically become the Administrator under
this Agreement; provided, however, that this subsection (f) shall not apply at
such times as the Trustee shall be the Successor Master Servicer.
Section 9. Action upon Termination, Resignation or Removal. Promptly
upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section
8(a) or the resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to Section 8(b)
or (c), respectively, the Administrator shall be entitled to be paid all fees
and reimbursable expenses accruing to it to the date of such termination,
resignation or removal. The Administrator shall forthwith upon such termination
pursuant to Section 8(a) deliver to the Issuer all property and documents of or
relating to the Collateral then in the custody of the Administrator. In the
event of the resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to Section
8(b) or (c), respectively, the
10
<PAGE> 13
Administrator shall cooperate with the Issuer and take all reasonable steps
requested to assist the Issuer in making an orderly transfer of the duties of
the Administrator.
Section 10. Notices. Any notice, report or other communication given
hereunder shall be in writing and addressed as follows:
(a) if to the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, to:
WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust
The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA)
Trust Division
802 Delaware Avenue - 13th Floor
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
Attention: Corporate Trust - Asset Backed Group
(b) if to the Administrator, to:
WFS Financial Inc
16485 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 250
Irvine, California 92718
Attention: Harriet Burns Fellar, Esq.
(c) if to the Indenture Trustee, to:
Bankers Trust Company
Four Albany Street - 10th Floor
New York, New York 10006
Attention: Corporate Trust Department - Asset Backed Group
(d) if to the Insurer, to:
Financial Security Assurance, Inc.
350 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Surveillance Department
or to such other address as any party shall have provided to the other parties
in writing. Any notice required to be in writing hereunder shall be deemed given
if such notice is mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, or hand-delivered
to the address of such party as provided above.
Section 11. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended from time to time
by a written amendment duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto, with
the written consent of the Insurer and the Owner Trustee but without the consent
of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders, for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or
11
<PAGE> 14
eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any
manner the rights of the Noteholders or Certificateholders; provided that such
amendment will not, in the Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Indenture
Trustee, materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or
Certificateholder. This Agreement may also be amended by the parties hereto with
the written consent of the Owner Trustee and the holders of Notes evidencing at
least a majority in the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the holders of
Certificates evidencing at least a majority of the Certificate Balance for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of
Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such amendment
may (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay
the timing of, collections of payments on the Contracts or distributions that
are required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or Certificateholders
or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the holders of Notes and Certificates
which are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the
Insurer and the holders of all outstanding Notes and Certificates.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not amend this Agreement
without the permission of the Seller, which permission shall not be unreasonably
withheld.
Section 12. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned
by the Administrator unless such assignment is previously consented to in
writing by the Issuer and the Owner Trustee and subject to the satisfaction of
the Rating Agency Condition in respect thereof. An assignment with such consent
and satisfaction, if accepted by the assignee, shall bind the assignee hereunder
in the same manner as the Administrator is bound hereunder. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, this Agreement may be assigned by the Administrator without the
consent of the Issuer, the Insurer or the Owner Trustee to a corporation or
other organization that is a successor (by merger, consolidation or purchase of
assets) to the Administrator; provided that such successor organization executes
and delivers to the Issuer, the Insurer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Insurer, in which such corporation or
other organization agrees to be bound hereunder by the terms of said assignment
in the same manner as the Administrator is bound hereunder. Subject to the
foregoing, this Agreement shall bind any successors or assigns of the parties
hereto.
Section 13. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS, EXCEPT THAT
THE DUTIES OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK.
Section 14. Headings. The section and subsection headings hereof have
been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed to
affect the meaning, construction or effect of this Agreement.
12
<PAGE> 15
Section 15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall
constitute but one and the same agreement.
Section 16. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall be ineffective to the
extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining provisions hereof and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any
jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any
other jurisdiction.
Section 17. Not Applicable to WFS in Other Capacities. Nothing in this
Agreement shall affect any obligation WFS may have in any other capacity.
Section 18. Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Indenture
Trustee.
(a) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this
instrument has been countersigned by The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA) not in its
individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee of the Issuer
and in no event shall The Chase Manhattan Bank (USA) in its individual capacity
or any beneficial owner of the Issuer have any liability for the
representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the
Issuer hereunder, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets
of the Issuer. For all purposes of this Agreement, in the performance of any
duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be
subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of
Articles Six, Seven and Eight of the Trust Agreement.
(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this
Agreement has been countersigned by Bankers Trust Company not in its individual
capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee and in no event shall Bankers Trust
Company have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants,
agreements or other obligations of the Issuer hereunder or in any of the
certificates, notices or agreements delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of
which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Issuer.
Section 19. Third-Party Beneficiary. The Owner Trustee is a third-party
beneficiary to this Agreement and is entitled to the rights and benefits
hereunder and may enforce the provisions hereof as if it were a party hereto.
13
<PAGE> 16
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
By: THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA),
not in its individual capacity but
solely as Owner Trustee
By:
--------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
WESTCORP INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:
---------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
WFS FINANCIAL AUTO LOANS, INC., as
Seller
By:
---------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, not in its
individual capacity but solely as
Indenture Trustee
By:
---------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
14
<PAGE> 17
WFS FINANCIAL INC,
as Administrator
By:
---------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
15
<PAGE> 18
EXHIBIT A
LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY
State of California )
) SS.
County of Orange )
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
(USA), a Delaware corporation (the "Owner Trustee"), whose principal executive
office is located at Trust Division, 802 Delaware Avenue, 13th Floor,
Wilmington, Delaware 19801, by and through its duly elected and authorized
officer, Patricia Garvey, Second Vice President, on behalf of the Owner Trustee
and WFS Financial 1996-B Owner Trust (the "Trust") as Issuer under the
Administration Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1996 (the "Administration
Agreement"), among the Trust, WFS Financial Auto Loans, Inc., Bankers Trust
Company, as Indenture Trustee, and WFS Financial Inc, as Administrator, does
hereby nominate, constitute and appoint WFS Financial Inc, a California
corporation, each of its officers from time to time and each of its employees
authorized by it from time to time to act hereunder, jointly and each of them
severally, together or acting alone, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, for
the Owner Trustee and the Issuer in their name, place and stead, in the sole
discretion of such attorney-in-fact, to perform such calculations and prepare or
cause the preparation by other appropriate persons of, and to execute on behalf
of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, all such documents, reports, filings,
instruments, certificates and opinions that the Issuer or the Owner Trustee is
required to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Administration Agreement,
and to take any and all other action, as such attorney-in-fact may deem
necessary or desirable in accordance with the directions of the Owner Trustee
and in connection with its duties as Administrator or successor Administrator
under the Administration Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein that are not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Administration
Agreement.
The Owner Trustee hereby ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery
and performance (whether before or after the date hereof) of the above-mentioned
documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions, by the
attorney-in-fact and all that the attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.
The Owner Trustee hereby agrees that no person or other entity dealing
with the attorney-in-fact shall be bound to inquire into such attorney-in-fact's
power and authority hereunder and any such person or entity shall be fully
protected in relying on such power of authority.
This Limited Power of Attorney may not be assigned without the prior
written consent of the Owner Trustee. It is effective immediately and will
continue until it is revoked.
A-1
<PAGE> 19
This Limited Power of Attorney shall be governed and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to
principles of conflicts of law.
Executed as of this __ day of June, 1996.
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA), not
in its individual capacity but solely as
Owner Trustee,
By:
---------------------------------------
Name: Patricia Garvey
Title: Second Vice President
A-2
<PAGE> 20
CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF
NOTARY PUBLIC
State of California )
) SS.
County of _______________ )
On __________ before me, ____________________________________________
[insert date] [Here insert name and title of notary]
personally appeared __________________________________________________________
/ / personally known to me, or
/ / proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s)
whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument
and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their
authorized capacity(ties), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the
instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which person(s) acted,
executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature
------------------------------- [Seal]
A-3
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 25.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
--------------------
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE
PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2) ___________
------------------------------
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
NEW YORK 13-4941247
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or (I.R.S. Employer
organization if not a U.S. national bank) Identification no.)
FOUR ALBANY STREET
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10006
(Address of principal (Zip Code)
executive offices)
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
LEGAL DEPARTMENT
130 LIBERTY STREET, 31ST FLOOR
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10006
(212) 250-2201
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
---------------------------------
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE APPLIED FOR
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
Incorporation or organization) Identification no.)
802 DELAWARE AVENUE, 13TH FLOOR
C/O THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (USA)
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 19801
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
------------------------------
WFS FINANCIAL 1996-B OWNER TRUST
$________ __% Auto Receivable Backed Securities
(Title of the indenture securities)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 2
-2-
ITEM 1. GENERAL INFORMATION.
Furnish the following information as to the trustee.
(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority
to which it is subject.
NAME ADDRESS
Federal Reserve Bank (2nd District) New York, NY
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Washington, D.C.
New York State Banking Department Albany, NY
(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
Yes.
ITEM 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR.
If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such
affiliation.
None.
ITEM 3. -15. NOT APPLICABLE
ITEM 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS.
EXHIBIT 1 - Restated Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust
Company dated August 7, 1990 and Certificate of
Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers
Trust Company dated June 21, 1995 Incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 1 filed with Form T-1
Statement, Registration No. 33-65171.
EXHIBIT 2 - Certificate of Authority to commence business -
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 filed
with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 33-21047.
EXHIBIT 3 - Authorization of the Trustee to exercise corporate
trust powers - Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 2 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration
No. 33-21047.
EXHIBIT 4 - Existing By-Laws of Bankers Trust Company, dated as
amended on October 19, 1995. - Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 4 filed with Form T-1 Statement,
Registration No. 33-65171.
<PAGE> 3
-3-
EXHIBIT 5 - Not applicable.
EXHIBIT 6 - Consent of Bankers Trust Company required by Section
321(b) of the Act. - Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 4 filed with Form T-1 Statement,
Registration No. 22-18864.
EXHIBIT 7 - A copy of the latest report of condition of Bankers
Trust Company dated as of March 31, 1996.
EXHIBIT 8 - Not Applicable.
EXHIBIT 9 - Not Applicable.
<PAGE> 4
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, the trustee, Bankers Trust Company, a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement
of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 11th of
June 1996.
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
By: /s/ Melissa Kay Adelson
-----------------------
Melissa Kaye Adelson
Vice President
<PAGE> 5
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Legal Title of Bank: Bankers Trust Company Call Date: 3/31/96 ST-BK: 36-4840 FFIEC 031
Address: 130 Liberty Street Vendor ID: D CERT: 00623 Page RC-1
City, State ZIP: New York, NY 10006 11
FDIC Certificate No.: | 0 | 0 | 6 | 2 | 3
</TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF CONDITION FOR INSURED COMMERCIAL
AND STATE-CHARTERED SAVINGS BANKS MARCH 31, 1996
All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars. Unless otherwise
indicated, reported the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the
quarter.
SCHEDULE RC--BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------
| C400 |
-----------------------------
Dollar Amounts in Thousands | RCFD Bil Mil Thou |
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
ASSETS | / / / / / / / / / / / / /|
1. Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A): | / / / / / / / / / / / / /|
a. Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin(1) ............................. | 0081 1,145,000 |1.a.
b. Interest-bearing balances(2) ...................................................... | 0071 1,403,000 |1.b.
2. Securities: | / / / / / / / / / / / / /|
a. Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A) ........................ | 1754 0 |2.a.
b. Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)....................... | 1773 3,535,000 |2.b.
3 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in domestic offices | / / / / / / / / / / / / /|
of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFs: | / / / / / / / / / / / / /|
a. Federal funds sold ................................................................. | 0276 3,190,000 |3.a.
b. Securities purchased under agreements to resell .................................... | 0277 2,242,000 |3.b.
4. Loans and lease financing receivables: | / / / / / / / / / / / / /|
a. Loans and leases, net of unearned income (from Schedule RC-C) RCFD 2122 24,678,000| / / / / / / / / / / / / /|4.a.
b. LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses.................. RCFD 3123 938,000| / / / / / / / /4.b. |
c. LESS: Allocated transfer risk reserve ..................... RCFD 3128 0| / / / / / / / /4.c. |
d. Loans and leases, net of unearned income, | / / / / / / / / / / / / /|
allowance, and reserve (item 4.a minus 4.b and 4.c) ................................ | 2125 23,740,000 |4.d.
5. Assets held in trading accounts .......................................................... | 3545 32,261,000 |5.
6. Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases) ................................. | 2145 857,000 |6.
7. Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M) ............................................. | 2150 247,000 |7.
8. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies (from Schedule RC-M) | 2130 253,000 |8.
9. Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding .............................. | 2155 402,000 |9.
10. Intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M) .................................................... | 2143 12,000 |10.
11. Other assets (from Schedule RC-F) ......................................................... | 2160 11,579,000 |11.
12. Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11) .................................................. | 2170 80,866,000 |12.
-----------------------------
</TABLE>
- --------------------------
(1) Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.
(2) Includes time certificates of deposit not held in trading accounts.
<PAGE> 6
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Legal Title of Bank: Bankers Trust Company Call Date: 3/31/96 ST-BK: 36-4840 FFIEC 031
Address: 130 Liberty Street Vendor ID: D CERT: 00623 Page RC-1
City, State ZIP: New York, NY 10006 12
FDIC Certificate No.: | 0 | 0 | 6 | 2 | 3
</TABLE>
SCHEDULE RC--CONTINUED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------
Dollar Amounts in Thousands | / / / / / / Bil Mil Thou|
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
LIABILITIES | / / / / / / / / / / / / |
13. Deposits: |/ / / / / / / / / / / / /|
a. In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E, part I) | RCON 2200 7,327,000|13.a.
(1) Noninterest-bearing(1) ................................RCON 6631 2,132,000.. | / / / / / / / / / / / /|13.a.(1)
(2) Interest-bearing .......................................RCON 6636 5,195,000.. | / / / / / / / / / / / /|13.a.(2)
b. In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs (from Schedule RC-E | / / / / / / / / / / / /|
part II) | RCFN 2200 18,575,000 |13.b.
(1) Noninterest-bearing ...................................RCFN 6631 552,000 | / / / / / / / / / / / /|13.b.(1)
(2) Interest-bearing ......................................RCFN 6636 18,023,000 | / / / / / / / / / / / /|13.b.(2)
14. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase in | / / / / / / / / / / / /|
domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFs: | / / / / / / / / / / / /|
a. Federal funds purchased ........................................................... | RCFD 0278 2,324,000|14.a.
b. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase .................................... | RCFD 0279 651,000|14.b.
15. a. Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury .......................................... | RCON 2840 0|15.a.
b. Trading liabilities ............................................................... | RCFD 3548 18,807,000|15.b.
16. Other borrowed money: | / / / / / / / / / / / /|
a. With original maturity of one year or less ........................................ | RCFD 2332 13,784,000|16.a.
b. With original maturity of more than one year ...................................... | RCFD 2333 3,462,000|16.b.
17. Mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases ......................... | RCFD 2910 34,000|17.
18. Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding ............................... | RCFD 2920 415,000|18.
19. Subordinated notes and debentures ...................................................... | RCFD 3200 1,227,000|19.
20. Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G) ................................................. | RCFD 2930 9,724,000|20.
21. Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20) ......................................... | RCFD 2948 76,330,000|21.
| / / / / / / / / / / / /|
22. Limited-life preferred stock and related surplus ....................................... | RCFD 3282 0|22.
EQUITY CAPITAL | / / / / / / / / / / / /|
23. Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus .......................................... | RCFD 3838 500,000|23.
24. Common stock ........................................................................... | RCFD 3230 1,002,000|24.
25. Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock) ............................... | RCFD 3839 528,000|25.
26. a. Undivided profits and capital reserves ............................................ | RCFD 3632 2,879,000|26.a.
b. Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities ............ | RCFD 8434 (8,000|26.b.
27. Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments .................................... | RCFD 3284 (365,000|27.
28. Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27) ...................................... | RCFD 3210 4,536,000|28.
29. Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital (sum of items 21, 22, | / / / / / / / / / / / /|
and 28) ................................................................................ | RCFD 3300 80,866,000|29.
---------------------------
</TABLE>
Memorandum
To be reported only with the March Report of Condition.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1. Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes Number
the most comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank by independent --------------
external auditors as of any date during 1994 ........................................... | RCFD 6724 2|M.1
--------------------------
</TABLE>
1 = Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which
submits a report on the bank
2 = Independent audit of the bank's parent holding company conducted in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified
public accounting firm which submits a report on the consolidated
holding company (but not on the bank separately)
3 = Directors' examination of the bank conducted in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting
firm (may be required by state chartering authority)
4 = Directors' examination of the bank performed by other external auditors
(may be required by state chartering authority)
5 = Review of the bank's financial statements by external auditors
6 = Compilation of the bank's financial statements by external auditors
7 = Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)
8 = No external audit work
- ----------------------
(1) Including total demand deposits and noninterest-bearing time and
savings deposits.
